The URL can be used to link to this page

C2023-15 Addendum #4CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER December 13, 2023 ADDENDUM NO. 4 Please note the following changes / clarifications to the bid documents. GENERAL This Addendum is issued to modify, explain, and amend the originally issued Specifications and Drawings dated 10/4/2023 and issued via QuestCDN on 11/3/23, Addendum No. 1 issued and dated 11/20/2023, Addendum No. 2 issued and dated 12/01/2023, and Addendum No. 3 issued and dated 12/8/23 is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may result in Bidder disqualification. This Addendum consists of 344 pages and contains the following attachments: 11 Substitution Requests 24 Specification Sections 50 Drawing Sheets PLEASE INSERT THIS ADDENDUM IN THE PROJECT MANUAL PLEASE SEE ATTACHED AND BELOW SPECIFICATION SECTION PART #3 – CONTRACT SPECIAL PROVISIONS REVISION PART 3 – CONTRACT SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1. UNDER SECTION 15, INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS REPLACE PARAGRAPH City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.7 (ADD) IF GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGES ARE PROVIDED BY A COMMERCIAL LIABILITY POLICY, THE: (1) General Aggregate shall be not less than $5,000,000 and it shall apply, in total, to this policy only. (2) Fire Damage Limit shall be not less than $5,000,000 on any one Fire. (3) Medical Expense Limit shall be not less than $1,000,000 on any one person. WITH PARAGRAPH City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.7 (ADD) IF GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGES ARE PROVIDED BY A COMMERCIAL LIABILITY POLICY, THE: CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 2 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER (1) General Aggregate shall be not less than $5,000,000 and it shall apply, in total, to this policy only. (2) Medical Expense Limit shall be not less than $15,000 on any one person. Contractor’s Umbrella Insurance policy can be used to meet Medical Expense Limits. SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS Substitution Request forms for approved and rejected substitutions are attached at the end of this narrative, as Exhibit A and are listed below by Specification Section: 03 34 00 – Precast Architectural Concrete 07 46 16 – Wood Lock Metal Panel – Knotwood 07 46 16 – Wood Lock Metal Panel – Lumabuild 08 36 13 – Sectional Overhead Doors 09 51 00 – Acoustical Ceilings - RealAcoutix 09 51 00 – Acoustical Ceilings – Vertex 09 67 00 – Fluid Applied Flooring - Terroxy 11 66 23 – Gymnasium Equipment 11 66 23 – Scoreboards 23 55 23 – Gas Fired Infrared Heaters 23 81 00 – Split Systems BIDDER QUESTIONS Contractors submitted questions regarding fire damage limits and medical expense limits when General Liability Coverages are provided by a Commercial Liability Policy as listed in Section 15 of Part #3 Contract Special Provisions. • This Addendum modifies the following under Section 15 of Part 3 Contract Special Provisions: o Removes the fire damage coverage limit. o Reduces the medical expense limit from $1,000,000 to $15,000. On the FF&E matrix in Room 136 it indicates that the Skate Harness System is to be provided by both the Contractor and the City (Room 154 states by City). Please provide a specification or product details for these or clarify if not be provided by the Contractor at Room 136. • The keynote C8 on sheets A3.1, A3.1a, A3.1b, A3.1c , & A3.1d has been revised in this Addendum to correctly state that contractor is to provide and install the figure skating harness in approximate locations. There is (1) figure skate harness system per ice rink. See added Plan Note on sheet S2.1 for structural connection. See revised Specification Section 11 66 23 Gymnasium Equipment issued in this Addendum. The spec calls out interior hollow metal as Level 3 which is 16 gauge and then states 18ga which is level 2 ... which gauge and level is correct? • Proceed as 18 GA level 2, as revised in attached Specification Section 08 11 13 in this Addendum. CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 3 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER The specs call out the hollow metal exterior doors to be manufactured standard cores anywhere from foam cores to vertical steel stiffened - which core is prefered as vertical steel stiffened will add more cost to the project then standard foam cores? • Proceed with vertical steel stiffened core, as revised in the attached revised Specification Section 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. On the FF&E matrix Room 160 it states that storage transportation carts, moveable platform storage, steps/ramp storage, and misc. gym equipment are to be Contractor Supplied and Installed. We are unable to determine what these product are. Please provide a specification or product details for these or clarify if not be provided by the Contractor. • See Specification Section 11 61 23 as revised in this Addendum. On sheet A3.1a and A3.1B it references to close overhead space above divider wall with acoustical panels. Please provide a detail of how this and the substructure for it are to be constructed as we are unable to locate or understand if it is a soffit, etc. • See details 11,12,13/A7.4, as issued on sheet A7.4 in Addendum 3 for updated details. Regarding Alternate 1 in drawing E2.4, it appears there is a removal of an IT storage room. Can you confirm if the removal of the IT storage room is an intended change depicted in this drawing? • The IT storage room (104) in the Base Bid will be moving to Add Alt 1 Storage (189) in Alternate 1. There are several instances of specifications referring to unit prices and allowances to be stated on the bid form, but there is no place to list the unit prices/allowances. a. 05 10 10-15 paragraph 3.07.A b. 05 12 00-2 paragraph H4.b c. 03 20 00-8 paragraph 3.08.A d. 09 65 00-2 paragraph 1.5.A e. 09 65 13 – 4 (footer labeled 09 65 00-4) paragraph 3.1 f. 31 00 00-17 paragraph 3.20 • Section 03 20 00 - Reinforcing Steel, paragraph 3.08 - Allowance and Unit Prices has been deleted from this section per this Addendum. • Section 05 10 00 – Structural Steel, paragraph 3.07 - Additional Steel Allowance has been deleted from this section per this Addendum. • Section 05 12 00, paragraph H4.b – Has not been revised as this is not a specification section included in the project. • Section 09 65 00 - Resilient Flooring, paragraph 1.5 Concrete Testing, A. has been revised to remove reference to an Allowance per this Addendum. • Section 09 65 00.13 – Rubber Tile Athletic Flooring, paragraph 3.1 Concrete Floor Preparation, B. has been revised to remove reference to an Allowance per this Addendum. • Section 31 00 00 – Earthwork for Building, paragraph 3.20 - Allowance and Unit Prices has been deleted from this section per this Addendum. CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 4 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER On sheet A2.3 and other elevation sheets there is a note #61 that calls for unit mounted mechanical screens. Are these screens constructed with the panels in spec 05 75 10 – Perforated Metal Panels? If so, can you provide detail on how the screens get mounted? Also, in past projects we have run into issues with the panels being mounted to the rooftop units causing warranty issues. This is due to the HVAC units not being designed to have panels mounted to them. The way we resolved this issue was to have the screens specified in division 23 (product link below) so the HVAC subs/suppliers will include it within their scope. Also, This is the product we are using at Rock Co. Jail for the same “unit mounted roof screen” function: Envisor® Industrial Rooftop Screens & Enclosures | CityScapes, Inc. (cityscapesinc.com) • The unit mounted mechanical screen will be attached to the RTU per manufacturers guidelines and details. See Specification Section 10 82 13, as added in this Addendum. 1/S2.1ALT. Please advise on size of the four (4) columns perceived to be included in this alternate. • See updated sheet S2.1 ALT for updated column sizing. The columns are 6”X6”CX3/8” as released in this Addendum. In reference to Detail 6/E6.1, there are many instances on the floor plans where a group of symbols like shows up (See E2.1c as an example).Does Detail 6 cover this group of symbols, or is the expectation to include an additional data outlet and an additional duplex receptacle at these locations? • The locations and details have been updated/clarified in attached revised drawings sheets, as revised in this Addendum. Looking for clarification. We have used Aluminum for feeders numerous times in Janesville with AHJ approving it. As this is a significant cost difference from Cu to Al. We would like clarification on this spec sentence. Is it acceptable to assume that 100 amp and larger aluminum feeder wire is appropriate for use? • It is acceptable to utilize aluminum conductors for feeders 100 Amp and larger per specification as issued in original Bid Documents. “I came across this general note on the power/systems drwgs…. It seems pretty clear, but I think we may need to submit an RFI on this just due to the fact the rest of the drawings/specs make it seem as if we are to include those systems with our bid.” We are looking for this to be cleared up. • The words “Owner Provided” have been removed from this note on Sheets E2.1a, E2.1b, E2.1c, E2.1d. See modified notes in updated drawings issued in this Addendum. In looking at this project I noticed the specs don't list the wood door veneer ... any ideas on what is required? • Wood doors to be Plain Sliced White Oak, custom stained to match architect’s sample, as updated in Specification Section 08 14 00 - Flush Wood Doors as issued in this Addendum. CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 5 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER Aluminum storefront elevation W17 will need mullions for the aluminum framed openings at all the double FRP openings. Please advise if your aluminum storefront supplier is providing these on the frames (as they are not shown in the elevation) or how they want to apply a mullion to match up with the hardware? • Aluminum curtainwall supplier to provide frames for FRP doors with frame type w17 as noted in door schedule, as issued in original Bid Documents. In the painting spec section, I am not seeing anything on exterior painting. I include H.M. doors and frames, lintels, bollards. • Specification Section 09 90 00 - Painting & Coatings revised to add exterior painting schedule as issued in Addendum No. 3. Regarding 8/A7.4 Volleyball sleeve, is there a quantity? • There are two sleeves per volleyball court and they are located by dimensions on A8.0 and A8.10. Are they only located in Multi-use Convention space? (ZAS assumes this question is related to the above) • We locate the volleyball sleeves in the Multi-use Convention space (Room 156) and the Multipurpose Area (Room 154) on volleyball court diagram on Sheets A8.2 and A8.10, but the detail for volleyball sleeves within the Multipurpose Area Room 154 can be found in the refrigeration drawings – Sheet R5.3. Only at volleyball layouts on A8.2 and additional for alternate as shown on A8.10? (ZAS assumes this question is related to the above) • Correct, refer to volleyball court diagram on Sheets A8.2 and A8.10 (Alternate 1). What about pickleball courts? Do they need them there for the nets? • Pickleball nets will not have floor penetrations. The multi-purpose arena had a different sleeve detail which I assume would be done by ice rink contractor • Correct, refer to Sheets R1.1 and R5.3 for volleyball sleeves in ice rink scope. See revised notes on Sheets A8.2 and A8.10 Addendum 2 and the spec calls for an R20 insulation value with a 10” panel. If we do a 10” panel then we would have to use 4” of XPS or GPS insulation. This is fine but there are vertical reveals in the panel which would make having the correct amount of strand coverage impossible. In regard to the reveal we could not find where the reveal depth is called out. IF an R20 has to be used then we would push for an 11” thick panel. Either 4-4-3 or 3 ½ -4-3 ½ . The cost associated with going to a thicker panel and using GPS is minimal. If using XPS the cost is 20k more than GPS. • See detail 17/A7.1 as issued in this Addendum. The spec covers some details of the exterior finish but there is not any definitive mix design or photo reference. We were wondering if that information is out there. Just want to be sure there is nothing out of the ordinary that would add cost. • See keynotes E1 and E17 on elevations on sheets A4.0, A4.1, and A4.2 as issued in Base Bid for exterior finish. Exterior finish for precast panels to be 3/8” aggregate with Fort Dodge Rock, local sand and a cement color of 100% gray water wash finish. CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 6 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 13 12 50 Front Mounted Bleachers does not appear in the table of contents of the specifications. • Front Mounted Bleachers are within the scope of the project. Table of contents to be updated as attached in this Addendum. Please provide a specification for the bleachers in the multipurpose arena shown on on A2.1b as “multipurpose seating 154(A) and on section 6/A5.7” • See Specification Section 13 12 50, as updated and attached in this Addendum. Please clarify the railings that are to be manufactured by the bleacher manufacturer or the misc. metals supplier: a. USB railing system b. Standing rail c. ADA drink rail d. Standing drink rail e. ADA ramps w/handrails • These items are to be manufactured as detailed and per Specification Section 05 50 00 or 05 51 00 as issued in Base Bid. Regarding RF1 and TURF-1 in the multipurpose arena, what is the expectation of installation and storage by the contractor? See A11.0 note 8. We will assume we owe one installation and storage sequence for each flooring type as owner training. • Contractor will be responsible for one installation and storage sequence per manufacturer requirements and for owner training. For exterior signage, per keynote on A4.1 --- This is an FF&E item? • Exterior signage is not a part of these Bid Documents and will be acquired as part of an owner supplied separate signage package. For interior sign items to include ASA, dedication plaque, way finding, and letter sets, --- when will specs and schedule/drawings be available? • Interior signage is not a part of these Bid Documents and will be acquired as part of an owner supplied separate signage package. Regarding the main signage at the front of the building, is this FF&E? If it is to be furnished and installed by the GC, please provide a specification. Reference 2/A4., 3/A4.1 and the rendering on A0.0. • Exterior signage is not a part of these Bid Documents and will be acquired as part of an owner provided separate signage package. Section “1.03 Submittals- section A” states that I need to manufacture a 24” x 24” sample and submit it to the architect before the bid date as a prerequisite. Is this a requirement? • See revised paragraph A. 24” x 24” sample shall be submitted after award of contract. See revised Specification Section 03 45 00 issued this Addendum. CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 7 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER If architect is requesting a sample, can they provide a PCI plate number? If not a plate number, please provide a mix design and finish. • Finish shall be 3/8” exposed aggregate with Fort Dodge rock and local sand. Cement color to be 100% grey water wash finish. Section “1.03 Submittals- section D” states that I need to manufacture/prepare tat least two full size samples of architectural precast concrete units (typical bay width) for architect’s inspection at production plant and on-site prior to start of installation work. Can you get clarification on size? They don’t want two full size wall panels do they? Typically, PCI recommends (3) 4’-0” x 4’-0” sample mock up panels for on-site finish and texture verification, and then a full-size production piece to be approved at fabricators plant. • Recommended 4’-0” x 4’-0 panel size for mock-up delivered to site is acceptable. Can you please clarify if shop primed or galvanized connections are required. It is mentioned several ways throughout the spec. Please clarify. • The connection finish varies dependent on the connection type, type location, and element being connected as listed in the Specification Section 03 45 00. Do base plates need to be “coal tar” coated if they are galvanized? • Elements under grade should be protected w/ coal tar in addition. Can you please verify that reinforcement can be plain rebar, mesh and uncoated seven wire ½” pre-stressing strand? • Depending on the elements - conform to rebar specs Specification Section 03 20 00 Reinforcing Steel issued in this Addendum. Section 1.04, paragraph E, Item #7 states that we can’t have top panel lifters unless they are stainless steel. I am not sure they make the lifting inserts in stainless steel? Is galvanized lifters acceptable? I don’t feel the panels will hang very well for erection if we have back lifters, making them difficult to erect. • Coordinate with panel supplier. Section 2.02, paragraph C, item #1 states that lifting hooks should be provided in sides and ends only? Does this mean we can have our lifters at the tops of the panels like we typically would? • Yes, Contractor can have lifters at the tops of the panels as part of Means and Methods. Are high density plastic shims acceptable? This is what we typically use on our projects. • High density plastic shims are acceptable. Please confirm the exterior walls are to be 10”. I have seen notes and details that have called out 10 ½” and 1’-0”. • Precast walls are to be 10” in all locations except as noted on Elevations keynoted as E1b. Typical vertical joints ¾” and typical base joints are 1”. Is this acceptable? • The suggested ¾” vertical and 1” base joints are acceptable. CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 8 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER On Floor plans Precast panel on Col. Line 1, 2, & 3 are designated as UL Rated Panels. Are all other Precast Panels for the rest of exterior and interior walls UL RATED Or are they Standard Nonrated Wall Panels? • Panels are to be UL rated as noted on Life Safety sheets A0.2 and A0.3 released in original Bid Documents. What panel finish is required for the interior wall panels; • See note on sheet A4.5 issued in Addendum 3. Note states “THE INTERIOR FACE OF PRECAST SHALL BE SMOOTH FORMED AND PREPARED FOR PAINTING AS NOTED ON FINISH SCHEDULE” Can you please clarify the dimensions of the stadia risers? • See detail 4/A7.3 for stadia riser detail on sheet A7.3 as issued in original Bid Documents. Is a wet sprinkler system assumed for the building? • See Specification 21 05 00 Common Work Results for Fire Suppression, Part 1 General, 1.01 Scope, B, as issued in original Bid Documents. Rooms that are asking for a “dry system,” is that assumed to be “preaction”? If yes, is that single or double-interlock, the specs reference both types of systems. • Dry Systems shall be from a Packaged Dry Valve per Specification Section 21 10 00, Part 2.10, C, as issued in original Bid Documents. Drawings specify location of valves/equipment for all the rooms except for AV Closet 167(B), where is this equipment/valve to be located? • At the Fire Protection Contractor’s discretion, the valve may be located in adjacent Building Storage 167. This small closet could potentially use a side wall head and eliminate the Dry System due to the room size. Can these rooms all be fed from 1 system or are they to be individually protected? • At the Fire Protection Contractor’s discretion, systems can be combined if distance allows. Is there any storage over 12ft or any storage outside the limitations of Light/Ordinary Hazard occupancies? • A review of Sheet A0.4 Life Safety Occupancy and Fixtures, indicates there is no storage over 12ft or any storage outside the limitations of Light/Ordinary Hazard occupancies. Specifications appear to be asking for a Class 1 manual wet standpipe system; however we do not believe it is required. Please confirm. • Standpipes are not required. Specifications reference clean agent systems panels. Will there be any clean agent systems on this project? • There are no clean agent systems in this project. CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 9 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER Please provide layouts/elevations of all the locker room items (base bid and alternates) the GC is to provide (i.e. locker elevations, bench elevations, elevations for hooks, etc.). • Refer to keynotes, specifications, and details for all locker room equipment elevations and information, as issued in Bid Documents and as reissued in Addenda 2. GL-2: Spandrel glass cannot be laminated – the Vanceva interlayer is for a spandrel glass. Please clarify. GL-8 has the same issue. • Vaneva Colored Polyvinyl Butyral Interlayer by Eastman Kodak Company is a laminated glass sheet good. It is specified as the interior layer in GL2 & GL8 for decorative purposes. Per the Eastman Kodak Company technical data: “Vanceva interlayers are premium colored plasticized polyvinyl butyral (PVB) sheets produced by Eastman Chemical Company and its affiliates. These interlayers are permanently bonded through a heat and pressure process to two or more pieces of glazing to produce laminates with impact and glass containment properties.” Section 07 81 00 – spray-applied fire resistive materials is specified but doesn’t seem to be indicated on the drawings. Please clarify if fireproofing is required. • Specification Section 07 81 00 has been removed in its entirety in this Addendum. Are the lines for the portable turf field required? • Yes, turf to be portable and include regulation layout of lines as shown on updated revised Sheet A8.2 and A8.10 issued in this Addendum. Ice Areana Lobby has Pt-1 somewhere on the East wall. Besides it stating it on the room finish schedule there is no way to tell where this goes. Please clarify • See revised page A11.1 Finish Plans as issued in this Addendum. See 9/A9.1 for updated elevation per this Addendum. Main Lobby 101 is calling out for Pt3 on the west wall. Besides it stating it on the room finish schedule there is no way to tell where this goes. Please clarify • See Revised page A11.1 Finish Plans as issued in this Addendum. See 14/A9.1 for updated elevation per this Addendum. Rooms 106A, 106B, 165 and 166 call for Pt-2 on the west wall. Elevation 3/A9.0 Should be showing the elevation of the west wall at 106B and it is showing no porcelain tile. Please clarify where porcelain tile is to be located. • See revised page A11.1 Finish Plans as issued in this Addendum. We cannot find any notes or details that clearly show the heights of various masonry walls. At this point, the best we can tell is that all masonry walls are intended to go to underside of metal deck or precast. If that is not a correct assumption, please provide supplemental information that shows where walls stop short of the deck or precast. Examples might be plumbing chase walls (no need for both sides to go to deck), or shower partition walls (seems like it would be OK for these to go to 1’ above ceiling). • See sheets A2.1a, A2.1c, A2.2a, A2.2b, A5.5, A8.5, A9.0 issued in this Addendum for clarity in wall heights. CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 10 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2/E7.1 the backbone one line has keynotes on the diagram that are not shown on the note key and appears to be mislabled (i.e. KN4 cicling mid-cable run calls it out as a wall field termination). Please Clarify the backbone requirements • See E7.1 for revised riser diagram backbone, grounding requirements, and notes issued in this Addendum. Page AV7.2d is referenced in the schematics but wasn’t included in the drawing package and isn’t referenced in the page index. Please advise if it is missing or referenced in error. • Due to some confusion, Sheet AV7.2d is reissued in this Addendum. What is the sizing of the exterior crosswalks? • Crosswalks should follow typical WisDot Standards, 2’ wide painted block with 1’ spacing. The specifications call for eurotwill reversible weave 6000 3% and the finish schedule calls for ecoveil series. Can you please clarify which fabric to use? • Please use Ecoveil as indicated on the finish schedule issued in Base Bid. Specification Section 12 25 13 Window Roller Shades revised in this Addendum. There are windows that have sections of colored glazing, would you prefer these to have shades or leave these areas out? • Color glazing to have shades as indicated on sheet A11.1, as issued in original Bid Documents. Plans call for min R-38 but specs 07 53 23-5 2.2 C call for R-25 or greater • Roofing is to be R-38. Specification Section 07 53 23 has been updated for clarification per this Addendum. Sheet A3.1d Addendum #3 keynotes 57, 57a, and 58 give top treatment details, are these to be followed throughout or just in these areas? • We have removed notes 57 and 58 from reflected ceiling plans, please follow A11.1 for surface mounted shade locations. Note 57a to remain to identify shade pocket issued this Addendum. The overall plans on sheet A11.1 tag callouts do not match the callouts on the reflective ceiling plans on sheets A3.1a-A3.1d, please advise which to follow? • We have removed notes 57 and 58 from reflected ceiling plans, please follow A11.1 for surface mounted shade locations issued this Addendum. On page 7 of The City of Janesville Public Work Schedule “E”, the checklist at the bottom of the page says to include the complete listing of subcontractor with the bid. Please clarify if this will be required with the bid, or 24 hrs after the bid. • See Addendum 2 revised #2 Bid Proposal The complete listing of the subcontractors is to be completed at the latest 24 hours after the bid. List may be modified at a later date only with COJ approval. FRP doors will be quoted as standard 3'0" wide unless advised otherwise of the custom sizing. • 3’0” is the correct sizing per the Base Bid. CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 11 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER Opening A135.1 will be changed to frame elevation FR6 and doors will be quoted as 3'0" wide. • 3’0” is the correct sizing per the Base Bid.. Opening A172.1 will be changed to frame elevation FR6 and doors will be quoted as 4'0" wide. • 4’0” is the correct sizing per the Base Bid. Do you have a location for this underslab waterproofing to be installed? Is this at all slabs and replacing the standard cast in place concrete 60 mil product? • Underslab waterproofing is to be installed wall to wall under both ice arenas. Waterproofing is to be turned up onto the wall. Sheet A2.4a makes reference to detail 19/A10.2 at a specific location and then calls out stainless corner guards in other locations. Detail 19/A10.2 indicates a custom fabricated stainless corner guard. Please confirm if custom fabricated corner guards are desired in this location in lieu of the products specified in Section 10 26 00 Stainless Corner Guards. If a custom product is desired please provide a specification or information on what gauge, stainless finish type, etc. is required for the custom units. The stainless section in Foodservice does not appear to call this type of location/product. • Revised answer from Addendum 2. We have added additional information to details 15,17/A10.2 as part of this Addendum as well as located the fabricated corner guards on sheets A11.1 and A11.1.1. The fabricated corner guards have been revised on sheet A11.0 and in Specification Section 10 26 00. SPECIFICATIONS CD 1 INDEX SHEET • Revised Section CD PART 3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS • Revised Section 03 20 00 – Reinforcing Steel • Revised Section 03 45 10 – Precast Architectural Concrete • Revised Section 03 48 10 – Precast Concrete Seating Units • Revised Section 05 10 00 – Structural Steel • Revised Section 07 53 23 – Fully Adhered EPDM Roof Systems • Revised Section 07 81 00 – Spray-Applied Fire Resistive Materials • Delete section in its entirety 08 11 13 – Hollow Metal Doors and Frames • Revised Section 08 14 00 – Flush Wood Doors • Revised Section 09 65 00 – Resilient Flooring • Revised Section CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 12 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 09 65 66 – Resilient Sheet Vinyl Athletic Flooring • Revised Section 09 65 66.13 – Rubber Tile Athletic Flooring • Revised Section 09 68 13 – Carpet Tile • Revised Section 10 22 26 – Paired Panel Operable Partitions • Revised Section 10 26 00 – Stainless Steel Corner Guards • Revised Section 10 82 13 – Roof Top Equipment Screens • Revised Section 11 61 23 – Riser & Portable Staging Equipment • Revised Section 11 66 23 – Gymnasium Equipment • Revised Section 12 25 13 – Window Roller Shades (Mecho Manual & Motorized) • Revised Section 12 61 00 – Fixed Bleachers • Revised Section 21 10 00 – Water Based Fire Suppression Systems • Revised Section 31 00 00 – Earthwork for Building • Revised Section 32 12 16.13 – Plant Mix Asphalt Paving • Revised Section FF&E MATRIX Figure skating harness revised in this Addendum per room 136 and 154. DRAWINGS CIVIL C1.12 - SITE PLAN – NORTH • Revise existing watermain size updated based on as-builts received. The proposed watermain size has been adjusted to match existing watermain. C1.13 SITE PLAN – SOUTH • Approximate locations of conduits have been added to the plans. • Full depth pavement limits have been adjusted based on locations of conduits. CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 13 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER ARCHITECTURAL/INTERIORS A2.1a - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - SE QUAD • Wall height clarified for walls not going up to deck A2.1c - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - NW QUAD • Wall height clarified for walls not going up to deck A2.2a - MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN - SE QUAD • Wall height clarified for walls not going up to deck A2.2b - MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN - SW QUAD • Wall height clarified for walls not going up to deck A3.1 - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN • Relocate figure skating harness in Multi- Purpose Area and Mercyhealth Arena A3.1a - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN – NE QUAD • Relocate figure skating harness in Multi- Purpose Area A3.1b - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN – SE QUAD • Relocate figure skating harness in Mercyhealth Arena A3.1c - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN – SW QUAD • Removed note fore figure skating harness in this region • Removed window shades notes, refer to A11.1 for window shade information A3.1d - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN – NW QUAD • Removed note fore figure skating harness in this region. • Removed window shades notes, refer to A11.1 for window shade information. A4.0 – EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS • Keynote E1 revised to show additional information – Applies to all locations with this note • Keynote E17 revised to show additional information – Applies to all locations with this note A5.5 – INTERIOR SECTIONS • Wall height clarified for walls not going up to deck A7.1 – EXTERIOR DETAILS • Detail note revised to say 10” precast • Addition of reveal detail A7.3 INTERIOR DETAILS • Stadia seating revised graphically to show CMU at foundation CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 14 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER A7.6 INTERIOR DETAILS • Stadia seating revised graphically to show CMU at foundation A8.0 - ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS – RESTROOMS • Addition of full height mirrors in bathrooms 165 and 166 A8.2 ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS - SPORT COURTS • Revised note to direct bidders to correct volleyball sleeve sheets within the refrigeration drawings • Revised turf diagram to show field lines and locations A8.4 - ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS AND SECTIONS - STAIRS AND O.H. DOORS • Hatch changed to correctly show geofoam rather than concrete A8.5 - ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS AND SECTIONS – RAMPS • Wall height clarified for walls not going up to deck A8.9 - ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS AND ELEVATIONS - SPONSOR SUITE AND PRESS BOX • Revised wall panel • Revised storefront • Revised casework location A9.0 - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS • Wall height clarified for walls not going up to deck • Mirror heights added A9.1 - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS • Elevation 14 -Drinking fountain elevation with porcelain wall tile added • Elevation 9 – Porcelain wall tile elevation added A10.1 - DOOR AND FRAME TYPES • Revised Door frames an door sizes on door schedule for Bade Bid and Add Alt 2 A10.2 - DOOR AND FRAME DETAILS • Additional clarity added to stainless steel case openings A10.3 – WINDOW TYPES • W16 Dimensions revised • W17 Frame shown with center mullion for clarity A11.0 – FINISH SCHEDULE • Revised finish notes • Revised materials • Revised Room Finish Schedule • Revised Interior Remarks and General Notes CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 15 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER A11.1 - FIRST FLOOR FINISH PLAN – OVERALL • Revised finish annotations • Removed corner guard tags Alt 1 A2.4a - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - ADD ALT 1 - NW QUAD • View 4 drinking fountain elevation created A8.10 ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS - SPORT COURTS - ADD ALT 1 • Revised note to direct bidders to correct volleyball sleeve sheets within the refrigeration drawings • Revised turf diagram to show field lines and locations A11.1.1 - FIRST FLOOR FINISH PLAN – OVERALL - ADD ALT 1 • Revised finish annotations • Revised corner guard tags • Revised Room Finish Schedule STRUCTURAL S1.0a - FOUNDATION PLAN – SE QUAD • Revised Foundation and walls for the stage structure S1.0d - FOUNDATION PLAN – SW QUAD • Revised Foundation and walls for the stage structure S2.1 - ROOF FRAMING PLAN – OVERALL • Added note regarding figure skating harness and pulley system S2.1c - ROOF FRAMING PLAN – NW QUAD • Added section position 12/S5.5 S5.3 – DETAILS • Added typical detail 23 S5.3 S5.5 – DETAILS • Modified detail 13/S5.5 S2.1 ALT - ROOF FRAMING PLAN AT ALTERNATE 1 & 2 • Added notes for Columns in Gridline 9 ELECTRICAL E1.1b -First Floor Lighting Plan B – NE Quad • Revise Lighting in Women’s 165. • Revise Lighting in Men’s 166. CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 16 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER E1.1c – First Floor Lighting Plan C – NW Quad • Revise Lighting in Men’s 106A. • Revise Lighting in Women’s 106B. E1.1d – First Floor Lighting Plan D – SW Quad • Add Exit sign in Women’s 119. • Add Exit sign in Men’s 121. E2.1a -First Floor Power and Systems Plan A – SE Quad • Remove receptacle & data outlet adjacent to TV, Main Coach 133. • Remove receptacle & data outlet adjacent to TV, Main Team Room 132. • Remove receptacle & data outlet adjacent to TV, YH Coach 143. • Relocate GFCI receptacle, Training 129. • Revise General Note 12. E2.1b -First Floor Power and Systems Plan B – NE Quad • Remove receptacle & data outlet adjacent to TV, YH Coach 143. • Remove (2) receptacles, Mall Connection 164. • Add (2) Fire Alarm devices, Mall Connection 164. • Add (1) Smoke detector, Electric 157. • Add (2) Smoke detector, Loading/Receiving/Storage 160. • Add (1) Smoke detector, IT/Gen Storage 157. • Add (4) Smoke detector, General Building Storage 167. • Add (2) Heat detector, Warming Room 159. • Revise General Note 11. E2.1c -First Floor Power and Systems Plan C – NW Quad • Add (1) Smoke detector, Storage 104. • Remove receptacle & data outlet adjacent to TV, Meeting Room (A) 102. • Remove receptacle & data outlet adjacent to TV, Meeting Room (B) 103. • Remove (6) receptacle & (6) data outlet adjacent to TV’s, Main Lobby 101. • Remove receptacle & data outlet adjacent to TV, Check-in/Rental 107. • Remove receptacle & data outlet adjacent to TV, Breakroom 109. • Remove receptacle & data outlet adjacent to TV, Copy Area 112(A). • Revise General Note 11. E2.1d -First Floor Power and Systems Plan D – SW Quad • Add (1) Smoke detector, Electrical 113. • Add (1) Smoke detector, IT 150. • Add (2) Heat detector, Food Prep 115(A). • Add locations for ADA pushbuttons associated with auto-operator ADO-1, Vestibule 118 • Revise General Note 11. CITY OF JANESVILLE ADDENDUM NO. 4 PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 Page 17 of 17 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER E2.2a -Mezzanine Power and Systems Plan A – SE Quad • Remove receptacle & data outlet adjacent to TV, Sponsor Suite 202. • Revise location of receptacle on back wall, Press Box 203. • Add additional locations for Keynote 1 at plan North drink rails for clarity. E2.2b -Mezzanine Power and Systems Plan B – SW Quad • Add additional locations for Keynote 1 at plan Sorth drink rails for clarity. E6.1 -Power Details • Add Detail 6 back into project with modifications to coordinate with telecom details, Sheet E7.2. E7.1 -Telecommunications Riser Diagram • Revise Riser diagram backbone, grounding requirements, and notes. AUDIO VISUAL AV7.2d -MERCYHEALTH ARENA SCHEMATICS • Sheet reissued per Contractor request. END OF ADDENDUM #4 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK EXHIBIT A Heather Wogsland X 12/11/2023 Heather Wogsland X 12/12/2023 X 12/12/2023Heather Wogsland 220025.00 01 25 19 - 1 Substitution Request Form © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. DOCUMENT 01 25 19 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM DATE: ________________, ____, 2024 TO: ATTENTION: PROJECT: 1.1 We submit for your consideration the following product as a substitution for the specified product: Section No. Paragraph Specified Product __________ __________ ____________________________________ Proposed Substitution: Reason for Substitution: 1.2 Product Data: Attach complete technical data for both the specified product and the proposed substitution. Include information on changes to Contract Documents that the proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. 1.3 Samples: ___ Attached ___ Will be furnished upon request Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? ___ No ___ Yes (explain) Effects of proposed substitution on other Work: Differences between proposed substitution and specified Product: 12-6-23 Mark Natzke CITY OF JANESVILLE - WOODMAN'S SPORTS AND CONVENTION CENTER 08 36 13 2-1 Door Manufactures Amarr Model 2743 Another Option for Door Manufactures X None Different Product Line X Proposed model does not meet specified 20 GA steel skin. Specified product is 2" thick. 220025.00 01 25 19 - 2 Substitution Request Form © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed substitution are: ___ Same ___ Different (explain) Maintenance service and spare parts are available for proposed substitution from: Previous installations where proposed substitution may be seen: Project: Project: Owner: Owner: Architect: Architect: Date Installed: Date Installed: Cost savings to be realized by Owner, if proposed substitution is approved: Change to Contract Time, if proposed substitution is approved: ___ No Change ___ Add ________ days ___ Deduct ________ days Submitted by Contractor: Signature Firm Architect Response: Based on the information supplied by the Contractor, the Architect has reviewed the proposed substitution on the basis of design concept of the Work and conformance with information given in Contract Documents. ___ Approved ___ Approved as Noted ___ Rejected Submit Additional Information: By: Date: X Yes X X 12/12/2023Heather Wogsland 220025.00 00 43 25 - 1 Substitution Request Form During Procurement © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. DOCUMENT 00 43 25 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM DURING PROCUREMENT DATE: _____November___________, _29___, 2023 TO: Zimmerman Design Studio ATTENTION: Mark Natzke PROJECT: Woodsman's Sports & Convention Center 1.1 We submit for your consideration the following product as a substitution for the specified product: Section No. Paragraph Specified Product __________ __________ __Frasch BAFL___________ Proposed Substitution: RealAcoustix RealAB Baffle Reason for Substitution: Significantly Increased Acoustic Performance Data & Lower Cost________________________ 1.2 Product Data: Attach complete technical data for both the specified product and the proposed substitution. Include information on changes to Contract Documents that the proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. 1.3 Samples: ___ Attached _X__ Will be furnished upon request Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? _X__ No ___ Yes (explain) Effects of proposed substitution on other Work: None____________ Differences between proposed substitution and specified Product: Fiberglass core, wider choice of colors & styles, acoustic data greater than 150% better 220025.00 00 43 25 - 2 Substitution Request Form During Procurement © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed substitution are: _X__ Same ___ Different (explain) Maintenance service and spare parts are available for proposed substitution from: Manufacturer (RealAcoustix) Previous installations where proposed substitution may be seen: Project: None Locally Project: Owner: Owner: Architect: Architect: Date Installed: Date Installed: Cost savings to be realized by Owner, if proposed substitution is approved: TBA, estimated to be greater than 20% Change to Contract Time, if proposed substitution is approved: _X__ No Change ___ Add ________ days ___ Deduct ________ days Submitted by Contractor: Signature Firm Architect Response: Based on the information supplied by the Contractor, the Architect has reviewed the proposed substitution on the basis of design concept of the Work and conformance with information given in Contract Documents. ___ Approved ___ Approved as Noted ___ Rejected Submit Additional Information: By: Date: Heather Wogsland X 12/12/2023 Product is fiberglass, not per spec. Heather Wogsland X 12/12/2023 2.1 Fluid Applied Flooring Zimmerman Architectural Studios Mark Natzke Woodman's Sports & Convention Center x 21November 09 67 00 Terroxy Decorative Thin Set x Cara Anderson Terrazzo & Marble Supply MRS Belvedere 2023 Schnuck's 2023 Heather Wogsland X 12/12/2023 Product must provide the slip resistance textures as specified and must be in double broadcast form. 220025.00 00 43 25 - 1 Substitution Request Form During Procurement © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. DOCUMENT 00 43 25 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM DURING PROCUREMENT DATE: ___11___, __30__, 2023 TO: Zimmerman Architectural Studios Inc. ATTENTION: Heather Wogsland PROJECT: Woodman’s Sports Complex 1.1 We submit for your consideration the following product as a substitution for the specified product: Section No. Paragraph Specified Product 11 66 23 2.9 Douglas JTN-30 QuickStart/Pickleball Gymnasium Pickleball Equipment Equipment Proposed Substitution: Sports Imports DF10-PB Indoor Pickleball System. Reason for Substitution Sports Imports is the equipment supplier for the volleyball package. Sleeves and cover plates will be identical for installation and appearance on floor. Set up will be the same since using the same heavy duty net ratchet/crank handle. 1.2 Product Data: Attach complete technical data for both the specified product and the proposed substitution. Include information on changes to Contract Documents that the proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. 1.3 Samples: ___ Attached ___ Will be furnished upon request Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? X No ___ Yes (explain) Effects of proposed substitution on other Work: Differences between proposed substitution and specified Product: See attached submittal package. 220025.00 00 43 25 - 2 Substitution Request Form During Procurement © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed substitution are: ___ Same __X_ Different (explain) See attached submittal package. Maintenance service and spare parts are available for proposed substitution from: Sports Imports Previous installations where proposed substitution may be seen: N/A Project: Only Provides Equipment Project: Owner: Owner: Architect: Architect: Date Installed: Date Installed: Cost savings to be realized by Owner, if proposed substitution is approved: TBD – will provide copy of bid Change to Contract Time, if proposed substitution is approved: _X__ No Change ___ Add ________ days ___ Deduct ________ days Submitted by Contractor: Emma Urhammer Signature Sports Imports Firm Architect Response: Based on the information supplied by the Contractor, the Architect has reviewed the proposed substitution on the basis of design concept of the Work and conformance with information given in Contract Documents. ___ Approved _X_ Approved as Noted ___ Rejected Pickle ball net must meet specified length as noted in Specification Section 11 66 23. By: Date: 12/12/2023 Heather Wogsland x x Approval of the M5008A and the M6010C , The M5005A is rejected Caleb Marris 23-12-12 220025.00 00 43 25 - 1 Substitution Request Form During Procurement © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. DOCUMENT 00 43 25 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM DURING PROCUREMENT DATE: ________________, ____, 2023 TO: ATTENTION: PROJECT: 1.1 We submit for your consideration the following product as a substitution for the specified product: Section No. Paragraph Specified Product __________ __________ ____________________________________ Proposed Substitution: Reason for Substitution: 1.2 Product Data: Attach complete technical data for both the specified product and the proposed substitution. Include information on changes to Contract Documents that the proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. 1.3 Samples: ___ Attached ___ Will be furnished upon request Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? ___ No ___ Yes (explain) Effects of proposed substitution on other Work: Differences between proposed substitution and specified Product: December 7 Woodsman Sports Complex 23-55-23 2.01 Gas Fired Infrared Heaters Detroit Radiant HL3 Series Infrared Heaters We believe the proposed substitution to be a better solution X X MICHAEL D. WOEHRLE, P.E.; MARK NATZKE 220025.00 00 43 25 - 2 Substitution Request Form During Procurement © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed substitution are: ___ Same ___ Different (explain) Maintenance service and spare parts are available for proposed substitution from: Previous installations where proposed substitution may be seen: Project: Project: Owner: Owner: Architect: Architect: Date Installed: Date Installed: Cost savings to be realized by Owner, if proposed substitution is approved: Change to Contract Time, if proposed substitution is approved: ___ No Change ___ Add ________ days ___ Deduct ________ days Submitted by Contractor: Signature Firm Architect Response: Based on the information supplied by the Contractor, the Architect has reviewed the proposed substitution on the basis of design concept of the Work and conformance with information given in Contract Documents. ___ Approved ___ Approved as Noted ___ Rejected Submit Additional Information: By: Date: XX x 12-13-23Emma Hyder 220025.00 00 43 25 - 1 Substitution Request Form During Procurement © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. DOCUMENT 00 43 25 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM DURING PROCUREMENT DATE: ________________, ____, 2023 TO: ATTENTION: PROJECT: 1.1 We submit for your consideration the following product as a substitution for the specified product: Section No. Paragraph Specified Product __________ __________ ____________________________________ Proposed Substitution: Reason for Substitution: 1.2 Product Data: Attach complete technical data for both the specified product and the proposed substitution. Include information on changes to Contract Documents that the proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. 1.3 Samples: ___ Attached ___ Will be furnished upon request Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? ___ No ___ Yes (explain) Effects of proposed substitution on other Work: Differences between proposed substitution and specified Product: December 7 23-81-00 2.1 Split Systems Hitachi P300 Split Systems We believe the proposed substitution to be a better solution X Woodsman Sports Complex X MICHAEL D. WOEHRLE, P.E.; MARK NATZKE 220025.00 00 43 25 - 2 Substitution Request Form During Procurement © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed substitution are: ___ Same ___ Different (explain) Maintenance service and spare parts are available for proposed substitution from: Previous installations where proposed substitution may be seen: Project: Project: Owner: Owner: Architect: Architect: Date Installed: Date Installed: Cost savings to be realized by Owner, if proposed substitution is approved: Change to Contract Time, if proposed substitution is approved: ___ No Change ___ Add ________ days ___ Deduct ________ days Submitted by Contractor: Signature Firm Architect Response: Based on the information supplied by the Contractor, the Architect has reviewed the proposed substitution on the basis of design concept of the Work and conformance with information given in Contract Documents. ___ Approved ___ Approved as Noted ___ Rejected Submit Additional Information: By: Date: X x 12-13-23Emma Hyder CITY OF JANESVILLE, WISCONSIN BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS F O R PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT 2023-15 WOODMAN’S SPORT & CONVENTION CENTER I N D E X PART # TITLE 1 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 2 INFORMATION TO BIDDERS 3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS – Addendum 4 ATTACHMENT 1 - SUPPLEMENTARY PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 26 00 – PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES SECTION 00 31 26 - EXISTING HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION SECTION 00 31 32 - GEOTECHNICAL DATA SECTION 00 43 25 – SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM DURING PROCUREMENT SECTION 00 61 16 - PAYMENT BOND (AIA A312 -2010) SECTION 00 63 63 - CHANGE ORDER (AIA G701-2017) SECTION 00 65 16 - CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION (AIA G704-2017) SECTION 00 72 13 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION (AIA A201-2017) SECTION 00 73 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS - SUPPLEMENTARY ATTACHMENT 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 11 00 - Summary of Work Section 01 23 00 - Alternates Section 01 25 00 - Substitution Procedures Section 01 25 19 - Substitution Request Form Section 01 26 00 – Contract Modification Procedures Section 01 26 13 – Requests for Information Section 01 29 00 – Payment Procedures Section 01 31 00 – Project Management & Coordination Section 01 32 16 – Construction Progress Schedule Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures Section 01 40 00 – Quality Requirements Section 01 45 23 - Testing and Inspection Procedures Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements Section 01 73 00 – Execution Section 01 73 29 - Cutting and Patching Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Procedures Section 01 78 23 - Operation and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 39 - Project Record Documents ATTACHMENT 3 – GEOTECH EXHIBIT ATTACHMENT 4 - FURNISHING, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT (FFE) MATRIX 4 BID PROPOSAL 5 AFFIDAVIT OF ORGANIZATION AND AUTHORITY 6 BID BOND 7 BIDDER’S PROOF OF RESPONSIBILITY 8 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS 9 AGREEMENT 10 DESIGNATION OF RESPONSIBLE PERSON 11 CONTRACT OR PERFORMANCE BOND 12 CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT 13 WAGE RATES 14 CITY OF JANESVILLE – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 2 – EROSION CONTROL PART 3 – EARTHWORK PART 4 – AGGREGATE PART 5 – SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM PART 6 – WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART 7 – STORM SEWER SYSTEM PART 8 – CURB AND GUTTER PART 9 – SIDEWALK PART 10 - PAVEMENTS PART 11 – STREET LIGHTS PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION DETAIL SHEETS 15 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Division 02 - Existing Conditions Section 02 41 13 - Site Demolition Section 02 41 16 – Building Demolition Division 03 - Concrete Section 03 10 00 – Concrete Formwork Section 03 20 00 – Reinforcing Steel – Addendum 04 Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 05 - Cast-In-Place Concrete (Outside Building Footprint) Section 03 30 10 - Moisture Vapor Reducing Admixture for CIP Section 03 30 15 – Concrete Floor Patching Section 03 35 00 - Concrete Hardener-Sealer Section 03 35 19 - Integrally Colored Concrete Finishings Section 03 41 00 - Precast Prestressed Concrete Section 03 45 00 - Precast Architectural Concrete – Addendum 02, Addendum 4 Section 03 48 10 - Precast Concrete Seating Units – Addendum 4 Division 04 - Masonry Section 04 05 11 - Mortar and Masonry Grout Section 04 20 00 - Unit Masonry Section 04 22 23 - Architectural Concrete Unit Masonry Division 05 - Metals Section 05 05 19 - Post-Installed Anchors in Concrete and Masonry (CMU) Section 05 10 00 - Structural Steel – Addendum 04 Section 05 20 00 - Steel Joists and Joist Girders Section 05 30 00 (PAF) - Metal Deck Section 05 40 00 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications Section 05 51 00 - Metal Stairs Section 05 51 33.13 - Fixed Access Ladders Section 05 52 13 – Steel Pipe Railings Section 05 75 10 - Perforated Metal Panels – Deleted Section Addendum 01 Division 06 – Wood, Plastics and Composites Section 06 09 00 – Rough Carpentry – Addendum 02 Section 06 40 00 - Architectural Woodwork – Addendum 02 Section 06 61 00 - Solid Surfacing Material Fabrications Division 07 – Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07 01 51 - Preparation for Reroofing Section 07 13 26 – Sheet Membrane Waterproofing – Addendum 01 Section 07 16 13 - Polymer Modified Cement Waterproofing Section 07 21 00 - Building Insulation Section 07 27 19 - Building Sheet Air Barriers Section 07 27 26 - Air Barrier and Vapor Retarder Section 07 42 10.11 - Composite Metal Hybrid (CMH) Sub-Framing System – Addendum 01 Section 07 42 13.13 - Preformed Metal Wall Panels Section 07 42 13.32 – Perforated Aluminum Plate Wall Panels – Addendum 02 Section 07 46 16 - Metal Siding (Longboard) Section 07 53 23 – Fully Adhered EPDM (Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer) Roof System – Addendum 03, Addendum 4 Section 07 62 00 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Section 07 72 33 - Roof Hatches & Safety Railing Section 07 81 00 - Spray-Applied Fire Resistive Materials – Addendum 4 Section 07 84 00 – Firestopping Section 07 90 00 - Joint Sealants Section 07 95 13.13 - Expansion Control - Interior Wall & Ceiling Section 07 95 13.16 - Roof Expansion Joint Assemblies Division 08 - Openings Section 08 11 13 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames – Addendum 4 Section 08 11 19 – Stainless Steel Doors and Frames – Addendum 02 Section 08 14 00 – Flush Wood Doors – Addendum 4 Section 08 16 13 - Fiber Reinforced Plastic Doors – Addendum 03 Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Frames Section 08 33 00 - Rolling Counter Shutters Section 08 33 23 - Insulated Coiling Service Door Section 08 36 13 - Sectional Overhead Doors Section 08 41 13 – Aluminum Framed Entrances and Storefront System Section 08 42 29 - Sliding Automatic Entrances Section 08 44 13 - Glazed Aluminum Curtain Wall Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware Section 08 79 13 - Key Storage Equipment Section 08 80 00 - Glass and Glazing Section 08 87 33 - Decorative Window Film Division 09 - Finishes Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies Section 09 30 00 - Tiling Section 09 51 00 - Acoustical Ceilings Section 09 51 33 - Acoustical Metal Ceilings Section 09 65 00 - Resilient Flooring – Addendum 04 Section 09 65 66 - Sheet Vinyl Resilient Athletic Flooring - Addendum 04 Section 09 65 66.13 – Rubber Tile Athletic Flooring – Addendum 04 Section 09 67 00 - Fluid Applied Flooring Section 09 68 13 - Carpet Tile - Addendum 04 Section 09 77 00 - Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Panels Section 09 90 00 - Painting & Coatings – Addendum 03 Section 09 96 00 - High Performance Coatings Division 10 - Specialties Section 10 21 13 - Solid Plastic Toilet Partitions Section 10 22 26 – Paired Panel Operable Partitions – Addendum 01, Addendum 4 Section 10 26 00 - Stainless Steel Corner Guards – Addendum 4 Section 10 28 00 - Toilet Accessories – Addendum 03 Section 10 28 25 - Electric Hand Dryer – Addendum 01 Section 10 44 00 - Fire Extinguishers & Cabinets Section 10 51 13 - Metal Lockers Section 10 51 33 – Sports Metal Lockers – Addendum 02 Section 10 82 13 – Roof Top Equipment Screens – Addendum 04 Division 11 - Equipment Section 11 40 00 - Food Service Equipment – Addendum 02 Section 11 61 23 – Riser and Portable Staging Equipment – Addendum 4 Section 11 66 23 - Gymnasium Equipment – Addendum 04 Section 11 66 43 - Scoreboards Section 11 66 53 - Gymnasium Dividers Division 12 - Furnishings Section 12 25 13 - Window Roller Shades – Addendum 4 Section 12 60 10 - Locker Room Seating Section 12 60 30 - Locker Room Shelf and Hooks – Addendum 01 Section 12 61 00 – Fixed Bleachers – Addendum 04 Division 13 – Special Construction Section 13 12 50 - Front Mounted Bleacher Seating – Addendum 04 Section 13 18 11 - Ice Rink General Requirements – Addendum 03 Section 13 18 12 - Ice Rink Refrigeration System – Addendum 01 Section 13 18 13 - Ice Rink Floor System Section 13 18 14 - Ice Rink Piping, Valves and Accessories Section 13 18 15 - Ice Rink Waste Heat Recovery System Section 13 18 16 - Ice Rink Dasher Board System and Accessories – Addendum 03 Section 13 18 17 - Ice Rink Central Control System – Addendum 01 Division 14 – Conveying Equipment Section 14 24 00 - Hydraulic Elevators Division 21 – Fire Suppression Section 21 05 00 - Common Work Results for Fire Suppression Section 21 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment Section 21 10 00 - Water Based Fire Suppression Systems – Addendum 04 Division 22 - Plumbing Section 22 05 00 - Common Work Results for Plumbing Section 22 05 13 - Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment Section 22 05 14 - Plumbing Specialties – Addendum 01 Section 22 05 15 - Piping Specialties Section 22 05 23 - General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment Section 22 07 00 - Plumbing Insulation Section 22 10 13 - Facility Fuel Piping Section 22 11 00 - Facility Water Distribution Section 22 13 00 - Facility Sanitary Sewerage Section 22 14 00 - Facility Storm Drainage Section 22 30 00 - Plumbing Equipment – Addendum 01 Section 22 42 00 - Commercial Plumbing Fixtures Section 22 67 00 - Demineralized Water Systems Division 23 – Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Section 23 01 00 – Mechanical General Provisions Section 23 05 00 - Basic Materials and Methods Section 23 05 13 - Electric Motors and Wiring Section 23 05 53 - Painting and Identification Section 23 05 93 - HVAC Testing Adjusting and Balancing Section 23 07 00 - HVAC Insulation Section 23 11 00 - Fuel Piping Section 23 30 00 - HVAC Air Distribution Section 23 33 60 - Airflow Measuring Devices Section 23 34 23 - HVAC Power Ventilators Section 23 36 16 - Variable Air Volume Terminals Section 23 37 13 - Diffusers Registers and Grilles Section 23 55 23 - Gas Fired Infrared Heaters Section 23 55 33 - Fuel Fired Unit Heaters Section 23 62 13 - Air Cooled Condensing Units Section 23 74 00 - Unitary Rooftop HVAC Units Section 23 81 00 - Packaged Air Conditioners Section 23 82 40 - Electric Heating Units Section 23 84 19 - Desiccant Dehumidification Units Division 25 – Building Automation System (BAS) Section 25 00 00 - Integrated Automation Section 25 01 80 - Cybersecurity Guidelines for Operation and Maintenance of Integrated Automation Network Section 25 09 93 - BAS Sequence of Operation – Addendum 01 Section 25 13 00 - Integrated Automation Control and Monitoring Network Section 25 14 00 - Integrated Automation Local Control Units Division 26 - Electrical Section 26 00 01 - Electrical General Requirements Section 26 01 26 - Testing Electrical System Section 26 01 60 - Electrical System Short-Circuit, Coordination and Arc Flash Studies Section 26 05 02 - Electrical Demolition for Remodeling Section 26 05 19 - Wire and Cable-600 Volt & Below Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding Section 26 05 29 - Supporting Devices Section 26 05 33 - Raceways and Boxes Section 26 05 53 - Electrical Identification Section 26 09 26 - Lighting Control System Section 26 10 16 - Utility Services Section 26 22 13 - Dry Type Transformers Section 26 24 13 - Main Switchboard Section 26 24 16 - Panelboards Section 26 27 26 - Wiring Devices Section 26 28 16 - Safety Switches, Circuit Breakers and Fuses Section 26 43 00 - Surge Protection Device - Type 2 Section 26 43 02 - Surge Protection Device for Panelboards - Type 3 Section 26 51 14 - Lighting Fixtures, LED Sources and Drivers Section 26 56 29 - Exterior Site Lighting Division 27 - Communications Section 27 05 28 - Communications Conduit System Section 27 05 53 - Identification for Communications Systems Section 27 05 54 - Patch Cord Requirements Section 27 11 00 - Communication Equipment Room Fittings Section 27 13 00 - Communications Backbone Cabling Section 27 15 00 - Communications Horizontal Cabling Section 27 41 00 – Audio Visual Systems Section 27 41 33 - Master Antenna Television System Section 27 51 13 – Audio Video Intercom Division 28 – Electronic Safety and Security Section 28 01 30 - Door Control and Door Monitoring System Section 28 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electronic Safety and Security Section 28 05 13 - Conductors and Cables for Electronic Safety and Security Section 28 23 01 - Video Surveillance System Section 28 31 02 - Fire Alarm Voice System Section 28 46 19 – Intrusion Detection System Division 31 - Earthwork Section 31 00 00 - Earthwork for Building – Addendum 04 Section 31 00 05 - Civil General Requirements Section 31 05 00 - Common Work Results for Earthwork (Outside Building Footprint) Section 31 23 16.13 - Trenching Section 31 23 19 - Dewatering Section 31 23 23.43 – Geofoam Lightweight Fill Section 31 25 00 - Erosion Control Division 32 – Exterior Improvements Section 32 05 00 - Common Work Results for Exterior Improvements Section 32 11 23 - Dense Graded Base Section 32 12 16.13 - Plant Mix Asphalt Paving – Addendum 01, Addendum 4 Section 32 33 13 - Site Bike Racks Section 32 90 00 - Landscaping Division 33 - Utilities Section 33 05 00 - Common Work Results for Utilities Section 33 11 00 - Water Utility Distribution Piping Section 33 30 00 - Sanitary Sewerage Utilities Section 33 40 00 - Storm Drainage Utilities 16 DRAWINGS CODE SHEET A0.0 - COVER SHEET SHEET A0.1 - TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCES - Addendum 03 SHEET A0.2 - FIRST FLOOR LIFE SAFETY PLAN SHEET A0.3 - MEZZANINE FLOOR LIFE SAFETY PLAN SHEET A0.4 - LIFE SAFETY - OCCUPANCY AND FIXTURES CIVIL SHEET C1.10 – PROJECT LOCATION AND GENERAL NOTES SHEET C1.11 - SITE PLAN - OVERALL SHEET C1.12 - SITE PLAN – NORTH – Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET C1.13 - SITE PLAN – SOUTH – Addendum 01, Addendum 02, Addendum 04 SHEET C1.20 - GRADING PLAN - NORTH SHEET C1.21 - GRADING PLAN - SOUTH SHEET C1.30 - DEMOLITION PLAN SHEET C1.40 - EROSION CONTROL PLAN SHEET C1.50 - EXISTING SURVEY SHEET C5.00 - CONSTRUCTION DETAILS – Addendum 01 SHEET C5.01 - CONSTRUCTION DETAILS LANDSCAPING SHEET L1.00 - LANDSCAPE PLAN OVERALL SHEET L1.01 - LANSCAPE PLAN - NORTH SHEET L1.02 - LANSCAPE PLAN - SOUTH SHEET L1.03 - LANDSCAPE PLAN - BID ALTERNATIVE SHEET L2.00 - LANDSCAPE DETAILS & NOTES DEMOLITION SHEET AD2.1 - FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN – OVERALL - Addendum 03 SHEET AD2.1a - FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - ENLARGED SHEET AD2.2 - SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - OVERALL SHEET AD2.2a -- SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - ENLARGED ARCHITECTURAL SHEET A1.0 - ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN - Addendum 02 SHEET A1.1 - ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN - OVERALL SHEET A2.1 - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - OVERALL SHEET A2.1a - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - SE QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET A2.1b - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - NE QUAD - Addendum 01 SHEET A2.1c - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - NW QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A2.1d - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - SW QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET A2.2 - MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN SHEET A2.2a - MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN - SE QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET A2.2b - MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN - SW QUAD - Addendum 04 SHEET A2.3 - ROOF PLAN - Addendum 01 SHEET A2.9 - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - PRECAST PANELS SHEET A3.1 - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A3.1a - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - NE QUAD - Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A3.1b - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - SE QUAD - Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A3.1c - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - SW QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A3.1d - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - NW QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A3.2 - MEZZANINE FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEET A3.2a - MEZZANINE FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - SE QUAD SHEET A3.2b - MEZZANINE FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - SW QUAD SHEET A4.0 - EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS - Addendum 01, Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A4.1 - ENLARGED EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS - Addendum 01 SHEET A4.2 - ENLARGED EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS - Addendum 01 SHEET A4.5 - ELEVATIONS - PRECAST PANELS - Addendum 03 SHEET A4.6 - ELEVATIONS - PRECAST PANELS SHEET A5.0 - BUILDING SECTIONS SHEET A5.1 - BUILDING SECTIONS SHEET A5.5 - INTERIOR SECTIONS - Addendum 04 SHEET A5.6 - MAIN RINK SECTIONS - Addendum 01 SHEET A5.7 - MULTIPURPOSE AREA RINK SECTIONS SHEET A6.0 - WALL SECTIONS - Addendum 01 SHEET A6.1 - WALL SECTIONS SHEET A6.2 - WALL SECTIONS - Addendum 01 SHEET A6.3 - WALL SECTIONS SHEET A6.4 - WALL SECTIONS - Addendum 01 SHEET A6.5 - WALL SECTIONS - Addendum 01 SHEET A7.0 - EXTERIOR DETAILS - Addendum 01 SHEET A7.1 - EXTERIOR DETAILS - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET A7.2 - INTERIOR DETAILS SHEET A7.3 - INTERIOR DETAILS - Addendum 04 SHEET A7.4 - INTERIOR DETAILS - Addendum 03 SHEET A7.5 - INTERIOR DETAILS - Addendum 01, Addendum 03 SHEET A7.6 - INTERIOR DETAILS - Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A8.0 - ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS – RESTROOMS - Addendum 01, Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A8.1 - ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS - ADMINISTRATION AND CONCESSIONS - Addendum 01, Addendum 03 SHEET A8.2 - ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS - SPORT COURTS - Addendum 01, Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A8.3 - MALL CONNECTION LAYOUT PLAN - NE & SE SHEET A8.4 - ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS AND SECTIONS - STAIRS AND O.H. DOORS - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET A8.5 - ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS AND SECTIONS – RAMPS - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET A8.6 - ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS – YOUTH HOCKEY AND STORAGE ROOMS - Addendum 01 SHEET A8.7 - ENLARGED SECTION AND PLANS – YOUTH HOCKEY ROOMS - Addendum 01 SHEET A8.8 - ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS – CONVENTION DIAGRAMS SHEET A8.9 - ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS AND ELEVATIONS - SPONSOR SUITE AND PRESS BOX SHEET A9.0 - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - Addendum 01, Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A9.1 - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A10.0 - WALL TYPES SHEET A10.1 - DOOR AND FRAME TYPES - Addendum 01, Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A10.2 - DOOR AND FRAME DETAILS - Addendum 02, Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A10.3 - WINDOW TYPES - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET A11.0 - FINISH SCHEDULE - Addendum 04 SHEET A11.1 - FIRST FLOOR FINISH PLAN – OVERALL - Addendum 01, Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A11.2 – MEZZANINE FLOOR FINISH PLAN SHEET A13.0 - FIRST FLOOR FURNITURE PLAN SHEET A13.1 – MEZZANINE FLOOR FURNITURE PLAN ARCHITECTURAL – ADD ALTERNATE 1 SHEET A2.4 - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - ADD ALT 1 SHEET A2.4a - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - ADD ALT 1 - NW QUAD - Addendum 02, Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A2.5 - ROOF PLAN - ADD ALT 1 SHEET A3.3 - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - ADD ALT 1 - Addendum 03 SHEET A3.3a - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - ADD ALT 1 - NW QUAD - Addendum 03 SHEET A4.3 - EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS - ADD ALT 1 SHEET A5.2 - BUILDING/WALL SECTIONS - ADD ALT 1 SHEET A8.10 - ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS - SPORT COURTS - ADD ALT 1 - Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET A11.1.1 - FIRST FLOOR FINISH PLAN - ADD ALT 1 - Addendum 02, Addendum 04 ARCHITECTURAL – ADD ALTERNATE 2 SHEET A2.6 - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - ADD ALT 2 SHEET A2.6a - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - ADD ALT 2 - SE QUAD SHEET A2.6b - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - ADD ALT 2 - SW QUAD SHEET A2.7 - ROOF PLAN - ADD ALT 2 SHEET A4.4 - EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS - ADD ALT 2 SHEET A5.3 - BUILDING/WALL SECTIONS - ADD ALT 2 ARCHITECTURAL – ADD ALTERNATE 3 SHEET A2.8 - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - ADD ALT 3 SHEET A2.8a - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - ADD ALT 3 - SE QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 02 SHEET A2.8b - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - ADD ALT 3 - SW QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 02 SHEET A3.4 - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - ADD ALT 3 SHEET A9.2 - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS - ADD ALT 3 SHEET A11.1.2 - FIRST FLOOR FINISH PLAN - ADD ALT 3 STRUCTURAL SHEET S1.0 -FOUNDATION PLAN - OVERALL SHEET S1.0a - FOUNDATION - SE QUAD - Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET S1.0b - FOUNDATION - NE QUAD - Addendum 03 SHEET S1.0c - FOUNDATION - NW QUAD SHEET S1.0d - FOUNDATION - SW QUAD - Addendum 04 SHEET S2.0 - MEZZANINE FLOOR FRAMING PLAN - OVERALL SHEET S2.0a - MEZZANINE FLOOR FRAMING PLAN - SE QUAD SHEET S2.0b - MEZZANINE FLOOR FRAMING PLAN - SW QUAD SHEET S2.1 - ROOF FRAMING PLAN – OVERALL - Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET S2.1a - ROOF FRAMING PLAN - SE QUAD SHEET S2.1b - ROOF FRAMING PLAN - NE QUAD SHEET S2.1c - ROOF FRAMING PLAN - NW QUAD - Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET S2.1d - ROOF FRAMING PLAN - SW QUAD SHEET S5.0 - DETAILS SHEET S5.1 - DETAILS SHEET S5.2 - DETAILS SHEET S5.3 – DETAILS - Addendum 04 SHEET S5.4 - DETAILS SHEET S5.5 – DETAILS - Addendum 03, Addendum 04 SHEET S9.0 - GENERAL NOTES AND SCHEDULES SHEET S9.1 - SCHEDULES SHEET S9.2 - SNOW DRIFT PLAN SHEET S1.0 ALT - FOUNDATION PLAN - OVERALL SHEET S2.1 ALT - ROOF FRAMING PLAN – OVERALL - Addendum 04 PLUMBING SHEET P0.1 - PLUMBING DETAILS AND NOTES SHEET P0.2 - PLUMBING DETAILS AND CALCULATIONS SHEET P1.0 - FOUNDATION PLUMBING - OVERALL SHEET P1.0a - FOUNDATION PLUMBING - SE QUAD SHEET P1.0b - FOUNDATION PLUMBING - NE QUAD SHEET P1.0c - FOUNDATION PLUMBING - NW QUAD SHEET P1.0d - FOUNDATION PLUMBING - SW QUAD SHEET P1.1 - FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN - OVERALL SHEET P1.1a - FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN - SE QUAD SHEET P1.1b - FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN - NE QUAD SHEET P1.1c - FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN - NW QUAD SHEET P1.1d - FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN - SW QUAD SHEET P1.2 - MEZZANINE FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN - OVERALL SHEET P1.2a - MEZZANINE FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN - SE QUAD SHEET P1.2b - MEZZANINE FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN -SW QUAD SHEET P1.3 - ROOF PLUMBING PLAN OVERALL SHEET P2.0 - WASTE AND VENT PIPING ISOMETRICS SHEET P2.1 - WASTE AND VENT PIPING ISOMETRICS SHEET P2.2 - WASTE AND VENT PIPING ISOMETRICS SHEET P3.0 - WATER PIPING ISOMETRICS SHEET P3.1 - WATER PIPING ISOMETRICS SHEET P3.2 - WATER PIPING ISOMETRICS SHEET P4.0 - STORM PIPING ISOMETRICS FIRE PROTECTION SHEET FP1.1 - FIRST FLOOR FIRE PROTECTION PLAN SHEET FP1.2 - MEZZANINE FLOOR FIRE PROTECTION PLAN MECHANICAL SHEET M0.0 - MECHANICAL TITLE SHEET, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATION SHEET M2.1 - FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN - OVERALL SHEET M2.1A - FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN - SE QUAD SHEET M2.1B - FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN - NE QUAD SHEET M2.1C - FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN - NW QUAD SHEET M2.1D - FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN - SW QUAD SHEET M2.2 - MEZZANINE FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN - OVERALL SHEET M2.3 - MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN - OVERALL SHEET M2.4 - FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN - OVERALL - ADD ALT 1 SHEET M2.4A - FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN - ADD ALT 1 - NW QUAD SHEET M2.4B - MEZZANINE FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN - ADD ALT 1 - NW QUAD SHEET M2.5 - MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN – OVERALL - ADD ALT 1 SHEET M2.6 - FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN - OVERALL - ADD ALT 2 SHEET M2.6A - FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN - ADD ALT 2 - SE QUAD SHEET M2.6B - FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN - ADD ALT 2 - SW QUAD SHEET M2.7 - MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN - OVERALL - ADD ALT 2 SHEET M2.8 - FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN - OVERALL - ADD ALT 3 SHEET M2.8A - FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN - ADD ALT 3 - SE QUAD SHEET M2.8B - FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN - ADD ALT 3 - SW QUAD SHEET M2.9 - MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN - OVERALL - ADD ALT 3 SHEET M6.0 - MECHANICAL SCHEDULES ELECTRICAL SHEET EL - ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES - Addendum 01 SHEET ESD1.0 - ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN + DEMO - Addendum 01 SHEET ES1.0 - ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN – NEW - Addendum 01 SHEET E1.1 - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN – OVERALL - Addendum 01 SHEET E1.1a - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A - SE QUAD - Addendum 01 SHEET E1.1b - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN B - NE QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET E1.1c - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN C - NW QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET E1.1d - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN D - SW QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET E1.2 - MEZZANINE FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN – OVERALL - Addendum 01 SHEET E1.2a - MEZZANINE FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A - SE QUAD - Addendum 01 SHEET E1.2b - MEZZANINE FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN B - NE QUAD - Addendum 01 SHEET E1.2c - MEZZANINE FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN C - NW QUAD - Addendum 01 SHEET E1.2d - MEZZANINE FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN D - SW QUAD - Addendum 01 SHEET E2.1 - FIRST FLOOR POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN – OVERALL - Addendum 01 SHEET E2.1a - FIRST FLOOR POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN A - SE QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET E2.1b - FIRST FLOOR POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN B - NE QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET E2.1c - FIRST FLOOR POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN C - NW QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET E2.1d - FIRST FLOOR POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN D - SW QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET E2.2a - MEZZANINE FLOOR POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN A - SE QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET E2.2b - MEZZANINE FLOOR POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN B - NE QUAD - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET E2.3 - ROOF POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN – OVERALL - Addendum 01 SHEET E2.3a - ROOF POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN A - SE QUAD - Addendum 01 SHEET E2.3b - ROOF POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN B - NE QUAD - Addendum 01 SHEET E2.3c - ROOF POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN C - NW QUAD - Addendum 01 SHEET E2.3d - ROOF POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN D - SW QUAD - Addendum 01 SHEET E2.4 - FIRST FLOOR POWER AND LIGHTING - ADD ALT 1, ALT 2, ALT 3 SHEET E5.0 - LIGHTING SCHEDULES - Addendum 01 SHEET E5.1 - ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES - Addendum 01 SHEET E5.2 - ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES - Addendum 01 SHEET E5.3 - ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES - Addendum 01 SHEET E5.4 - ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES - Addendum 01 SHEET E5.5 - ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES - Addendum 01 SHEET E5.6 – ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES - Addendum 01 SHEET E6.0 - LIGHTING DETAILS SHEET E6.1 - POWER DETAILS - Addendum 01, Addendum 04 SHEET E6.2 - POWER DETAILS - Addendum 01 SHEET E6.3 - POWER DETAILS - Addendum 01 SHEET E7.1 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER DIAGRAM - Addendum 04 SHEET E7.2 - MATRIX SHEET E7.3 - CARD ACCESS SHEET E7.4 - CAMERA SCHEDULE SHEET E7.5 - SYSTEM DETAILS - ELEC RM 134 - Addendum 01 SHEET E7.6 - SYSTEM DETAILS - IT RM 150 SHEET E7.7 - SYSTEM DETAILS - IT/GEN STORAGE RM 176 SHEET E7.8 - SYSTEM DETAILS - STORAGE RM 104 SHEET E8.0 - ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM - Addendum 01 FOOD SERVICE SHEET FS100 - FOOD SERVICE - OVERALL PLAN - Addendum 01 SHEET FS101 - FOOD SERVICE - EQUIPMENT PLAN - Addendum 02 SHEET FS102 - FOOD SERVICE - ELECTRICAL PLAN SHEET FS103 - FOOD SERVICE - PLUMBING PLAN SHEET FS104 - FOOD SERVICE - CONDITIONS PLAN AUDIO VISUAL – REISSUED IN ADDENDUM 1 SHEET AV0.0 - INDEX SHEET SHEET AV0.1 - LEGENDS SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS SHEET AV0.2 - GENERAL AUDIO-VISUAL INFORMATION SHEET AV2.1 - FIRST FLOOR PLAN OVERALL SHEET AV2.1a - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - SE QUAD SHEET AV2.1b - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - NE QUAD SHEET AV2.1c - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - NW QUAD SHEET AV2.1d - FIRST FLOOR PLAN - SW QUAD SHEET AV2.2 - MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN SHEET AV2.2a - MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN - SE QUAD SHEET AV2.2b - MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN - SW QUAD SHEET AV3.1a - FIRST FLOOR PLAN RCP- SE QUAD SHEET AV3.1b - FIRST FLOOR PLAN RCP- NE QUAD SHEET AV3.1c - FIRST FLOOR PLAN RCP- NW QUAD SHEET AV3.1d - FIRST FLOOR PLAN RCP- SW QUAD SHEET AV4.1 - LOBBY AND BREAKROOM SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHEET AV4.2 - MERCYHEALTH ARENA SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHEET AV4.3 - MULTIPURPOSE ARENA SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHEET AV4.4 - MULTIPURPOSE ARENA SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHEET AV4.5 - MULTI-USE CONVENTIONS SPACE SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHEET AV4.6 - MULTI-USE CONVENTIONS SPACE SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHEET AV4.9a - STANDARD AV DETAILS SHEET AV5.1 - EQUIPMENT RACK ELEVATIONS SHEET AV5.2 - EQUIPMENT RACK ELEVATIONS SHEET AV6.1 - PANEL ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS SHEET AV6.2 - PANEL ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS SHEET AV6.3 - PANEL ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS SHEET AV7.0 - AUDIO TERMINATIONS AND WIRING SHEET AV7.1a - LOBBY / BREAKROOM SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.1b - LOBBY / BREAKROOM SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.1c - LOBBY / BREAKROOM SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.1d - LOBBY / BREAKROOM SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.2a - MERCYHEALTH ARENA SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.2b - MERCYHEALTH ARENA SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.2c - MERCYHEALTH ARENA SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.2d - MERCYHEALTH ARENA SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.2e - MERCYHEALTH ARENA SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.3a - MULTIPURPOSE ARENA SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.3b - MULTIPURPOSE ARENA SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.3c - MULTIPURPOSE ARENA SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.3d - MULTIPURPOSE ARENA SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.3e - MULTIPURPOSE ARENA SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.3f - MULTIPURPOSE ARENA SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.4a - MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.4b - MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.4c - MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.4d - MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.4e - MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE SCHEMATICS SHEET AV7.4f - MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE SCHEMATICS SHEET AV9.1 - AV POWER, DATA, & BOX SCHEDULES SHEET AV9.2 - AV CONDUIT SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS SHEET AV9.3 - LOBBY AV CONDUIT RISER SHEET AV9.4 - MERCYHEALTH ARENA CONDUIT AND RISER SHEET AV9.5 – MULTIPURPOSE ARENA CONDUIT AND RISER SHEET AV9.6 - MULTI-USE CONVENTION CONDUIT AND RISER REFRIGERATION SHEET R0.1 - ICE RINK LEGEND AND SYMBOLS SHEET R1.0 - ICE RINK SUBFLOOR PLAN SHEET R1.1 - ICE RINK FLOOR PLAN SHEET R2.0 - ICE EQUIPMENT ROOM PLAN SHEET R5.0 - ICE RINK DETAILS AND SECTIONS SHEET R5.1 - ICE RINK DETAILS AND SECTIONS SHEET R5.2 - ICE RINK DETAILS AND SECTIONS SHEET R5.3 - ICE RINK DETAILS AND SCHEDULE SHEET R6.0 - AMMONIA FLOW DIAGRAM SHEET R6.1 - SECONDARY REFRIGERANT FLOW DIAGRAM SHEET R6.2 - WASTE HEAT RECOVERY FLOW DIAGRAM DASHER BOARDS SHEET DB1.0 - ICE RINK DASHER BOARD PLAN SHEET DB5.00 - ICE RINK DASHER BOARD SECTIONS AND DETAILS SHEET DB5.1 - ICE RINK DASHER BOARD SECTIONS AND DETAILS REFERENCE DRAWINGS SEARS BUILDING CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS DATED 10-25-96 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER CONTRACT SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 1. BIDDING PROCEDURE 2. FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS 3. COMPLETION DATE 4. PRE-BID SCHEDULE 5. MANDATORY PREBID MEETING AND BUILDING TOUR PRIME CONTRACTORS 6. INQUIRIES/ADDENDA 7. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS DURING BIDDING 8. PROJECT MILESTONES 9. PROJECT LOCATION AND ADJACENCY TO UPTOWN JANESVILLE MALL 10. PROJECT CONTACTS 11. DEFINITIONS 12. REFERENCE HIERARCHY 13. CODE STANDARDS 14. UNIT PRICE WORK 15. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 16. FEDERAL WAGE RATES 17. PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING 18. SUBMITTALS 19. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS AND SUBCONTRACTOR MEETINGS 20. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION 21. DAILY WORK RESTRICTIONS 22. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 23. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 24. ADDITIONAL SOIL BORINGS STUDY 25. UNDERGROUND UTILITY LOCATING 26. DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS 27. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 28. WORK SITE SAFETY / OWNER SITE ACCESS / TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 29. TEMPORARY FACILITIES 30. DUST CONTROL FINAL CLEANING 31. WORK PERFORMED BY THE CITY OF JANESVILLE 32. CONTRACTOR’S WARRANTY PERIOD 33. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS PAYMENTS 34. CONTRACT FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACT CLOSE OUT 35. ATTACHMENT 1 - SUPPLEMENTARY PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS A. SECTION 00 26 00 - PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES B. SECTION 00 31 26 - EXISTING HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION C. SECTION 00 31 32 - GEOTECHNICAL DATA D. SECTION 00 43 25 - SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM (DURING PROCUREMENT) D. SECTION 00 61 16 - PAYMENT BOND (AIA A312 -2010) E. SECTION 00 63 63 - CHANGE ORDER (AIA G701-2017) F. SECTION 00 65 16 - CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION (AIA G704-2017) G. SECTION 00 72 13 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION (AIA A201-2017) H. SECTION 00 73 00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS (SUPPLEMENTARY) 36. ATTACHMENT 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. SECTION 01 11 00 - SUMMARY OF WORK B. SECTION 01 23 00 - ALTERNATES C. SECTION 01 25 00 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES D. SECTION 01 25 19 - SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM E. SECTION 01 26 00 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES F. SECTION 01 26 13 - REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION G. SECTION 01 29 00 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES H. SECTION 01 31 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT & COORDINATION I. SECTION 01 32 16 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE J. SECTION 01 33 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES K. SECTION 01 40 00 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS L. SECTION 01 45 23 - TESTING AND INSPECTION PROCEDURES M. SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES N. SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS O. SECTION 01 73 00 - EXECUTION P. SECTION 01 73 29 - CUTTING AND PATCHING Q. SECTION 01 77 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES R. SECTION 01 78 23 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA S. SECTION 01 78 39 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 37. ATTACHMENT 3 – GEOTECH EXHIBIT 38. ATTACHMENT 4 - FURNISHING, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT (FFE) MATRIX 39. ATTACHMENT 5 – ADDENDUM 01 ATTACHMENTS SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 3 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER CONTRACT SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 The work under this contract shall be performed in accordance with applicable City of Janesville Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (excluding references to unit price measurement and payment not used in this lump sum contract), hereinafter referred to as City Specifications, by visiting www.janesvillewi.gov/specs ; the Construction Documents which include drawings and specifications, and these Special Provisions. 1. BIDDING PROCEDURE When applicable, bidders shall submit a bid on a lump sum basis for the Base Bid and include a separate price for each Alternate Bid Item as described in the bidding documents and as provided for in the Bid Proposal. The price for each Alternate Bid will be the amount added to or deducted from the Base Bid if the City of Janesville selects an Alternate Bid Item. BASE BID The Base Bid will include costs for all labor and miscellaneous products, materials, equipment, and appliances necessary to complete all the Work as described in Divisions 00 thru 33 and all project documents. All bids are to include an Allowance of $50,000.00 for the application of various demolition and construction permits along with required related fees. The Contractor will be responsible for applying and paying for the permits. Donated labor and materials will be deducted from the base bid. Please refer to Part 4 for further direction and input. MANDATORY ALTERNATE BID ITEMS ADD Alternate 1- Construction required for the inclusion of a fourth basketball court in the Project Scope. ADD Alternate 2- Construct a new “core and shell” space to the south of the building for a future locker room expansion. This scope will include site work, the construction of concrete footing and foundation systems, exterior walls, roof structure, floor slab and MEP rough-in. ADD Alternate 3- Construct three (3) separate locker rooms with coaches’ offices to a previously built “core and shell” space. The locker rooms will include toilet stalls and shower rooms to serve each locker room individually. The construction shall include all floor, wall and ceiling finishes along with accessories. SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 4 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER ADD Alternate 4- Furnish and install a reverse osmosis system in Mechanical Room 168. Note: Installation of the required plumbing lines for the system shall be included in the Base Bid. ADD Alternate 5- Furnish and install backer panel with quick release fastener system for the Multipurpose Arena. Refer to Sheet DB100 for proposed locations. DEDUCT Alternate 6- Remove water preheat waste heat recovery system. Work includes removing entire system including tanks, refrigerant piping, equipment pad, and all related work for a fully operational system. Water piping and refrigerant piping shall be stubbed out and capped for future connections if the alternate is accepted. City of Janesville shall have the right to accept alternates in any order or combination or not accept any. The successful bidder will be determined by the low bid, which may be the Base Bid or the combination of the Base Bid and accepted Alternate Bid Items. The Contractor shall refer to the Technical Specifications for detailed information pertaining to the Alternate Bid Items. The City only accepts bids through Quest CDN vBid online. Registration in the Quest system is required. Contact QuestCDN.com at info@questcdn.com or (952) 233-1632 for assistance in registration. 2. FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS The contractor must comply with the following Federal Requirements: Generally Applicable Definitions and Requirements. Contractors must comply with the generally applicable U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and Community Planning and Development (CPD) requirements in 24 CRF Part 5, subpart A, including all applicable nondiscrimination and equal opportunity and civil rights requirements. Suspension and Debarment. The government-wide debarment and suspension regulations in 2 CFR Part 180 apply as incorporated and supplemented by HUD’s implementing regulations in 2 CFR Part 2424. These regulations restrict awards, subawards, and contracts with certain parties that are debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in Federal assistance programs or activities. Economic Opportunities for Low- and Very Low-Income Persons in Connection with Assisted Projects. Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 (Section 3), 12 U.S.C. 1701u, and the HUD regulations at 24 CFR Part 75, ensure, to the greatest extent feasible, that training, employment, contracting and other economic opportunities be directed to persons with low- and very low-income levels, especially recipients of government assistance for housing, and to businesses that provide economic opportunities to people with low-and very low-income levels where a proposed project is located. The contractor will make best efforts to award contracts and SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 5 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER subcontracts to business concerns that provide economic opportunities to Section 3 workers and will include language in any contract or agreement to apply these Section 3 requirements to contractors and subcontractors. The selected contractor will work with the City of Janesville to review the requirements of this regulation to determine specific efforts that will be taken to support Section 3 goals. Conflicts of Interest. Conflicts Subject to Procurement Regulations. i. Conflicts Subject to Procurement Regulations. Pursuant to 2 CFR 200.317 and 2 CFR 200.318(c), the City of Janesville and contractors must follow the requirements contained in paragraphs ii-v below. ii. General prohibition. No person who is an employee, agent, consultant, officer, or elected or appointed official of the City of Janesville or contractor and who exercises or has exercised any functions or responsibilities with respect to assisted activities, or who is in a position to participate in a decision making process or gain inside information with regard to such activities, may obtain a financial interest or benefit from the activity, or have a financial interest in any contract, subcontract, or agreement with respect thereto, or the proceeds thereunder, either for themselves or for those with whom they have immediate family or business ties, during their tenure or for one year thereafter. Immediate family ties include (whether by blood, marriage or adoption) the spouse, parent (including a stepparent), child (including a stepchild), brother, sister (including a stepbrother or stepsister), grandparent, grandchild, and in-laws of a covered person. iii. Exceptions. HUD may grant an exception to the general prohibition in paragraph (ii) upon the recipient’s written request and satisfaction of the threshold requirements in paragraph (iv), if HUD determines the exception will further the Federal purpose of the award and the effective and efficient administration of the recipient’s program or project, taking into account the cumulative effects of the factors in paragraph (v). iv. Threshold requirements for exceptions. HUD will consider an exception only after the recipient has provided the following documentation: a. A disclosure of the nature of the conflict, accompanied by an assurance that there has been public disclosure of the conflict and a description of how the public disclosure was made; and b. An opinion of the recipient's attorney that the interest for which the exception is sought would not violate state or local law. v. Factors to be considered for exceptions. In determining whether to grant a requested exception after the recipient has satisfactorily met the threshold requirements in paragraph (iii), HUD will consider the cumulative effect of the following factors, where applicable: a. Whether the exception would provide a significant cost benefit or an essential degree of expertise to the program or project that would otherwise not be available; SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 6 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER b. Whether an opportunity was provided for open competitive bidding or negotiation; c. Whether the person affected is a member of a group or class of persons with low- or moderate-income levels intended to be the beneficiaries of the assisted activity, and the exception will permit such person to receive generally the same interests or benefits as are being made available or provided to the group or class; d. Whether the affected person has withdrawn from their functions or responsibilities, or the decision-making process with respect to the specific assisted activity in question; e. Whether the interest or benefit was present before the affected person was in a position as described in paragraph (ii); f. Whether undue hardship will result either to the recipient or the person affected when weighed against the public interest served by avoiding the prohibited conflict; and g. Any other relevant considerations. Contractors must obtain a Federal Unique Entity ID (UEI). As of April of 2022, all entities doing business with the federal government must use a Unique Entity ID created in SAM.gov. The federal government has stopped using the DUNS number to uniquely identify entities. If your organization is already registered in SAM.gov, your UEI has already been assigned and is viewable in SAM.gov. Contractors may refer to the Guide to Getting a Unique Entity ID at SAM.gov to get a Unique Entity ID. 3. COMPLETION DATE All work under this Contract shall be COMPLETED July 11, 2025. 4. PRE-BID SCHEDULE 11-3-2023 Bid documents available to bidders 11-14-2023 at 10 AM Mandatory pre-bid meeting for Prime Contractors 12-6-2023 at Noon Last day for bidder questions 12-6-2023 at Noon Ice Rink Contractor pre-qualification due. 12-13-2023 Final addendum issued, if applicable. 12-19-2023 at 2 PM Opening of Bids SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 7 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 5. MANDATORY PREBID MEETING AND BUILDING TOUR FOR PRIME CONTRACTORS A mandatory pre-bid meeting for Prime Contractors and building tour for interested Contractors will be held at 10:00 AM on November 14, 2023 at the existing vacant Sears building located at 2500 Milton Avenue, Janesville, WI. The Owner’s Representatives and the Architect will be present to answer Bidder questions and tour the site. Potential Subcontractors and Vendors are encouraged to attend. Meet at the west building entrance (facing Milton Avenue). 6. INQUIRIES / ADDENDA A. Addenda may be issued during the bidding period. All Addenda become part of the Contract Documents. Include costs in the Bid Amount. B. Verbal answers are not binding on any party. C. Bidder questions during the bid period, must be in writing (email preferred) to Mark Natzke, Zimmerman Architectural Studios, mark.natzke@zastudios.com D. The last day for submitting questions is November 29, 2023 at Noon. The reply will be in the form of an Addendum, a copy of which will be posted online to Quest CDN. 7. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS DURING BIDDING A. Where the Bid Documents stipulate a particular product, the Contractor shall incorporate that product in the bid unless a substitution is approved by the Architect prior to bid submission. Material substitution requests must be submitted 10 calendar days prior to bid date to be considered for substitution approval. B. Submit substitution requests in accordance with Section 1.1.6.3 of the City’s Specifications and using the appropriate CSI Substitution Request form included in the Technical Specifications. C. When a request to substitute a product is made, the Architect may approve the substitution and will issue an Addendum to known bidders. D. The submission shall provide sufficient information to determine acceptability of such products. E. Provide complete information on required revisions to other work to accommodate each proposed substitution. F. Provide products as specified unless substitutions are submitted in this manner and accepted. 8. PROJECT MILESTONES 12-19-2023 at 2 PM Opening of bids. 1-22-2024 Award of contract 1-29-2024 to 2-7-2024 Window for Pre-Construction Meeting and start of Submittals/Procurements 2-10-2024 Start Construction 5-30-2025 Substantial Completion / Occupancy 6-2-2025 to 7-11-2025 Window Owner move-in. 7-11-2025 Final Completion SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 8 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 9. PROJECT LOCATION AND ADJACENCY TO UPTOWN JANESVILLE MALL The existing project site is located at the vacant Sears building located at 2500 Milton Avenue, Janesville, Rock County, WI, which will be demolished as part of the project scope. The address designation for the new Woodman’s Sports & Convention Center (WSCC) will be 2510 Milton Avenue, Janesville, Rock County, WI, as shown on the cover page of the project plan set. All correspondence pertaining to the project including applications for construction permits and reviews will be coordinated with this address. The adjacent Uptown Janesville Mall retail development operates independently of any activities within project scope. The Contractor shall not interfere with any mall operations. 10. PROJECT CONTACTS A. Architect Brian Hatzung, AIA, NCARB, LEED AP | Principal Architect ZIMMERMAN ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS, INC. 2122 West Mt. Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 414.918.1467 zastudios.com I Brian.Hatzung@zastudios.com B. City Engineer Bradley Reents, P.E. | City Engineer CITY OF JANESVILLE 608.755.3160 reentsb@janesvillewi.gov C. Owner’s Representative Michael Hinderman | Senior Project Manager KRAUS-ANDERSON CONSTRUCTION COMPANY 151 E Wilson Street, Suite 100| Madison, WI 53703 608.838.5410 michael.hinderman@krausanderson.com D. Civil Engineer Brad M. Seubert, PE | Principle Civil Engineer HARWOOD ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS, LTD. 255 N 21st Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 414.918.1204 hecl.com I brad.seubert@hecl.com SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 9 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER E. Structural Engineer Mary C. Piontkowski, PE, SE | Principle Structural Engineer HARWOOD ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS, LTD. 255 N 21st Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 414.918.1205 hecl.com I mary.piontkowski@hecl.com F. Plumbing Engineer Philip L. Mnuk DE | Senior Plumbing Designer HARWOOD ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS, LTD. 255 N 21st Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 414.918.1235 hecl.com I philip.mnuk@hecl.com G. Mechanical Engineer Michael D. Woehrle, PE. P.Eng. | Chief Mechanical Engineer NELSON - RUDIE 9100 49th Avenue North | Minneapolis, MN 55428 763.367.7630 nelsonrudie.com I Michael.Woehrle@nelsonrudie.com H. Electrical Engineer Mario Medina DE | Senior Electrical Designer HARWOOD ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS, LTD. 255 N 21st Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 414.918.1216 hecl.com I mario.medina@hecl.com I. Ice Rink Engineer Scott A. Ward, P.E. | Chief Mechanical Engineer B32 ENGINEERING GROUP, INC. 2211 O’Neil Road | Hudson, WI 54016 715.245.8839 b32eng.com I scott.ward@b32eng.com J. Audio Visual Designer Phil Roeglin | Principal – Engineering & Design PROFESSIONAL AUDIO DESIGNS + TALASKE 1144 Lake Street, Unit 310 | Oak Park, IL 60301 708.524.2800 talaske.com I phil@proaudiodesigns.com SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 10 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER K. Utilities - Gas and Electric - Gas and electric supply are provided by Alliant Energy. The contractor shall coordinate work under this contract affecting gas and electric services with the Alliant representative identified below. Ron Rohm | Janesville Operations - Engineering ALLIANT ENERGY 3730 Kennedy Road | Janesville, WI 53545-8812 Office: 608.757.7514 | Fax 608.757.7548 alliantenergy.com I ronaldrohm@alliantenergy.com Kimberly Mueller | Key Account Manager ALLIANT ENERGY 3730 Kennedy Road | Janesville, WI 53545-8812 Office: 608.757.7565 | Fax 608.757.7548 alliantenergy.com I kimberlym@alliantenergy.com L. Utilities - Sanitary Sewer & Water Service – Sanitary sewer and water service are provided by the City. As necessary, the contractor shall coordinate work under this contract associated with sanitary sewer and water service with: Craig Thiesenhusen | Water & Wastewater Utility Superintendent CITY OF JANESVILLE 608-373-3471 thiesenhusenc@janesvillewi.gov M. Utilities - Fiber Optic - As necessary, the Contractor shall coordinate work under this contract associated with fiber optic modifications, with: Brian Langer | IT Director CITY OF JANESVILLE 608-755-3204 langerb@janesvillewi.gov N. Chemical Service Provider - As necessary, the Contractor shall coordinate work under this contract associated with chemical services for mechanical systems with: Liz Tripi |TPM Engineer NALCO WATER 608-381-1374 Elizabeth.tripi@ecolab.com O. Existing Mall Development Julie Cubbage | General Manager UPTOWN JANESVILLE 608.752.7845 manager@uptownjanesvillewi.com SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 11 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 11. DEFINITIONS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.1.1 DEFINITIONS - REVISE: ARCHITECT Understood to refer to a person or entity retained by the City of Janesville who is lawfully licensed to practice architecture, or an entity lawfully practicing architecture, in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Agreement, Addenda, Bid Documents, CONTRACTOR’s Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post- Bid Documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award), the Bonds, these General Provisions, the Special Provisions (including attachments), the Specifications, the Drawings and the shop drawings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement ENGINEER Whenever the word “ENGINEER” is used herein, it shall be replaced by the word “ARCHITECT”. 12. REFERENCE HIERARCHY City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.1.3(1)(a) REFERENCE HIERARCHY - REVISE: (1) The contract reference materials listed below are in order of significance. If there is a conflict between the Support References and the City documents, the interpretation that benefits the City shall apply. For project scope, all adapted codes and regulations shall apply. (a) Contract Documents (i) Special Provisions (ii) Construction Documents as defined in “10. DEFINITIONS” above. (b) City of Janesville – Standard Specifications (c) Support References (Latest Editions for All) as noted in each Specification Section in Divisions 02 through 33 under the Article “REFERENCE STANDARDS”. 13. CODE STANDARDS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.1.4.2 STANDARDS - ADD: (1) (g) ICC A117.1-2009: Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. (h) International Building Code (IBC) 2015 (i) Wisconsin Administrative Code Chapter SPS 318: Elevators, Escalators, and Lift Devices. SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 12 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER (j) Wisconsin Administrative Code Chapters SPS 361 -366: Commercial Building Code. (k) International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC) 2015 (l) International Mechanical Code (IMC) 2015 (m) International Existing Building Code (IEBC) 2015 (n) International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) 2015 (o) NFPA 1, Fire Code 2012 by the National Fire Protection Association. (p) Wisconsin Administrative Code, Chapter SPS 314: Fire Prevention. (q) International Fire Code (IFC), Where referenced by other I-Codes. (r) Wisconsin Administrative Plumbing Codes, Chapters SPS 381-384. (s) NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. (t) National Electrical Code (NEC) 2017 (u) Wisconsin Administrative Code Chapter SPS 316: Electrical. (3) The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary to produce the desired project results. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency the Contract Documents, an interpretation that favors the Owner shall control, meaning the Contractor shall provide the greatest quantity, highest quality, and highest degree of safety at no additional cost to the Owner. 14. UNIT PRICE WORK City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.1.7.7 UNIT PRICE WORK - REVISE: (1) Unit Prices will not be implemented during bidding of the project scope. 15. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.2 CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY INSURANCE - REVISE: (1) Contractor shall purchase and maintain such comprehensive general liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance and furnishing of the work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractor, by any Subcontractor, by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. The cost of providing the required insurance coverage and limits is incidental to the contract. All insurance required shall be written on an occurrence basis by companies rated by Best’s Rating Guide not less than A-/X and which are authorized to issue insurance policies in the State of Wisconsin. SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 13 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER Notify the City immediately upon cancellation or initiating cancellation, whichever is earlier, or any material change in coverage. Cease operations immediately if any insurance is cancelled or reduced. Do not resume operations until the required coverage is in force. (a) Claims under worker’s or Workmen’s Compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (b) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR’s employees; (c) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR’s employees; (d) Claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage which are sustained, (a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or (b) by any other person for any other reason. (e) Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; (f) Claims arising out of operation of Laws or Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or for damage to property; and (g) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. (2) The limits of liability for the insurance required by the General Provisions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws or regulations: (a) Worker's Compensation, etc., under Section 1.2.2.2(1)(a) and (b): (i) State: Statutory or $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury, $1,000,000 each employee for bodily injury by disease, whichever amount is greater. (ii) Applicable Federal: Statutory (iii) Employer's Liability: $100,000 per accident; $100,000 per disease, Policy Limit; $500,000, per disease, each employee. (iv) Shall cover claims under workers’ or Workmen’s Compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts. (v) Shall cover claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees. (b) Comprehensive General Liability under Section 1.2.2.2(1)(c) through (f), and also covering all operations by or on behalf of the contract, which shall include the following minimum limits of liability and coverages: Premises and Operations; Contractual Liability insuring the indemnity obligations assumed by contractor under contract documents; Independent Contractors' Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage (including Completed Operations); Explosion, Collapse, and Underground Hazards; and Personal Injury SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 14 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER Liability: (i) Bodily Injury: $2,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Annual Aggregate. (ii) Property Damage (Including Product Liability): $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Annual Aggregate Or combined Single Limit of $2,000,000 Except as Noted. (iii) Policy shall include property damage liability insurance which will provide explosion, collapse and underground coverages where applicable. (iv) Personal Injury: $2,000,000 annual aggregate. (v) Policy shall include Independent Contractor Coverage. (vi) Products and Completed Operations: $2,000,000 aggregate. (vii) General Aggregate: $2,000,000 applied separately to this project. (viii) Products and Completed Operations shall be maintained for 2 years after final payment. Provide evidence of coverage on annual basis. (ix) Property Damage Liability: Include X, C and U coverage. (x) Broad Form Property Damage shall include Completed Operations. (xi) Include Blanket Contractual Coverage for written agreements. (xii) Policy shall include the City and its employees and agents as additional insureds. (xiii) Shall cover claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor’s employees. (xiv) Shall cover claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage which are sustained, (a) by any person because of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or (b) by any other person for any other reason. (xv) Shall cover claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom. (xvi) Shall cover claims arising out of operation of Laws or Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or for damage to property. (c) Comprehensive Automobile Liability under Section 1.2.2.2(1)(g), including Owned, Non-Owned and Hired Vehicles: (i) Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 each person; $1,000,000 each occurrence. (ii) Property Damage: $1,000,000 each occurrence or combined single limit of $1,000,000. (iii) Contractor shall require each of its subcontractors to include in their liability insurance policies coverage for automobile contractual liability. (iv) Shall cover claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 15 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle. City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.3 CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY INSURANCE - REVISE (1) The comprehensive general liability insurance required by Section 1.2.2.2 will include contractual liability insurance applicable to CONTRACTOR’s obligations under Section 1.1.6.10(1) and (2). (a) Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 each occurrence; $2,000,000 aggregate. (b) Property Damage: $1,000,000 each occurrence; $1,000,000 aggregate. City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE (1) CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall include the interests of CITY, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors and ARCHITECT/ENGINEER in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insureds or additional insured parties, shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include “all risk” insurance for physical loss and damage including theft, vandalism, and malicious mischief, collapse and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in the Special Provisions and shall include damages, losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals). If not covered under the “all risk” insurance or otherwise provided in the Special Provisions, Contractor shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit when portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for Payment. (2) The insurance required by Sections 1.2.2.2 and 1.2.2.3 shall include the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability and coverages provided in the Special Provisions, or required by law, whichever is greater. All of the policies of insurance so required to be purchased and maintained (or the certificates or other evidence thereof) shall contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to CITY and ENGINEER by certified mail. All such insurance shall always remain in effect until final payment and thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Section 1.5.6. (3) The cost of providing the required insurance coverage and limits is incidental to the contract. City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.5 BUILDER’S RISK INSURANCE (1) The Contractor shall provide Builder’s Risk coverage, in the amount of the bid, for the duration of the project. Insurance shall remain in effect until project acceptance by the City, which may include a final certificate of occupancy, if applicable. (2) The Contractor shall forward certificates of insurance to the City evidencing the SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 16 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER above required coverage. The certificate should indicate the City will receive a 30- day prior written notice of any material change or cancellation of the policy. (3) The cost of providing the required insurance coverage and limits is incidental to the contract. City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.6 (ADD) PERSONAL INJURY, WITH EMPLOYMENT EXCLUSION DELETED (1) $1,000,000 aggregate. City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.7 (ADD) IF GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGES ARE PROVIDED BY A COMMERCIAL LIABILITY POLICY, THE: (1) General Aggregate shall be not less than $5,000,000 and it shall apply, in total, to this policy only. (2) Medical Expense Limit shall be not less than $15,000 on any one person. Contractor’s Umbrella Insurance policy can be used to meet Medical Expense Limits. City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.8 (ADD) UMBRELLA EXCESS LIABILITY (1) $5,000,000 over primary insurance. If there is no per project aggregate under the Commercial General Liability policy, the limit shall be $10,000,000. (2) $1,000,000 retention for self-insured hazards each occurrence. 16. FEDERAL WAGE RATES City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.4.2 FEDERAL WAGE RATES - CLARIFICATION: (1) Federal Wage Determinations (Davis-Bacon) will NOT apply to work performed under project scope. 17. PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.3.1.6 PRE- CONSTRUCTION MEETING - REVISE: (1) After the Effective Date of the Contract, but at least 2 weeks before any significant Work takes place, a preconstruction meeting attended by CONTRACTOR, ARCHITECT and others as appropriate will be, if necessary, held to discuss the schedules referred to in Section 1.3.2.1, to discuss procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals and for processing Applications for Payment, and to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work. (a) CONTRACTOR’S preliminary target dates to commence and conclude major activities in each area of work. SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 17 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER (b) Any CONTRACTOR proposed adjustments or suggestions, in the interest of the project, due to CONTRACTOR proposed means and methods, which would alter the phasing outlined in the bid documents may be discussed. OWNER may not accept the proposed adjustments; therefore, CONTRACTOR bid must align with phasing outlined in the bid documents. (2) The CONTRACTOR shall create and maintain a Work Staging and Site Use Plan which shall be reviewed at the pre-construction meeting in detail. Contractor Staging and Site Use will require the following to be provided and maintained: (a) 6’ tall chain-link perimeter fence with City approved fabric screening (b) Applicable lighting and security measures (c) Adequate safety and instructional way-finding signage (d) Right of way permitting and protections (e) Construction access: (i) Construction access to the site can only be made from Milton Ave, heading North bound. No access from (or use of) Refset Drive and Holiday Drive. (ii) Access must have lockable gate with supervision and flagging for all deliveries. (f) Public access: (i) Protected entrance (only) from Milton Ave for public use, with drive lane extending north for access to Ulta, Dicks and Chuck E. Cheese parking lot. (ii) Contractor to provide phasing plan for approval prior to performing any work impacting this entrance and drive lane. (g) Janesville Transit Services Requirements: (i) During construction, the existing JTS bus route on Refset will be eliminated and JTS will place temporary bus stops at the SE & SW corners of the of Milton Avenue and Refset intersection and the SW corner of Milton Avenue and the Holiday Drive Frontage Road. (h) Landlord Requirements: (i) Paint finished, insulated hard-wall partition at Mall tie-in. (ii) Maintain access to (2) Mall courtyards for Mall operations, deliveries, compactor, and service utilities. Contractor to provide phasing plan for approval prior to performing any work impacting these areas, operations, and service outages. (j) See plan documents for staging and mobilization areas. 18. SUBMITTALS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.3.1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES - ADD: (9) Approved submittals must be procured as soon as possible and within 5 business days from the return of the approved submittal. Due to possible supply chain issues and product delivery issues, approved submittals must be procured as soon as possible and within 5 business days from the return of the approved submittal. SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 18 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER (10) Refer to Specification Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures for added requirements. 19. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS AND SUBCONTRACTOR MEETINGS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.3.1.9 (ADD) CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS MEETINGS (1) During work under this contract, the contractor shall provide and maintain an as- built construction plan on site. Said plan shall include approved changes to the original plans drawn to scale on appropriate plan sheets in a neat and concise manner. (2) In addition to the three-week look-ahead schedule the contractor is to provide on a weekly basis, the contractor shall provide an initial full construction schedule to be distributed at the pre-construction meeting. The contractor shall provide updates to the full construction schedule as required by the engineer or as needed to convey an accurate timing of construction activities through project completion. (3) The Contractor shall coordinate mandatory bi-weekly OAC progress meetings to be held on a reoccurring day, time, and location as agreed to by the Contractor, Architect, and the Owner’s Representative (4) Contractor coordination shall include preparing and distributing meeting agendas, taking meeting notes and distributing meeting minutes, three-week look-ahead schedule, and distributing attendance sheets. Meeting minutes to include: (a) Introductions (b) Project overview (c) Approval of last meetings minutes (d) Submittal log / updates (e) RFI log / updates (f) Proposal request log / updates (g) Three-week look ahead schedule (h) Updated long range schedule. (i) Subcontractor / Vendor items (j) Owner’s Representative items (k) Consultant items (5) The Contractor shall also coordinate mandatory weekly Subcontractor meetings. The Owner’s Representative and Architect may attend but are not required to. Subcontractor’s representatives that have scope on the three-week look ahead shall be in attendance. Documents of meeting minutes shall be included in the O&M. 20. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.3.1.10 (ADD) REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (1) During construction, Requests for Information (RFI) shall be submitted electronically to the Architect. The Architect will provide a response to an RFI with a single question within 8 business days of receipt of the RFI. A response to an RFI with multiple questions or parts may take longer. The Architect will provide a written response to the RFI directly. SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 19 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER (2) Refer to Specification Section 01 26 13 – Requests for Information for added requirements. 21. DAILY WORK RESTRICTIONS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.3.2.2 DAILY WORK RESTRICTIONS - REVISE: (1) Contractor will be expected to work on this Contract during regular work hours (7:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.), Monday through Friday. The Contractor will be allowed to work extended hours and weekends to facilitate completion of work under this contract with prior coordination. The contractor shall always keep on the work during its progress a competent resident Superintendent. 22. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.3.3 FAILURE TO MEET CONTRACT TIME REQUIREMENTS - REVISE: (1)(2) There will be no Liquidated Damages in this project. 23. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.1.2(1) EXPLORATIONS AND REPORTS - ADD (a) Hazardous materials assessment has been completed by City of Janesville’s selected firm and the results are included in Specification Document 00 31 26 of this Project’s Construction Document Project Manual. (b) The city will submit a “Notice of Demolition” form #4500-113 to the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (WDNR), following the contract award. The contractor will need to submit a copy of this Notice of Demolition to obtain a city demolition permit. The contractor shall post the City demolition permit on site and in a location readily visible to the public. 24. ADDITIONAL SOIL BORINGS STUDY City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.1.2(1) EXPLORATIONS AND REPORTS - ADD (c) Attached Document 00 31 32 – Geotechnical Data includes soil boring data and resulting recommendations from explorations completed during the first phase of a 2-phase Geotechnical Exploration Report. Due to access issues and cost, there will be additional soil borings done upon the completion of demolition of the existing vacant Sears Building. These borings are described as BA-1, BA-2, BA-3 and BA-4 in Attachment 3 Geotech Report. A second Geotechnical Report will be completed from these borings with resulting information given to the Architect and Structural Engineer for final assessment of the project scope foundation design. SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 20 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER The work and report shall be contracted and coordinated outside this bid and completed as directed by the City’s design team. The Contractor shall incorporate this scope into the schedule and allow access for the activity to take place. Contractor to provide a 10-calendar day notice to the Architect indicating when the site will be ready for soil borings. Contractor shall provide a 10-calendar day window for the geotechnical consultant to perform the soil boring work. No new foundational work will be constructed until confirmation of any possible modifications to the foundational system by the City’s design team, but progress on project scope outside the limits of the proposed foundation system can continue. Contractor is to base the proposed costs for work in what is currently in the Bid Set. 25. UNDERGROUND UTILTIY LOCATING City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.1.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS OF UNDERGROUND FACILITIES – ADD (1) The Contractor must abide by WI State Statute 182.0175, which outlines the responsibility of the Contractor when excavating on or near underground facilities. The Contractor must have all underground utilities, private or otherwise located during construction at their expense. The Contractor must work with the Owner to ensure all private utilities on City property are properly located. City-owned facilities may not be registered with Diggers Hotline therefore prior to any work being performed on City property the Contractor will be required to notify the proper personnel to have any private facilities located. Accuracy cannot be guaranteed. 26. DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.2.10 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS - ADD: (2) The contractor is encouraged to recycle and minimize material disposal in landfills. If the materials are to be disposed of at the City’s landfill, located at 801 Black Bridge Road, the City’s landfill requires contractors to be pre-approved and have an account to dispose materials. This process needs to be completed in advance of taking materials to the landfill. Contractor shall pay for all disposal costs, incidental to the awarded Contract price. The City’s general operations phone number is 608- 755-3110. Upon request, the City may be able to provide a listing of area recyclers. 27. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.2.12 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS - ADD: (3) Specific required testing and inspection procedures are defined in Specification Divisions 02 through 34. Refer to Specification Section 01 45 23 – Testing and Inspection Procedures for added requirements. SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 21 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 28. WORK SITE SAFETY / OWNER SITE ACCESS / TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.2.15 (ADD) WORK SITE SAFETY / OWNER SITE ACCESS / TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN: (1) The Contractor is responsible for the safety of all persons and property inside the construction zone. This entails deploying proper barricades, traffic control plans, and or flag person to protect vehicles and pedestrians passing by or through the work zone, along with ensuring that equipment operators utilize ground spotters when necessary. (2) Open ground must be properly always barricaded that the Contractor is not in the immediate vicinity of the open ground. Open ground areas that are to remain open overnight or over any extended period must be barricaded in a fashion that will make the open area easily detectable and avoidable by passersby. (3) Potholes/core holes in the immediate vicinity of the work zone during working hours can be covered with a cone; however, Type II barricades must be placed over any pothole left open overnight. Steel plates over street or sidewalk cores, or the temporary replacement of cores are the only acceptable means by which to cover the core hole when the Contractor is not physically on-site performing work. (4) All work areas, both interior and outdoor must always remain clean and free of all rubbish and tools not in use. At the end of each workday the Contractor must clean the worksite and secure all equipment and tools. (5) Worksite safety procedures must follow and comply with the guidelines and requirements of all applicable Municipal and OSHA standards. (6) All Contractor crews working within the Owner Sites must work with the Project Manager to coordinate access and work to not disrupt the Owner’s day-to-day operations. (7) The Contractor must submit a Traffic Control Plan consistent with the guidelines set forth in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control devices (MUTCD) for all construction being performed within various City Streets 29. TEMPORARY FACILITIES City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.2.16 (ADD) TEMPORARY FACILITIES: (1) Electric power: The Contractor is responsible for making the arrangements and paying for any costs the utility may charge associated with establishing the temp service and permitting. Temporary electric facilities are intended to provide services for lighting and single phase portable fractional horsepower motorized equipment. Any Contractor requiring electric service for other than single phase portable fractional horsepower motorized equipment shall make their own arrangements and pay all incidental costs. The cost of power consumed is paid for by the City. SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 22 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER (2) Water: Contractor may use the existing water sources available. If existing water source isn’t available and a hydrant is available, the contractor shall provide a hydrant water connection if temporary water is required. Contractor shall pay all required permits, deposits or costs required by authorities having jurisdiction to obtain the required code compliant hydrant connection. If hydrant connection is obtainable from local governing water utility or agency having jurisdiction the contractor shall provide a water meter with code compliant backflow and hydrant connection where available. Water costs from temporary hydrant water connection or existing water source shall be paid by owners. (3) Sanitary Facilities: The Contractor shall provide, maintain, and pay for a porta-potty to be located on site within the secure staging area. (4) Traffic control barricades and chain link fencing required with use of public roadway/property for contractor staging shall be provided by the contractor. (5) The contractor shall provide waste containers and waste disposal as needed to keep the site clean and free of accumulated debris. 30. DUST CONTROL / FINAL CLEANING City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.2.17 (ADD) DUST CONTROL / FINAL CLEANING: (1) The Contractor shall provide a final cleaning of all dust, waste and debris created by this project and before turning over to the City upon completion of the project. This includes sweeping and wet mopping of all hard surface floors, removal of dust from walls, horizontal hard surfaces, and ceilings, etc. and turning the building back over to the City in a condition cleaner than conditions at the start of the work. 31. WORK PERFORMED BY THE CITY OF JANESVILLE City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.3.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE - ADD: (a) The City of Janesville will be self-performing work in conjunction with this Contract. Coordination and notification with City staff may be required. Some tasks may involve integration into the project schedule: (i) Asphalt density testing - (ii) Site utilities installation inspection. (iii) Work by Alliant Energy – Solar installation anticipated after Occupancy is granted. (iv) City Fiber Service outside of building in pathways provided in the contract documents. (v) Live Barn Coordination (vi) Additional soil borings (vii) Numerous FFE items to be coordinated. SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 23 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 32. CONTRACTOR’S WARRANTY PERIOD City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.5.2 ONE YEAR CORRECTION PERIOD - ADD: (2) Warranties do not commence based on equipment delivery dates. In Special Warranty cases listed in the Project Specifications warranties may exceed more than one year. This warranty date will also commence from substantial completion of the project. The Contractor will schedule a walk through with the Architect and the City one month before the one-year warranty expires to review the project and address any outstanding concerns. 33. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS PAYMENTS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.6.1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS PAYMENTS - REVISE: (1) All construction payments will be processed and issued as electronic fund transfers (EFT). As a condition of the contract, the contractor shall fill out and submit the City’s EFT Application Form to allow EFT payments. (a) The contractor shall provide the Architect and Owner with a detailed schedule of values for the major elements that make up the Base Bid and any Alternate Bid Items awarded. (b) The contractor shall submit to the Architect, within the first five days of a month, a detailed Invoice filled out and signed by Contractor covering work completed as of the end of the previous month. The Contractor will submit using AIA 702 and 703 Payment application documents. In addition, the invoices for subcontractors and vendors will be included in the submittal. Information shall include a listing of the quantity of work completed under the items listed in the bid proposal. Partial lien waivers for the work performed will be submitted at this time. 34. CONTRACT FINAL PAYMENT and CONTRACT CLOSE OUT City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.6.1.9 (ADD) CONTRACT FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT (1) Contract final payment and contract close out shall be in general accordance with Part 1 of the City’s Specifications and more specifically, Section 1.6 and shall include the following: (b) Prior to issuance of final contract payment, the contractor shall submit a digital copy on 3 separate flash/portable usb drives and 3 printed copies of close-out documents that include but may not be limited to: (i) Operations & Maintenance Manuals (ii) Warranties (iii) Startup reports (iv) Submittal listing & Submittals. (v) Meeting minutes (vi) Testing Reports (vii) RFIs (viii) As-built Documents SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 24 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 35. ATTACHMENT 1 - SUPPLEMENTARY PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS See attached. 36. ATTACHMENT 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL REQUIREMENTS See attached. 37. ATTACHMENT 3 – GEOTECH EXHIBIT See attached. 38. ATTACHMENT 4 - FURNISHING, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT (FFE) MATRIX See attached. 220055.00 03 20 00 - 1 Reinforcing Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. SECTION 03 20 00 REINFORCING STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Provide work, labor, materials, equipment and supervision necessary to complete all concrete or masonry reinforcing steel for all site cast concrete. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Concrete Formwork - Section 03 10 00 2. Cast-in-Place Concrete - Section 03 30 00 3. Unit Masonry - Section 04 20 00 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: The following latest edition reference specifications shall become a part of this specification as if written herein. If provisions of reference standards and this Section conflict, the more stringent provisions shall govern. ACI SP-66 - ACI Detailing Manual ACI 117 - Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete ACI 315 - Manual of Standard Practice for Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ACI 544.3R - Guide for Specifying, Proportioning and Production of Fiber Reinforced Concrete ACI 544.4R - Guide for Design with Fiber Reinforced Concrete AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel ASTM A82 - Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A185 - Standard Specification for Welded Steel Wire Reinforcement for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A706 - Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A775 - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars ASTM A884 - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement ASTM C1116 - Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete ASTM C1609 – Standard Test Method for Flexural Performance of Fiber-Reinforced Concrete (Using Beam with Third-Point Loading) ASTM D3963 - Standard Specification for Fabrication and Jobsite Handling of Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars 220055.00 03 20 00 - 2 Reinforcing Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. CRSI DA4 - Manual of Standard Practice CRSI P1 - Placing Reinforcing Bars CRSI 63 - Recommended Practice for Reinforcing Materials Bars CRSI 65 - Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specification and Nomenclature B. Reinforcing Steel Detailer: Minimum of five (5) years' experience preparing and detailing reinforcing shop drawings on projects of comparable size and complexity, with demonstrated understanding of CRSI and ACI Standards for detailing, bar supports and lap lengths. C. Reinforcing Steel Installer: Minimum of five (5) years' experience installing steel on projects of comparable size and complexity. D. Unacceptable Workmanship: Reinforcement with any of the following defects will not be permitted in the work: 1. Bar lengths, depths and bends exceeding specified fabrication tolerances. 2. Bends or kinks not indicated on Drawings or final Shop Drawings. 3. Bars with reduced cross section due to excessive rusting or other cause. E. Epoxy-coated reinforcing suppliers shall participate in the "CRSI Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating Applicator Certification Program." F. Inspection Service: Contractor shall engage an Inspection Service (e.g., Material Testing Agency) for all reinforcing bar inspections during construction for reinforced concrete and masonry. 1. Inspector shall have experience in concrete reinforcing bar inspections and be knowledgeable regarding ACI requirements. Certification as a Reinforced Concrete Inspector by the ACI certification program, or other accepted organization, meets the experience requirement. Inspector shall be thoroughly familiar with plans, sections, shop drawings and specification. Provide qualifications to Structural Engineer for review. 2. Notify Architect, Structural Engineer, and Reinforcing Bar Inspector at least 7 days prior to concrete pour. 3. Inspector shall verify reinforcing bar size, number and spacing, clear cover, splice locations and laps, special details and conformance to the Design Documents. 4. Frequency of Inspections: All rebar shall be inspected. All reinforcing bars shall be in place for an inspection prior to a concrete pour or masonry grouting. 5. Structural Engineer will be notified immediately if any deficiencies are encountered. 6. No concrete or grout shall be poured until all corrections identified by the Inspector or Structural Engineer have been made and re-inspected. 7. Inspector shall submit inspection reports to Structural Engineer. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings for reinforced concrete and masonry (CMU) construction showing dimensions, bar schedules, concrete cover, lap requirements, bending details, stirrup spacing, location of any mechanical, plumbing or electrical openings and all other details shall be submitted for approval before beginning of fabrication of reinforcing materials in accord with requirements of General Conditions. 1. Provide reinforcing steel placing drawings (shop drawings) in conformance with the ACI Detailing Manual, ACI 315, CRSI Standards and any additional requirements of this specification. 2. For all reinforced slabs, including slabs on metal deck or on precast plank, beams and joists, provide a rebar support plan. Show and specify all slab bolsters, high chairs, support bars and their spacing. 3. Provide elevation views of all reinforced walls; indicate top of footing, wall and ledge elevations. a. For CMU walls, coordinate with mason contractor to determine if low lift or high lift grouting will be used. Detail rebar and lap splices accordingly. Provide wall sections with all laps shown. 220055.00 03 20 00 - 3 Reinforcing Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 4. Provide section views for various reinforcing conditions to completely detail project. Indicate required concrete cover. Duplicate all applicable sections from structural drawings and key into plans for each submittal. Failure to do so is cause for rejection of drawings. a. Since installers typically only use rebar shop drawings during rebar installation, statements such as the following are unacceptable: “Placing drawings are merely to supplement the project drawings, and contractor should use them in conjunction with them to make sure rebar installed is correct.” b. Engineer will provide electronic copies of applicable plans and details to assist the detailer to have complete and comprehensive shop drawings. 5. All lap splices shall develop the full strength of the bar unless lesser laps are permitted by the drawings. Increase laps for epoxy-coated bars per ACI 318. Indicate laps on shop drawings. 6. Where a column or pier is monolithic with a wall, run wall horizontal steel continuous through column or pier. 7. Unless noted otherwise, provide dowels of same size and spacing as wall, beam or column to tie adjacent elements together. 8. Provide all additional reinforcement as required at construction joints. Coordinate exact location with Contractor and show on shop drawings. 9. Provide a schedule of shop drawing submittals for the Architect's information at least 30 days prior to the first shop drawing submittal. Shop drawings must be submitted in conformance with the agreed-upon submittal schedule. 10. For simple projects with footings, basement, and/or foundation walls, shop drawings shall be complete on first submittal unless specifically agreed in writing by Engineer prior to submittal. 11. Resubmittals of shop drawings: When a shop drawing is resubmitted with new or revised information, these items shall be "clouded". All redmarks from a previous submittal shall be incorporated. 12. Reinforcing bars for which Shop Drawings have not been reviewed and approved shall not be fabricated. 13. The omission from the Shop Drawings of any materials required by the Contract Documents shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing and installing such materials, even though the Shop Drawings may have been reviewed and approved. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for review with application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and items used for this project, including speed dowels and fibers in concrete. C. Submit documentation from synthetic macrofiber manufacturer showing that proposed fiber dosage will meet or exceed the specified fe3 value per ASTM C1609. D. When it is necessary to relocate reinforcement to avoid conflicts with other reinforcement, conduits or imbedded items, submit the resulting arrangement of reinforcement to the A/E for acceptance. E. When minimum concrete cover requirements cannot be maintained due to reinforcement size and geometry, notify the A/E prior to placing concrete. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Store at site in racks to keep steel at least 6" above ground. B. Protect as required against excessive rusting or mechanical injury. C. Equipment for handling epoxy-coated bars shall have protected contact areas. Bundles of coated bars shall be lifted at multiple pick-up points to minimize bar-to-bar abrasion from sags in the bundles. Coated bars or bundles of coated bars shall not be dropped or dragged. Coated bars shall be stored on protective cribbing. 220055.00 03 20 00 - 4 Reinforcing Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS Metal reinforcement: Metal reinforcement shall conform to current standard specifications of ASTM. A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, deformed Grade 60 for billet steel bars for concrete reinforcement. All reinforcing steel required to be welded shall conform to ASTM A706. B. Epoxy-coated reinforcement, including dowels, top and bottom bars and stirrups, shall conform to ASTM A775. In addition, required coating thickness shall be 7 to 12 mils, with no single measurement less than 80% of the minimum, in conformance with AASHTO M284. Provide where specified on drawings and as specified below: 1. Any horizontal flatwork including beams, joists and slabs subject to salt deterioration, including, but not limited to, slabs on grade, stoops, islands, curbs, exterior stairs and ramps, etc. including welded wire mesh for supported construction. Welded wire mesh for slabs on grade need not be epoxy coated unless noted otherwise on the drawings. C. Epoxy patching or touchup material: conform to ASTM A775. D. Smooth dowel bars for expansion joints: conform to ASTM A306, Grade 36. E. Plastic Slip Dowel Sleeve: Where indicated, provide a plastic sleeve dowel cap (with reusable plastic base) to permit longitudinal movement of dowel within concrete section at construction and expansion joints. 1. "Speed Dowel" or "Speed Load" with base, Greenstreak Group, Inc., St. Louis, MO. 2. "Speed Dowels" with base, Dalco Industries, Inc. 3. Approved equal. F. Provide bolsters, high chairs, support bars and stirrups as required to support specified reinforcing without excessive deflection in conformance with CRSI Standards, industry practice, or 4-0” on center, whichever is most restrictive. Provide stirrups in beams, etc. to support reinforcement where no other bars are specified. Use minimum #5 carrier bars where required. Accessories such as bolsters, spacers, ties and chairs shall be furnished to permit proper placing of steel. Except for footing applications, the use of bent reinforcing bar "standies" is not allowed. Conform to CRSI. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gauge, annealed type. Provide plastic supports in corrosive environments or plastic-tipped for exposed-to-view concrete surfaces. Over waterproof membrane, use chairs with plastic plates to prevent penetration of the membrane. 1. Where epoxy-coated bars are used, accessories shall be either epoxy-coated metallic, non-metallic, dielectric or other corrosion-resistant material. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gauge, annealed type, nylon, epoxy or plastic coated. 2. In corrosive or exterior construction, chairs, strongback bolsters, side form spacers, sand plate chairs shall be all plastic. a. Aztec Plastic Products b. Dayton Superior c. Plasticon d. Edgeworth e. Approved equal G. Fabric shall be manufactured to meet ASTM A82, ASTM A185, and ASTM A884, where specified, 65 KSI yield strength. Fabric shall be manufactured of cold drawn wire of size specified on drawings and welded at intersections. Furnish flat sheets only. Unless noted otherwise provide: 1. Slabs on Grade: a. 6" x 6" (15 x 15 cm) - W1.4 x W1.4 WWF, for interior slabs 5" thick or less, unless noted otherwise. b. 6" x 6" (15 x 15 cm) - W2.9 x W2.9 WWF, unless noted otherwise, for slabs greater than 5" thick, and for 5" thick slabs for exterior applications, in garages and parking structures. 2. Topping: 6" x 6" (15 x 15 cm) - W1.4 x W1.4 WWF. 220055.00 03 20 00 - 5 Reinforcing Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. H. Fiber Reinforcement in Concrete: 1. General: a. Fibers shall be used in accordance with ACI 544.4R “Guide for Design with Fiber Reinforced Concrete” and ACI 360R, “Guide to Design of Slabs-On Ground” for slab type 3.2.2, latest edition of each. 1) Synthetic fiber reinforcement. b. If Contractor or Owner has any concerns with the aesthetic appearance of fiber reinforced concrete, a mock up slab shall be constructed prior to placing the project. 2. Macro-Synthetic Fibers (diameters equal or greater than 0.012 in. [0.30mm]; (blended fibers and combinations thereof): a. Macro-Synthetic Fibers may be used as substitutes to WWF for temperature and shrinkage crack control (temperature reinforcement per ACI 360R, Section 3.2.2). Macro-synthetic fibers shall conform to ASTM C1116 Type 3 synthetic macrofiber with minimum 2 inch length and an aspect ratio from 50 to 90, and shall provide documented evidence of compliance with ICC-ES AC383. b. May be used as a substitute for 6 x 6 W1.4, W2.1 and W2.9 WWF, in slabs on grade per Architect/ Engineering approval at manufacturer's recommended dosage rate, but not less than ACI 360 minimums. Fiber manufacturer to provide in writing a recommended dosage for the intended use. 1) For 6” slabs or thicker, provide manufacturer’s recommended dosage of macro-synthetic fibers to replace wire mesh or rebar. Recommended dosage rate shall provide a minimum equivalent residual strength (fe3) value of 200 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM C1609. c. May not be used as a substitute for any WWF in bonded concrete topping over precast. d. Macro-Synthetic fibers are required: 1) For all metal pan stairs and landings, in addition to any WWF specified, at manufacturer’s recommended dosage rate to provide an equivalent residual strength (fe3) of 160 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM C1609. 2) For gymnasium floors at manufacturer’s recommended dosage rate to provide an equivalent residual strength (fe3) of 280 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM C1609 when control joints are not used. e. When fibers are used as a substitute for WWF for a fire-rated floor or roof, the system must be part of a tested and approved U.L. assembly, with the same hourly rating. The only difference in assemblies shall be the substitution of fibers for WWF. Provide a U.L. report with shop drawing submittal. f. Approved Macro-Synthetic Fiber or Blended Products: 1) Fibermesh 650, Sika Corporation 2) Forta Ferro, Forta Corp. 3) MasterFiber MAC or MAC Matrix Series, BASF 4) Novomesh 950, Sika Corporation 5) Strux 90/40 or BT50, GCP Applied Technologies 6) TUF-STRAND SF, Euclid Chemical 7) Approved equal 3. Fiber manufacturer or approved distributor shall provide the services of a qualified employee or engineer to Contractor for a pre-job meeting, initial job start-up and consultation. I. Dowels for Industrial Slabs-On-Grade: 1. Construction Joints: a. Diamond Dowel System, ASTM A36, PNA Construction Technologies, Matthews NC. b. Speed Plate System, Sika Greenstreak, St. Louis MO. c. Speed Dowel System with round or square dowels, Sika Greenstreak, St. Louis MO. 1) Use square dowels when attaching to existing slabs or slabs cast more than a month previously. d. Approved equal 220055.00 03 20 00 - 6 Reinforcing Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 2. Saw-cut Control Joints: a. Load Plate Baskets, ASTM A36, PNA Construction Technologies, Matthews NC. b. Double Tapered or Speed Basket, Sika Greenstreak, St. Louis MO. c. Approved equal 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice, ACI SP-66 - ACI Detailing Manual, ACI 117, and ACI 318. All bars shall be shop fabricated and cut to required lengths. B. Bars with reduced cross-section, kinks, twists or bends other than shown by approved shop drawings shall not be used. C. All reinforcement shall be bent cold unless otherwise permitted by Structural Engineer. D. Welding of reinforcement is permitted only with the specific approval of Structural Engineer. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.4 using reinforcing conforming with ASTM A706. E. Fabricate and handle epoxy-coated reinforcing in accordance with ASTM D3963. F. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on drawings at point of minimum stress. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Cleaning: 1. All reinforcing shall be free from loose rust, scale, grease or other coating which might prevent proper bond. 2. Provide means at site for cleaning before placement. 3. Where there is delay in depositing concrete, reinforcement shall be re-inspected, and when necessary, cleaned and re-tied. B. Inspection: General Contractor and Inspection Service shall examine the formwork and other conditions under which concrete reinforcement is to be placed and notify Formwork Contractor of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PLACING A. Placing of reinforcing shall be in strict accordance with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, Specifications for Placing of Reinforcements, within tolerances specified in ACI 117. B. All reinforcing shall be placed accurately and held in position to prevent its displacement during concrete operations by using annealed wire of not less than No. 16 gauge at intersections. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. Reinforcing shall be supported by metal chairs or spacers. Bars shall be placed to the tolerance specified in ACI 318, Section 20.6 and ACI 117. Welding of crossing bars (tack welding) for assembly of reinforcement is prohibited. C. All placing and spacing of reinforcement shall be as shown on drawings. Place reinforcement to maintain specified concrete cover from finished surface. D. Footings, Wall, Beam, Girder and Slab Reinforcement: 1. Unless otherwise shown, cover reinforcing with concrete as called for in ACI 318-14 Chapter 20. 2. Support reinforcing at proper intervals and distances from forms by means of welded wire spacers or chairs. 3. Separate multiple layers with approved spacers. 220055.00 03 20 00 - 7 Reinforcing Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 4. Provide Class B laps, per ACI 318, where strip footings run into adjacent footings. 5. Do not damage, penetrate or rupture membranes or vapor barrier/retarder. E. Repair of Epoxy Coating: 1. Epoxy coating damage to reinforcing due to handling, shipment and placing need not be repaired in cases where the damaged area is 0.063 square inches or smaller (1/4" x 1/4"). Damaged areas larger than 0.063 square inches shall be repaired with patching/ touchup material in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. The maximum amount of damage including repaired and unrepaired areas shall not exceed two percent (2%) of the surface area of each bar. Total damage in excess of the two percent (2%) limit is cause for rejection of the bar. 3. Touch up all ends of cut reinforcing. 4. Touch up damaged coating at bar bends. 3.03 SPLICES A. Provide splices as shown on the drawings. Minimize the quantity of splices to the extent possible. Lap at splices shall be sufficient to transfer stress between bars by bond and shear. Furnish reinforcing bars in full lengths as indicated on the Contract Drawings and approved Shop Drawings. B. Do not splice bars unless indicated on the Contract Drawings or approved by the Engineer in writing. When authorized, make splices in accordance with ACI 318. Splices generally shall be avoided at points of maximum stress. Provide Class B lap for bars unless noted otherwise. C. Unless otherwise noted, welding of reinforcement to complete splices shall not be permitted. 3.04 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. The Contractor shall provide for the installation of all items embedded in the concrete, such as coil rod inserts, anchor bolts, dowels, etc., as shown on the Contract Drawings or as provided for in other Divisions of these specifications. All dowel bars shall be tied securely in place before pouring concrete. Provide for clearances with appurtenant materials and devices. 3.05 CUTTING A. Minimize field cutting of bar. B. Do not flame cut epoxy coated bar. C. When epoxy coated bar is cut in the field, coat the ends of the bars with epoxy coating. Apply epoxy coating in accordance with manufacturer requirements. 3.06 WELDED WIRE FABRIC (WWF) A. Provide and install WWF in the longest practicable length. B. Provide supports as necessary to maintain reinforcing in a level, uniform orientation that is free of sags. C. Lap adjoining sheets one full mesh and tie. Extend WWF to within 2" of all edges of slabs or sections. Do not extend fabric across expansion joints. D. Do not make laps midway between supporting beams. E. Offset laps in adjacent sheets. 220055.00 03 20 00 - 8 Reinforcing Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 3.07 DRILLED AND GROUTED OR EPOXY DOWEL INSTALLATION A. Existing concrete, which will be incorporated into new work and which requires integration with new concrete shall be doweled as indicated on the Contract Drawings in strict accordance with grout or epoxy manufacturer's instructions and as follows: 1. Drill and prepare the hole in existing concrete per manufacturer’s requirements. Incline the hole in the concrete such that the non-shrink grout or epoxy will be retained in the hole. 2. Fill hole with non-shrink grout or epoxy. 3. Immediately place dowel bar into hole. 4. Allow grout or epoxy to take initial set before disturbing dowel bar. 5. Reference Specification Section 05 05 19. END OF SECTION 220025.00 03 45 00 - 1 Precast Architectural Concrete © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. SECTION 03 45 00 PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Definition: 1. Architectural precast concrete products, through their finish, shape, color or texture, contribute to the architectural expression of the structure. 2. Exterior cladding is included. B. Work Included: 1. All labor, materials, equipment, supervision and related services necessary to design, manufacture, transport, erect and complete architectural precast concrete work. 2. Manufacturer shall supply to appropriate Contractor all anchor bolts, clip angles, weld plates, inserts and bearing plates not cast into precast units, but required for erection by Precast Architectural Concrete. 3. Provide weld plates for miscellaneous architectural elements including stairs, railings, etc. as shown on plans. 4. Provide all necessary material and labor including plates and angles for attachment of precast to primary structural members. 5. Sealing of joints between precast units. 6. Fireproofing as required to maintain required fire rating. 7. Install and cast-in electrical conduit and boxes as required by the Electrical Contractor where shown on plans. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Cast-In-Place Concrete - Section 03 30 00 2. Precast Pre-stressed Concrete - Section 03 41 00 3. Cast Stone Masonry - Section 04 72 00 4. Post-Installed Anchors - Section 05 05 19 5. Miscellaneous Metals - Section 05 50 00 6. Painting and Coating - Section 09 90 00 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: The latest edition of the following specifications, standards and codes shall become part of this specification as if written herein. Wherever requirements conflict, the more stringent shall govern. 1. Concrete: a. Formwork: Specifications cited in Section 03 10 00 b. Reinforcing: Specifications cited in Section 03 20 00 c. Concrete: Specifications cited in Section 03 30 00 2. Pre-stressed Concrete Institute (PCI): a. Mnl 116, “Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast Pre-stressed Concrete” b. Mnl 117, "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete" c. Mnl 119, "PCI Architectural Concrete Drafting Handbook" d. Mnl 120, "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Pre-stressed Concrete" e. Mnl 121, "PCI Manual for Structural Design of Architectural Precast Concrete" f. Mnl 122, "PCI Architectural Precast Concrete" g. Mnl 123, "PCI Manual on Design of connections for Precast Pre-stressed Concrete" h. Mnl 124, "PCI Design for Fire Resistance of Precast Pre-stressed Concrete" i. Mnl 127, "Recommended Practice for Erection of Precast Concrete" j. Mnl 135, "Tolerance Manual for Precast and Pre-stressed Concrete Construction" 220025.00 03 45 00 - 2 Precast Architectural Concrete © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. k. TR4, "Criteria for Design of Bearing Pads" 3. For precast architectural concrete that is structural and load bearing, the additional requirements of Section 03 41 00 “Precast Pre-stressed Concrete” shall apply. 4. Steel: Specifications cited in Section 05 10 00. 5. Welding: AWS Publications D1.0, D1.1, D1.4, D3.0, D5.1 and D12.1. 6. Comply with local, state and OSHA requirements. B. Manufacturer: 1. Manufacturer of precast architectural concrete shall be a thoroughly experienced, financially responsible concern, regularly engaged in the manufacture of exposed aggregate concrete units, similar to those required for this project, for a period of not less than five (5) years. 2. The plant shall have sufficient capacity and equipment to produce, transport and deliver units of size shown on drawings without delaying the Project. 3. Manufacturer shall conform to "Manual for Quality Control for Plant and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete" as published by Pre-stressed Concrete Institute, latest edition. 4. Fabricating plant shall be certified by one of the following: a. Pre-stressed Concrete Institute (PCI) Plant Certification Program, Group A1, except for insulated or interior wall panels, (e.g. for gymnasiums, pool rooms or industrial buildings), C3A is acceptable. b. Architectural Precast Association (APA). 5. Contractor's selection of fabricator must be approved by Architect before order is placed. Provide written evidence of conformance to qualification requirements. 6. Approved fabricators for applications for which the plant is certified: a. ATMI Precast - Aurora, IL b. County Prepress, LLC - Lockport, IL c. Dukane Precast - Naperville, IL d. International Concrete Products - Germantown, WI e. Midstates Concrete Products - Beloit, WI f. Stonecast Products - Germantown, WI g. Wells Concrete Products - Wells, MN h. Approved equal 7. Precast architectural concrete shall be in strict accordance with these specifications regarding physical requirements, workmanship, texture and color. Where applicable, match as closely as possible the appearance of existing construction. C. Erector qualifications: Erector shall be PCI Certified and regularly engaged for at least five years in the erection of precast concrete similar to the requirements of this project, with sufficient experienced personnel and equipment to maintain project schedule. D. Tolerances: 1. Precast Architectural Concrete shall conform to the more stringent requirements or recommendations of PCI MNL-117 and PCI MNL-135. a. For full-height composite or non-composite wall panels, such as used for industrial buildings or gymnasiums, conform to PCI MNL-116. 2. Fabrication Tolerances: a. Overall dimensions (height and width): Plus 0.05 percent of panel dimensions, minus 0.10 percent of panel dimension. b. Thickness: Minus 1/8", plus 1/4" c. Weld plate, insert, blockouts and opening locations: Plus or minus 1/4" d. Bowing or warpage: 1) With supplemental anchorage: 1/360th of span, 3/4" maximum 2) Without supplemental anchorage: 1/240th of span, 3/4" maximum e. Edges shall be secure and true to the physical limits of the panel. f. Reinforcing steel placement tolerances shall conform to ACI 117 and ACI 318 3. Brick-Faced Architectural Precast Concrete Units. a. Alignment of mortar joints: 1) Jog in Alignment: 1/8 inch. 2) Alignment with Panel Centerline: Plus or minus 1/8 inch. b. Variation in Width of Exposed Mortar Joints: Plus or minus 1/8 inch. 220025.00 03 45 00 - 3 Precast Architectural Concrete © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. c. Tipping of Individual Bricks from the Panel Plane of Exposed Brick Surface: Plus 1/16 inch; minus 1/4 inch ≤ depth of form liner joint. d. Exposed Brick Surface Parallel to Primary Control Surface of Panel: Plus 1/4 inch; minus 1/8 inch. e. Individual Brick Step in Face from Panel Plane of Exposed Brick Surface: Plus 1/16 inch; minus 1/4 inch ≤ depth of form liner joint. 4. Installation Tolerances: a. Variation from plumb: + or - 1/4" in any 20' run; non-cumulative. b. Variation from level or slopes: + or - 1/4" in any bay or 20' run maximum; non-cumulative. c. Panel alignment: + or - 1/8" jog in alignment of edge d. Variation from linear building lines from established position in plan: + or - 1/4" in any bay of 20' maximum; non-cumulative e. Variation of anchors and fasteners from established position in plan: + or - 1/4" f. Face width of joints: + or - 1/8" for joints 1/2" wide or greater g. Clearance between precast and structural frame: 1 inch minimum h. Differential bowing or camber as erected between adjacent members of the same design: 1/4”; 1/2” for wall panels. E. Defects: Owner or Architect may reject precast architectural members or wall panels found to have unsightly cracking, chipping, finish, coloration, nonconforming tolerances or strength. Rejected pieces shall be replaced at Precast Contractor's expense. 1. Remove and replace other work damaged by removal of defective precast members, at no additional cost to Owner. 2. Precaster shall make post-pour inspections and re-cast defective pieces prior to shipping. 3. On site inspection and acceptance by General Contractor, Inspection Service and Architect shall be performed at time of delivery and again after all material has been installed, pointed and cleaned. Final inspection should be done prior to application of water repellents or stains. 4. When approved in writing by Architect, unit may be repaired in place. a. Perform such work at no additional expense to Owner. b. Acceptance of units, repaired pursuant to written approval, is contingent upon repairs being skillfully done so as to be sound, permanent, flush with adjacent surfaces and of color and texture matching similar adjoining surfaces and showing no apparent line of demarcation between original and repaired work when viewed in typical daylight from a distance of 20 feet. 1) All patching shall conform to PCI Standards. All patchers shall be PCI trained. c. Damaged areas or chips that are 8" diameter or less may be patched on site, subject to approval of patch quality. d. Damaged areas or chips that are larger than 8" diameter shall be either: 1) Removed and replaced with a re-cast piece. 2) Repaired on-site as required by the Architect and Owner. e. Deep patches and patches at caulk joints shall be anchored with stainless steel dowels or pins. f. Precaster shall provide a written 10 year warranty of all repairs and patches applied for this project, including repair of failed patches and stain repair. Any repairs made during the warranty period shall be warrantied for 10 years from the date of the repair. g. An as-built drawing shall be provided of all repairs, including a log and elevation markup, to be included with the warranty. F. All welders shall be certified, (and have been re-certified in the last 12 months), in accordance with AWS and applicable local building officials. Submit certifications to Architect before start of construction. G. Testing and Inspection: 1. Test and inspect precast concrete according to PCI Mnl 117 requirements. 220025.00 03 45 00 - 4 Precast Architectural Concrete © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 2. Precaster shall employ and pay for independent testing laboratory to perform concrete tests. For PCI certified facilities, precast manufacturer may perform tests. a. Before production of units make, cure, and test one set of cylinders and cubes for each type of concrete required. b. Make cylinders and cubes of same design mix and materials as proposed for use in actual production of units. c. During production of units, make, cure and test on set of cylinders for each 50 CY of concrete, but not less than one set for each day's pour. d. Make sets of 3 standard 6 x 12 in cylinders. e. Cure cylinders in same manner as precast units they represent. f. Test cylinders in accord with ASTM C39. One at 7 days and 2 at 28 days. g. Test for air content each time cylinders are made in accord with ASTM C231. h. Test welding. H. Precaster shall coordinate all attachment details with Structural Steel, Joist and Joist Girder Suppliers and Detailers. I. Where provisions of this specification conflict, the more stringent provision shall apply. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Sample Approval: 1. Samples shall be a minimum of 24" x 24" x 2" in size. All submitted samples shall be clearly identified by Precaster's name, date produced, identifying code number and name of project for which it is submitted. Information shall be provided with samples regarding type of materials, quality of concrete and type of finish proposed. 2. Samples shall indicate quality, texture, color and finish of proposed units. Provide samples for each color and finish specified. Precaster shall certify that the samples are indicative of the production of the precast concrete elements for the specified project. Provide similar information when the back or interior face is exposed. 3. Architect's review of samples will be for color, finish, texture and general condition only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of Contractor. 4. Finish: Exposed aggregate and/or smooth finishes as noted on Drawings. Smooth finish shall permit minor indentations, minor chips, spalls and hairline cracks. No major imperfections, honey-comb or defects will be permitted. 5. When requested by Architect, submit samples of cast-in gaskets, anchorages and other attachments and accessories. B. Submit shop drawings in accordance with General Conditions including erection plans and fabrication drawings. Erection plans to include wall elevations, plan views of each floor and section cuts. Identify finishes, joints and anchoring details. Show attachment of panel to primary structural members. Fabrication (piece) drawings to include panel elevations, cross sections, special details at openings and miscellaneous metal bracing. Identify location and type of reinforcement, welded connection, inserts, reveals and embedded plates. 1. Provide layout, dimensions and identification of each precast unit corresponding to sequence and procedure of installation. Indicate weld connections by AWS standard symbols. Detail inserts, connections and joints, including lifting devices, accessories and construction at openings in precast units. a. Specify cambers anticipated at 28 days age for all prestressed members. b. Specify material coating for each element, e.g., galvanized, epoxy-coated, stainless etc. 2. Furnish complete shop drawings detailing method of anchorage of veneer to precast panels. Drawings shall include names of manufacturers and types of anchors. Include manufacturer's specification sheet for each type of anchor proposed to be used. 3. Indicate sizes and locations of block-outs. Prior to fabrication and during preparation of shop drawings, Contractor shall coordinate with other trades to identify size and location of required openings through precast units. 4. Provide location and details of anchorage devices that are to be embedded in other construction. 5. Approval by the Owner (Architect and Engineer) of shop drawings submitted by the fabricator indicates that the drawings correctly interpret the Contract requirements. The 220025.00 03 45 00 - 5 Precast Architectural Concrete © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. Owner's approval does not constitute the Owner's acceptance of, or responsibility for, the design and detailing of the precast or precast connections. Approval does not relieve the fabricator of the responsibility for complying with the Contract Documents and applicable codes, for accuracy of detailed dimensions of shop drawings, or for the general fit-up of parts to be assembled in the field. 6. Where electrical components are cast in precast, the Electrical Contractor shall be responsible to review the precast shop drawings and provide detailed measurements and notes on these shop drawings to ensure the rough-ins are placed in the proper location. Information included in this review shall also include junction box sizes, conduit sizes and routing of conduit. Shop drawings submitted to Architect for review shall contain all electrical information. 7. Composite and Non-Composite Wall Panels: a. If insulation is not edge to edge, indicate areas of solid concrete on each piece elevation. b. State effective R-value based on isothermal analysis. C. Product Literature: Submit manufacturer's product data with application and installation instructions for proprietary materials such as sealants, bearing pads, inserts, sealers, etc. 1. For wall panels, list type of insulation and connector types used between concrete wythes. D. Prepare at least two full size samples of architectural precast concrete units (typical bay width) for Architect's inspection at production plant and on site prior to start of installation work, after Architect's review of finish samples. Samples shall be provided for review with all types of finish and stain colors (per 09 90 00) as specified by Architect. One approved full-size panel shall be identified and installed in the project for the purpose of judging the installed units. One approved full-size panel shall be retained at the production plant for fabrication to judge completed panels prior to shipment. The full-size samples may be incorporated into the Work or shall be disposed of at end of Work at no expense to Owner. 1. Provide a mock-up panel with two stained patches for review and approval. Panel shall be disposed of at end of Work. 2. These mock-ups shall indicate the range of concrete mix colors, the finishes and must be onsite in order to compare color and finish with existing building. 3. When back face of precast concrete unit is to be exposed, show samples of the workmanship, color, and texture of the backup concrete as well as the facing. 4. Do not proceed with remaining work until approved by Architect. 5. Re-finish or replace rejected mock-up panels until approved by Architect. E. Provide calculations for precast units and connections for review, performed and stamped by Professional Engineer registered in the State in which the project is located. Design calculations shall be submitted for component approval by the State of Wisconsin - Department of Safety and Professional Services (SPS). F. Provide concrete design mixes and admixture literature for each type and color of concrete mix required including backup mix to Architect. G. Submit test reports for concrete strength, air entrainment, weld testing, etc. H. Erector shall provide a current Certificate of Compliance furnished by PCI. I. Provide erection procedure, sequence of erection and erection tolerances. J. Provide certifications, project lists, etc. per Articles 1.02 (B) and (F). 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. All components of the work shall conform to the exterior profiles shown and the dimensions noted on the drawings. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to do the engineering/design in accordance with the appropriate precast industry standards to achieve those profiles and dimensions based on the criteria hereinafter specified. 1. Structural design shall be performed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State in which the project is located. The Engineer shall have demonstrated precast design 220025.00 03 45 00 - 6 Precast Architectural Concrete © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. experience in projects of similar size and complexity. 2. All requirements and details shown on the Contract Drawings shall be considered minimum, and shall be increased or modified as required for actual design. B. Provisions for Thermal Expansion: All components and assemblies shall be designed and fabricated for thermal cambering and to allow thermal expansion and contraction caused by an ambient temperature range of 120 degrees F. (-20 degrees F. low, 60 degrees F. nominal and 100 degrees F. high) for unrestrained members and to provide appropriate anchoring for opening of joints, stresses on anchors, fasteners, structure of joining elements or other detrimental effects. Actual surface temperatures, due to solar heat gain, shall be evaluated in stress calculations called for. 1. Provide thermal slip connections in members per PCI "Manual for Structural Design of Architectural Precast Concrete," 1977, Figure 2.7. C. Provision for Structural Deflection: All components and assemblies shall be designed to accommodate and to provide for adequate clearances for structural deflections and story drift. D. Structural Design Criteria: All components and assemblies shall be designed to withstand: 1. Wind Load: Positive (inward) and negative (outward) pressure: a. Applicable International Building Code based on a wind velocity of 90 mph for components and cladding. See plan General Notes for additional criteria. b. Wind loading including other elements connected to system including windows and their reaction shall be included in the precast design. 2. Seismic Loads per applicable IBC Code. See General Notes for additional criteria. 3. All gravity loads including own and superimposed dead loads; live loads. 4. Temporary fabrication, lifting, transportation, construction and erection loads. 5. Earth pressure 6. Temporary thermal loads on welded connections during construction until building is enclosed and temperature controlled. 7. All loads prescribed by specified codes and Authorities having jurisdiction. 8. Design shall account for all loads specified with due account for eccentricities and maximum allowable erection and construction tolerances. Refer to ACI 347 Section 3.3.1 for concrete tolerances of building. 9. Design shall conform to PCI Design Handbook, including crack width limitations. 10. Wall Panels: a. Wall panels shall be prestressed to achieve straightness and essentially crack-free surfaces in keeping with PCI tolerances. b. For composite wall panels, both wythes shall be stressed equally to minimize any bowing due to eccentricity to prestress force. c. Wall panels in garage areas: Design for car or truck impact loads using guard-rail criteria per applicable IBC Code. E. Connections: Provide complete connection design including panel to panel connections, anchorage of panels to structure and support of veneer to precast. 1. Except for bearing on foundation walls, vertical load connection shall be made to building columns unless approved by Architect. Wind connections may be made to beam elements along span. Unless shown otherwise, only wind connections may be made to masonry backup. 2. Vertical load connections shall be made at every floor of multistory buildings. Stacking all vertical load onto the structure at one level, or every other level, is not allowed. 3. Connection of the precast units to the primary structural frame shall be designed and detailed to minimize the introduction of flexural and torsional forces in the structural members. Provide struts, knee bracing and other framing as required to brace and stabilize the precast units and primary structural frame. 4. Precast shear wall panels shall be connected together in such length as required so that no uplift is exerted on foundations and their connections caused by lateral loads. Coordinate with Owner and Architect for locations of potential future openings. 5. Embedded elements shall be placed to minimize forces applied to the support structure and the precast units. Embedded studs, inserts or other such fasteners shall extend not less than 2 inches beyond the inner face of the outermost layer of the principal reinforcement. Special attention shall be paid to the effects of temperature and shrinkage 220025.00 03 45 00 - 7 Precast Architectural Concrete © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. and the forces they transmit to the supporting structure. 6. Design connections with no 1.33 reduction for wind loads. 7. All connections, including erection/lifting connections shall be on the backside of the panel. No connections are allowed on the exterior or top of the panel, unless stainless steel materials are used. F. Give proper consideration to fire rating requirements. G. Design Modifications may be made only as necessary to meet field conditions and to ensure proper fitting of the work and only as acceptable to the Architect. Maintain general design concept shown without increasing or decreasing sizes of members or altering profiles and alignment shown. Provide complete design calculations and drawings prepared and stamped by the Precaster's Professional Engineer. H. Exterior Spandrel Beams: Provide pre-stress so that the tensile stress of 7.5 times the square root of f'c is not exceeded, or in lieu of pre-stress, provide a corrosion inhibitor, and limit crack widths as per ACI 318. I. Composite and Non-Composite Wall Panels 1. Design and detail to avoid condensation through the use of air and vapor barriers. 1.05 PERFORMANCE A. The Precast Concrete Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the design, performance and integrity of the entire precast system in conformance with code specified and project specified loads and criteria and shall be the Engineer of Record for the precast and connections. Liability for the system shall include, but not be limited to, the design of the veneer to precast anchoring system, structural design of the precast concrete, all installation and erection means, methods or techniques, integrity of sealant systems to insure a watertight perimeter wall, concrete mix designs and general fabrication of the entire precast system. B. Precast Engineer shall inspect installation and provide written certification that installation, including connections, conforms to design intent. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cement: Non-staining, Portland Cement, as required to achieve architectural color and finish, conforming to ASTM C150, Type 1 or Type III: Manufacturer as approved by Architect. Use only one brand, type and source of supply for the entire project. Grey cement may be used for non-exposed backup mixes. B. Aggregate from a single source for exposed faces shall be quartz or other approved material to provide finish specified. In general, comply with ASTM C33 for "Severe Weathering Region", ACI and PCI, free from all staining, injurious, deleterious substances. Fine natural sand, clean, hard, strong, durable, uncoated grains, passing No. 4 sieve. Coarse aggregate shall not contain spalling-causing substances. Aggregate shall exhibit less than 5% magnesium sulfate soundness loss. 1. Verify that adequate supply, from one pit or quarry, for each type of aggregate is available for the entire Project. Obtain entire aggregate supply prior to starting Work, or have aggregate supply held in reserve by aggregate supplier. C. Admixtures: Conform to Section 03 30 00. The use of calcium chloride, or admixtures containing calcium chloride is not permitted. D. Concrete: 1. Minimum compressive strength 5000 lbs. per square inch at 28 days with air entrainment 6% + 1%, 3" maximum slump prior to addition of plasticizers, maximum water/cement ratio = 0.40. 2. Coloring Agent: ASTM C979, compatible with other concrete materials. 220025.00 03 45 00 - 8 Precast Architectural Concrete © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. E. Reinforcement: 1. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615 Grade 60 deformed bars. All reinforcing steel required to be welded shall conform to ASTM A706. 2. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A775 3. Deformed Bar Anchors: ASTM A496 with a minimum yield strength of 75,000 PSI. Standard ASTM A615 Grade 60 or Grade 40 reinforcing bars may not be substituted for deformed bar anchors. 4. Welded Wire Fabric: Welded smooth wire fabric ASTM A185 with a yield strength of 65,000 PSI; Welded deformed wire fabric. ASTM A497 with a yield strength of 70,000 PSI. Epoxy-Coated: ASTM A884. All welded wire fabric shall be furnished in flat sheets only. 5. Strands: Uncoated seven wire, one half inch diameter, stress relieved 270 ksi strand, ASTM A416. 6. Headed Studs: Minimum tensile strength of 60000 psi, minimum yield strength of 52000 psi per ASTM A108. a. Nelson Division, TRW Inc. 7. Tie Wire/Supports: Annealed steel tie wire, minimum 16 gauge. Provide only plastic coated or stainless steel tie wire bolsters, chairs, spacers, etc. in exposed concrete structures and all architectural concrete. 8. Galvanize final assembles when reinforcing bars, deformed bar anchors or headed studs are welded to steel plates or angles for the following conditions. a. Parking structures. b. Exterior walls of all buildings: 1) Exception: Galvanized assemblies are not required for full height, composite or non-composite panels. F. Steel Shapes: ASTM A36. Embedded anchor plates shall be sized as required, but shall be a minimum of 3/8" thick, with a minimum of two 3/8" diameter x 4" long, headed, welded studs. All rolled or formed shapes and anchoring materials shall be 3/8" minimum thickness. Bolts shall be minimum 5/8" diameter with nuts and washers. All materials and assemblies shall be hot dipped galvanized, except as noted. 1. For exposed to view connections in non-corrosive, interior environments, such as industrial building and gymnasium composite or non-composite wall panels, connections may be primed and painted. 2. Where spray-on fireproofing is to be applied, provide bare steel for interior applications and exterior walls with exposed connections. For exterior walls with hidden connections and for corrosive environments, use Tnemec Perime Prime Series 394. G. Anchor Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Provide regular low carbon steel bolts and nuts (ASTM A307) hot-dipped galvanized or stainless, complying with ASTM A153 minimum for fasteners. Anchor bolts and base plates shall be coated with coal tar after installation. Provide galvanized materials for exterior exposure. H. Metal Accessories: Anchors, clip angles, anchor plates and studs, setting loops, shims, washers, lifting inserts and other accessories shall be hot-dipped galvanized or stainless, where steel shapes are specified as galvanized or stainless. I. Miscellaneous metals cast into concrete (e.g. stair nosings) 1. Reference Specification 05 50 00. 2. Stainless steel may be substituted for galvanized steel. J. Bearing Pads: Conform to the requirements of the PCI Handbook, latest edition and to PCI Technical Report No. 4, "Criteria for the Design of Bearing Pads." Where requirements conflict, the more stringent provision shall apply. Protect against pad "walkout" and consider nonparallel bearing surfaces, lift-off, rotation, etc. 1. Elastomeric Pads: 50 to 70 Durometer, AASHTO grade (100% virgin) plain chloroprene (neoprene). a. Neosorb, Voss Engineering Inc. b. Newlon, JVI Inc. c. Approved equal 2. Random Oriented Fiber (ROF) Material limited to 1200 psi bearing stress. 220025.00 03 45 00 - 9 Precast Architectural Concrete © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. a. Vossco, Voss Engineering Inc. b. Masticord, JVI Inc. c. Approved equal 3. Cotton-Duck fabric reinforced pads conforming to AASHTO 2:10:3 (L) and MIL-C-882C specifications a. Sorbtex, Voss Engineering Inc. b. Capralon, JVI Inc. c. Approved equal 4. Frictionless Bearing Pads: a. Frictionless bearing pads shall be a nominal 3/32" glass filled virgin Tetrafluoroethylene (TFE), e.g. Teflon, conforming to ASTM D1457 with a 10 gauge A36 steel backing plate factory bonded with a tested epoxy performed in a heated bonding process under a controlled pressure. Provide one sliding pad tack welded to the lower supporting surface and one tack welded to the upper surface. Unless detailed otherwise on the drawings, the upper element shall be larger than the lower element on all sides by the amount of the expansion joint width shown on the drawings. Provide frictionless bearing pads at all beam or slab elements where expansion joints are indicated and only a single support is provided. b. The pad size and design shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendations. Design bearing pressure under total service load shall not exceed 2000 psi. c. Frictionless bearing pads for exterior or exposed usage shall be manufactured for use in an exposed climate of heat, cold, moisture and ultraviolet rays. All backing steel in an exposed or open environment shall be stainless steel. d. Manufacturers: 1) Fluorocarbon 2) Masticord, JVI Inc. 3) Duroslide, Tobi Engineering, Inc. 4) Approved Equal K. Grout: Non-shrink, minimum 5000 psi, 28-day strength, conforming to ASTM C1107. L. Steel Shims: A36 steel. Where no additional grout is provided, shim area shall be at least 70% of the area of the plate above the shims, with a minimum width to height ratio of 4 to 1 for the shim stack. Korolath shims are an acceptable alternative to steel. M. All galvanizing shall be a minimum of 1.2 oz./sq. ft., except fasteners. All galvanized material shall be fully degreased before applying paint, insulation with pins and adhesive, sealants or similar finishes, or components sensitive to oil, grease and other contaminants. In lieu of the hot-dip process, the following is acceptable at Contractor’s option: 1. Flame spray-applied galvanizing. 2. Two-coat system for exterior or corrosive exposure as specified in Section 05 10 00. N. Areas of galvanized material to receive other than butyl sealants shall receive a coat of zinc-chromate primer to assure proper bond when the sealant is applied. O. Rust-Inhibitive Paint and Galvanized Steel Touch-up: "ZRC Galvinite Cold Galvanizing Compound", ZRC Worldwide, Marshfield, MA, or approved equal. P. Sealant: Two (2) parts polyurethane sealant, non-staining, color to match precast, adjacent cast-in brick for wall panels or as selected and approved by Architect. Sealant shall be paintable. 1. Tremco, "Dymeric 240" for vertical surfaces 2. Tremco, "THC 900/901" for horizontal surfaces 3. Pecora, Inc. "Dynatrol II" 4. Sika, “Sikaflex-15LM”, “Sikaflex 2cNS” 5. Sonneborn, "Sonolastic NP 2" 6. Approved equal Q. Sub-caulking for all locations shall be closed cell polyethylene foam backing with diameter 50 percent greater than joint to be sealed. 220025.00 03 45 00 - 10 Precast Architectural Concrete © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. R. Primer as manufactured by manufacturer of sealant. S. Inserts (Loop, coil, lifting, etc.): 1. Dayton Superior 2. Richmond 3. Approved equal T. Insulated Wall Panels: 1. Composite Wall Panels: a. 12’-0” wide solid wet-cast panels, or as shown by Architect. b. MNL 116/Architectural Finish specification c. Concrete wythes are connected via corrosion and alkali resistant, non conductive carbon fiber composite connectors (e.g. Thermomass), or thermoplastic resin anchors (HK low-conductivity Composite Panel Ties) or approved equal. Metal and nylon connectors are not allowed. d. 4” rigid insulation 1) Expanded Polystyrene (EPS), minimum density = 0.90 lb/ft3, R = 4.00/inch 2) Extruded Polystyrene (XPS), R = 5.00/inch 3) Tri-faced Polyisocyanurate, R = 5.80/inch e. Required wall panel net R = 20. (Coordinate with Architect, Mechanical Engineer and Precast Supplier.) Precaster shall provide isothermal analysis to determine expected R-values for wall panel system, accounting for cold-transfer of connectors between wythes and solid concrete block-outs. f. See Architectural for required fire ratings. U. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation when used in wall panels: rigid, cellular polyisocyanurate thermal insulation with core formed by using hydrocarbons as blowing agents; square edged; complying with ASTM C1289, Type 1, with provisions as follows: 1. Compressive resistance: 25 psi minimum yield or at 10 percent deformation per ASTM D1621. 2. Water absorption: 0.05 percent maximum by volume per ASTM D209. 3. Aged R-value: 5.8/inch at 75ºF minimum per ASTM C518/C236. Maximum use temperature of 190ºF. 4. Polyisocyanurate insulation with a kraft/aluminum/ polyester facer shall provide: a. Water vapor permeance, ASTM E96, 1”, <0.03 perm, maximum. b. Un-exposed metallic facing that is not susceptible to corrosion or chemical reaction with the concrete. 2.02 FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURE A. Fabricate precast concrete units, in accordance with the construction documents and approved precast submittals and shop drawings, with manufacturing and testing procedures, quality control recommendations, and dimensional tolerances as specified in PCI MNL-117 or ACI 533R, unless more stringent requirements are shown or specified. B. Casting shall be done in accurate molds conforming to detail drawings and shall be designed to withstand high frequency vibration. 1. Edges and corners shall be uniformly chamfered or radiused. 2. Conform to specified tolerances. C. Reinforcing, bolts, weld plates, inserts and other anchorages shall be accurately placed in accordance with details. All reinforcing shall have minimum 2" cover. 1. Lifting hooks and inserts shall be recessed and provided in panel sides and ends only, so that finished surfaces are not marred. D. Facing portion of units shall be manufactured of specified aggregate and cement with a water-cementitious ratio not exceeding 0.40. E. Conform to any and all requirements of Specification Sections 03 10 00, 03 20 00, and 03 30 00. F. Cure per industry standards and PCI Mnl 117 or ACI 533R. Curing compounds, releasing agents or 220025.00 03 45 00 - 11 Precast Architectural Concrete © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. other adhesion-inhibiting contaminants shall not be used on surfaces to be caulked. Test cylinders shall be cured with and by the same methods as the members they represent. G. All components shall be true to dimension with clean, sharp arises and details in conformance with Architect's drawings and final approved shop drawings within specified tolerances. H. Discard units that are warped, cracked, broken, spalled, stained, or otherwise defective unless repairs are approved by the Architect and meet specified requirements. Refer to ACI-533 for product finish requirements unless otherwise shown or specified. I. Precast supplier to provide and cast-in standard electrical, data, etc. boxes and conduit less than 1” diameter in precast wall panels as shown on electrical plans. The precast supplier is to cast-in other non-standard conduits and boxes supplied by the electrical contractor. Precast supplier shall notify electrical contractor in writing prior to casting date to allow electrical contractor sufficient time to get items supplied by them to precast supplier prior to casting. 2.03 FINISHES A. Panel faces shall be free of joint marks, grain, excessive air voids, sand streaks, honeycombs and other obvious defects with uniform color and texture. Corners, including false joints shall be uniform, straight and sharp. B. Finish exposed surfaces or units to match Architect's design reference sample submitted prior to bidding. C. Finish exposed surfaces or units to match APA and PCI "Architectural Precast Concrete-Color and Texture Selection Guide" of Plate Numbers Indicated. D. Finish exposed surfaces or units in accordance with the following, as directed and approved by Architect. 1. Smooth surface finish free from pockets, sand streaks, honeycomb, chips or spalls, with uniform color and texture. Acceptance of bugholes less than 5/8 inch (16mm) in diameter shall be pre-approved with Architect. 2. Textured surface finish from form liners or inserts. 3. Machine textured finish, using power or hand tools to remove matrix and fracture coarse aggregate. 4. Retarded finish, using chemical retarding agents applied to forms, with washing and brushing procedures to expose aggregate and surrounding matrix. 5. Abrasive blast finish, using abrasive grit, equipment, application and cleaning procedures to expose aggregate and surrounding matrix. 6. Acid etched finish using acid solution and application techniques to expose aggregate and surrounding matrix. Minimize exposed aggregate. 7. Honed or polished finish using mechanical abrasion, followed by filling and rubbing procedures. 8. Sand embedment finish, using selected coarse aggregate placed in a sand bed in the bottom of the mold, with sand removed after removal from the mold. 9. Applied material finish, using selected ceramic or natural stone materials. E. Finish Exposed Back Surface of Units: 1. To match face surface of units or with smooth, steel trowel finish, as approved by Architect. F. Finish unexposed surfaces of units by float finish or as-cast form finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver units to project site in such quantities and at such times to ensure continuity of installation and compliance with project schedule. 220025.00 03 45 00 - 12 Precast Architectural Concrete © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. B. Material shall be checked, carefully handled and delivered to the site in such a manner as to avoid soiling, damage, cracking, warpage or chipping. Protect finished surfaces. C. Lift and support units only at designated lifting points as shown on reviewed Shop Drawings. D. Avoid job site storage. When job site storage is required, store in a manner to prevent physical damage, dirt or disfigurement, and so that markings are visible. E. Provide anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions and directions as required for installation. 3.02 INSPECTION OF SURFACES A. Before starting to erect precast concrete panels, verify that structure and anchorage inserts not within the tolerances required to erect panels have been corrected. B. Determine field conditions by actual measurements. C. Start of installation constitutes acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.03 JOB COORDINATION A. The General Contractor shall provide and maintain access and operating space for the equipment of the Precast Concrete Contractor. Such access may consist of, but need not be limited to, roads, ramps and crossings capable of supporting cranes and trucks normal to erection operations of this type, maneuvering under their own power. Foundation and utility excavations shall be back-filled where necessary and in accordance with the schedule of erection mutually agreed upon between this Contractor and the Precast Concrete Erection Contractor. B. Subcontractor must review installation procedures and coordination with other work, with General Contractor, other Contractors and Subcontractors whose work will be affected by precast work. Where applicable, coordinate possible existing building interferences with new construction. 3.04 ERECTION AND INSTALLATION A. Units shall be erected, aligned, plumbed and leveled by methods recommended by manufacturer and conforming to PCI Mnl 127, using equipment recommended or supplied by manufacturer, without damage to shape or finish. When specified tolerances are exceeded, discontinue work and notify Architect. B. All members shall be handled by means of inserts installed per manufacturer's requirements and placed so as to not reverse stresses in members. Lift and support units only at designated lifting or supporting points as shown on final shop drawings. C. Where required, secure by temporary bracing and ties to prevent displacement until permanent connections are made and members grouted. Provide temporary shoring and bracing as required to ensure stability during erection. The erector shall brace unsymmetrical sections during erection and pouring of topping slabs to prevent rotation and instability regardless of whether it is specified on the erection drawings. The responsibility for bracing such members shall rest solely with the Erector. D. Furnish all necessary bolts, washers, shims, load buttons, clamps and all other hardware necessary to complete installation. E. Installation shall be made directly on prepared bearing surfaces, level, plumb and true to line. Nominal panel joint thickness is 5/8" unless otherwise indicated. 1. Adjustments such as shimming which would place additional stress on units shall not be permitted. 2. Adhere to dimensional tolerances in accordance with PCI MNL-127 recommendations and this Specification. Do not allow cumulative dimensional errors to develop. 220025.00 03 45 00 - 13 Precast Architectural Concrete © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 3. Joint panel thickness of 3/4" is allowed for large panels such as industrial building or gymnasium full height walls. 4. Maintain horizontal and vertical joint alignment and uniform joint width as erection progresses. F. Field Welding: 1. Grind off galvanizing or paint prior to welding. 2. Perform welding in compliance with AWS D1.1 and D1.4. Grind welds flush. 3. Protect units from damage by field welding operations and provide non-combustible shields as required. 4. Remove all lifting loops and touch-up paint all galvanized field welded connections as specified. 5. Repair damaged metal surfaces by cleaning and applying a coat of liquid galvanizing repair compound to galvanized surfaces and primer compatible with painted surfaces, 3 mil thick. G. Where panels are backed up with masonry construction, anchorage shall be by means of clamps, dowels and stone anchors. Dowels shall be of brass and all anchors galvanized after fabrication. Locate connections so as not to interfere with flashing. H. Allow minimum of 3/4" grout space after attaching mechanically as detailed. All wall panels shall be continuously solid grouted at base. I. Precaster shall seal all joints between and surrounding panels encountered during construction. 1. For parking structure spandrel panels seal outside, top and exposed inside edges between adjacent panels and to columns. For wall panels exposed to the interior, seal both sides and top. 2. Provide insulation where shown on construction documents. 3. Provide firesafing where required to maintain required fire rating. Consult with Architect. Provide member thickness and firesafing in joints between precast panels in compliance with IBC Section 721, “Calculated Fire Resistance” and Figure 721.2.1.3.1. 4. Install polyethylene sub-caulking leaving joint depth of approximately 3/8". 5. Prime all surfaces with surface primer and allow to dry as required by manufacturer of sealant. 6. Apply sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and tool to a concave surface. 7. Remove all excess compound. 8. Provide openings or drainage weeps to prevent entrapped water. 9. Common joint between two different wall surfaces, such as precast concrete and masonry, shall be sealed by Contractor installing the last item. 10. Provide sealant over expansion felt for exterior exposure and parking structures at edges between precast and concrete slabs-on-grade. 11. Paint shall be applied to sealants only after sealant is fully cured per manufacturer’s recommendations. 12. Provide security sealant at joints at inmate areas. Coordinate locations with Architect. 13. Where precast panels include veneer, sealant color shall match adjacent concrete or adjacent veneer as applicable. Multiple sealant colors may be required in a vertical joint. J. Fireproof exposed steel components as required to maintain required fire rating. K. Reglets shall be field cut by trade requiring them. Maximum depth of cut shall be 3/4 inch. Cut shall be made at an angle to facilitate drainage. L. Patching and Filling shall be performed by Precaster. 1. Exposed-to-view public, staff or inmate areas, excluding parking structures, shall have precast connections finished, including shear wall and other recessed connections. Alternatively, use hidden connections. 2. Recessed steel connections shall be filled so that the finished product is flush with the adjacent precast and can be painted so it looks the same. 3. This level of finish is not required in unfinished areas including mechanical rooms, chases, and areas above finished ceilings. 220025.00 03 45 00 - 14 Precast Architectural Concrete © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 3.05 PROTECTION A. During construction, all work shall be adequately and substantially covered and protected against inclement weather to insure against damage. B. Subsequent trades to protect finished surfaces from soiling or damage. C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. 1. Repair exposed surfaces of units to match color, texture, and uniformity of surrounding units. 2. Remove and replace damaged units when repairs do not meet requirements. 3.06 CLEANING A. Exposed surfaces of all work under this section shall be cleaned in accordance with Precast Manufacturer's recommendations. B. Do not use cleaning materials or methods that change the appearance of architectural precast concrete finishes. Test clean a small area to verify adequacy and safety of materials and methods. Sandblasting, wire brushes or acids are not permitted. C. Leave precast units clean, free of traces of cleaning compound and with joints watertight. D. Coordinate cleaning of precast units with cleaning of glass and other adjoining work. END OF SECTION 220025.00 03 48 10 - 1 Precast Concrete Seating Units © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. SECTION 03 48 10 PRECAST CONCRETE SEATING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. All labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to design, manufacture, transport, erect and complete precast concrete including seating units, vomitories, stairs, aisles and support walls. 2. Manufacturer shall supply to appropriate Contractor all anchor bolts, clip angles, weld plates, inserts and bearing plates not cast into precast units, but required for erection by Precast Architectural Concrete. 3. Provide weld plates for miscellaneous architectural elements including stairs, railings, etc. as shown on plans. 4. Provide all necessary material and labor including plates and angles for attachment of precast to primary structural members. 5. Sealing of joints between precast units. B. Related Work specified elsewhere: 1. Cast-In-Place Concrete - Section 03 30 00. 2. Precast Architectural Concrete - Section 03 45 00. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: The latest edition of the following specifications, standards and codes shall become part of this specification as if written herein. 1. Concrete: a. Formwork: Specifications cited in Section 03 10 00. b. Reinforcing: Specifications cited in Section 03 20 00. c. Concrete: Specifications cited in Section 03 30 00. 2. Pre-stressed Concrete Institute (PCI): a. Mnl 116, "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast Pre- stressed Concrete Products" b. Mnl 117, "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete" c. Mnl 119, "Architectural Concrete Drafting Handbook" d. Mnl 120, "Design Handbook - Precast and Pre-stressed Concrete" e. Mnl 121, "Manual for Structural Design of Architectural Precast Concrete" f. Mnl 122, "Architectural Precast Concrete" g. Mnl 123, "Manual on Design of Connections for Precast Pre-stressed Concrete" h. Mnl 124, "Design for Fire Resistance of Precast Pre-stressed Concrete" i. Mnl 127, "Recommended Practice for Erection of Precast Concrete" j. TR4, "Criteria for Design of Bearing Pads" 3. Steel: Specifications cited in Section 05100. 4. Welding: AWS Publications D1.0, D1.1, D1.4, D3.0, D5.1 and D12.1. B. Manufacturer: 1. Manufacturer of precast concrete shall be a thoroughly experienced, financially responsible concern, regularly engaged in the manufacture of exposed aggregate concrete units for a period of not less than five (5) years. 2. The plant shall have capacity and equipment to produce units of size shown on drawings without delaying the Project. 3. Manufacturer shall conform to "Manual for Quality Control for Plant and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete" as published by Pre-stressed Concrete Institute, latest edition. 4. Manufacturer shall be a participant in the Pre-stressed Concrete Institute (PCI) Plant Certification Program. 220025.00 03 48 10 - 2 Precast Concrete Seating Units © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 5. Contractor's selection of fabricator must be approved by Architect before order is placed. Provide written evidence of conformance to qualification requirements. 6. Approved fabricators: a. Fabcon Precast - Savage, MN b. Mid-States Concrete Industries – South Beloit, IL c. Sidley Precast Group - Youngwood, PA d. Wells Concrete Products – Valders, WI or Wells, MN e. Approved equal 7. Precast architectural concrete shall be in strict accordance with these specifications regarding physical requirements, workmanship, texture and color. C. Erector qualifications: Regularly engaged for at least five years in the erection of precast concrete similar to the requirements of this project, with sufficient experienced personnel and equipment to maintain project schedule. Erector shall conform to the guidelines presented in PCI MNL-127. 1. Tolerances: a. Precast Architectural Concrete shall conform to the more stringent requirements or recommendations of "Tolerances for Precast and Pre-stressed Concrete", latest edition, as published by PCI Committee on Tolerances and PCI MNL-117. b. Fabrication Tolerances: 1) Overall Dimensions: (Height and width) Plus 0.05 percent of panel dimensions, minus 0.10 percent of panel dimension. 2) Length: +1/2" 3) Width: +1/4" 4) Depth: +1/4" 5) Flange Thickness (Tread): +1/4", -1/8" 6) Web Thickness (Riser): +1/8" 7) Position of Tendons: +1/4" 8) Position of Bearing Plates, Cast-In Plates and Inserts: +1/2" 9) Bearing Plates, Tipping and Flushness: +1/8" 10) Camber (Variation from Design): +1/4" per 10 ft. but +1/2" max. 11) Camber, Differential for Adjacent Units: 1/4" per 10 ft. but 1/2" max. c. Bowing or Warpage: 1) With Supplemental Anchorage: 1/360th of span, 3/4" maximum 2) Without Supplemental Anchorage: 1/240th of span, 3/4" maximum d. Edges shall be secure and true to the physical limits of the panel. e. Reinforcing steel placement tolerances shall conform to ACI 117 and ACI 318 f. Installation Tolerances: 1) Variation from plumb: + or - 1/4" in any 20' run; non-cumulative. 2) Variation from level or slopes: + or - 1/4" in any bay or 20' run maximum; non-cumulative. 3) Panel alignment: + or - 1/8" jog in alignment of edge. 4) Variation from linear building lines from established position in plan: + or - 1/4" in any bay of 20' maximum; non-cumulative. 5) Variation of anchors and fasteners from established position in plan: + or - 1/4". 6) Face width of joints: + or - 1/8" for joints 1/2" wide or greater. 7) Clearance between precast and structural frame: 1 inch minimum. 8) Tread Elevation at Member Ends: +1/4" 9) End Joint Width: +1/2" 10) Joint Width Between Tread and Riser of Adjacent Units: +1/2" 11) Differential Top Elevation Between Units: 1/4" 12) Bearing Length (Span Direction): +3/4" 13) Bearing Width: +1/2" D. Defects: Owner or Architect may reject precast architectural panels found to have unsightly cracking, chipping, finish, coloration, non-conforming tolerances or strength, other damage, and/or defects as listed in PCI MNL-116. Rejected pieces shall be replaced at Precast Contractor's expense. 1. Remove and replace other work damaged by removal of defective precast members, at no additional cost to owner. 220025.00 03 48 10 - 3 Precast Concrete Seating Units © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 2. Contractor shall also be responsible for cost of corrections to other work affected by or resulting from corrections to precast work, including laboratory testing fees. 3. When approved in writing by Architect, unit may be repaired in place. a. Perform such work at no additional expense to Owner. b. Acceptance of units, repaired pursuant to written approval, is contingent upon repairs being skillfully done so as to be sound, permanent, flush with adjacent surfaces and of color and texture matching similar adjoining surfaces and showing no apparent line of demarcation between original and repaired work. E. Pre-Construction Conference: At least 30 days prior to commencement of work, Contractor shall hold a meeting to review the detailed and/or special requirements for the project. 1. The Owner's Representative, Architect, Structural Engineer and Material Inspection Service Representative shall be notified at least 10 days prior to the scheduled date of the conference. Precaster shall supply suggested repair and replacement standards for review. 2. The Contractor shall require responsible representatives of every party who is concerned with the precast seating to attend the conference, including but not limited to the following: a. Contractor's representatives and superintendent b. Inspection Service responsible for field quality control c. Precaster d. Erector e. Subcontractors making attachments to or coring through precast units 3. Meeting Purpose: a. Review and finalize standards provided previously by Precaster as to when a precast member shall be replaced rather than repaired for defects, and repair methods. b. Review and finalize standards provided previously be Precaster as to when excessive tolerances require replacement of members rather than repair. c. Discuss erection /crane issues and schedule. d. Review methods and procedures for approval of member coring, and methods of equipment support. 4. All welders shall be certified in accordance with AWS. Submit certifications to Architect before start of construction. F. Concrete Testing: Precaster shall employ and pay for independent testing laboratory to perform tests. When approved by Architect, and manufacturer has shown proof of reliable and adequate testing facilities, precast manufacturer may perform tests. 1. Before production of units make, cure, and test one set of cylinders and cubes for each type of concrete required. 2. Make cylinders and cubes of same design mix and materials as proposed for use in actual production of units. 3. During production of units, make, cure and test on set of cylinders for each 50 CY of concrete, but not less than one set for each day's pour. Make sets of 3 standard 6 x 12 in cylinders. 4. Cure cylinders in same manner as precast units they represent. 5. Test cylinders in accord with ASTM C39. One at 7 days and 2 at 28 days. 6. Test for air content each time cylinders are made in accord with ASTM C231. G. Field Quality Control: Owner shall select and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory or inspection service to inspect each piece for defect, before and after installation, and to verify erection tolerances, inspect welded connections, perform tests, and prepare reports. H. Certification: The Precast Engineer shall be responsible for quality control at the precasting plant and at the job site. At the completion of precasting and erection, the Delegated Engineer shall submit a statement to the Owner, Building Official, Architect and Structural Engineer which states "the precast members supplied for this Project, under our contract, were inspected by me or by my duly authorized representative and to the best of my knowledge were manufactured and erected in substantial accordance with my design and the approved submittals." 1. Precaster shall coordinate all attachment details with Structural Steel Supplier and Detailer. 2. Where provisions of this specification conflict, the more stringent provision shall apply. 220025.00 03 48 10 - 4 Precast Concrete Seating Units © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit for review by the Architect/Engineer detailed shop drawings as follows: 1. Erection Drawings: a. Dimensioned seating unit plans, elevations and sections drawn to scale and showing identification of each precast unit. b. Complete connection details showing size, type and grade of all plates, inserts and anchors. Show proper welding symbols in accordance with AWS D1.1. c. Description of all loose and cast-in hardware, plates, inserts, etc. d. Erection sequence and handling requirements. e. All dead, live and other applicable loads used in the design. f. Show location of all plumbing and electrical sleeves and block-outs. 2. Production (Piece) Drawings for all precast seating units: a. Member elevations and sections showing all dimensions and chamfers b. Finishes c. Size, type, grade and location of all reinforcing steel including that required for handling and erection. d. Pre-stress forces and number of strands. e. Concrete strengths at release for pre-stressed members and 28 day design strength. f. Size, type and location of all cast-in plates, inserts and other hardware. g. Size, type and location of all lifting and handling devices. h. Provide concealed anchors where possible. Exposed anchors subject to review and approval by the Architect/Engineer. i. Estimated cambers at erection for pre-stressed units. j. Method of transportation. 3. Prior to fabrication and during preparation of shop drawings, Contractor shall coordinate with other trades to identify size and location of required openings through precast units. 4. Field Installed Seating Unit Attachment Drawings: Submit a drawing showing the method and proposed location for attaching all bleacher seats to the precast seating units. Equipment Hung From Precast Seating Units: Submit shop drawings and calculations showing location and method of attachment of all ceilings, pipes, ducts and other equipment hung from the precast seating units. No pipe, ducts or other equipment shall be hung from the precast seating units without written approval of the Precast Engineer. 5. All shop drawings submitted shall be sealed by a registered professional engineer, licensed in the state in which the project is located. 6. No production shall proceed without the approval of the fabrication drawings by the Engineer of Record. 7. Approval of Shop Drawings will be for arrangement of components. Errors in dimensions shown on the Shop Drawings shall be responsibility of the Contractor. B. Provide calculations for precast units and connections for review, performed and stamped by a registered Professional Engineer, licensed in the state in which the project is located, for all loads and conditions specified. C. Provide concrete design mixes and admixture literature. D. Provide erection procedure, sequence of erection and erection tolerances. E. Provide PCI certifications, project lists, etc. F. Product Literature: Submit manufacturer's product data with application and installation instructions for proprietary materials such as sealants, bearing pads, inserts, sealers, etc. G. Samples: Submit to Architect for review samples representative of finished exposed faces showing full range of texture and color prior to beginning job production. Sample size to be approximately 12 inches square, and of appropriate thickness. 220025.00 03 48 10 - 5 Precast Concrete Seating Units © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. H. Fabricate and deliver to the project site a full sized precast panel, for approval of finish and color. The approved panel will be used for comparison with work actually provided under this Section and for acceptance or rejection of such work. Sample panel may be incorporated into the finished work of this Section or shall be disposed of at end of work at no expense to Owner. I. Mock-up: After samples are accepted, and prior to manufacturing precast concrete units, submit a mock-up, meeting all design requirements for acceptance by the Architect. 1. Locate mock-ups on site in a location as directed by the General Contractor. 2. The mock-up shall include: a. Two full size riser units approximately 4'-0" in length, assembled with finish. b. Vomitory wall approximately 6'-0" x 4'-0" with front and back finish. c. Three tread, full size precast step unit approximately 4'-0" in length. d. All support for mock-up pieces shall be provided by the precast manufacturer. 3. Notify Architect one week in advance of the dates and times when mock-ups will be constructed. 4. Demonstrate proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 5. Retain and maintain mock-ups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard of quality for acceptance of future work. 6. When directed, demolish and remove mock-ups from the project site. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. All components of the work shall conform to the exterior profiles shown and the dimensions noted on the drawings. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to do the engineering/ design to achieve those profiles and dimensions based on the criteria hereinafter specified. 1. Structural design shall be performed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the state in which the project is located. The Engineer shall have demonstrated precast design experience in projects of similar size and complexity. 2. All requirements and details shown on the Contract Drawings shall be considered minimum, and shall be increased or modified as required for actual design. 3. Design Modifications: Design modifications may be made as necessary to meet field conditions and to ensure proper fitting of the work, but only with the prior written approval of the Architect/Engineer for each occurrence. Provide complete design calculations and drawings for required or anticipated design modifications in accordance with these specifications. B. Provisions for Thermal Expansion: All components and assemblies shall be designed and fabricated for thermal cambering and to allow thermal expansion and contraction caused by an ambient temperature range of 120 degrees F. (-20 degrees F. low, 60 degrees F. nominal and 100 degrees F. high) for unrestrained members and to provide appropriate anchoring for opening of joints, stresses on anchors, fasteners, structure of joining elements or other detrimental effects. Actual surface temperatures, due to solar heat gain, shall be evaluated in stress calculations called for. 1. Provide thermal slip connections in members per PCI "Manual for Structural Design of Architectural Precast Concrete," 1977, Figure 2.7. C. Provision for Structural Deflection: All components and assemblies shall be designed to accommodate and to provide for adequate clearances for structural deflections and cambers. D. Structural Design Criteria: All components and assemblies shall be designed to withstand: 1. Vertical Superimposed Load: Unless shown otherwise on Drawings: a. Live Load of 100 psf. b. Superimposed Dead Load of 15 psf. c. Own Dead Load. 2. Wind and Seismic Loads: Conform to the requirements of IBC 2015. No live load reduction shall be used for any members. Wind loading on openings or windows and their reaction shall be included in the precast design. 3. Sway Loads per ICC 300 and NFPA 102. 4. Seating units shall achieve a natural frequency of at least 5 Hz when checked in accordance with PCI Manual 120 recommended approach, based on a live load of 40 psf. 5. Temporary construction and erection loads. 220025.00 03 48 10 - 6 Precast Concrete Seating Units © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 6. Design shall account for all loads specified with due account for eccentricities and maximum allowable erection and construction tolerances. Refer to ACI 347 Section 3.3.1 for concrete tolerances of building. The design shall consider that the precast seating units will undergo unsymmetrical bending and torsion for dead (self-weight) load and unsymmetrical bending for live load. Calculations shall show design for all connections at the member ends and to each adjoining member. 7. Design shall conform to PCI Design Handbook and ACI 318, including crack width limitations. 8. Provide a 2-hour fire rating in accordance with applicable codes. 9. Details shown on the contract drawings shall be considered minimum requirements that shall be increased or modified as required for actual design forces. 10. Design modifications may be made as necessary to meet field conditions and to ensure proper fitting of work and as acceptable to A/E. Maintain general design concept as shown without appreciably increasing or decreasing sizes of members or altering profiles and alignment as acceptable to A/E. Provide stamped design calculations and drawings prepared by the Precast Engineer if design modifications are anticipated. E. Connections: Provide complete connection design including panel to panel connections, anchorage of panels to structure and support of veneer to precast. 1. Design connections with no 1.33 reduction for wind loads. 2. Give proper consideration to fire rating requirements. F. Temporary Bracing: Submit, for record, a complete erection plan for temporary bracing of all precast elements to assure structural stability during the construction stage, before all permanent structural connections are completed. The plan shall also include provisions for removal, replacement and relocation of temporary bracing as the permanent connections are completed. The Contractor is solely responsible for the stability and safety of the structure during construction. 1.05 PERFORMANCE A. The Precast Concrete Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the design, performance and integrity of the entire precast system, and shall be the Engineer of Record for the precast and connections. Liability for the system shall include, but not be limited to, the design of the veneer to precast anchoring system, structural design of the precast concrete, all installation and erection means, methods or techniques, integrity of sealant systems to insure a watertight perimeter wall, concrete mix designs and general fabrication of the entire precast system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cement: 1. Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C150, Type I or Type III: a. Use only one brand, type and source of supply for the entire project. B. Aggregate from a single source shall provide finish specified. In general, comply with ASTM C33 for "Severe Weathering Region". Fine natural sand, clean, hard, strong, durable, uncoated grains, free from all staining, injurious, deleterious substances passing No. 4 sieve. Coarse aggregate shall not contain spalling-causing substances. Limit the amount of chert with a specific gravity less than 2.4 to 1% of the weight of the coarse aggregate. Aggregate shall exhibit less than 5% magnesium sulfate soundness loss. C. Admixtures: Conform to Section 03 30 00. The use of fly ash, calcium chloride, or admixtures containing calcium chloride is not permitted. D. Concrete: 1. Minimum compressive strength 5000 lbs. per square inch at 28 days with air entrainment 6% + 1%, 3" maximum slump, maximum water/cement ratio = 0.40. a. Minimum pre-stress release strength: 3,500 psi b. Drying shrinkage limit: 0.045% at 21 days. 220025.00 03 48 10 - 7 Precast Concrete Seating Units © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. E. Reinforcement: 1. Reinforcing Steel: a. ASTM A615 Grade 60 deformed bars. All reinforcing steel required to be welded shall conform to ASTM A 706. For exterior and/or corrosive environments, provide epoxy coated bars conforming to ASTM A775, galvanize final assemblies using welded bars. 2. Deformed Bar Anchors: a. ASTM A496 with a minimum yield strength of 75,000 PSI. Standard ASTM A615 Grade 60 or Grade 40 reinforcing bars may not be substituted for deformed bar anchors. For exterior and/or corrosive environments, epoxy coat or galvanize. 3. Welded Wire Fabric: a. Welded smooth wire fabric ASTM A185 with a yield strength of 65,000 PSI; Welded deformed wire fabric. ASTM A497 with a yield strength of 70,000 PSI. All welded wire fabric shall be furnished in flat sheets only. For exterior and/or corrosive environments, provide epoxy coated mesh. 4. Strands: a. Uncoated seven wire, one half inch diameter, stress relieved 270 ksi strand, ASTM A416. 5. Headed Studs: a. Minimum tensile strength of 60000 psi, minimum yield strength of 52000 psi per ASTM A108. 1) Nelson Division, TRW Inc. 6. Tie Wire/Supports: a. Annealed steel tie wire, minimum 16 gauge. Provide only plastic coated or stainless steel tie wire bolsters, chairs, spacers, etc. in exposed concrete structures and all architectural concrete. F. Steel Shapes: 1. ASTM A36. Embedded anchor plates shall be sized as required, but shall be a minimum of 3/8" thick, with a minimum of two 3/8" diameter x 4" long, headed, welded studs. All rolled or formed shapes and anchoring materials shall be 3/8" minimum thickness. Bolts shall be minimum 5/8" diameter with nuts and washers. All materials and assemblies shall be hot dipped galvanized for exterior and/or corrosive environments. Provide quality rust- inhibitive primer for interior exposure, sufficient to resist all sign of rust throughout the construction period. G. Anchor Bolts, Nuts and Washers: 1. Provide regular low carbon steel bolts and nuts (ASTM A307), or ASTM A36 threaded rods, hot-dipped galvanized, complying with ASTM A153 minimum for fasteners. Anchor bolts and base plates below slab on grade need not be galvanized. H. Metal Accessories: 1. Anchors, clip angles, anchor plates and studs, setting loops, shims, washers, lifting inserts and other accessories to be hot-dipped galvanized or stainless. I. Drains: 1. Install drains in seating units as manufactured by Zurn, JR Smith, Wade, Josam or Jonespec, model as follows: a. TAG AD-3: Scupper drain, Zurn model Z-187 6" pipe, threaded outlet. Strainer shall be bronze flush type with quarter turn locking device. J. Bearing Pads: 1. Conform to the requirements of the PCI Handbook, latest edition and to PCI Technical Report No. 4, "Criteria for the Design of Bearing Pads." Where requirements conflict, the more stringent provision shall apply. Protect against pad "walkout" and consider nonparallel bearing surfaces, lift-off, rotation, etc. a. Elastomeric Pads: 50 to 70 Durometer, AASHTO grade (100% virgin) plain chloraprene (neoprene). 1) Neosorb, Voss Engineering Inc. 2) Newlon, JVI Inc. 220025.00 03 48 10 - 8 Precast Concrete Seating Units © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. b. Random Oriented Fiber (ROF) Material limited to 1200 psi bearing stress. 1) Vossco, Voss Engineering Inc. 2) Masticord, JVI Inc. c. Cotton-Duck fabric reinforced pads conforming to AASHTO 2:10:3 (L) and MIL-C-882C specifications 1) Sorbtex, Voss Engineering Inc. 2) Capralon, JVI Inc. 2. Frictionless Bearing Pads: a. Frictionless bearing pads shall be a nominal 3/32" glass filled virgin Tetrafluoroethylene (TFE), e.g. Teflon, conforming to ASTM D1457 with a 10 gauge A36 steel backing plate factory bonded with a tested epoxy performed in a heated bonding process under a controlled pressure. Provide one sliding pad tack welded to the lower supporting surface and one tack welded to the upper surface. Unless detailed otherwise on the drawings, the upper element shall be larger than the lower element on all sides by the amount of the expansion joint width shown on the drawings. Provide frictionless bearing pads at all beam or slab elements where expansion joints are indicated and only a single support is provided. b. The pad size and design shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendations. Design bearing pressure under total service load shall not exceed 2000 psi. c. Frictionless bearing pads for exterior or exposed usage shall be manufactured for use in an exposed climate of heat, cold, moisture and ultraviolet rays. All backing steel in an exposed or open environment shall be stainless steel. 1) Manufacturers: 2) Fluorocarbon 3) Masticord, JVI Inc. 4) Duroslide, Tobi Engineering, Inc. 5) Approved Equal K. Grout: Non-shrink, minimum 5000 psi, 28-day strength. L. Steel Shims: A36 steel. Where no additional grout is provided, shim area shall be at least 70% of the area of the plate above the shims, with a minimum width to height ratio of 4 to 1 for the shim stack. All galvanizing shall be a minimum of 1.2 oz./sq. ft., except fasteners. All galvanized material shall be fully degreased before applying paint, insulation with pins and adhesive, sealants or similar finishes, or components sensitive to oil, grease and other contaminants. M. All plates, anchors, connections, etc. shall be hot dipped galvanized for exterior and/or corrosive environments. N. Areas of galvanized material to receive other than butyl sealants shall receive a coat of zinc-chromate primer to assure proper bond when the sealant is applied. O. Rust-Inhibitive Paint: "ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound", "Galvacon", or "Sherwin Williams Zinc-Clad 5 B69 A45." P. Sealant: 1. Two (2) parts polyurethane sealant, non-staining, color as selected by Architect. a. Tremco, "Dymeric 511" for vertical surfaces b. Tremco, "THC 900/901" for horizontal surfaces c. Pecora, Inc. "Dynatrol II" d. Sonneborn, "Sonolastic NP 2" Q. Sub-caulking for all locations shall be closed cell polyethylene foam backing with diameter 50 percent greater than joint to be sealed. R. Primer as manufactured by manufacturer of sealant. 1. Inserts (Loop, coil, lifting, etc.): a. Dayton Superior b. Richmond 220025.00 03 48 10 - 9 Precast Concrete Seating Units © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. S. Flashing Reglets: Polyvinyl chloride, 0.06 in (1.5 mm) thick 1. Type B-4, Superior Concrete Accessories 2. Fry Reglet 3. Burke PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURE A. Provide forms and, where required, form facing materials of metal, plastic, wood, or other acceptable material that is non-reactive with concrete and will produce required smooth finished surfaces. Rust-stained or excessively worn forms that would impair the quality of the finished surface are not acceptable. Conform to ACI 347. B. Accurately construct forms mortar-tight and of sufficient strength to withstand pressures due to concrete placing operations, temperature changes, and when prestressed, the pretensioning and detensioning operations. Maintain formwork to provide completed precast concrete units of shapes, lines, and dimensions indicated on the approved shop drawings within specified fabrication tolerances. C. Casting shall be done in accurate molds conforming to detail drawings and shall be designed to withstand high frequency vibration. D. Coat surface of forms with bond-breaking compound before reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Reinforcing, bolts, weld plates, inserts and other anchorages shall be accurately placed in accordance with details. All reinforcing shall have minimum 2" cover for exterior and/or corrosive environments, sufficient cover for fire rating and code requirements for interior exposure. F. The manufacturer shall provide for those openings 10 inch round or square or larger as shown on the project drawings. Other openings shall be located and field drilled or cut by the trade requiring them after the precast, pre-stressed products have been erected. Openings shall be approved by architect/engineer and precast contractor's engineer before drilling or cutting. G. Holes: 1. Cast-in all holes required for precast seating units and show on shop drawings. Do not cut holes of any size in precast units without written authorization of Architect/ Engineer. H. Drains: 1. General: a. Drains shall be purchased and supplied by Plumbing Contractor. Installation of all drains shown in precast shall be by the Precast Contractor. Refer to architectural drawings for type and locations shown on shop drawings. 2. Installation: a. Install drains with horizontal portion of the grate set 1/4" above precast surface. Vertical surface shall be flush with the precast riser. Scupper drain outlets must be set to be plumb (flat) after precast is set in place. Provide full size threaded pipe nipple to extend drain body discharge 6" outside of finished precast to allow for future pipe connections. I. Conform to any and all requirements of Specification Sections 03 10 00, 03 20 00 and 03 30 00. Comply with PCI Mnl 110 for tensioning of tendons. Cure per industry standards and PCI Mnl 116. Curing compounds, releasing agents or other adhesion-inhibiting contaminants shall not be used on surfaces to be caulked. Test cylinders shall be cured with and by the same methods as the members they represent. 220025.00 03 48 10 - 10 Precast Concrete Seating Units © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. J. All components shall be true to dimension and have true, well defined outlines and all sharp edges should be softened by chamfers, proper edging tools, grinding, or sanding, in conformance with Architect's drawings and approved shop drawings within specified tolerances. Fins 1/8" and larger shall be removed and all air pockets and holes over 1/4" in diameter shall be filled with an approved sand-cement paste. K. Finish of Treads and Risers at Seating Units, Precast Aisle Steps and Stair Units shall be as follows: 1. For units cast top side up, provide a steel trowel finish followed by a light broom finish parallel to the length of the unit. For treads and risers cast top side down, lightly sandblast tread area to produce a non-skid surface before delivery to job site. Provide sandblast finish to end of precast units for sealant adhesion. All other surfaces shall be smooth. L. Exposed-to-view surfaces shall be uniform in color and appearance with no honeycombing, chips, spalls, etc. with smooth or non-slip finish as required. M. Patching: 1. Patching shall be done only when acceptable to Architect/Engineer and providing the structural adequacy and appearance of the unit are not impaired. Concrete surfaces with honeycombs, spalls, or voids in excess of 1/4" deep will require a patch repair using a two part epoxy mortar. All concrete surface repairs except minor surface blemishes less than 1/4" deep must be noted in quality control reports and submitted for Architect/Engineer review and approval for each occurrence prior to erection. 3.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: 1. The Owner may employ a separate testing laboratory to evaluate precast manufacturer's quality control and testing methods. Owner's testing facility shall be allowed access to materials storage areas, concrete production equipment, and concrete placement and curing facilities, and shall be provided with samples of materials and concrete mixes as may be requested for additional testing and evaluation. B. Strength of Units: 1. The strength of precast units will be considered potentially deficient requiring the unit to be either tested or replaced if the manufacturing processes fail to comply with any of the requirements which may affect the strength of the precast units, including but not limited to the following conditions: a. Failure to meet compressive strength tests requirements. b. Reinforcement, pretensioning and detensioning of tendons of pre-stressed concrete not conforming to specified fabrication requirements. c. Visual evidence of cracks, excessive negative camber, or deflection in excess of calculated anticipated amounts. d. Concrete curing and protection of precast units not as specified. e. Precast units damaged during storage, transportation, handling or erection. C. Testing Precast Units: 1. When there is evidence that the strength of precast concrete units does not meet specification requirements, the Owner's testing service shall take cores from hardened concrete for compressive strength determination, complying with ASTM C42 and as follows: a. Take at least 3 representative cores from precast units of suspect strength from locations directed by the Architect/Engineer. b. Test cores in a saturated-surface-dry condition in accordance with ACI 318 if concrete will be wet during use of completed structure. c. Test cores in an air-dry condition in accordance with ACI 318 if concrete will be dry during use of completed structure. Strength of concrete for each series of cores will be considered satisfactory if their average compressive strength is at least 85% of 28-day design compressive strength. 220025.00 03 48 10 - 11 Precast Concrete Seating Units © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. d. Test results will be reported in writing on same day that tests are made, with copies to Owner, Architect, Engineer, Contractor and precast manufacturer. Include in test reports the project identification name and number, date, name of precast concrete manufacturer, name of concrete testing service, identification letter, number and type of member or members represented by core tests, design compressive strength, compression breaking strength and type of break (corrected for length-diameter ratio), direction of applied load to core with respect to the horizontal plane of concrete as placed, and moisture condition of core at time of testing. e. Where core test results are satisfactory and precast units are acceptable for use in work, fill core holes solid with non-shrink patching mortar or epoxy based mortar as directed by Architect/Engineer and finish to match adjacent concrete surfaces. D. X-Rays: 1. The Architect/Engineer may order x-rays taken of any member if there is sufficient doubt about the proper existence of location of reinforcing steel, embedded items, or strands. E. Load Tests: 1. The Architect/Engineer may order a load test of the member in the plant or in the field if there is sufficient evidence to question the structural integrity of the member. F. Products Not Meeting Specifications: 1. Precast units that do not conform to all specified requirements including strength, tolerances, both fabrication and erection, and finishes shall be rejected and replaced with units meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents, unless approval by the Architect/Engineer is obtained in writing for an authorized repair. G. Authorized Repairs: 1. No structural or architectural repair shall be made to any precast unit either in the plant or in the field without written documented approval for each occurrence in the form of a letter or drawing from the Architect/Engineer. Unauthorized repair details shall not be allowed. 3.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Material shall be checked, carefully handled and delivered to the site in such a manner as to avoid soiling, damaging or chipping. Lift and support units only at the points indicated on the shop drawings. Deliver units to project site in such quantities and at such times to assume continuity of installation. B. Store units on firm, level and smooth surfaces, with non-staining, resilient supports located in same positions as when transported. Store clear of ground and protect from all damage, dirt or disfigurement of any sort, with markings clearly visible. C. Units shall be inspected and reported by Owner's Inspection Service for defect. Unsatisfactory units shall be repaired or replaced. 3.04 INSPECTION OF SURFACES A. Before starting to erect precast concrete panels, verify that structure and anchorage inserts that are not within the tolerances required to erect panels have been corrected. Complete inspection in sufficient time (minimum two weeks) before erection is scheduled to permit any necessary corrections by General Contractor. B. Determine field conditions by actual measurements. C. Start of installation constitutes acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 220025.00 03 48 10 - 12 Precast Concrete Seating Units © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 3.05 JOB COORDINATION A. Subcontractor must review installation procedures and coordination with other work, with General Contractor, other Contractors and Subcontractors whose work will be affected by precast work. Where applicable, coordinate possible existing building interferences with new construction. B. Contractor shall monitor all phases of work to ensure it is in conformance with Plans and Specifications. 3.06 ERECTION AND INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be made directly on bearing surfaces prepared, plumb and true to line, with no cumulative dimensional errors. Conform to PCI MNL-127. B. Units shall be erected, aligned, plumbed and leveled by methods recommended by manufacturer using equipment recommended or supplied by manufacturer, without damage to shape or finish. When specified tolerances are exceeded, discontinue work and notify Architect. C. All members shall be handled by means of inserts installed per manufacturer's requirements and placed so as to not reverse stresses in members. D. Where required, secure by temporary bracing and ties to prevent displacement until permanent connections are made and members grouted. Provide temporary shoring and bracing as required to ensure stability during erection. The erector shall brace unsymmetrical sections during erection and pouring of topping slabs to prevent rotation and instability regardless of whether it is specified on the erection drawings. The responsibility for bracing such members shall rest solely with the Erector. E. The erector shall be responsible for any chipping, spalling, cracking or other damage to the units after delivery to the job site and until installation is completed. Installation shall be inspected and reported by Owner's Inspection Service for unit defect or exceeded tolerances. Stop installation until repair or replacement is decided by Architect. F. Furnish all necessary bolts, washers, shims, load buttons, clamps and all other hardware necessary to complete installation. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions as required for installation. Provide accurate placement and alignment of anchor bolts, plates or dowels in supporting structural elements. At bolted connections, use lock washers or other acceptable means to prevent loosening of nuts. G. Properly align, plumb and level precast units. Level out variations between adjacent members by shimming, loading or any other feasible method recommended by the manufacturer and acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. H. Provide true, level bearing surfaces on all field placed foundations, bearing walls and other supporting members. I. Bearing Pads: 1. Install specified bearing pads as precast units are being erected and maintain in correct position until precast units are placed. J. Field Welding: 1. Grind off galvanizing or paint prior to welding. 2. Perform welding in compliance with AWS D1.1 and D1.4. Grind welds flush. 3. Protect units from damage by field welding operations and provide non-combustible shields as required. 4. Remove all lifting loops and touch-up paint all galvanized field welded connections as specified. 5. Repair damaged metal surfaces by cleaning and applying a coat of liquid galvanizing repair compound to galvanized surfaces and primer compatible with painted surfaces, 3 mil thick. 220025.00 03 48 10 - 13 Precast Concrete Seating Units © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. K. Where panels are backed up with masonry construction, anchorage shall be by means of clamps, dowels and stone anchors. Dowels shall be of brass and all anchors galvanized after fabrication. Locate connections so as not to interfere with flashing. L. Seal all joints between and surrounding panels encountered during construction. 1. Install polyethylene sub-caulking leaving joint depth of approximately 3/8". 2. Prime all surfaces with surface primer and allow to dry. 3. Apply sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and tool to a concave surface. 4. Remove all excess compound. 5. Provide openings to prevent entrapped water. 6. Common joint between two different wall surfaces such as precast concrete and masonry, shall be sealed by Contractor installing the last item. M. Grouting Joints: 1. After precast units have been set and secured, grout at specified locations shown on the drawings as follows: a. Provide non-shrink non-metallic grout. b. Provide forms or other acceptable method to retain grout in place until sufficiently hard to support itself. Pack spaces with stiff grout material, tamping until voids are completely filled. Place grout to finish smooth, plumb, and level with adjacent concrete surfaces. Keep grouted joints damp for not less than 48 hours after initial set. Promptly remove excess grout material and spillage from exposed surfaces before it hardens. N. Power-Actuated Fasteners and Expansion Anchors: Do not use power-actuated fasteners or expansion anchors in precast seating units except as submitted and approved on shop drawings or other submittal. O. Drains: 1. General: a. Purchase and installation of all drains shown in precast shall be by the precast contractor. Refer to architectural drawings for type and locations. 2. Installation: a. Install drains with horizontal portion of the grate, set 1/4" above precast surface. Vertical surface shall be flush with the precast riser. Scupper drain outlets must be set to be plumb (flat) after precast is set in place. Provide full size threaded pipe nipple to extend drain body discharge 6" outside of finished precast to allow for future pipe connections. 3.07 INSPECTION OF WELDS A. Independent testing laboratory shall inspect welded connections, perform tests and prepare test reports. Testing shall conform to American Welding Society AWS D.1 - Latest Edition. The inspector shall be an AWS Certified Welding Inspector. B. The testing laboratory shall conduct and interpret the tests and state in each report whether the test specimens comply with AWS requirements and specifically state any deviations therefrom. Record types and location of defects found in work. Record work required and performed to correct deficiencies. Submit six (6) copies of welding inspection reports and tests to Architect. C. Inspector shall verify welders are AWS certified for the type of weld being performed. The testing agency shall have access to places where structural steel work is being fabricated or produced so that required inspection and testing can be accomplished. D. Inspect and test structural steel assemblies as follows: 1. Perform visual inspection of all welds. 2. All full penetration welds: 100% Ultrasonic Testing (ASTM E 164). 3. For all hanger type tension connections: 50% Magnetic Particle Testing. 4. Remainder of welds: 10% Magnetic Particle Testing. 220025.00 03 48 10 - 14 Precast Concrete Seating Units © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. E. Weld inspection shall conform to AWS D.1 Chapter 6 and Chapter 8. F. Trade Contractors Responsibility: 1. Furnish labor required to facilitate testing. 2. Inform the Testing Laboratory and the Structural Engineer with at least three days’ notice when welding work is to be performed. 3. Provide access to fabricator's shop for testing. 4. Provide all hoisting or handling necessary to accomplish testing work. 5. This Contractor is responsible for the expense of testing or inspection resulting as a consequence of the following. a. Testing to verify the adequacy of work done: 1) without prior notice 2) with improper supervision 3) contrary to Contract Documents or standard construction practice. b. Correct deficiencies in structural steel work which inspections and laboratory test reports have indicated to be not in compliance with requirements. 1) Perform additional tests, at Contractor's expense, as may be necessary to confirm noncompliance of original work, and as may be necessary to show compliance of corrected work. 3.08 PROTECTION A. During construction, all work shall be adequately and substantially covered and protected against inclement weather to insure against damage. 3.09 CLEANING A. Exposed surfaces of all work under this section shall be cleaned with stiff fiber brushes and solution of soap powder, then rinsed with cold water. B. Sandblasting, wire brushes or acids not permitted. C. Leave precast units clean, free of traces of cleaning compound and with joints watertight. D. Coordinate cleaning of precast units with cleaning of glass and other adjoining work. END OF SECTION 220025.00 05 10 00 - 1 Structural Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. SECTION 05 10 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. Furnish all work, labor, materials, equipment and supervision necessary to complete all structural steel work as indicated on Structural Drawings, as specified herein or both. 2. Provide anchor bolts for column bases and base plates, column bases, bearing plates, columns, beams, girts, rods, hangers, plates stiffeners, connections, clips, struts, bracing, separators, fittings, field bolts, etc. as required. 3. Provide deck supports not shown or specified under other Sections, but necessary for the proper support of deck and applied loads. 4. Provide pour stops around the building perimeter and at all openings, end closures, closure plates around all columns and work of other trades and any other accessories required. 5. Provide erection of all structural steel, except loose lintels not requiring services of skilled iron workers or special equipment. 6. Provide templates for the installation of anchor bolts. 7. Provide shop-applied primers and paints. 8. All other work shown in the Drawings, specified in this Section or required to make the work complete. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Concrete Reinforcing Steel - Section 03 20 00 2. Post-Installed Anchors - Section 05 05 19 3. Miscellaneous Steel Work – Section 05 50 00 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: The following latest edition reference specifications, including appendices and supplements, shall become a part of this specification as if written herein. If provisions of reference standards and this Section conflict, the more stringent provisions shall govern. 1. AISC 303 "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges” a. Exposed Structural Steel: All exposed structural steel is classified as Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel (AESS) as defined by AISC. Comply with AESS quality requirements for all exposed structural steel. 2. AISC 360, "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings," including the "Commentary" and Supplements thereto as issued. 3. AISC Manual, "Detailing for Steel Construction" 4. ASTM 780, Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings 5. ASTM materials cited in this specification. 6. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 "Structural Welding Code" 7. AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure" 8. Research Council on Structural Connections (RCSC) "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts" 9. OSHA Standard “Safety and Health Regulations for Construction”, Part 1926 10. Society of Protective Coatings (Formerly Steel Structures Painting Council) "Steel Structures Painting Manual", Volumes 1 and 2 and applicable SSPC Standards 11. Elevator Manufacturer's Specifications pertaining to erection tolerances. B. All work shall be in accordance with applicable manufacturer's and supplier's instructions. C. Conform to applicable OSHA 1926 requirements including detailing and erection requirements. Provide stabilizer plates as required. 220025.00 05 10 00 - 2 Structural Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. D. Fabricator Qualifications: Engage a firm with a minimum of 10 years’ experience in fabricating structural steel similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to fabricate structural steel without delaying the Work. E. Steel Detailer Qualifications: Minimum of five (5) years’ experience preparing and detailing steel shop drawings on projects of comparable size and complexity. F. Erector Qualifications: Engage a firm with a minimum of ten years’ experience in erecting structural steel for projects of similar type and scope and with a record of successful completion, and shall provide sufficient experienced personnel and equipment to maintain project schedule. G. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure" and AWS D.1. 1. Provide certification that welders to be employed in work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for the types of welds to be performed. If re-certification of welders is required, re-testing will be Contractor's responsibility. H. High performance coatings for steel, including paints for exterior or corrosive exposures, and architectural, exposed exterior steel: 1. Reference Division 09 of the specification. Where conflicts exist with this specification, the more stringent and costly requirements shall govern unless approved in writing by Structural Engineer. Notify Architect and Engineer. 2. Manufacturer's Qualifications: a. Specialize in manufacture of coatings with a minimum of 10 years successful experience. b. Able to demonstrate successful performance on comparable projects. c. Single Source Responsibility: Coatings and coating application accessories shall be products of a single manufacturer. 3. Applicator's Qualifications: a. Experienced in application of specified coatings for a minimum of 5 years on projects of similar size and complexity to this Work. b. Applicator's Personnel: Employ persons trained for application of specified coatings. 4. Base bid under this specification section shall include galvanizing and the first coat primers for two-coat systems or less, first and second coat for three-coat systems, as specified in this section. a. Where multiple coat systems are required, it is preferred to have the additional coats to be shop-applied with field touch-up. I. Quality control, including non-destructive testing, shall be performed by Fabricator and Erector and shall conform to the requirements of Chapter N of AISC 360. J. Inspection of Welds: 1. Contractor shall select and pay for the services of an independent Testing Laboratory to inspect welded connections, perform tests and prepare test reports. 2. Testing shall conform to American Welding Society AWS D1 B1.10, D10.9, and QC1 - Latest Editions. The inspector shall be an AWS Certified Welding Inspector, with minimum of three years’ experience. Conform to ASTM E94, E142, E164, E165, E709, and E1032 as applicable. 3. The Testing Laboratory shall conduct and interpret the tests and state in each report whether the test specimens comply with AWS requirements and specifically state any deviations therefrom. Record types and locations of defects found in work. Record work required and performed to correct deficiencies. Submit six (6) copies of welding inspection reports and tests to the architect. 4. Inspector shall verify welders are AWS certified for the type of weld being performed. 5. Testing Agency shall have access to places where structural steel work is being fabricated or produced so that required inspection and testing can be accomplished. 6. Testing Agency may inspect structural steel at plant before shipment; however, Structural Engineer reserves right, at any time before final acceptance, to reject material not complying with specified requirements. 7. Inspect and test structural steel assemblies as follows: 220025.00 05 10 00 - 3 Structural Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. a. Perform visual inspection of all completed welds. Provide visual inspection prior to and during welding as determined by Inspector. b. All partial and full penetration welds, plug and slot welds: 100% Ultrasonic Testing (ASTM E164), or Radiographic Testing, as preferred by weld Inspector. c. For all hanger type tension connections, multiple pass fillet welds, single pass fillet welds greater than 5/16”, and fillet welded moment connections: 50% Magnetic Particle Testing or Alternating Current Field Measurement (ACFM), as preferred by weld Inspector. d. Connections of new construction to existing members: 100% Magnetic Particle Testing, or ACFM. e. Remainder of Weld: 10% Magnetic Particle Testing or ACFM. f. Magnetic Particle Testing may only be performed on uncoated steel with no paint or primers. g. Other non-destructive weld testing procedures may be used subject to weld inspector’s written recommendations. h. Rejected Welds: If more than 10 percent of any weld type is rejected, test an additional 20 percent of remaining welds in same manner. If more than 10 percent of additional welds are rejected, test an additional 20 percent of remaining welds. If more than 10 percent of these welds are rejected, then retest all welds. Additional testing shall be paid by the welding sub-contractor. 8. Weld inspection shall conform to AWS D.1 Chapter 6 and Chapter 8. 9. Test Results: Test result information shall be forwarded electronically to the Engineer immediately after test results are available, stating the acceptance or rejection of fabricated components, so that repairs and re-inspection or testing may be performed as soon as possible. 10. Subcontractor's Responsibilities: a. Furnish labor required to facilitate testing. b. Inform Testing Laboratory and Structural Engineer with at least one day's notice when welding work is to be performed. c. Provide access to fabricator's shop for testing. d. Provide any hoisting or handling necessary to accomplish testing work. e. Subcontractor is responsible for the expense of testing or inspection resulting as a consequence of the following: 1) Testing to verify the adequacy of work done without prior notice, improper supervision, or contrary to Contract Documents or standard construction practice. f. Unacceptable welds shall be repaired in accordance with AWS D1.1, Section 5.26. Repaired or corrected welds shall be re-inspected and retested as specified for the original weld. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Shop Drawings shall be prepared immediately on set award of this Contract. No steel shall be ordered until erection diagrams have been approved. 2. Drawings shall indicate necessary information for fabrication, erection and painting per AISC Specifications and per this specification. 3. Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, stiffeners and other pertinent data. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Indicate special painting or galvanizing requirements on piece drawings. a. Shop drawings shall clearly indicate by welding symbols or sketches the details of groove welded joints and the preparation of base metal required to make them. 4. Individual beam piece drawings shall show the distance from beam ends to column and wall centerlines. Individual column piece drawings shall indicate related top of beam elevations, top of pier/footing elevations and beam depth. 5. Provide setting drawings and directions for the installation of anchor rods, bearing plates, holes, and other anchorages to be installed by others. Indicate top of bearing plate elevations. Provide exact dimensions and elevations to locate embed plates in concrete. 6. Duplicate all applicable details and sections from Structural Drawings and key into plans for submittal. Failure to do so is cause for rejection of Drawings. 220025.00 05 10 00 - 4 Structural Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 7. The Fabricator alone shall be responsible for all errors of detailing, fabrication, and for the correct fitting of the structural members. All fabricated material and connections shall fit within architectural constraints. 8. Take measurements in field as required to verify or supplement dimensions shown on Drawings for new and existing construction. Note verified dimensions on shop drawings. Field verify existing anchor bolt placements and modify base plates to accommodate field conditions. 9. Provide a schedule of shop drawing submittals for the Architect's information at least 30 days prior to the first shop drawing submittal. Shop drawings must be submitted in conformance with the agreed-upon submittal schedule. 10. Structural steel shop drawings shall be complete on first submittal unless specifically agreed in writing by Engineer prior to submittal. 11. Resubmittals of shop drawings: When a shop drawing is resubmitted with new or revised information, these items shall be "clouded". All redmarks from a previous submittal shall be incorporated. 12. Structural steel members for which Shop Drawings have not been reviewed and approved shall not be fabricated. 13. The omission from the Shop Drawings of any materials required by the Contract Documents shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing and installing such materials, even though the Shop Drawings may have been reviewed and approved. B. Primers and Paint: 1. Product Data: Except for basic interior primers, submit manufacturer's product data for each coating, including generic description, complete technical data, surface preparation, and application instructions. Include written verification from the manufacturer that the primer is compatible with finish coats. 2. Color Samples: Submit manufacturer's color samples showing full range of standard colors for architectural exposed applications. 3. Manufacturer's Quality Assurance: Submit manufacturer's certification that coatings comply with specified requirements and are suitable for intended application. 4. Applicator's Quality Assurance: For exterior/ corrosive environments and for architectural exposed applications, submit list of a minimum of 5 completed projects of similar size and complexity to this Work. Include for each project: a. Project name and location b. Name of owner c. Name of contractor d. Name of coating manufacturer e. Approximate area of coatings applied f. Date of completion 5. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's standard warranty, except: a. For high performance coating systems for Architectural Exposed Exterior Steel, provide 15 year warranty for color and gloss retention. Where this requirement conflicts with Architectural sections, provide the higher cost installation. C. Inspection Reports: Submit reports for the inspections specified. Fabricator and Erector shall provide submittals in conformance with Chapter N of AISC 360 for quality control and non-destructive testing. D. Connection Design and Detailing: Conform to AISC Code of Standard Practice, Section 3, except as noted below. 1. All framed connections, including bracing, shall be designed by a licensed Professional Engineer, hired by the Fabricator, with such cost included in the Fabricator’s bid. 2. Calculations, and the cover letter transmitting the shop and erection drawings, shall be submitted for record only and shall be stamped by the Connection Design Engineer registered in the state in which the project is located. Engineer’s seal may be qualified “For Design of Connections Only”. Review by the Engineer of Record (EOR) of submittals is only for review of general conformance with the design concept, including verification of the connection design loads shown on the shop drawings. In no case shall this review relieve the contractor of the responsibility for design, adequacy and safety of all connections, correctness of fit, general or detailed dimensions, quality or quantity of materials, or any other conditions, functions, performance or guarantees required. 220025.00 05 10 00 - 5 Structural Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. a. Cover letter shall indicate that the shop drawings conform to the connection design intent and have been reviewed and coordinated. 3. Representative samples of calculations and substantiating information shall be submitted prior to preparation of final shop and erection drawings. 4. Calculations shall be submitted with the first shop drawing submittal, and shall be cross-referenced with all shop drawing submittals, including piece marks. 5. Use details consistent with the details shown on the Drawings, supplementing where necessary. The details shown on the Drawings are conceptual and do not indicate the required weld sizes or number of bolts unless specifically noted. Use rational engineering design and standard practice in detailing, accounting for all loads and eccentricities in both the connection and the members. Promptly notify the Engineer of Record of any location where the connection design criteria is not clearly indicated. 6. Shop drawings will not be reviewed without the submittal of coordinated connection calculations. 7. Shop drawings shall indicate design reactions and reference connection standard or special calculations. 8. Connection Criteria and Restrictions, unless specified otherwise on the structural drawings: a. Unless noted otherwise, loads provided by Engineer of Record (EOR) are unfactored working stress loads. The method of design shall be ASD. b. The reactions, as provided by the EOR, shall be multiplied by 1.15 for connection design. c. Beam to column connections shall be double angle connections. d. Where purlins and beams support uniform loads only, connections to interior girders may be single angle connections. Provide double angle connections when purlins and beams support non-uniform and/or concentrated loads. e. Where purlins and beams frame into girders or spandrels from one side only (e.g. perimeter beams), provide double angle connections, or provide a single full-depth stiffener each side of girder. f. For beam to column and beam to girder connections, provide the maximum number of 3/4” diameter Grade A325 bolts in a single line for a given beam depth. g. Connection Design Engineer is responsible for designing connections, including stiffeners and/or doubler plates. Column size may be increased, if within dimensional constraints, to replace stiffeners or doubler plates subject to written approval by EOR, and subject to erector or crane limitations. h. All members with moment connections, as noted on drawings, shall be welded to develop full flexural capacity of member, unless noted otherwise on drawings. i. Connections for all struts, hangers and braces shall have connection designed to develop full allowable tensile strength of member unless design force is indicated on drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel Material Properties 1. W and WT shapes: ASTM A992 2. S and M shapes: ASTM A36, Fy=36 ksi or ASTM A529, A572, or A992, Gr. 50 3. HP shapes: ASTM A572, Gr. 50 or ASTM A588, Gr. 50 when specified on drawings 4. Channels: ASTM A36 or ASTM A529, A572, or A992, Gr. 50 5. Angles: ASTM A36 or ASTM A529, A572, or A992, Gr. 50 6. Plates and Bars: ASTM A36, Fy=36 ksi or ASTM A572, Gr. 50 7. Rectangular or Square (HSS) Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A500, Gr. C, Fy = 50 ksi, or A1085 Gr. A, Fy=50ksi. 8. Round (HSS) Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A500, Gr. C, Fy = 46 ksi, or A1085 Gr. A, Fy=50 ksi. 9. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Gr. B, Fy = 35 ksi. 10. Specify material type and grade on Shop Drawings. 11. All steel shall be mill certified 220025.00 05 10 00 - 6 Structural Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. B. Fasteners: 1. Anchor bolts shall be ASTM F1554, Grade 36, or weldable Grade 55 Supplement 1, unless noted otherwise, with ASTM A563 heavy hex nuts. Provide washers per AISC Manual Table 14-2. a. Provide special elongated nuts when anchor bolts are cast with insufficient projection for column base plates. Develop tension capacity of anchor. 1) “Elocone Nuts”, Canam 2. All other bolts for connection of structural steel shall follow ASTM F3125 Grade A 325, 3/4" minimum diameter, with ASTM A563 heavy hex nuts and hardened washers. Bolted connections are "snug-tight" type unless noted. Threads may be included in shear plane. All bolts shall be new and not reused, with head markings and fully traceable. a. Provide slip-critical bolted connections for bracing, moment connections, cantilevers, tension members, bolts installed in over-sized holes (except anchor bolts), bolts in slotted holes where the force is parallel to the long direction of the slot, in connections subject to fatigue, and in connections in which a combination of bolts and welds resist applied loads (weld only after bolts are tightened) except where bolts are used for erection only. 3. Headed welded studs shall be manufactured by Nelson Stud Welding Company or approved equal and shall conform to ASTM 29 and ASTM A108, Grade 1015 or 1020, with dimensions complying with AISC specifications. Welding equipment used for installation shall conform to the requirements of AWS D1.1. 4. Deformed Bar Anchors (DBA’s): Weldable anchors shall provide full tension and shear capacity when embedded in concrete conforming to ASTM A496, Type C, 80,000 psi tensile strength, 70,000 psi yield strength. a. Nelson D2L deformed bar anchor b. Stud Welding Assoc. Inc. c. Tru-weld Stud Welding, TFP Corp. d. Approved equal 5. Washers: a. All washers shall be circular, flat and smooth and shall conform to the requirements of Type A washers in ANSI Standard B23.1. Washers for high strength bolts shall be hardened and conform to ASTM F436 Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. b. Beveled washers for American Standard Beams and channels shall be square or rectangular, shall taper in thickness (16 2/3% slope) with an average thickness of 5/16". When an outer face of a bolted part has a slope greater than 1:20 with respect to a plane normal to the bolt axis, a beveled washer shall be used. c. For fixed base and tension connections, washers for all base plates shall be minimum 5/16" thick plates extending minimum 1" from edge of base plate holes on each side with holes 1/16 inch larger than the nominal bolt diameter. Washers shall conform to ASTM A36 steel. d. Load Indicator Washers, conforming to ASTM F959 1) "Coronet Load Indicators", Cooper and Turner 2) "Bethlehem Load Indicator Washers", Bethlehem Steel Corp. 3) Approved equal 6. Twist-off type bolts, conforming to ASTM F3125 Grades F1852 or F2280: a. "LeJeune Tension Control Bolts", LeJeune Bolt Co. b. "VFM Tension Control Bolts", Vermont Fasteners Manufacturing c. Approved equal 7. Galvanized Bolts: Provide bolts, nuts and washers that are hot dip galvanized according to ASTM A153, Class C when used to connect steel called for on the drawings or in the specifications as hot dip galvanized after fabrication, and for material painted for exterior or corrosive environments. 8. Oversize, Short Slotted and Long Slotted Holes: The dimensions and washer requirements of oversize, short slotted, and long slotted holes shall conform to the AISC high strength bolting specification. C. Electrodes for Arc Welding: Comply with AWS Code E70XX. D. Masonry Anchors: 220025.00 05 10 00 - 7 Structural Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 1. Where secured to flanges of member, weld-on anchor rods consisting of 9" overall length, 1/4" bright finished wire with 3/8" offsets to provide 4" adjustment of masonry anchors. Adjustable portion by Mason. 2. Where secured to webs of members, weld-on anchors consisting of 8 gauge hot dipped galvanized angle, 7" high x 1/2 flange depth with 1" return for fastening. Provide 5" high slotted hole 3/4" from outer edge to receive wire tie by Mason. E. Paint: 1. Materials for multi-coat paint systems shall be supplied by the same manufacturer and be compatible, including water-based finish coats. Finish color as approved by Architect. Paint shall be delivered to shop and job in original sealed containers, marked with manufacturer's brand identification. Use thinning or admixtures as per manufacturer's recommendations only. a. Reference section 09 97 00 Corrosion Resistant Coatings for all prime, intermediate, finish coating coinciding with shop work. b. Manufacturer’s recommended dry film thickness (DFT) shall supersede the requirements specified below when they are greater than specified minimums. 2. Interior Exposure, Structural Steel not exposed to view, non-corrosive environment. a. Paint as specified below for interior, exposed to view applications, unless spray-on fireproofing will be applied. 3. Interior Exposure with no additional finish coat, or with Alkyd or acrylic finish coats, as specified by the Architect, and/or exposed to view, unless spray-on fireproofing will be applied. a. Shop Prime Coat: Modified Alkyd Rust Inhibitive Primer with dry film thickness minimum 2.0 mils. 1) Carboline 893-0500 grey 2) Carboline GP-818 red 3) Devoe Rustguard 4140 4) PPG 7-800 or 6-200 Series 5) Sherwin Williams A101, E61RC21 and E61AC82 6) Tnemec Company, Series 10 7) Approved equal b. Where Intumescent Paint is specified for fireproofing, provide a primer that is compatible and approved by paint manufacturer (e.g. "CAFCO Spray Film" by Isolatek International). 1) Tnemec Series 115 Unibond for WB 2, 3, 4 2) Approved equal 4. Interior Exposure with epoxy, urethane or solvent-based finish coat as specified by the Architect: a. Shop Prime Coat with 3.0 to 5.0 mils dry film thickness. 1) Devoe: Devran 220 Heavy Duty Epoxy Coating. 2) PPG: Amercoat 370. 3) Sherwin Williams: Macropoxy 646. 4) Tnemec: Series 66, Hi-Build Epoxoline, or 161 Polyamide Epoxy. 5) Approved equal 5. Exterior and Corrosive Exposures below grade: a. Coal-Tar Epoxy Paint: 100% solids, high performance modified coal tar to be site applied below grade to all steel in exterior, (e.g., canopy) and corrosive interior (pool) applications. 1) "PA 8003-K", Blue Water Marine 2) "Bitumastic 300M", Carboline 3) "C9578", Rust-Oleum 4) "Simtar-200", Simco Coatings 5) “Series 46H-413”, Tnemec 6) Approved equal 6. Exterior or Corrosive Exposure: a. Two-coat system shall be used for all non-architectural, exposed or non-exposed-to-view steel components, unless noted otherwise, including: 1) Shelf angles and exterior wall lintels including bottom plates. 2) Parapet wall supporting members. 3) Screen wall supporting members. 220025.00 05 10 00 - 8 Structural Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 4) Support steel for exterior mechanical units. 5) Building skin support steel exposed to moisture outside the interior vapor barrier or exterior water proofing surface. 6) Isolated, exterior columns and bases, e.g. canopy support columns, baseplates and anchor bolts, with or without cladding covers. 7) Bolted and welded connections for above referenced framing. Bolts, nuts, and washers shall be galvanized as primer coat. b. Hot dip galvanizing or shop applied cold-spray galvanizing using specified preparation procedures are acceptable alternates to the two-coat system specified below. c. First Coat: Zinc-rich, shop-applied primer with 2.5 to 3.5 mils dry film thickness. 1) Devoe: 302H Catha-Coat Reinforced Inorganic Zinc Primer 2) PPG: Moisture Cure Urethane Zinc-Rich Primer, UC95147/97-674 or Amercoat 370 3) Sherwin Williams: Corothane I Galvapac Zinc Primer 4) Tnemec: 90-97 Theme-Zinc, Zinc-Rich Urethane 5) Approved equal d. Second Coat: Shop or field-applied, with 2.5 to 3.5 mils dry film thickness: 1) Devoe: 378 Devthane Aliphatic Urethane 2) PPG: Pitthane High Build Urethane, 95-8400 Series 3) Sherwin Williams: Acrolon Ultra 4) Tnemec: Series 73. Endura-Shield; Series 1074 or 1075 5) Approved equal 7. Exterior or Corrosive Exposure: a. Three-coat system shall be used for all architectural, exposed-to-view steel components, unless noted otherwise on plans, including: 1) Exposed exterior framing including columns, beams, miscellaneous angles, canopies, etc. 2) All steel in corrosive interior environments including beams, columns, angles, etc. 3) Bolted and welded connections for above referenced framing. Bolts, nuts, and washers shall be galvanized as primer coat. 4) Hot-dip galvanizing, using specified preparation, is an acceptable alternative to the first coat, (and second coat if second coat is not required for adhesion of finish coat). Second and third coats shall be provided after proper surface preparation, including SP7 sweep blast. b. First Coat: Zinc-rich, shop-applied primer with 2.5 to 3.5 mils dry film thickness. 1) Devoe: 302H Catha-Coat Reinforced Inorganic Zinc Primer 2) PPG: Moisture Cure Urethane Zinc-Rich Primer, UC95147/97-674 or Aquapon Zinc Rich Epoxy Primer 97-670 3) Sherwin Williams: Corothane I Galvapac Zinc Primer 4) Tnemec: 90-97 Theme-Zinc, Zinc-Rich Urethane, Series 66 or 161 5) Approved equal c. Intermediate Coat - Shop-applied, 4.0 to 6.0 mils dry film thickness. 1) Devoe: 220 Heavy Duty Epoxy Coating 2) PPG: Amercoat 370 3) Sherwin Williams: Macropoxy 646 4) Tnemec: Series 66, Hi-Build Epoxoline, Epoxy-Polyamide 5) Approved equal d. Top Coat – Shop or field-applied, 3.0 to 5.0 mils dry film thickness. 1) Devoe: 378 Devthane Aliphatic Urethane 2) PPG: Pitthane High Build Urethane, 95-8400 Series 3) Sherwin Williams: Acrolon Ultra 4) Tnemec: Series 73. Endura-Shield; Series 1074 or 1075 5) Approved equal e. Protective Coat: Where finish coat is specified by Architect to be Hi-gloss, and/or where recommended by manufacturer to prevent color fading, provide an additional finish coat with a minimum 2.0 mil dry film thickness. 1) Devoe: 379 Clear, Aliphatic Urethane 2) PPG: Pitthane 35 Gloss Urethane Enamel, 95 Series 3) Sherwin Williams: Diamond Clad 220025.00 05 10 00 - 9 Structural Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 4) Tnemec: Series 76 Acrylic Polyurethane Clear Coat 5) Approved equal f. Top Coat- As a contractor option to an aliphatic urethane top coat plus the protective coat, provide shop or field-applied, 2.0 to 3.0 mils dry film thickness, fluoropolymer polyurethane. Coordinate required gloss and color with Architect. 1) Sherwin Williams: Flurokem HS 2) Tnemec: Series 1070 (gloss), 1071 (semi-gloss) or 1072 (satin) 3) Approved equal 8. Products shall be spray-applied to achieve the specified dry film thickness in one coat. Additional coats may be required using roller applications. 9. Where a conflict exists between this specification section and other Division 09 paint specifications, e.g. 09 90 00, 09 96 00, 09 97 00, the most conservative and costly alternate shall apply for bidding purposes, unless clarified in writing by the Architect/Engineer. F. Hot Dip Galvanizing: 1. Scope: Hot dip galvanize after fabrication all structural steel items and their connections where specified on Drawings and below: a. All embedded plates in concrete exposed to exterior exposure or corrosive environments. 2. Surface Preparation: All steel to be hot dip galvanized shall undergo the following surface preparation as specified by the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC), Volume 2. a. Removal of grease, oil, grime and all foreign contaminants by thorough cleaning with an alkaline or organic solvent followed by thorough rinsing in cold water. b. Scale removal by pickling in diluted sulfuric of hydrochloric acid. Pickling shall be followed by a rinse in warm water and a second rinse in cold water. As an alternative to pickling, the steel may be white metal blast cleaned according to SP5 of the SSPC Specification. c. Dipping in a flux solution of zinc ammonia chloride followed by drying at room temperature. 3. Zinc Coating: The zinc coating for steel shapes and plates shall conform to ASTM A123, "Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. "Minimum galvanizing shall be the greater of 3.9 mils, or the weight of zinc coating per square foot of surface for 1/8 inch and 3/16" thick steels shall average not less than 2.0 oz. with no individual thickness less than 1.8 oz.; for 1/4" thick and heavier steel the coating weight shall average not less than 2.3 oz. with no individual thickness less than 2.0 oz. 4. Where finish top coat is required, prepare galvanized members using SSPC-SP7 cleaning followed by SSPC-SP1 cleaning with M-E-K solvent. 5. Provide vent holes where required and in conformance to the guidelines of ASTM A385. 6. Straighten members such as channels that have been distorted by the galvanizing process. G. Cold Galvanizing: Cold galvanizing compound shall be "ZRC Galvilite Galvanizing Repair Compound" or "ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound" as manufactured by ZRC Worldwide, Marshfield, MA. and applied according to manufacturer's instructions. 1. For shop applied applications: a. Clean to SSPC-SP6 specifications. b. Apply two coats with a dry-film thickness of 2 mils per coat. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION, DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Fabrication: 1. Shall be in strict accordance with Reference Standards and Architect/Engineer approved shop drawings. 2. All workmanship shall be equal to the best practice in modern structural shops. 3. All shop connections shall be welded, unless noted otherwise, or unless approved in writing by Structural Engineer prior to shop drawings. 220025.00 05 10 00 - 10 Structural Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 4. Provide all necessary steel bearing plates for reaction of beams and columns, connections, stiffeners, and gussets. 5. Provide all special bearings fabricated of steel plate, angles, etc. welded to beams or columns as required or shown for support of steel joist, concrete plank and metal deck. 6. Cut, drill or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces as required for connections, attachments and passage of conduit or piping. Do not flame cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Provide holes in members to permit connection of work of other trades. If an opening is not shown on Structural Drawings, obtain prior approval. 7. Camber structural members where indicated. All steel beams shall be fabricated with the natural camber (within the mill tolerance) located above the horizontal centerline between the end connections. Straighten members distorted by shop welding procedures. Fabricate exterior spandrel beams with the natural sweep toward the interior of the building. 8. Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, provide double angle framed beam connections in conformance with AISC with the maximum number of 3/4" dia. bolts in a single line with 3" gauge. Use bent plates for skewed beams. Use 1" diameter bolts for single shear, wing plate or single angle connections. Use 5/16" minimum thickness for angles, 3/8" minimum for plates. 9. Mill compression joint surfaces for full bearing (Example: column to base plate connections). 10. Member and assembly tolerances shall conform to AISC specification and ASTM A6. 11. Exposed structural steel used as an architectural design element or exposed to view shall conform to AISC Specification for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel. As fabricated straightness tolerances shall not exceed one half of the standard AISC and ASTM tolerances. Use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, rust and scale, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding, or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating and application of surface finishes. 12. Provide 1/4" thick end plates for all tubes, unless noted otherwise. B. Shop Painting: 1. Surface Preparation: a. Remove loose rust, loose mill scale, and spatter, slag or flux deposits. Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP-1 and further clean in accordance with one of the following Society for Protective Coatings Specifications (except clean steel that is to receive zinc-rich primer in accordance with SSPC SP-6 "Commercial Blasting"), minimum 2.0 mil angular surface profile. 1) SP-2 "Hand Tool Cleaning" 2) SP-3 "Power Tool Cleaning", and where required for serious corrosion, use SP-11 Cleaning to bare metal. 3) SP-7 "Brush-Off Blast Cleaning". b. Prepare steel with exterior or corrosive exposure (canopies, etc.) in accordance with SSPC-SP6 minimum, or as required by manufacturer, whichever is more restrictive. Use SSPC-SP10 cleaning when inorganic zinc-rich primers are used. Use SSPC-SP3 cleaning where urethane primers are used for fireproofed members. Provide a uniform angular surface profile of 2.0 to 3.0 mils. Grind or flame-cut edges and re-entrant corners to remove flame-hardened material and to provide suitable edge for paint adhesion. 1) Surface shall be primed within 8 hours of cleaning and prior to any surface rusting. c. All structural steel that is not specified to receive a shop coat of primer paint shall be cleaned of oil and grease using solvent cleaners and cleaned of dirt and other foreign material by sweeping with a fiber brush or other suitable means. 2. Apply paint in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and at a rate to provide a uniform dry film thickness as specified. Use painting methods that will result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges and all exposed surfaces. 3. Do not paint surfaces which are to be welded or high-strength bolted with friction-type (slip-critical) connections, or machined surfaces, or surfaces to be fireproofed with spray-on material, except where urethane primers are specified for exterior/ fireproofed applications. All other steel shall be painted. 4. Apply 2 coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. 220025.00 05 10 00 - 11 Structural Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. 5. Removal of Unsatisfactory Paint: a. For AESS, exterior or corrosive paint finishes, if the prime or intermediate coats “mud-crack”, the top coat wrinkles or shows evidence of having been applied under unfavorable conditions or if the workmanship is poor, the Engineer may order it removed and the metal thoroughly cleaned and repainted. Any “blushing” of the top coat shall be corrected by solvent wiping and/or re-coating before final acceptance by the Architect. 6. Thinning: a. No thinner shall be used if the paint can be applied in a neat workmanlike manner without thinning. If the paint is too thick to spray, only the manufacturer’s specified thinner may be added to the paint up to 25% by volume or as otherwise specified by the manufacturer. Thinning shall not relieve the Contractor from applying the specified coating D.F.T. C. Deliver materials to site at such intervals to insure uninterrupted progress of work, including anchor bolts and anchorage devices embedded in concrete or masonry construction. D. Handle all Architecturally Exposed Structural steel with nylon straps or other means of transport which will not damage the member or finish, as acceptable to the Architect. E. Storage of Materials: 1. Structural steel members which are stored at the project site shall be above ground on platforms or skids. 2. Maintain steel members free of dirt and other foreign matter and protect from corrosion. 3. Other materials shall be stored in a dry and weathertight place until ready for use. 4. Packaged materials shall be stored in their original unbroken packages or containers. 3.02 ERECTION A. Surveys: Check elevations of bearing surfaces, and locations of anchor rods and similar devices, before erection work proceeds, and report discrepancies. Do not proceed with erection until corrections have been made, or until compensating adjustments to the structural steel work have been agreed upon with the Architect. 1. Contractor shall employ a Surveyor licensed in the state where the project is to be constructed for accurate erection. B. Erect all structural steel plumb, level and to accurate elevations. Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, follow OSHA Standards and AISC Code of Standard Practice. Do all necessary temporary bracing required. 1. Comply with AISC Specifications for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and the removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Horizontal erection tolerance for edge angles and bent plates at slab edges, openings and roof edges = 1/4" from location shown on drawings (not from as built members). Butt weld edge members to form a continuous member. Angles shall be string line straight and plumb floor to floor. 3. When tolerances are exceeded, e.g. column out of plumb by more than L/500, fabricator shall do all work to correct and reinforce members, at no cost to Owner. 4. For bolted column splices, maximum gap at column bearing splices is 1/16 inch. When exceeded, provide solid filler shims and tack weld in place. 5. Fabricator shall hire a Professional Engineer, registered in the state in which the project is located, for repair details. Submit stamped calculations for review. Repairs shall be performed before any concrete is poured. 6. Comply with the more stringent tolerances as required by the Crane Manufacturers Association and Elevator Manufacturers. C. Take particular care to have all work plumb and leveled before permanent connections are made. 1. Steel shall be surveyed, for placement within tolerances and corrected before deck is placed. Any member placed outside of tolerances shall be reported to the Architect. 2. Fabricator shall provide shims on site for erection corrections. 220025.00 05 10 00 - 12 Structural Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. D. Field connections shall be welded or bolted as conditions require, unless noted otherwise. 1. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by the use of drift pins, except in secondary bracing members. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. E. High strength bolt installation shall follow the Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM F3125 Grade A325 or Grade A490 Bolts. Snug-tight connections may be used in general except where pretensioned or slip-critical joints are specified on the Construction Documents or Shop Drawings. Joint assembly and bolt tightening of connections for pretensioned or slip critical joints require full pretensioning using AISC turn-of-the nut or calibrated wrench methods. Load Indicator Washers or "Twist-off" type bolts may be used at Contractor option. 1. Except for slotted holes, erector shall not tighten any bolts until after the drift pins have been removed from the connection to reduce potential for slip in the connection. For slotted holes, bolts shall be located in the center of the slot. F. Provide washers for the following conditions: 1. For all joints that have sloped surfaces. 2. When oversized holes or slotted holes are used in the outer ply, use thick washers as required by RCSC specification. 3. Where maximum hole diameters are used for anchor-rod holes in base plates, provide minimum washer size and thickness, in compliance with AISC Manual. 4. Under the turned element when using the calibrated wrench pretensioning method. 5. Under the nut when the twist-off-type tension-control bolt pretensioning method is used. 6. When the direct-tension-indicator method is used. 7. Use Load Indicator Washers or "Twist-off" type bolts where drawings or specifications call for high strength friction or "slip-critical" type bolted connections. G. Gas Cutting: Do not use gas-cutting torches in the field for correcting fabrication errors in the structural framing. Cutting shall be permitted only on secondary members that are not under stress, as acceptable to the Architect. Finish gas-cut sections equal to a sheared appearance when permitted. H. Anchor Bolts: Furnish anchor bolts and other connectors required for securing structural steel to foundations and other in-place work. Furnish 1/4" minimum steel templates for presetting bolts and other anchors to accurate locations. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout. Use only steel wedges or shims. I. Furnish and install headed studs in conformance with Specification 05 36 00, approved shop drawings and AWS. J. Furnish and install deformed bar anchors in conformance with construction documents, approved shop drawings and AWS. K. Miscellaneous Framing: Provide supplemental structural steel support framing for metal deck where normal deck bearing is interrupted by column flange plates or other framing members and other openings whether shown or not on either the architectural, mechanical, or structural drawings. 1. Install pour stops and closure strips to form true and straight perimeter and interior edge conditions. Prevent loss of concrete through gaps and openings at columns and changes in deck direction. Provide tight fitting closures at open ends of flutes. Closures shall not reduce concrete volume around shear connectors and shall permit placing of reinforcing bars in the deck flutes. Upon completion of installation of floor or form deck system, work shall be ready to receive concrete as a suitable form without leaking or loss of concrete fines. 2. Perimeter edge conditions shall meet required tolerances to accommodate curtain wall support systems and fittings. L. Use nylon straps or other appropriate means of handling and erecting steel to prevent marring, scraping, bending, twisting, or otherwise distorting architecturally exposed structural steel and/or its coatings. 220025.00 05 10 00 - 13 Structural Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. M. Join steel components exposed in architecturally exposed steel by continuously welding. Chip, fill with metal body putty, and grind joints smooth to eliminate water pocketing and entering the assembly and provide smooth surface of welds. Provide all welded construction except where specifically shown otherwise on drawings. Remove backing bars and run-off tabs from members exposed to view. 3.03 WELDING A. All welding shall be done by skilled, experienced, qualified and State certified operators. B. All work shall be in accordance with AWS D.1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel". C. Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent surface bleeding of backside welding on exposed steel surfaces. Grind smooth fillet welds 1/2 inch (13mm) and larger. Grind flush butt welds. Dress exposed welds. D. On exposed welded construction, remove erection bolts, fill holes with plug welds, and grind smooth at exposed surfaces. E. Headed Studs and Deformed Bar Anchors (DBA’s): 1. Follow manufacturer's specifications and guidelines for surface preparation and installation. Fillet welding is not allowed. 2. Do not weld when temperature is below 0 degrees F or surface is wet. 3. Automatically end-weld headed studs and DBA’s in accordance with AWS D1.1. 4. Surfaces to receive studs shall be free of foreign material such as rust, oil, grease, paint, etc. When mill scale is so thick as to prevent obtaining proper welds, remove by grinding or sandblasting. 5. Remove ceramic ferrules from studs, DBA’s and base material after welding. 3.04 CONSTRUCTION LOADS A. During the construction period, the contractor shall provide means for the adequate distribution of concentrated loads so that the carrying capacity of any member is not exceeded. Concrete on metal deck shall achieve 75 percent of its design strength. 1. Review plans and consult with Architect to determine allowable uniform live loads. 2. Contractor shall hire a Professional Engineer to determine the adequacy of concentrated loads, e.g. construction equipment point or wheel loads. 3.05 FIELD PAINTING A. Field-Applied Touch-Up Painting: 1. For interior steel, not exposed to view in a non-corrosive environment, no field touch-up painting is required. B. For all other steel conditions, field-applied touch up painting is required. 1. Follow manufacturer's requirements for field painting. 2. Apply no paint on surfaces upon which there is frost or moisture. 3. All contaminates such as soil, concrete, weld splatter, grease, or any other deleterious material shall be cleaned from the steel or shop coated surfaces before any painting operations begin. Harsh environments may necessitate re-cleaning during or between paint applications. 4. Provide SP-1 cleaning and mechanically abrade bare or damaged areas in accordance with SSPC-SP11 Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. Clean “lifted” mill scale. 5. All galvanized members and connections, including welds, shall be protected with "Z.R.C. Cold Galvanizing Compound" or "ZRC Galvilite Galvanizing Repair Compound" as manufactured by Z.R.C. Products Company in accordance with ASTM A780. 6. Touch up members, field welds and connections with the same surface preparation, material, mil thickness and number of coatings as specified for shop painting, manufacturer’s requirements and paint specifications, e.g. 09 90 00, 09 96 00, or 09 97 00, where applicable, whichever is more restrictive. Allow adequate curing time 220025.00 05 10 00 - 14 Structural Steel © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. between coatings. 7. All exposed steel shall be treated as “Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel” (AESS), unless noted otherwise. a. For architectural exposed steel, touch-up of minor damage shall be acceptable where result is not visibly different from adjacent surfaces. Where required by Architect, recoat entire surface where touch-up result is visibly different, either in sheen, texture, or color. b. Touch-up paint all structural steel where any scratches, dings, scuff’s, abrasions, etc. are present. c. Remove paint for identification, piece markings and labels and touch-up with paint. Alternatively, piece markings must be labeled in areas that will not be exposed to view. 8. Field-apply coal-tar epoxy to all steel below grade subject to exterior exposure or corrosive environments such as pools including columns, base plates and anchor bolts. C. Field-Applied Finish Coat: Refer to applicable Division 09 paint specifications e.g. 09 90 00, 09 96 00, or 09 97 00. D. Weather Conditions: 1. Unless the paint manufacturer’s application instructions are more restrictive, paint shall not be applied when the temperature of the air or metal is below 50F., when freezing weather is forecast during the drying period, or when the metal is hot enough to cause the paint to blister or produce a porous paint film. Also, paint shall not be applied when the air is misty; in the rain, snow, or fog; when the steel surface temperature is less than 5°F. above the dew point, or when conditions are otherwise unsatisfactory. 2. The Contractor shall provide suitable enclosures to permit painting during unfavorable weather. Provisions shall be made to control atmospheric conditions artificially inside the enclosures within limits suitable for painting during the painting operation and until the paint is dry or until weather conditions permit its exposure in the open. 3. When painting in the field, wind direction and velocity shall be considered. Paint shall not be applied when wind velocity is continuously greater than 10 mph. The Contractor shall utilize all necessary precautions to prevent undue dispersing of materials outside the work area. 4. The Contractor shall provide adequate and safe storage for all paint and equipment. Paint materials shall not be exposed to rain, excessive condensation, or temperatures above 110°F or below 40°F. If the manufacturer’s storage requirements are more restrictive, they shall be followed. 5. Paint damaged by any cause shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Protection of Work: 1. The Contractor shall protect all parts of the structure against disfigurement by splatters, splashes, overspray, and smirches of paint or of paint materials. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage or disfigurement caused by his operations to vehicles, persons, or property, including plants and animals; and he will be required to provide protective measures to prevent such damage. 2. Any surface, disfigured by splatter, overspray, splashes, smirches, etc., shall be thoroughly cleaned and restored to its original condition. 3. Any structure or surface damaged by the Contractor shall be restored to its original condition. 4. The Contractor shall take any necessary precautions to prevent dust and dirt from accumulating on freshly painted surfaces. 3.06 CLEAN UP A. Clean up all debris caused by the Work of this Section, keeping the premises neat and clean at all times. END OF SECTION 220025.00 07 53 23 - 1 Fully Adhered EPDM Roof System ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 07 53 23 FULLY ADHERED EPDM (ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER) ROOF SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish and install a complete EPDM roofing system, including: a. Roofing Manufacturer's requirements for a 30-year warranty. Confirm with the Roofing System Manufacturer all steps required to complete the installation of a 30-year warranted roof. b. Preparation of roofing substrates c. Wood nailers for roofing attachment d. Vapor barrier (optional) e. Insulation f. Adhered EPDM membrane g. Metal roof edging and copings h. Flashings i. Walkway pads j. Other roofing-related items specified or indicated on the drawings or otherwise necessary to provide a complete weatherproof roofing system. 2. This specification includes requirements needed to ensure a 30-year warranty. The Contractor must confirm with the Roofing System Manufacturer all steps required to complete the installation of a 30-year warranted roof system prior to commencement of work. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05 31 00 - Steel Decking: Placement of acoustical insulation for deck flutes. 2. Section 06 09 00 - Rough Carpentry: Wood nailers and curbs. 3. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Counterflashings, reglets. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM C728 - Standard Specification for Perlite Thermal Insulation Board 2017a. 2. ASTM C1177/C1177M - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing 2017. 3. ASTM C1289 - Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board 2022. 4. ASTM D412 - Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers-- Tension 2016 (Reapproved 2021). 5. ASTM D570 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics 1998 (Reapproved 2018). 6. ASTM D624 - Standard Test Method for Tear Strength of Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers 2000 (Reapproved 2020). 7. ASTM D746 - Standard Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact 2020. 8. ASTM D1079 - Standard Terminology Relating to Roofing and Waterproofing. 9. ASTM D2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property--Durometer Hardness 2015 (Reapproved 2021). 220025.00 07 53 23 - 2 Fully Adhered EPDM Roof System ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 10. ASTM D4263 - Standard Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method 1983 (Reapproved 2018). 11. ASTM D4637/D4637M - Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used in Single-Ply Roof Membrane 2015 (Reapproved 2021). 12. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Gravimetric Determination of Water Vapor Transmission Rate of Materials 2021. 13. ASTM F2170 - Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes 2019a. B. Other Standards: 1. FM (AG) - FM Approval Guide current edition. 2. FM DS 1-28 - Wind Design 2016. 3. NRCA (WM) - The NRCA Waterproofing Manual 2021 4. The NRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roof Systems. 5. UL (DIR) - Online Certifications Directory Current Edition. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions in the current editions of ASTM D1079 and NRCA's “The NRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roof Systems” apply to work of this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. This roofing system must be installed by an Authorized Roofing Applicator of the Roofing System Manufacturer in compliance with shop drawings as approved by the Roofing System Manufacturer. B. Upon request, an inspection shall be conducted by a Field Service Representative of the Roofing System Manufacturer to ascertain that the membrane roofing system has been installed according to the Roofing System Manufacturer’s published specifications and details applicable at the time of bid. This inspection is to determine whether a warranty shall be issued. It is not intended as a final inspection for the benefit of the owner. C. For specific code approvals achieved with this system, refer to the Manufacturer’s EPDM Code Approval Guide, DORA (Directory of Roof Assemblies), FM Approvals or UL Fire Resistance Directory for Roofing Materials and Systems. D. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361- 366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals for this specification section must be 100% complete and in one (1) package. 1. Only the actual samples required shall be allowed as a separate submittal. 2. Non- complete submittals will be returned to the contractor without comment and stamped “rejected-resubmit”. 3. Contractors who knowingly want to submit non-complete submittals or break single system submittals into multiple submittals will be responsible to arrange with Architect, prior to submitting the submittal(s), and to compensate Architect for the extra work involved B. Submittal Package: 1. Product Data a. Provide membrane Manufacturer's printed data sufficient to show that all components of roofing system, including insulation and fasteners, comply with the specified requirements and with the membrane Manufacturer's requirements and recommendations for the system type specified; include data for each product used in conjunction with roofing membrane. 220025.00 07 53 23 - 3 Fully Adhered EPDM Roof System ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. b. Where UL or FM requirements are specified, provide documentation that shows that the roofing system to be installed is UL-Classified or FM-approved, as applicable. Include data itemizing the components of the classified or approved system. 2. Installation Instructions a. Provide Manufacturer's instructions to Installer, marked up to show exactly how all components will be installed. b. Where instructions allow installation options, clearly indicate which option will be used. 3. Shop Drawings a. Note: Shop drawings must be submitted to the Roofing System Manufacture by the manufacturer’s Authorized Roofing Applicator along with a completely executed Notice of Award for approval. Approved shop drawings are required for inspection of the roof and on projects where on-site technical assistance is requested. b. Provide roof plan indicating orientation of steel deck (if applicable), and fastener and/or adhesive layouts. c. Provide the roof membrane Manufacturer's standard details customized for this project for all relevant conditions, including flashings, base tie-ins, roof edges, terminations, expansion joints, penetrations, and drains. 4. Provide copy of Pre-Installation Notice to show that Manufacturer's required Pre-Installation Notice (PIN) has been accepted and approved by the Manufacturer. 5. Submit samples of each product to be used. 6. Specimen Warranty C. Closeout Submittals 1. Executed Warranty 2. Maintenance data 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Before start of roofing work, Contractor shall hold a meeting to discuss the proper installation of materials and requirements to achieve the warranty. B. Require attendance with all parties directly influencing the quality of roofing work or affected by the performance of roofing work. C. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including Manufacturer's written instructions. D. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. E. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes, including flatness and fastening. F. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. G. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affects roofing system. H. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. I. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. J. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. K. Notify Architect well in advance of meeting. 220025.00 07 53 23 - 4 Fully Adhered EPDM Roof System ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the job site in the original, unopened containers labeled with the manufacturer's name, brand name, and installation instructions. Deliver in sufficient quantity to permit work to continue without interruption. B. Discard and legally dispose of material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. C. Store materials clear of ground and moisture with weather protective covering. 1. Store curable materials (i.e., uncured flashing, adhesives, sealants, seam tapes, primers and pourable sealer) between 60°F and 80°F. Prolonged exposure of these materials to temperatures greater than 80°F will reduce the shelf life of the materials. When liquid adhesives and sealants are exposed to lower temperatures, restore to a minimum of 60°F before use. Do not store adhesive containers with opened lids due to loss of solvent that will occur from flash off. 2. Store insulation and underlayment so it is kept dry and protected from the elements. Store insulation on a pallet and completely cover with a breathable material such as tarp or canvas. If the insulation is lightweight, it shall be weighted to prevent possible wind damage. D. Keep combustible materials away from ignition sources. E. Handle and store roofing materials, and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck and/or structural overloading. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Provide 30-year Roofing System Limited Warranty covering membrane, roof insulation, and system accessories. Comply with all warranty procedures required by Manufacturer, including notifications, scheduling, and inspections. B. Limit of Liability: No dollar limitation (NDL) C. Scope of Coverage: Repair leaks in the roofing system caused by 1. Ordinary wear and tear 2. Normal exposure to the elements 3. Manufacturing defect in Elevate materials. 4. Defective workmanship used to install these materials. 5. Damage due to winds up to 120 mph (Defined as ultimate wind speed per ASCE 7-10). 6. Not Covered: a. Damage due to winds in excess of 120 mph per code requirements. b. Hail c. Intentional damage d. Unintentional damage due to normal rooftop inspections, maintenance, or service D. Roofing Contractor shall guarantee workmanship for all roofing and flashing (not including sheet metal work) against all defects not caused by acts of God for a period of two (2) years from date of final acceptance. Any defects that might arise during the period of guarantee shall be repaired immediately upon receipt of proper notice at no cost to Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers – Roofing System: 1. Basis of Design: Elevate roofing, lining, and wall systems, Nashville, TN, 26 Century Blvd, Suite 205, Nashville, TN, (800) 428-4442, http://www.holcimelevate.com 2. Carlisle SynTec Systems, 1285 Ritner Hwy, Carlisle, PA 17013, (800) 479-6832, www.carlislesyntec.com 220025.00 07 53 23 - 5 Fully Adhered EPDM Roof System ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. a. Roofing systems manufactured by others may be acceptable provided the roofing system is completely equivalent in materials and warranty conditions and the Manufacturer meets the following qualifications: 1) Specializing in manufacturing the roofing system to be provided 2) Minimum ten years of experience manufacturing the roofing system to be provided. 3) Able to provide a no dollar limit, single source roof system warranty for 30-years. 4) ISO 9001 certified 5) Able to provide polyisocyanurate insulation produced in own facilities. B. Manufacturer of Insulation and Cover Board: Same Manufacturer as roof membrane C. Manufacturer of Metal Roof Edging: Same Manufacturer as roof membrane 1. Metal roof edging products by other Manufacturers are not acceptable. 2. Field- or shop-fabricated metal roof edgings are not acceptable. D. Substitution Procedures: See Instructions to Bidders 1. Submit evidence that the proposed substitution complies with the specified requirements. 2.2 ROOFING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Roofing System 1. Membrane: Ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) a. Thickness: As specified elsewhere b. Membrane Attachment: Adhered 2. Slope: ¼:12 (2%) by means of tapered insulation. 3. Comply with applicable local building code requirements. 4. Provide assembly having Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Class A Fire Hazard Classification 5. Provide assembly complying with Factory Mutual Corporation (FM) Roof Assembly Classification, FM Data Sheets 1-28 and 1-29, and meeting minimum requirements of FM 90 wind uplift rating. B. Vapor Barrier over deck/deck cover: 1. Membrane: High density polyethylene sheet with SBS modified bitumen adhesive 2. Attachment: Self-adhering C. Insulation (non-composite): 1. Total System R-Value: 38 or greater a. Maximum Board Thickness: 3″ (76.2 mm) b. Use as many layers as necessary to achieve required R-value c. Stagger joints in adjacent layers 2. Base Layer: Polyisocyanurate foam board, non-composite a. Attachment: Mechanical fastening. 3. Fill Layers: Polyisocyanurate foam board, non-composite (optional) a. Attachment: Mechanical fastening 4. Top Layer: Polyisocyanurate foam board, non-composite a. Attachment: Mechanical fastening 5. Gypsum-Based Cover Board a. Thickness 0.625″ D. EPDM Membrane Materials: 1. Roofing and Flashing Membrane: Black cured synthetic single-ply membrane composed of ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) with the following properties: a. Thickness: 0.090" (2.29 mm) b. Reinforcement: Non-reinforced c. Nominal Thickness Tolerance: ±10% d. Sheet Width: Use widest sheet practical for jobsite conditions to minimize field seams e. Acceptable Products: 1) RubberGard™ Platinum EPDM Membrane by Elevate. 2) Sure-Seal EPDM Adhered Roofing System by Carlisle. 220025.00 07 53 23 - 6 Fully Adhered EPDM Roof System ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 2. Membrane Fasteners: Type and size as required by roof membrane Manufacturer for roofing system and warranty to be provided; use only fasteners furnished by roof membrane Manufacturer. 3. Flashing Membrane: Self-curing, non-reinforced membrane composed of non-vulcanized EPDM rubber, complying with ASTM D 4811 Type II, and with the following properties: a. Thickness: 0.055″ (1.4 mm) b. Color: Same as field membrane 4. Self-Adhering Flashing Membrane: a. Semi-cured 45 mil EPDM membrane laminated to 35 mil (0.9 mm) EPDM tape adhesive. 5. Self-Adhering Accessories: a. EPDM accessories and tapes for a variety of flashing uses including corners, pipes, and patches. 6. Self-Adhering Batten Cover: a. Semi-cured 45 mil EPDM membrane laminated to 35 mil (0.9 mm) EPDM tape adhesive. 7. Self-Adhesive Lap Splice Tape: a. 35 mil (0.9 mm) EPDM-based, formulated for compatibility with EPDM membrane and high-solids primer. 8. Splice Adhesive: a. Synthetic polymer-based, formulated for compatibility with EPDM membrane and metal surfaces. 9. Bonding Adhesive: a. Formulated for compatibility with EPDM membrane and wide variety of substrate materials. 10. Adhesive Primer: a. Synthetic rubber-based primer formulated for compatibility with EPDM membrane and tape adhesive, with VOC content less than 2.1 lb./gal (250 g/L) 11. Seam Edge Treatment: a. EPDM rubber-based sealant, formulated for sealing exposed edges of membrane at seams. 12. Pourable Sealer: a. One-part polyurethane 13. Water Block Seal: a. Butyl rubber sealant for use between two surfaces, not exposed. 14. Metal Plates and Strips used for Fastening Membrane and Insulation: a. Steel with Galvalume coating; corrosion-resistance meeting FM 4470 criteria 15. Termination Bars: a. Aluminum bars with integral caulk ledge; 1.3″ (33 mm) wide by 0.10″ (2.5 mm) thick. 16. Roof Walkway Pads: a. EPDM, 0.30″ (7.6 mm) thick by 30″ x 30″ (760 mm x 760 mm) with EPDM tape adhesive strips laminated to the bottom. 17. Yellow Safety Strip: a. A 5.5″ (140 mm) by 100′ long (30 m) strip and nominal 30 mil (0.76 mm) thick yellow TPO membrane laminated to a white, cured, seam tape, compatible with TPO and EPDM E. Roof Insulation and Cover Boards 1. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: Closed cell polyisocyanurate foam with glass reinforced mat laminated to facers, complying with ASTM C 1289 Type II Class 1, with the following additional characteristics: a. Thickness: As indicated elsewhere b. Size: 48″ (1.22 m) by 96″ (2.44 m), nominal (if mechanically fastened) or 48″ (1.22 m) by 48″ (1.22 m), nominal (if adhered) c. R-Value (LTTR) per inch (25 mm): min. 6.2R at 40 °F (4.4 °C) and min. 5.7R at 75 °F (23.9 °C) d. Compressive Strength: 20 psi (138 kPa) e. Ozone Depletion Potential: Zero; made without CFC or HCFC blowing agents. f. Acceptable Product: 2. Gypsum-Based Cover Board: Non-combustible, water-resistant gypsum core with embedded glass mat facers, complying with ASTM C 1177/C 1177M, and with the following additional characteristics: a. Size: 48″ (1.22 m) by 96″ (2.44 m), nominal (if mechanically fastened) or 48″ (1.22 m) by 48″ (1.22 m), nominal (if adhered) b. Thickness: 0.5″ (12.7 mm) 220025.00 07 53 23 - 7 Fully Adhered EPDM Roof System ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. c. Surface Water Absorption: 2.5 g max., when tested in accordance with ASTM C 473 d. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread of 0, smoke developed of 0, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 e. Combustibility: Non-combustible, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 136 f. Factory Mutual approved for use with FM 1-60 and 1-90 rated roofing assemblies g. Mold Growth Resistance: Zero growth, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3273 for minimum of 4 weeks. 3. Insulation Fasteners: Type and size as required by roof membrane Manufacturer for roofing system and warranty to be provided; use only fasteners furnished by roof membrane Manufacturer. F. Vapor Barrier 1. Vapor Barrier Membrane: Comprised of SBS modified bitumen adhesive, factory-laminated to a tri-laminate woven, high-density polyethylene top surface. Release liner protecting adhesive. May be used as a temporary roof membrane for up to ninety (90) days. a. Thickness: 0.0325" (0.826 mm) minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 5147 b. Max Load at Break at 73 °F (23 °C): 64 lbf/in, MD (11 kN/m) 88 lbf/in, XMD (15 kN/m) when tested in accordance with ASTM D 5147 c. Low Temperature Flexibility: -30 °F (-34 °C) when tested in accordance with ASTM D 5147 d. Moisture Vapor Permeance, 0.02 Perms (0.92 Ng/Pa•s•m2) maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96 e. Air Permeability: 0.00114 ft3/min•ft2 (0.007 L/sec•m2) maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2178 G. Metal Accessories: 1. Metal Roof Edging and Fascia: Continuous metal edge member serving as termination of roof membrane and retainer for metal fascia; watertight with no exposed fasteners; mounted to roof edge nailer. a. Wind Performance: 1) Membrane Pull-Off Resistance: 100 lbs./ft (1460 N/m), minimum, when tested in accordance with ANSI/SPRI ES-1 Test Method RE-1, current edition. 2) Fascia Pull-Off Resistance: At least the minimum required when tested in accordance with ANSI/SPRI ES-1 Test Method RE-2, current edition. 3) Provide product listed in current Factory Mutual Research Corporation Approval Guide with at least FM 1-270 rating. b. Description: Two-piece, 45° sloped galvanized steel sheet edge member securing top and bottom edges of formed metal fascia c. Fascia Face Height: 5″ (127 mm) d. Edge Member Height Above Nailer: 1 ¼″ (31 mm) e. Fascia Material and Finish: 24-gage, 0.024″ (0.06 mm) galvanized steel with Kynar 500 finish in Manufacturer's standard color; matching concealed joint splice plates; factory- installed protective plastic film f. Length: minimum of 120″ (3.048 m) g. Functional Characteristics: Fascia retainer supports while allowing for free thermal cycling of fascia. 2. Aluminum Bar: Continuous 6063-T6 alloy aluminum extrusion with pre-punched slotted holes; miters welded; injection molded EPDM splices to allow thermal expansion. 3. Anchor Bar Cleat: 20-gage, 0.036″ (0.9 mm) G90 coated commercial type galvanized steel with pre-punched holes. 4. Curved Applications: Factory modified. 5. Fasteners: Factory-provided corrosion resistant fasteners, with drivers; no exposed fasteners permitted. 6. Special Shaped Components: Provide factory-fabricated pieces necessary for complete installation, including miters, scuppers, and end caps; minimum 14″ (355 mm) long legs on corner pieces. 7. Scuppers: Welded watertight. 8. Accessories: Provide matching brick wall cap, downspout, extenders, and other special fabrications as shown on the drawings. 220025.00 07 53 23 - 8 Fully Adhered EPDM Roof System ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 9. Parapet Copings: Formed metal coping with galvanized steel anchor/support cleats for capping any parapet wall; watertight, maintenance free, without exposed fasteners; butt type joints with concealed splice plates; mechanically fastened as indicated. a. Wind Performance: 1) At least the minimum required when tested in accordance with ANSI/SPRI ES-1 Test Method RE-3, current edition. 2) Provide product listed in current Factory Mutual Research Corporation Approval Guide with at least FM 1-90 rating. b. Description: Coping sections allowed to expand and contract freely while locked in place on anchor cleats by mechanical pressure from hardened stainless steel springs factory attached to anchor cleats; 8″ (200 mm) wide splice plates with factory applied dual non- Curing sealant strips capable of providing watertight seal. c. Material and Finish: 24-gage, 0.024″ (0.06 mm) thick galvanized steel with Kynar 500 finish in Manufacturer's standard color; matching concealed joint splice plates; factory- installed protective plastic film. d. Dimensions: 1) Wall Width: As indicated on the drawings. 2) Piece Length: Minimum 144″ (3.65 m). e. Curved Application: Factory fabricated in true radius. f. Anchor/Support Cleats: 20-gage, 0.036″ (0.9 mm) thick pre-punched galvanized cleat with 12″ (305 mm) wide stainless-steel spring mechanically locked to cleat at 72″ (1.82 m) on center. g. Special Shaped Components: Provide factory-fabricated pieces necessary for complete installation, including miters, corners, intersections, curves, pier caps, and end caps; minimum 14″ (355 mm) long legs on corner, intersection, and end pieces. h. Fasteners: Factory-furnished; electrolytically compatible; minimum pull out resistance of 240 lbs. (109 kg) for actual substrate used; no exposed fasteners. H. Accessory Materials 1. Wood Nailers: PS 20-dimension lumber, Structural Grade No. 2 or better Southern Pine, Douglas Fir; or PS 1, APA Exterior Grade plywood; pressure preservative treated. a. Width: 3 ½″ inches (90 mm), nominal minimum, or as wide as the nailing flange of the roof accessory to be attached to it b. Thickness: Same as thickness of roof insulation PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install roofing, insulation, flashings, and accessories in accordance with roofing Manufacturer's published instructions and recommendations for the specified roofing system. Where Manufacturer provides no instructions or recommendations, follow good roofing practices and industry standards. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations. B. Obtain all relevant instructions and maintain copies at project site for duration of installation period. C. Do not start work until Pre-Installation Notice has been approved by Manufacturer as confirmation that this project qualifies for a Manufacturer's warranty. D. Perform work using competent and properly equipped personnel. E. Temporary closures, which ensure that moisture does not damage any completed section of the new roofing system, are the responsibility of the Applicator. Completion of flashings, terminations, and temporary closures shall be completed as required to provide a watertight condition. 220025.00 07 53 23 - 9 Fully Adhered EPDM Roof System ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. F. Install roofing membrane only when surfaces are clean, dry, smooth, and free of snow or ice; do not apply roofing membrane during inclement weather or when ambient conditions will not allow proper application; consult Manufacturer for recommended procedures during cold weather. Do not work with sealants and adhesives when material temperature is outside the range of 60 to 80 °F (15 to 25 °C). G. Protect adjacent construction, property, vehicles, and persons from damage related to roofing work; repair or restore damage caused by roofing work. H. Protect from spills and overspray from bitumen, adhesives, sealants, and coatings. I. Particularly protect metal, glass, plastic, and painted surfaces from bitumen, adhesives, and sealants within the range of wind-borne overspray. J. Protect finished areas of the roofing system from roofing related work traffic and traffic by other trades. K. Until ready for use, keep materials in their original containers as labeled by the Manufacturer. L. Consult membrane Manufacturer's instructions, container labels, and Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for specific safety instructions. Keep all adhesives, sealants, primers, and cleaning materials away from all sources of ignition. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine roof deck to determine that it is sufficiently rigid to support installers and their mechanical equipment, and that deflection will not strain or rupture roof components or deform deck. B. Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work. Correct defects in the substrate before commencing with roofing work. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place, curbs are set and braced, and roof-drain bodies are securely clamped in place. C. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. D. Examine roof substrate to verify that it is properly sloped to drains. E. Verify that the specifications and drawing details are workable and not in conflict with the roofing Manufacturer's recommendations and instructions; start of work constitutes acceptance of project conditions and requirements. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Prior to proceeding, prepare roof surface so that it is clean, dry, and smooth, and free of sharp edges, fins, roughened surfaces, loose or foreign materials, oil, grease, and other materials that may damage the membrane. B. Fill all surface voids in the immediate substrate that are greater than 1/4″ (6 mm) wide with fill material acceptable to membrane Manufacturer. C. Seal, grout, or tape deck joints, where needed, to prevent seepage into building. 3.4 VAPOR BARRIER INSTALLATION A. All substrates (except metal decks) must be primed prior to application. Use only primer supplied by membrane Manufacturer. 220025.00 07 53 23 - 10 Fully Adhered EPDM Roof System ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. B. Expanded Polystyrene, Extruded Polystyrene, Common Polyisocyanurate, Fiberglass, Wood Fiber, Perlite, and existing single-ply roofs are not acceptable substrates for SBS bitumen adhesive. C. Application can be made at ambient temperatures as low as 25 °F (-4 °C) as long as membrane has been stored in a heated area so that it will be between 50 °F (10 °C) and 100 °F (38 °C) at the time of application. D. Install with minimum 3" (76.2 mm) side laps and 6" (152.4 mm) end laps. E. Roll in with a 75 lb. (34 kg) roller to fully mate each roll to substrate, including all lap areas. 3.5 INSULATION AND COVER BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install insulation in configuration and with attachment method(s) specified in PART 2, under Insulation. B. Install only as much insulation as can be covered with the completed roofing system before the end of the day's work or before the onset of inclement weather. C. Lay roof insulation in courses parallel to roof edges. D. Neatly and tightly fit insulation to all penetrations, projections, and nailers, with gaps not greater than ¼″ (6 mm). Fill gaps greater than ¼″ (6 mm) with acceptable insulation. Do not leave the roofing membrane unsupported over a space greater than ¼″ (6 mm). E. Mechanical Fastening: Using specified fasteners and insulation plates engage fasteners through insulation into deck to depth and in pattern required by Factory Mutual for specified FM Class and membrane Manufacturer, whichever is more stringent (if applicable). F. Do not lay more insulation than can be covered by elastomeric membrane roofing in same day. Install water cut offs at end of each days work over exposed edges of insulation, using membrane. Keep insulation dry at all times. 3.6 SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. The following are general guidelines for installation of fully adhered EPDM roofing system. Following membrane manufacturer's instructions if different from those specified herein. B. Application: 1. Beginning at low point of roof, place membrane without stretching over substrate and allow to relax at least 30 minutes before attachment or splicing; in colder weather allow for longer relax time. 2. Lay out the membrane pieces so that field and flashing splices are installed to shed water. 3. Install membrane without wrinkles and without gaps or fishmouths in seams, and bond and test seams and laps in accordance with membrane Manufacturer's instructions and details to meet Platinum™ warranty requirements. 4. Bond membrane sheet to substrate using membrane Manufacturer's recommended bonding material, application rate, and procedures. 5. Edge Securement: Secure membrane at all locations where membrane terminates or goes through an angle change greater than 1:12 inches (8.3%) using mechanically fastened reinforced perimeter fastening strips, plates, or metal edging as indicated or as recommended by roofing Manufacturer. Exceptions: Round pipe penetrations less than 18″ (460 mm) in diameter and square penetrations less than 4″ (200 mm) square. 6. Metal edging is not merely decorative; ensure anchorage of membrane as intended by roofing Manufacturer and compliant with code requirements. 220025.00 07 53 23 - 11 Fully Adhered EPDM Roof System ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3.7 FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Install flashings, including laps, splices, joints, bonding, adhesion, and attachment, as required by membrane Manufacturer's recommendations and details to meet Platinum™ warranty requirements. B. Metal Accessories: Install metal edgings, gravel stops, and copings in locations indicated on the drawings, with horizontal leg of edge member over membrane and flashing over metal onto membrane. 1. Follow roofing Manufacturer's instructions. 2. Remove protective plastic surface film immediately before installation. 3. Install water block sealant under the membrane anchorage leg. 4. Flash with Manufacturer's recommended flashing sheet unless otherwise indicated. 5. Where single application of flashing will not completely cover the metal flange, install additional piece of flashing to cover the metal edge. 6. If the roof edge includes a gravel stop and sealant is not applied between the laps in the metal edging, install an additional piece of self-adhesive flashing membrane over the metal lap to the top of the gravel stop; apply seam edge treatment at the intersections of the two flashing sections. 7. When the roof slope is greater than 1:12 (8.3%), apply seam edge treatment along the back edge of the flashing. C. Scuppers: Set in sealant and secure to structure; flash as recommended by Manufacturer. D. Roofing Expansion Joints: Install as shown on drawings and as recommended by roofing Manufacturer. E. Flashing at Walls, Curbs, and Other Vertical and Sloped Surfaces: 1. Install weathertight flashing at all walls, curbs, parapets, skylights, and other vertical and sloped surfaces that the roofing membrane abuts to; extend flashing at least 8″ (200 mm) above membrane surface. 2. Use the longest practical flashing pieces. 3. Evaluate the substrate and overlay and adjust installation procedure in accordance with membrane Manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Complete the splice between flashing and the main roof sheet with specified splice adhesive before adhering flashing to the vertical surface. 5. Provide termination directly to the vertical substrate as shown on roof drawings. F. Roof Drains: 1. Taper insulation around drain to provide smooth transition from roof surface to drain. Use specified pre-manufactured tapered insulation with facer or suitable bonding surface to achieve slope; slope not to exceed Manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Position membrane, then cut a hole for roof drain to allow ½″ to ¾″ (12 to 19 mm) of membrane to extend inside clamping ring past drain bolts. 3. Make round holes in membrane to align with clamping bolts; do not cut membrane back to bolt holes. 4. Apply sealant on top of drain bowl where clamping ring seats below the membrane 5. Install roof drain clamping ring and clamping bolts; tighten clamping bolts to achieve constant compression. G. Flashing at Penetrations: Flash all penetrations passing through the membrane; make flashing seals directly to the penetration. H. Pipes, Round Supports, and Similar Items: Flash with specified pre-molded pipe flashings wherever practical; otherwise use specified self-curing elastomeric flashing. I. Pipe Clusters and Unusual Shaped Penetrations: Provide penetration pocket at least 2″ (50 mm) deep, with at least 1″ (25 mm) clearance from penetration, sloped to shed water J. Structural Steel Tubing: If corner radii are greater than ¼″ (6 mm) and longest side of tube does not exceed 12″ (305 mm), flash as for pipes; otherwise, provide a standard curb with flashing. K. Flexible and Moving Penetrations: Provide weathertight gooseneck set in sealant and secured to deck, flashed as recommended by Manufacturer. 220025.00 07 53 23 - 12 Fully Adhered EPDM Roof System ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3.8 WALKWAY INSTALLATION A. Install walkways at access points to the roof, around rooftop equipment that may require maintenance, and where indicated on the drawings. 1. Use specified walkway pads unless otherwise indicated. 2. Walkway Pads: Adhere to the roofing membrane, spacing each pad at minimum of 1″ (25 mm) and maximum of 3″ (75 mm) from each other to allow for drainage. 3. If installation of walkway pads over field fabricated splices or within 6″ (150 mm) of a splice edge cannot be avoided, adhere another layer of flashing over the splice and extending beyond the walkway pad a minimum of 6″ (150 mm) on either side. 4. Prime the membrane, remove the release paper on the pad, press in place, and walk on pad to ensure proper adhesion. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection by Manufacturer: Provide final inspection of the roofing system by a Technical Representative employed by roofing system Manufacturer specifically to inspect installation for warranty purposes (e.g., not a sales representative). B. Perform all corrections necessary for issuance of warranty. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean all contaminants generated by roofing work from building and surrounding areas, including bitumen, adhesives, sealants, and coatings. B. Repair or replace building components and finished surfaces damaged or defaced due to the work of this section; comply with recommendations of Manufacturers of components and surfaces. C. Remove leftover materials, trash, debris, equipment from project site and surrounding areas. 3.11 PROTECTION A. Where construction traffic must continue over finished roof membrane, provide durable protection, and replace or repair damaged roofing to original condition. END OF SECTION 220025.00 08 11 13 - 1 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.2 A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.3 SUMMARY A. Work Included: Provide and install hollow metal doors and frames in accordance with. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 08 70 00 - Finish Hardware. 2. Section 08 80 00 - Glass and Glazing. 3. Section 09 91 13 - Exterior Painting 4. Section 09 91 23 - Interior Painting 1.4 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM A366 - Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure and High- Temperature Parts. 2. ASTM A526 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Commercial Quality. 3. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 4. ASTM A924/A924M-22a - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic- Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 5. ASTM A1008 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability. 6. ASTM A1011 - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength. 7. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements. 8. ASTM E283 - Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimens. 9. ASTM E 413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation. 10. ASTM E1332 - Standard Classification for Determination of Outdoor-Indoor Transmission Class. B. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA): 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.15 - Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Frames. C. Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (HMMA): 1. ANSI/NAMM/HMMA 867-06 - Guide Specifications for Commercial Laminated Core Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. 220025.00 08 11 13 - 2 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. ANSI/NFPA 80 – Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows. 2. ANSI/NFPA 105 – Standard for the Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. 3. ANSI/NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies E. Steel Door Institute (SDI): 1. ANSI/SDI 111 - Recommended Standard Details for Steel Doors and Frames. 2. ANSI/SDI 122 - Installation and Troubleshooting Guide for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 3. ANSI/SDI A250.4 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors, Frames, Frames Anchors and Hardware Reinforcing. 4. ANSI/SDI A250.6 - Recommended Practice for Hardware Reinforcing on Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 5. ANSI/SDI A250.8 - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 6. ANSI/SDI A250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames. 7. ANSI/SDI A250.11 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. F. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): 1. UL 10B - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 2. UL 10C - Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 3. UL 1784 - Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies G. Warnock Hersey (WH) - Certification Listings; Warnock Hersey International Inc. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain hollow metal doors and frames through one source from a single manufacturer wherever possible. B. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8, latest edition, "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames". C. Fire Rated Doors and Frames: Ratings as indicated on Door Schedule, when tested in accordance with NFPA 252, UL 10B or UL 10C. Labeled by UL, WH, or other agency acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction. D. Side-hinged or pivoted swinging fire rated doors shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 252 or UL 10C. After 5 minutes into the NFPA 252 test, the neutral pressure level in the furnace shall be established at 40 inches or less above the sill. E. Rated hollow metal doors shall have factory installed silicone perimeter seal and a bottom seal to prevent the positive air pressure from blowing smoke through the cracks. F. Smoke and draft control door assemblies shall be tested in accordance with UL 1784. The air leakage rate of the door assembly shall not exceed 3.0 cubic feet per minute per square foot of door opening at 0.10 inch of water for both the ambient temperature test and the elevated temperature (400 °F) exposure test. 1. This is only applicable when the doors are installed, as specified in the 2012 IBC, in the following applications: a. Smoke partitions (Section 710.5.2.2) b. Enclosed elevator lobbies (Section 713.14.1, Exception 3) c. Corridors and smoke barriers (Section 716.5.3.1) d. Fire service access elevator lobbies (Section 3007.7.3) Occupant evacuation elevator lobbies (Section 3008.7.3) e. Smoke and draft control doors that comply with UL 1784 shall include the letter "S" on the fire rating label of the door. f. This marking is intended to indicate that the door and frame assemblies are in compliance when listed or labeled gasketing is also installed. 220025.00 08 11 13 - 3 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. G. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361-366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals for this specification section must be 100% complete and in one (1) package. 1. Only the actual samples required shall be allowed as a separate submittal. 2. Non- complete submittals will be returned to the contractor without comment and stamped “rejected-resubmit”. 3. Contractors who knowingly want to submit non-complete submittals or break single system submittals into multiple submittals will be responsible to arrange with Architect, prior to submitting the submittal(s), and to compensate Architect for the extra work involved B. Submittal Package: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, hardware reinforcements, profiles, anchors, fire-resistance rating, and finishes. 3. Shop Drawings: a. Shop drawings in accordance with General Conditions and General Project Requirements. b. Show all openings in the door schedule and/or the Drawings. c. Provide details of door design, door construction details and methods of assembling sections, hardware locations, anchorage and fastening methods, door frame types and details, anchor types and spacing, and finish requirements. d. Provide door, frame, and hardware schedule in accordance with ANSI/SDI 111 C. Templates: 1. Door hardware supplier is to furnish templates, template reference number and/or physical hardware to the steel door and frame supplier in order to prepare the doors and frames to receive the finish hardware items. 2. Furnish to wood door manufacturer copy of approved shop drawings and templates giving accurate location of butt slots, locks and door bolts. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Pre-installation Conference 1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Inspect and discuss preparatory work performed by other trades. 3. Inspect and discuss electrical roughing-in for electrified door hardware. 4. Review sequence of operation for each type of electrified door hardware. 5. Review required testing, inspecting, and certifying procedures. 6. Review questions or concerns related to proper installation and adjustment of door hardware. B. Electrified Hardware Coordination Conference: 1. Prior to ordering electrified hardware, schedule and hold meeting to coordinate door hardware with security, electrical, doors and frames, and other related suppliers. 1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Products shall be marked with Architect's opening number on all doors, frames, misc. parts and cartons. B. Deliver hollow metal work palletized, wrapped, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project site storage. Do not use non-vented plastic. C. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. 220025.00 08 11 13 - 4 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. D. Upon delivery, inspect all materials for damage; notify shipper and supplier if damage is found. E. Protect products from moisture, construction traffic, and damage. 1. Store vertically under cover in a manner that will prevent rust or damage. 2. Do not use non-vented plastic or canvas shelters. 3. Should wrappers become wet, remove immediately. 4. Provide 1/4-inch space between doors to promote air circulation. Door and frames to be stacked in a vertical upright position. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurements before fabrication. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for hollow metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation 1.11 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. B. Warranty includes installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Products shall be manufactured by a member of the Steel Door Institute. 1. Steel Door Institute Members are as follows: a. Amweld Building Products, a Division of Black Mountain Doors. b. Ceco Door Products; an Assa Abloy Group company. c. Curries Company; an Assa Abloy Group company. d. Republic Doors and Frames. e. Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand company. f. Other manufacturers as approved by the Architect. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Doors, frames, frame anchors, and hardware reinforcing shall be provided to meet the requirements of the performance levels specified. B. The material used in manufacturing these products and components shall comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8. Hardware reinforcing on doors and frames shall comply with ANSI/SDI A250.6. The physical performance levels shall be in accordance with ANSI/SDI A250.4. C. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications. 220025.00 08 11 13 - 5 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. D. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 (Z180) or A60 (ZF180) metallic coating. E. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 (Z180) or A60 (ZF180) metallic coating. 2.3 HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. General: 1. Seamless construction with no visible seams or joints on door faces or vertical edges. Minimum door thickness 1-3/4". Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Vertical Edge Seams: Provide doors with continuous vertical mechanical inter-locking joints at lock and hinge edges with visible edge seams, or a one-piece full height 14-gauge channel. Apply a continuous bead of structural epoxy in the internal vertical connection. 3. Doors to be strong, rigid and neat in appearance, free from warpage or buckle, with corner bends true and straight and of minimum radius for the gauge of metal used. 4. Close top and bottom edges of doors with a continuous recessed steel channel not less than 14 gauge, extending the full width of the door and spot welded to both faces. 5. Provide edge profiles on both vertical edges of doors as follows: Single Acting Swing Doors - Beveled 1/8" in 2" (3 mm in 50 mm). B. Exterior Doors: 1. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level: Face sheets not less than 16 gauge. 2. Face sheets fabricated of commercial quality hot-dipped zinc coated steel that complies with ASTM A 653/A 653M, Coating Designation A60. 3. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard vertical steel-stiffener core. a. Polystyrene and Polyurethane (Insulated) Doors: Where indicated, provide doors fabricated as thermal-rated assemblies with a minimum R-value 11 or better. b. Standard Vertical Steel-Stiffener Core: Minimum 22 gage steel-stiffeners at 6 inches on-center construction attached by spot welds spaced not more than 5" on centers. Spaces between stiffeners filled with fiberglass insulation (minimum density 0.8#/cubic ft.). c. Fire Door Core: As required to provide fire-protection and temperature-rise ratings indicated. 4. Level/Model: Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Minimum 16 gage (0.053-inch - 1.3-mm) thick steel, Model 2 (Fully welded, seamless face and edges). C. Interior Doors: 1. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level: Face sheets not less than 18 gauge. 2. Face sheets fabricated of commercial quality cold rolled steel that complies with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or hot rolled, pickled and oiled steel conforming to ASTM A 569 and free of scale, pitting or surface defects. 3. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard kraft-paper honeycomb, or one-piece polystyrene core, securely bonded to both faces. a. Fire Door Core: As required to provide fire-protection and temperature-rise ratings indicated. 4. Level/Model: Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty), Minimum 18 gage (0.042-inch - 1.0-mm) thick steel, Model 2 (Fully welded, seamless face and edges). D. Fire-rated Doors and Frames: 1. Provide labeled doors and frames for those openings requiring fire protection ratings. Construct such doors and frames as tested and approved by Underwriter's Laboratories or other nationally recognized testing agency having a factory inspection service. 2. Provide doors with minimal clearances as per the Life Safety Code. 3. Rated hollow metal doors shall have factory installed silicone perimeter seal and a bottom seal to prevent the positive air pressure from blowing smoke through the cracks. 4. Fire doors (3 Hr.) require a metal threshold below doors having carpet adjacent. 5. Doors that are not code compliant will be rejected by Architect. 220025.00 08 11 13 - 6 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 6. If any door or frame specified by the Architect to be fire-rated cannot qualify for appropriate labeling because of its design, size, hardware or any other reason, advise Architect prior to submitting bid. 2.4 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. General: 1. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile. B. Thermal Break Frames: Subject to the same compliance standards and requirements as standard hollow metal frames. Tested for thermal performance in accordance with NFRC 102, and resistance to air infiltration in accordance with NFRC 400. Where indicated provide thermally broken frame profiles available for use in both masonry and drywall construction. Fabricate with 1/16” positive thermal break and integral weatherstripping. C. Exterior Frames: 1. Commercial grade, fabricated of hot-dipped zinc coated steel that complies with ASTM A 653/A 653M, Coating Designation A60. Minimum 14-gauge. Note: Exterior Metal Frames shall be galvanized. D. Interior Frames: 1. Commercial grade cold-rolled steel conforming to ASTM A1008 or ASTM A1011, when required. 2. Metal thickness to be not less than 16 gauge for frames in openings 4'-0" or less in width and not less than 14-gauge for frames in openings over 4'-0" in width. E. Design and Construction: 1. All frames shall be full profile welded units with integral trim of the sizes and shapes shown on shop drawings. Face-welded and Knocked-down frames are not permitted. 2. All finished work shall be strong and rigid, neat in appearance, square, true and free of defects, warp or buckle. Molded Members shall be clean cut, straight and of uniform profile throughout their lengths. 3. Jamb depths, trim, profile and backbends as scheduled by the Architect and shown on approved shop drawings. 4. Close tight all contact edges at corner joints, with trim faces mitered and continuously welded and stops mitered. The use of gussets is not permitted. 5. Minimum depth of stops: 5/8". 6. When shipping limitations so dictate, fabricate frames for large openings in sections designated for splicing in the field. 7. Frames for multiple or special openings shall have mullion and/or rail members which are closed tubular shapes having no visible seams or joints. Securely weld all joints. Finish smooth. 8. Frames for installation in masonry wall openings more than 4'-0" in width shall have an angle or channel stiffener of not less than 12-gauge steel factory weld into frame head. Do not use as lintels as load bearing members. 9. Provide all frames with a steel spreader temporarily attached to the feet of both jambs to serve as a brace during shipping and handling. The steel spreader is not to be used for installation purposes. 10. Provide three (3) Ives, "SR64" pneumatic rubber silencers, or equal, installed in strike jamb of single doors and head of pairs of doors. 11. Loose Glazing Beads: Cold rolled steel, minimum 20 gauge, butted at the corners and secured to the frame with self-tapping corrosion resistant sheet metal screws. 12. Provide electrical conduit in frames for all electric and magnetic locks, keeper switches and door position indicator switches. a. Raceways: Rigid metal conduit and intermediate metal conduit (IMC) shall be steel, galvanized inside and outside. Minimum 3/4" trade size conduit shall be used. Minimum 1/2" trade size conduit may be used incorporating wiring for one device. b. Raceway Fittings: Fittings for steel conduit shall be galvanized or other corrosion resistant material. Fittings for rigid conduit and IMC shall be galvanized steel threaded couplings. Locknuts and bushings shall be steel or malleable iron. 220025.00 08 11 13 - 7 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. F. Hardware Reinforcement: All hardware furnished by the hardware contractor for single acting doors shall be designed for beveled edges as specified herein. 1. Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 Table 4 with reinforcement plates from same material as frames. 2. Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap frames at the factory for fully templated mortised hardware in accord with approved hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware contractor. Where surface-mounted hardware is to be applied, provide reinforcing plates only. Drilling and tapping will be done by others. 3. Minimum thickness of hardware reinforcing plates shall be as follows: a. Hinge and pivot reinforcements - 7 gauge. b. Strike reinforcements - 16 gauge. c. Flush bolt reinforcements - 12 gauge. d. Closer reinforcements - 14 gauge, 20” long. 4. Reinforcements for: a. Surface-Mounted Hardware - 12 gauge. b. Hold Open Arms – 16-gauge. c. Surface panic devices – 16-gauge. 2.5 FRAME ANCHORS A. Jamb Anchors: a. Provide frames for installation in masonry walls with adjustable jamb anchors of the T-strap type fabricated of not less than 16-gauge steel or 0.156 diameter steel wire. The number of anchors provided on each jamb shall be as follows: 1) Frames up to 7'-6" height - 3 anchors. 2) Frames 7'-6" to 8'-0" height - 4 anchors. 3) Frames over 8'-0" height - 1 anchor for each 2' or fraction thereof in height. b. Provide frames for installation in stud partitions with steel anchors of suitable design, not less than 18-gauge thickness, securely welded inside each jamb as follows: 1) Frames up to 7'-6" height - 4 anchors. 2) Frames 7'-6" to 8'-0" height - 5 anchors. 3) Frames over 8'-0" height - 5 anchors plus one additional for each 2' or fraction thereof over 8'-0". c. Provide frames to be anchored to previously placed concrete, masonry or structural steel with anchors of suitable design as shown on approved shop drawings. 2. Floor Anchors: a. Securely weld floor anchors inside each jamb with two holes provided at each jamb for floor anchorage. b. Minimum thickness of floor anchors: 14 gauge. 3. Mortar Guards: Same material as frames. Provide dust cover boxes (or mortar guards) of not thinner than 26-gauge steel at all hardware mortises on frames to be set in masonry partitions. 2.6 LOUVERS A. Metal Louvers: Door manufacturer's standard metal louvers unless otherwise indicated. 1. Blade Type: Vision proof inverted V or inverted Y. 2. Metal and Finish: Galvanized steel, 0.040-inch thick, factory primed for paint finish with baked enamel or powder coated finish. Match pre-finished door paint color where applicable. B. Louvers for Fire Rated Doors: Metal louvers with fusible link and closing device, listed and labeled for use in doors with fire protection rating of 1-1/2 hours and less. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide door manufacturers standard louver to meet rating indicated. 2. Metal and Finish: Galvanized steel, 0.040-inch thick, factory primed for paint finish with baked enamel or powder coated finish. Match pre-finished door paint color where applicable. 220025.00 08 11 13 - 8 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 2.7 LITE OPENINGS AND GLAZING A. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lights where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints at fabricator’s shop. Fixed and removable stops to allow multiple glazed lights each to be removed independently. Coordinate frame rabbet widths between fixed and removable stops with the type of glazing and installation indicated. B. Moldings for Glazed Lights in Doors and Loose Stops for Glazed Lights in Frames: Minimum 20 gauge thick, fabricated from same material as door face sheet in which they are installed. C. Fixed Frame Moldings: Formed integral with hollow metal frames, a minimum of 5/8 inch (16 mm) high unless otherwise indicated. Provide fixed frame moldings and stops on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames. D. Preformed Metal Frames for Light Openings: Manufacturer's standard frame formed of 0.048-inch-thick, cold rolled steel sheet; with baked enamel or powder coated finish; and approved for use in doors of fire protection rating indicated. Match pre-finished door paint color where applicable. E. Glazing: Comply with requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing" and with the hollow metal door manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Factory Glazing: Factory install glazing in doors as indicated. Doors with factory installed glass to include all of the required glazing material. 2.8 ACCESSORIES A. Mullions and Transom Bars: Join to adjacent members by welding or rigid mechanical anchors. 2.9 FABRICATION A. Fabricate hollow metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for thickness of metal. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. When shipping limitations so dictate, frames for large openings are to be fabricated in sections for splicing or splining in the field by others. B. Design Clearances: 1. Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. The clearance between the door and frame shall be 1/8 inch in the case of both single swing and pairs of doors. 3. The clearance between the meeting edges of pairs of doors shall be 3/16 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch. For fire rated applications, the clearances between the meeting edges of pairs of doors shall be 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch. 4. The clearance measured from the bottom of the door to the bottom of the frame (undercut) shall be a maximum of 3/4 inch unless otherwise specified. Fire door undercuts shall comply with ANSI/NFPA 80, "Fire Doors and Fire Windows." 5. The clearance between the face of the door and the stop shall be 1/16 inch to 3/32 inch. 6. All clearances shall be, unless otherwise specified in this document, subject to a tolerance of plus or minus 1/32 inch. 7. The clearance between the face of the door and doorstop shall be 1/16 inch to 1/8 inch. 8. All clearances shall be, unless otherwise specified, subject to a tolerance of plus or minus 1/32 inch. 220025.00 08 11 13 - 9 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. C. Hollow Metal Doors: 1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. 2. Glazed Lites: Factory cut openings in doors with applied trim or kits to fit. Factory install glazing where indicted. 3. Louvers: Factory cut openings in door and install louvers into prepared openings where indicated. 4. Astragals: Provide overlapping astragals as noted in door hardware sets in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware" on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by ANSI/NFPA 80 for fire- performance rating or where indicated. Extend minimum 3/4 inch beyond edge of door on which astragal is mounted. 5. Continuous Hinge Reinforcement: Provide welded continuous 12 gage strap for continuous hinges specified in hardware sets in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware". 6. Electrical Raceways: Provide hollow metal doors to receive electrified hardware with concealed wiring harness and standardized Molex™ plug connectors on both ends to accommodate up to twelve wires. Coordinate connectors on end of the wiring harness to plug directly into the electrified hardware and the through-wire transfer hardware or wiring harness specified in hardware sets in Division 08 Sections "Door Hardware" and "Access Control Hardware". Wire nut connections are not acceptable. D. Hollow Metal Frames: 1. Shipping Limitations: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 2. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible. a. Welded frames are to be provided with two steel spreaders temporarily attached to the bottom of both jambs to serve as a brace during shipping and handling. Spreader bars are for bracing only and are not to be used to size the frame opening. 3. Sidelight and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. 4. High Frequency Hinge Reinforcement: Provide high frequency hinge reinforcements at door openings 48-inches and wider with mortise butt type hinges at top hinge locations. 5. Continuous Hinge Reinforcement: Provide welded continuous 12-gauge straps for continuous hinges specified in hardware sets in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware". 6. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated for removable stops, provide security screws at exterior locations. 7. Hospital (Terminated) Stops: Where indicated on the drawings, provide frame stops that terminate six inches above the bottom of each jamb. Close the bottom of the stop at a 45-degree angle. 8. Mortar Guards: Provide guard boxes at back of hardware mortises in frames at all hinges and strike preps regardless of grouting requirements. 9. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per anchor. 10. Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped or gasketed doors, drill stops to receive door silencers. Silencers to be supplied by frame manufacturer regardless if specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware". 11. Frame Undercoating: Where frames are fully grouted with an approved Portland Cement based grout or mortar, coat inside of frame throat with a water-based frame undercoating or asphaltic emulsion coating to a minimum thickness of 3 mils DFT, tested in accordance with UL 10C and applied to the frame under a 3rd party independent follow-up service procedure. E. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive template mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." 1. Locate hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, according to ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Reinforce doors and frames to receive non-template, mortised and surface mounted door hardware. 3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250 specifications for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware. 4. Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections with Division 26 Sections. 220025.00 08 11 13 - 10 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 2.10 STEEL FINISHES A. Prime Finishes: 1. Doors and frames shall be thoroughly cleaned, and chemically treated to ensure maximum paint adhesion. All surfaces of the door and frame exposed to view shall receive a factory applied coat of rust inhibiting primer, either air-dried or baked-on. 2. The finish shall meet the requirements for acceptance stated in ANSI/SDI A250.10 "Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames." Allow primer to fully cure before shipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that project conditions are suitable before beginning installation of frames. Do not begin installation until conditions have been properly prepared. 1. Verify that completed concrete or masonry openings to receive butt type frames are of correct size. 2. Verify that drywall construction walls are the correct thickness. B. If opening preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install hollow-metal doors and frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place. Comply with approved Shop Drawings and with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Hollow-Metal Frames: Comply with ANSI/SDI 122. 1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces without damage to completed Work. a. Where frames are fabricated in sections, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. Touch-up finishes. b. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening. 2. Fire-Rated Openings: Install frames according to NFPA 80. 3. Floor Anchors: Secure with post-installed expansion anchors. a. Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of post-installed expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 4. Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames. 5. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with grout or mortar. 6. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with post-installed expansion anchors. 7. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal frames to the following tolerances: a. Squareness: Plus-or-minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus-or-minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. c. Twist: Plus-or-minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus-or-minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor. 220025.00 08 11 13 - 11 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. C. Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit and adjust hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. 1. Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors: Comply with ANSI/SDI 122. 2. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80. 3. Smoke-Control Doors: Install doors according to NFPA 105. D. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 08 80 00 – Glass and Glazing and Section 08 71 50 – Security Glazing and with hollow-metal manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 ADJUSTMENTS AND CLEANING A. Adjust doors for proper operation, free from binding or other defects. B. Clean and restore soiled surfaces. Remove scraps and debris and leave site in a clean condition. END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 08 14 00 - 1 Flush Wood Doors ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 08 14 00 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Solid-core flush wood doors: a. Wood-veneer faces; factory pre-fitting, pre-machining for hardware, detailing, and factory pre-finishing. b. Coat Hooks. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06 40 00 – Architectural Woodwork 2. Section 08 11 13 - Hollow Metal Frames. 3. Section 08 70 00 – Door Hardware. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. WDMA IS 1A - Window and Door Manufacturers Association (WDMA) B. AWI – Architectural Woodwork Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) C. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows D. NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Door Assemblies E. Underwriters' Laboratories - UL 10B (neutral pressure) and UL 10C (positive pressure) - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies F. Intertek ITS (Warnock Hersey) - Certification Listings for Fire Doors G. ASTM E90 - Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361-366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. B. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in Section with a minimum of five years documented experience. All doors shall be supplied through one Company. C. Quality Standard: Doors to comply with WDMA I.S. 1-A, Premium Grade. 220025.00 08 14 00 - 2 Flush Wood Doors ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. D. Fire Ratings Compliance: Fire-rated wood doors to comply with NFPA-80 requirements according to building code standards having local jurisdiction. E. Label Certification: All doors requiring fire-rating will carry either UL or ITS (Warnock Hersey) label. Manufacturer's certification labels may be used for door size variations if approved by AHJ (Authority Having Jurisdiction). 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals for this specification section must be 100% complete and in one (1) package. 1. Only the actual samples required shall be allowed as a separate submittal. 2. Non- complete submittals will be returned to the contractor without comment and stamped “rejected-resubmit”. 3. Contractors who knowingly want to submit non-complete submittals or break single system submittals into multiple submittals will be responsible to arrange with Architect, prior to submitting the submittal(s), and to compensate Architect for the extra work involved B. Submit the following as one complete submittal: 1. Product Data: Submit door manufacturer's product construction data, hardware attachment performance data, specifications and installation instructions for each type of wood door, including details of core and edge construction, trim for lite openings and similar components. 2. Warranty: Submit sample of manufacturer's door warranty. 3. Shop Drawings: Provide the following information: a. Door type. b. Door size. c. Fire Rating: 1) Neutral pressure - UL 10B/UBC43-2 or 7-2-94. 2) Positive pressure - UL 10C/UBC7-2-97. d. Hardware types and locations. e. Hardware blocking requirements and location. f. Vision panel or louver cutout size and location. g. Prefinish system type and approved color(s). C. Samples: 1. Color samples for factory pre-finishing. Manufacturer shall submit samples of not less than 4" x 6" size of representative veneer or paintable surface, with sample date indicated. 2. Construction samples. Corner sections with door faces, edges, and core representative of the specified door type(s). Corner samples to be not less than 6" x 6" 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store and protect doors in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and WDMA. Following are general guidelines. For more specific information refer to WDMA's Appendix Section "Care and Installation at Job Site." B. Store doors flat and off the floor on a level surface in a dry, well-ventilated building. Do not store on edge. Protect doors from dirt, water and abuse. C. Protect unfinished doors from exposure to light (artificial or natural) after delivery. D. Do not subject interior doors to extremes in either heat or humidity. HVAC systems shall be operational and balanced, providing a temperature range of 50 to 90 degrees Fahrenheit and 30% to 50% relative humidity. E. When handling doors, always lift and carry. Do not drag across other doors or surfaces. Handle with clean hands or gloves. 220025.00 08 14 00 - 3 Flush Wood Doors ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. F. Each door shall be marked on top rail with opening number 1.7 WARRANTY A. Doors shall be warranted by the manufacturer to be free of manufacturing defects for the life of the original installation. B. Warranty shall provide for repair or replacement of the door as originally furnished. Manufacturer shall elect to repair or replace defective door(s), and will assume reasonable costs associated with same. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Non-Fire-Rated Flush Doors: 1. Construct using WDMA Five (5) Ply construction, using Hot Press method for laminating door materials. Stiles and rails must be securely bonded to the core and then abrasively planed prior to veneering. 2. Core: a. Particleboard Core (PC-5) to comply with ANSI Standard. A208.1 LD-2, with screw holding power of 125 lbs., modulus of rupture of 800 psi, modulus of elasticity of 150,000 psi and density of 30-35 lbs. per cubic foot.Structural Composite Lumber Core (SCLC-5): (Full Lite Doors). Engineered hardwood composite. Material shall comply with WDMA minimum performance levels for interior applications with screw holding power of 540 lbs., modulus of rupture of 6,500 psi, modulus of elasticity of 1,300,000 psi and density of 38 lbs. per cubic foot. 3. Crossbands shall be wood-based minimum 1/16-inch thick. Laminate crossbands and face veneers to the core with Type 2 interior use glue using the Hot Press process. Extend crossbands the full width of the door. Minimum properties include internal bond of 100 psi and density of 50 lbs. per cubic foot. 4. Stiles: Hardwood, one piece, laminated or veneered. Constructions with laminated edges may use structural composite lumber as an inner stile component. a. Matching - Same species as face veneer. 5. Rails: Solid wood, structural composite lumber meeting the minimum requirements of WDMA. 6. Hardware Blocking: Minimum 5-inch top rail and 5-inch bottom rail for specialized hardware or undercutting flexibility. 7. Reinforce top and/or bottom rails to eliminate the need for through-bolting when installing closers or holders. 8. Screws must penetrate doors a minimum of 1-1/2" 9. Veneers. Grade A, Plain Sliced White Oak. a. Veneer: Book b. Veneer Assembly: Balanced c. Pair and Set Match: For openings with more than one door, door faces shall be pair matched. This includes doors separated by a mullion. Doors in adjacent sets shall be set matched. B. Fire-Rated Doors: 1. Construct using WDMA Five (5) Ply construction, using Hot Press method for laminating door materials. a. Fire Rating Specified: See Door and Frame Schedule. b. Category A Positive Pressure openings shall have all the intumescent required for compliance contained within the door and require no additional installation of intumescent strips. c. Positive Pressure Category A 2. Core: a. Particleboard Core (1/3 hour rated doors only): 220025.00 08 14 00 - 4 Flush Wood Doors ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1) Comply with ANSI Stnd. A208.1 LD-2 with screw holding power of 125 lbs., modulus of rupture of 800 psi, modulus of elasticity of 150,000 psi and density of 30-32 lbs. per cubic foot. 2) Mineral Core (Rating higher than 1/3 hour): Non-combustible mineral composite material. 3. Crossbands: Wood-based composites of a minimum thickness of 1/16". Crossbands and face veneers shall be laminated to the core with Type 2 interior use glue using the Hot Press process. Crossbands must extend the full width of the door. Minimum properties include internal bond 100 psi and density of 50 lbs. per cubic foot. 4. Stiles - Provide manufacturer's standard laminated edge construction with improved screw-holding capability and split resistance. Both inner and outer stiles shall not contain salt treating. a. Matching - Same species as face veneer. 5. Rails - Solid wood or other material contained in manufacturer's fire door approvals. 6. Hardware Blocking: Minimum 5" top rail for specialized hardware and 5" bottom rail for specialized hardware or undercutting flexibility and/or blocking for lockset installation. 7. Reinforce top and/or bottom rails to eliminate the need for through-bolting when installing closers or holders. a. Note: Screws must penetrate doors a minimum of 1-1/2" 8. Veneers. Grade A, Plain Sliced White Oak. a. Veneer: Book b. Veneer Assembly: Balanced c. Pair and Set Match: For openings with more than one door, door faces shall be pair matched. This includes doors separated by a mullion. Doors in adjacent sets shall be set matched. 2.2 DOOR FABRICATION A. Factory-prefit and bevel doors (3 degrees) to suit frame sizes indicated, with 3/16-inch prefit in width, + 0"/- 1/32", tolerances. Prefit top of door 1/8" +1/16"/-0", and undercut 1/2-inch from top of decorative floor covering. For fire-rated doors comply with NFPA 80 for prefits and undercuts. B. Factory pre-machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locations and hole patterns to comply with specified hardware requirements as per NFPA 80 standards for doors specified; and to maintain door manufacturer's warranty. 1. Specific locations for hardware will be coordinated between frame and door manufacturers. 2. Specific hardware preps will be per hardware schedule(s) provided. Hardware preps to be neatly and cleanly squared as required per hardware templates. 3. Metal astragals and channels to be supplied where fire-ratings will not allow metal-free edge(s). C. Factory Preparation for Light Openings and Louvers - Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with NFPA 80 requirements where indicated; and to maintain door manufacturer's warranty. 1. Wood beads and wood louvers to be compatible with face veneer. Profiles and installation per door manufacturer's standard(s). D. Hat and Coat Hooks: Satin stainless steel. 2-inch x 2-inch Flange. Hook 1-inch W, 6 1⁄2 inches H; projects 3-3⁄16 inches from wall. Concealed wall plate. 1. Bobrick, "No. B-6827 2. Bradley, "Model 9134" 3. American Specialties, "Model 7382-S" 4. A&J Washroom Accessories, "Model UX116-SF" 5. Other manufacturers as approved by Architect. 2.3 FACTORY FINISHING A. Finish Location: 1. Factory Finishing – All doors to receive a factory finish to meet or exceed WDMA I.S. 1A TR-6 – Catalyzed Polyurethane. 220025.00 08 14 00 - 5 Flush Wood Doors ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 2. Color tone to be selected by Architect, see color and material schedule. Submit 12" x 12" sample of proposed finish and receive Architect approval of sample prior to finishing doors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Confirm that frames comply with type, size, location and swing requirements and that they are installed plumb and square. B. Inspect doors for any damage, manufacturing defects or prefinish inconsistency, e.g. wrong color or poor finish. C. If frames and doors pass inspections (see A and B above), proceed to installation. Notify Construction Manager if there are any issues in either frames or doors. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Installation of wood doors to comply with WDMA IS 1A, specific door manufacturer’s specific instructions, and NFPA 80. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND PROTECTING A. After installation of door in frame, operate door to ensure that the door swings freely and that all hardware functions correctly. If not, make adjustments as required to provide an operable opening. B. If required, protect doors following installation from damage that may occur as a result of project completion. END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 09 65 00 - 1 Resilient Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 09 65 00 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Labor and materials required to furnish and install resilient flooring. 2. Tile floors of various types, as scheduled. 3. Rubber base B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM International): 1. ASTM F 710: Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring. 2. ASTM F 1869: Standard Test Method for Measuring Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete. 3. ASTM F 2170: Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floors. 4. ASTM D2047: Standard Test Method for Static Coefficient of Friction of Polish-Coated Flooring Surfaces as Measured by the James Machine. 5. ASTM E648: Standard Test Method for Flooring Radiant Panel Test. 6. ASTM F710: Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring. 7. ASTM F970: Standard Test Method for Static Load Limit. 8. ASTM F1066: Standard Specification for Vinyl Composition Tile. 9. ASTM F1344: Standard Specification for Rubber Floor Tile. 10. ASTM F1700: Standard Specification for Solid Vinyl Floor Tile. 11. ASTM F1869: Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride. 12. ASTM F2195: Standard Specification for Linoleum Floor Tile. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Resilient flooring shall be installed by an individual with Certified Flooring Contractors (CFI) certification for installation of resilient flooring from the International Certified Floorcovering Installers Association. B. Products shall meet the following requirements: 1. Vinyl Composition Tile: ASTM F 1066 Class 2 - through-pattern 2. Rubber Base: ASTM F-1861, Type TV, Group 1 (solid) 3. Vinyl Base: ASTM F-1861, Type TV, Group 1 (solid). 4. Vinyl Stair Treads: Federal Specification RRT-T-650d Composition B, Type 2. 5. Rubber Treads: ASTM F-2169 Standard Specification for Resilient Stair Treads, Type TS, Class 2, Group 1 and 2. 220025.00 09 65 00 - 2 Resilient Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. C. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361-366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. 1.5 CONCRETE TESTING A. Moisture Mitigation System: 1. The flooring contractor shall include in its bid, the moisture mitigation system under all specified products of this section. If it is found that the floor does not need a moisture mitigation system, it will be removed from the project by change order and returned to the owner as a credit. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals for this specification section must be 100% complete and in one (1) package. 1. Only the actual samples required shall be allowed as a separate submittal. 2. Non- complete submittals will be returned to the contractor without comment and stamped “rejected-resubmit”. 3. Contractors who knowingly want to submit non-complete submittals or break single system submittals into multiple submittals will be responsible to arrange with Architect, prior to submitting the submittal(s), and to compensate Architect for the extra work involved B. Submit the following as one complete submittal: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Samples of each scheduled item, color and pattern for Architect approval. 4. Sheet Vinyl shop drawings indicating room or space dimensions, flooring layout, and locations of seams. 5. 12" x 12" sample of each sheet flooring pattern and color scheduled containing a heat weld or chemical weld using the color welding rods proposed for the project. Samples shall be approved by Architect for welding rod color and quality of weld. Approved sample shall be the standard of quality by which all heat welding and chemical welding performed on the project. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to job in manufacturer's original, unopened containers with manufacturer's name and brand indicated. 1.8 JOB CONDITIONS A. Maintain 70 degrees F. or over at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation and 48 hours after installation. Maintain a minimum temperature of 55 degrees F. thereafter. B. Provide adequate light levels to install materials and as required to inspect work. 1.9 EXTRA STOCK A. Deliver to the Owner for use in future modification, an extra stock of approximately five percent (5%) of each color and pattern for each material installed under this Section, packaging each type of material separately, distinctly marked, and adequately protected against deterioration. 220025.00 09 65 00 - 3 Resilient Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. General: Only first quality products of make and type specified shall be furnished. 1. Products other than those listed below may be bid only if approved in writing by Architect prior to bid date. 2. Pattern and color selections are indicated in Color and Material Schedule. Colors and patterns must be equal to those scheduled. B. Luxury Vinyl Tile: 1. Wear Layer Thickness: 22 mil 2. Classification: ASTM F1700 Class III Printed Vinyl Tile 3. Wear Layer Thickness: 22 ML 4. Total Thickness: .177" (4.5 mm) 5. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Interface (basis of design) 2. Equal Manufacturer as approved by Architect. 6. Color, Size and Pattern: 1. See Color and Material Schedule C. Rubber Base: 4" high or 6" high by 1/8" thick molded rubber base, conforming to ASTM F-1861, Type TP, Group 1 (solid) Color and size as scheduled. 1. Manufactured from a thermoplastic rubber formulation. 2. ASTM E 648, Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of 0.45 watts/cm2 or greater, Class I. 3. ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, Class A, Smoke <450. 4. Flexibility: Does not crack, break, or show any signs of fatigue when bent around a 1 1/4" diameter cylinder when tested according to ASTM F 137 Standard Test Method for Flexibility of Resilient Flooring Materials protocols. 5. Color Stability: Meets or exceeds ASTM F 1861 requirements for color stability when tested to ASTM F 1515 Standard Test Method for Measuring Light Stability of Resilient Flooring protocols. 1. Approved Manufacturers: 1) Tarkett (basis of design) 2) Or equal size and color products by the following: a) Roppe b) VPI 6. Color and Size: 1. See Color and Material Schedule D. Moisture Mitigation System: 1. Low viscosity, high penetrating, two-part 100% solids epoxy designed to reduce moisture vapor emission rates from 20 lbs. per 1,000 ft2 per 24 hours to a rate of ≤ 3 lbs. per 1,000 ft2 per 24 hours from damp concrete. 1. Chapco, 800-621-0220 “Defender” 2. Ardex "MC Rapid" 3. KOSTER VAP I® 2000 UFS 4. USG Durock RH-100 Moisture Vapor Reducer 5. approved equal 2. The following rolled product which meets the requirements of this specification is also approved: 1. GCP Applied Technologies, "VersaShield" E. Adhesive for use if moisture content of slab exceeds maximum allowed by flooring manufacture. Use in lieu of surface applied moisture mitigation system. DO NOT USE IN HOSPITALS. 1. Pre-applied, poly-acrylic adhesive system. 2. Base King, "EnviroSTIX" 220025.00 09 65 00 - 4 Resilient Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. F. Waterproof Adhesive: 100% solids adhesive which is not affected by exposure to moisture. Adhesive shall provide a water-proof, permeable, pH resistant barrier between the concrete and the flooring substrate. 1. Formulators, "Aquaflex" G. Underlayment: Latex modified Portland Cement Based underlayment containing no gypsum. 1. Feather edge to 1/2" thick: 1. Ardex "SD-F" Regular Latex Underlayment 2. Dependable Chemical Co., Inc., "Feathercrete" 3. Mapei, "Plani/Patch" and "Plani/Patch Plus" 4. approved equal 5. Armstrong, "S-183 Fast-Setting Cement-Based Underlayment", "S-184 Fast-Setting Cement-Based Patch and Skim Coat" and "S-194 Fast-Setting Cement-Based Patch and Underlayment". H. Edge Moldings and Transition Strips: 1. 100% homopolymer vinyl moldings, transition strips and reducers of types and sizes as required. Colors as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 1. Johnsonite 2. Burke Flooring, Mercer Mouldings. 3. Roppe Corporation I. Edge Moldings and Transition Strips: 1. Rubber moldings, transition strips and reducers of types and sizes as required. Colors as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 1. Roppe Corporation, USA 2. approved equal J. Floor Finish: Wax free coating, as recommended by manufacturer of floor tile. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect substrate prior to installation and notify General Contractor of any conditions in substrate which may adversely affect installation, performance or appearance of resilient flooring and base. Do not start installation until such conditions have been corrected. 1. Start of installation shall indicate acceptance of substrate and acceptance of responsibility for finished resilient flooring installation. B. Perform moisture condition test in each area no less than six (6) weeks prior to flooring installation. Conduct tests in accordance with requirements of ASTM F2170. Conduct three tests for areas up to 1,000 sq. ft. and one additional test for each additional 1,000 sq. ft. of flooring. Moisture condition shall be within the limits allowed by flooring manufacturer. Do not proceed with work until results of moisture condition tests are acceptable. 1. Note: The flooring contractor shall include in its bid an effective moisture suppression system, as required by flooring manufacturer, to be used if moisture level of concrete exceeds manufacturers limitations. This system will only be utilized if stringent moisture levels are not meet. Credit will be provided to owner if moisture suppression system is not utilized. 2. Flooring Contractor shall have right of refusal to start installation of flooring if concrete moisture exceeds levels approved by flooring and adhesive manufacturers. C. Bond Test: Conduct bond test to determine compatibility of resilient flooring adhesives to concrete floors. Follow test procedure recommended by flooring manufacturer. Result must fall within limits established by flooring manufacturer. 220025.00 09 65 00 - 5 Resilient Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. D. Perform pH tests on concrete floors regardless of their age or grade level. All test results shall be documented and retained. Determine that concrete alkalinity falls within the allowable readings on the PH scale as determined by the flooring manufacturer. E. In renovation or remodel work, inspect substrate and confirm that existing adhesive residue has been removed so that 100% of the overall area of the original substrate is exposed. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare concrete floor following requirements of ASTM F710 and requirements of flooring manufacturer. B. Substrates must be dry, clean, smooth and free from paint, varnish, wax, oils, solvents and other foreign matter. C. Allow all flooring materials and adhesives to condition to the room temperature a minimum of 48 hours before starting the installation. D. Maintain the area to receive resilient flooring at a minimum temperature of 65°F and a maximum temperature of 100°F for 48 hours before installation, during installation and for 48 hours after completion. E. Fill minor defects with specified underlayment. 1. At doors, build up sub floor so that finish floor materials will meet same level. 2. Surfaces shall be clean, free from moisture, oil and grease. F. Prior to laying materials, broom clean or vacuum the surfaces to be covered. G. For applications on concrete, verify that curing compounds used are compatible with flooring adhesives. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Where floor finishes are different on opposite sides of door, terminate flooring under centerline of door. 2. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, where flooring terminates and where indicated. B. Moisture Mitigation System: 1. All substrates must be structurally sound and free from any contaminants that may inhibit bond, including oil, grease, dust, paint, sealers, floor finishes and curing compounds. 2. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s application instructions at the rate recommended by manufacturer. Apply to substrate with trowel or squeegee then backroll. C. Tile Flooring: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Mix materials from multiple containers to ensure shade variations are consistent when flooring is placed. 3. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of flooring before initial set. 4. Lay flooring with joints parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical pattern. 5. Install flooring to pattern indicated in Room Finish Schedule. 6. Set flooring in place; press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. 7. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. Ensure that base, trim, plates, or escutcheons will completely cover cut edges. 8. Extend flooring into recesses and under equipment. 9. Terminate flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar. D. Installation Of Reducer Strips 1. Install where tile stops with edge exposed; set in adhesive. 220025.00 09 65 00 - 6 Resilient Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 2. Center strips under doors where flooring terminates at door openings. 3. Install in longest practical lengths; butt ends tight. 4. Scribe to abutting surfaces. E. Base: 1. Apply resilient wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. 2. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. 3. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. 4. Do not stretch base during installation. 5. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. 3.4 TESTING A. Test completed static dissipative floor system by factory representative in presence of Architect and Owner in accordance with the test procedures of NFPA 99 or ANSI/ASTM F150. 3.5 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Adjustments: Inspect resilient flooring work and make necessary adjustments within one month of time that heat is supplied continuously in finished areas. B. Clean resilient flooring in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to owner's acceptance. 1. Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaning methods recommended by floor manufacturer. 2. Sweep and vacuum floor after installation. 3. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by flooring manufacturer. 4. Damp mop the floor with a properly diluted neutral (pH 6 to 8) detergent solution. 5. Remove black marks and soil. 6. Clean static dissipative flooring in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. After cleaning vinyl composition tile and linoleum floors, apply floor finish in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply a minimum of 2 coats of a high‐quality commercial floor. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Upon completion of each room, turn area over to the General Contractor to be locked against traffic or protect by covering with a suitable building paper while other trades are working. B. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over stair treads. Place plywood or hardboard panels over surfaces and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels. END OF SECTION 220025.00 09 65 66 - 1 Sheet Vinyl Resilient Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 09 65 66 SHEET VINYL RESILIENT ATHETLIC FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Sheet vinyl resilient athletic flooring installed over concrete subfloor. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete 2. Section 11 66 23 – Gymnasium Equipment 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals for this specification section must be 100% complete and in one (1) package. 1. Only the actual samples required shall be allowed as a separate submittal. 2. Non- complete submittals will be returned to the contractor without comment and stamped “rejected-resubmit”. 3. Contractors who knowingly want to submit non-complete submittals or break single system submittals into multiple submittals will be responsible to arrange with Architect, prior to submitting the submittal(s), and to compensate Architect for the extra work involved B. Submittal Package: 1. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 2. Manufacturer Certifications: a. Provide certification that accurately identifies the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of flooring furnished for this project including manufacturer’s name, address and factory location. 1) Suppliers of Private-Label flooring for this project must identify themselves as such and fully disclose the OEM information listed above. 2) All “manufacturer” requirements in these specifications must be complied with by the OEM, including warranties, certifications, qualifications, product data, test results, environmental requirements, performance data, etc. b. Provide ISO 9001 certification for the OEM of the specified products. c. Provide ISO 14001 certification for the OEM of the specified products. 3. Laboratory Test Results: a. Provide certification of testing per ASTM F2772-11 indicating the product being furnished complies with the all requirements of ASTM Indoor Sport Floor Classification, including CLASS 3 shock absorption. Third-party testing certification required; sales literature is not sufficient. 4. Shop Drawings: Showing installation details and locations of borders, patterns, game lines, locations of floor inserts and seams. 220025.00 09 65 66 - 2 Sheet Vinyl Resilient Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 5. Samples: a. Manufacturer's color chart for selection of available floors with a minimum of 10 standard colors available, including 3 wood visuals. b. Color samples: 1) Wood visual samples Minimum 24 inches by 36 inches to show that the appearance of wood plank pattern complies with these specifications 2) Solid color samples: Minimum 6 inches by 8 inches. 6. Qualification Data: a. For a qualified resilient athletic flooring Manufacturer of which can provide 7.5 mm athletic flooring with ASTM F2772 Class III safety rating for portable installation as outlined per the specification standards provided. b. For a qualified resilient athletic flooring Installer. of which is able to service or manage/oversee the continued servicing and removal of Taraflex Sport M Plus flooring per the requirements of the facility C. Closeout Submittal: 1. Submit three copies of the following: a. Manufacturer maintenance instructions. b. Manufacturer material warranty. c. Installer installation warranty. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. ISO 9001 Certified. 2. ISO 14001 Certified. 3. At least ten years active experience in the manufacture and marketing of indoor resilient athletic flooring. 4. A provider of authorized installer training. B. Installer Qualifications: 1. At least five years’ experience in the installation of resilient athletic flooring. 2. Experience on at least five projects of similar size, type and complexity as this project. 3. Employer of workers for this Project who are competent in techniques required by manufacturer for resilient athletic flooring installation indicated. C. Fire Test Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648, Class 1, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Athletic Performance Properties: Comply with ASTM F 2772-11 Performance Level CLASS 3 for force reduction, ball bounce, vertical deformation and surface friction. E. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361-366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. 1.5 CONCRETE TESTING A. Moisture Mitigation System: 1. The flooring contractor shall include in its bid, the moisture mitigation system under all specified products of this section. If it is found that the floor does not need a moisture mitigation system, it will be removed from the project by change order and returned to the owner as a credit. 220025.00 09 65 66 - 3 Sheet Vinyl Resilient Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store flooring and installation materials in protected dry spaces, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F (13 deg C) nor more than 85 deg F (29 deg C). B. Store the indoor resilient athletic surfacing rolls in an upright position on a smooth flat surface immediately upon delivery to Project. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Product Installation: 1. Maintain temperatures during installation within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 65 deg F (18 deg C) in spaces to receive flooring for 48 hours prior, during and 48 hours after the installation. 2. After installation, maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F (13 deg C) or more than 85 deg F (29 deg C). 3. Prohibit traffic during flooring installation and for at least 48 hours after flooring installation. B. Install flooring only after other finishing work, including painting and overhead work, has been completed. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Limited Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace sports flooring that fails within specified warranty period. 1. Material warranty must be direct from the product manufacturer. a. Material warranties from private label distributors are not valid. 2. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Material manufacturing defects. b. Failure due to substrate moisture exposure not exceeding 92% relative humidity (RH) when tested according to ASTM F2170 3. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Limited Warranty: Installer's standard form in which installer agrees to repair or replace sports flooring that fails due to poor workmanship or faulty installation within the specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of flooring with all required gymnasium equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Gerflor USA; 750 Veterans Parkway; Bolingbrook, IL 60440; (877) 437-3567; www.gerflorusa.com 1. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.2 MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Basis of Design Product: Gerflor Taraflex Sport M Plus 220025.00 09 65 66 - 4 Sheet Vinyl Resilient Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. B. Product Description: Dual-durometer foam-backed sheet vinyl flooring for portable installation over concrete flooring. 1. Overall Thickness: Not less than 10 mm. 2. Wear-Layer Thickness: Not less than 0.08 inch (2.1 mm) or 28 mil 3. Backing: a. Very high density, two layer, dual-durometer, closed cell foam b. Two (2) layers of fiberglass reinforcement for dimensional stability and indentation resistance. One layer of woven grid fiberglass and an additional layer of non-woven fiberglass. 4. Seaming Method: Sport flooring seams to be heat welded. 5. Installation Method: a. Sport Flooring: Installed per manufacturer’s guidelines without Isolsport slip sheet. To be bid and installed using manufacturer’s suggested and provided materials including under tape system. 6. Traffic-Surface Texture: Wood visual shall have wood grain embossed texture for a genuine wood appearance and Solid colors to have “pebbled” embossed texture for an attractive appearance. 7. Bacteriostatic and Fungicidal Treatment: Manufacturer’s factory-applied permanent treatment throughout the flooring material which can improve indoor air quality and reduce asthma and allergy risks associated with bacterial and mold growth. a. Basis-of-Design Product: Gerflor Sanosol 8. Applied Finish: Manufacturer's, factory-applied, permanent and UV-cured. a. No-Wax finish: Published product literature identifying factory applied finish as, “No-Wax-Just clean and rinse” b. Basis-of-Design Product: Gerflor Protecsol. 9. Field-Applied Finishes: None required and not allowed. 10. Roll Size: a. Roll Width: Rolls to be a minimum width of 59 inches (1.5 m) wide. b. Roll Length: 1) Wood visual rolls to be a custom length of 100 feet, (30.48 m) to minimize the number of end-seams. 2) Solid color rolls to be a minimum length of 67 feet, 3 inches (20.5 m) to minimize the amount of waste if accent colors are selected for boarders, keys or center circle. c. Roll length of wood visual flooring shall be sufficient to cover the full length of a basketball court custom 100’-0” without splicing or end-of-roll (butt) seams within court boundary. 11. Color and Pattern: a. Refer to Color and Materials Schedule for further information. b. Wood pattern shall accurately simulate the true visual appearance of natural athletic wood strip flooring. 1) Pattern shall replicate random-length stock by simulating non-uniform board lengths ranging from 18 inches to 48 inches with a maximum board width of 2-1/2 inches. 2) Wood pattern shall not include a dark line simulating edges or ends of individual boards. 3) Surface texture shall simulate realistic wood grain and not be raised or "pebbled" embossing. C. Performance Criteria: 1. ASTM F 2772-11 Indoor Sport Floor Standard: a. Provide certification of compliance for the four ASTM F2772 Indoor Sport Floor Standard performance categories: 1) Shock Absorption/Force Reduction: a) Class C3 (34% to 46%). Pass 2) Ball Bounce: a) Minimum 90%: Pass 3) Surface effect/Coefficient of Friction: a) Between 80-110: Pass 4) Vertical deformation: a) Maximum 3.5mm: Pass 2. Resistance to Rolling Load: EN 1569; Pass. 3. Chemical Resistance: ASTM D 543; OK. 4. Impact Resistance: EN 1517; Pass. 220025.00 09 65 66 - 5 Sheet Vinyl Resilient Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 5. Abrasion Resistance: EN ISO 5470; Pass. 6. Sound Insulation: EN ISO 717; 18 dB. 7. Gloss/Brightness: EN ISO 2813; Pass. 8. Organic Emission: ASTM D 5116; Pass 9. Fire Performance: ASTM E 648; Greater than 0.45 W/cm2, Class 1. 10. Surface Maintenance Requirements: No-wax surface requiring only cleaning and rinsing. 11. Slab Moisture Tolerance Installed with Vented Slip-Sheet System: Maximum relative humidity (RH) of 92% when tested according to ASTM F 2170. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Double Sided Tape System D200/D300 4” wide x 164’ long per manufacturers specifications: a. Basis-of-Design Product: D200/300 double-sided tape b. Slab moisture tolerance: Same slab moisture tolerance as the adhesive. B. Push- Activated tape module per manufacturer’s suggested tools. Inquire with Gerflor/Taraflex Territory Sales Manufacturer for additional details if needed. C. Heat Welding Rod: No heat weld to be used. D. Game-Line and Marker Paint: Complete system including primer, compatible with flooring and recommended by flooring and paint manufacturers. E. Supply and furnish all necessary storage components, dolly, handles. Coordinate with territory sales manager for all necessary components. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify the Following: 1. The area in which the indoor resilient athletic flooring will be installed is dry, weather-tight and in compliance with specified requirements. 2. Permanent heat, lighting and ventilation systems are installed and operable. 3. Other work, including overhead work, that could cause damage, dirt, dust or otherwise interrupt installation has been completed or suspended. 4. No foreign materials or objects are present on the substrate and that it is clean and ready for preparation and installation. 5. Tests to verify that the moisture evaporative rate or substrate relative humidity is within the specified ranges. 6. The concrete slab surface pH level is within the specified range. 7. The concrete slab surface deviation is no greater than 3/16 inch within 10 feet (3.2 mm within 3 m) when measured according to ASTM E 1155. 8. The concrete slab complies with ACI 302.2R for concrete design including use of a low-permeance vapor barrier directly beneath the concrete subfloor with sealed penetrations. 9. Re-application of portable Taraflex Sport M Plus will require the space to be fully prepared and free of debris, particulates and contaminates. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written recommendations to ensure proper adhesion of resilient athletic flooring system. B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 220025.00 09 65 66 - 6 Sheet Vinyl Resilient Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of sealers, curing compounds and other additives. Remove coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. 2. Alkalinity Testing: Perform pH testing according to ASTM F 710. Proceed with installation only if pH readings are between 7.0 and 8.5. C. Moisture Mitigation System: 1. All substrates must be structurally sound and free from any contaminants that may inhibit bond, including oil, grease, dust, paint, sealers, floor finishes and curing compounds. 2. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s application instructions at the rate recommended by manufacturer. Apply to substrate with trowel or squeegee then backroll. D. Moisture Testing: Perform ASTM F 2170 relative humidity test and proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum relative humidity (RH) of 92%. E. Use Gerflor’s GerPatch trowelable concrete based patching compound with the same moisture vapor tolerance as the adhesive to fill depressions, holes, cracks, grooves or other irregularities in substrate. F. Place flooring and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours before installation. Install flooring materials only after they have reached the same temperature as space where they are to be installed. G. Sand the surface of the concrete slab. H. Sweep and then vacuum substrates immediately before installation. After cleaning, examine substrate for moisture, alkaline salts, grit, dust or other contamination. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 SHEET ATHLETIC FLOORING INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with resilient athletic flooring manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Take necessary precautions to minimize noise, odors, dust and inconvenience during installation. 3. Fit flooring neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces, equipment anchors, floor outlets, and other interruptions of floor surface. (control joint in relation to the head seam 4. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings unless otherwise indicated. B. Lay out flooring as follows: 1. Minimize number of seams and place them inconspicuous areas. 2. Locate seams as shown on approved Shop Drawings C. Vinyl Sheet Flooring Seams: Finish seams to produce surfaces flush with adjoining flooring surfaces. Comply with ASTM F 1516. Rout joints and use heat welding rod to permanently and seamlessly fuse sections together. 3.4 GAME LINES AND LOGOS A. Lay out game lines and logos to comply with rules and diagrams published by National Federation of State High School Association for the sports activities indicated. B. Refer to game-line diagrams on Sheet A8.2 for game-line layout requirements. C. Mask flooring at game lines and logos, and apply paint of color indicated to produce clean, sharp and distinct edges. 220025.00 09 65 66 - 7 Sheet Vinyl Resilient Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations after completing resilient athletic flooring installation: 1. Remove marks and blemishes from flooring surfaces. 2. Sweep and then vacuum flooring. 3. Damp-mop flooring to remove soiling. B. Protect flooring from abrasions, indentations, and other damage from subsequent operations and placement of equipment, during remainder of construction period. END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 09 65 66 - 1 Sheet Vinyl Resilient Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 09 65 66 SHEET VINYL RESILIENT ATHETLIC FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Sheet vinyl resilient athletic flooring installed over concrete subfloor. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete 2. Section 11 66 23 – Gymnasium Equipment 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals for this specification section must be 100% complete and in one (1) package. 1. Only the actual samples required shall be allowed as a separate submittal. 2. Non- complete submittals will be returned to the contractor without comment and stamped “rejected-resubmit”. 3. Contractors who knowingly want to submit non-complete submittals or break single system submittals into multiple submittals will be responsible to arrange with Architect, prior to submitting the submittal(s), and to compensate Architect for the extra work involved B. Submittal Package: 1. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 2. Manufacturer Certifications: a. Provide certification that accurately identifies the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of flooring furnished for this project including manufacturer’s name, address and factory location. 1) Suppliers of Private-Label flooring for this project must identify themselves as such and fully disclose the OEM information listed above. 2) All “manufacturer” requirements in these specifications must be complied with by the OEM, including warranties, certifications, qualifications, product data, test results, environmental requirements, performance data, etc. b. Provide ISO 9001 certification for the OEM of the specified products. c. Provide ISO 14001 certification for the OEM of the specified products. 3. Laboratory Test Results: a. Provide certification of testing per ASTM F2772-11 indicating the product being furnished complies with the all requirements of ASTM Indoor Sport Floor Classification, including CLASS 3 shock absorption. Third-party testing certification required; sales literature is not sufficient. 4. Shop Drawings: Showing installation details and locations of borders, patterns, game lines, locations of floor inserts and seams. 220025.00 09 65 66 - 2 Sheet Vinyl Resilient Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 5. Samples: a. Manufacturer's color chart for selection of available floors with a minimum of 10 standard colors available, including 3 wood visuals. b. Color samples: 1) Wood visual samples Minimum 24 inches by 36 inches to show that the appearance of wood plank pattern complies with these specifications 2) Solid color samples: Minimum 6 inches by 8 inches. 6. Qualification Data: a. For a qualified resilient athletic flooring Manufacturer of which can provide 7.5 mm athletic flooring with ASTM F2772 Class III safety rating for portable installation as outlined per the specification standards provided. b. For a qualified resilient athletic flooring Installer. of which is able to service or manage/oversee the continued servicing and removal of Taraflex Sport M Plus flooring per the requirements of the facility C. Closeout Submittal: 1. Submit three copies of the following: a. Manufacturer maintenance instructions. b. Manufacturer material warranty. c. Installer installation warranty. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. ISO 9001 Certified. 2. ISO 14001 Certified. 3. At least ten years active experience in the manufacture and marketing of indoor resilient athletic flooring. 4. A provider of authorized installer training. B. Installer Qualifications: 1. At least five years’ experience in the installation of resilient athletic flooring. 2. Experience on at least five projects of similar size, type and complexity as this project. 3. Employer of workers for this Project who are competent in techniques required by manufacturer for resilient athletic flooring installation indicated. C. Fire Test Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648, Class 1, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Athletic Performance Properties: Comply with ASTM F 2772-11 Performance Level CLASS 3 for force reduction, ball bounce, vertical deformation and surface friction. E. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361-366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. 1.5 CONCRETE TESTING A. Moisture Mitigation System: 1. The flooring contractor shall include in its bid, the moisture mitigation system under all specified products of this section. If it is found that the floor does not need a moisture mitigation system, it will be removed from the project by change order and returned to the owner as a credit. 220025.00 09 65 66 - 3 Sheet Vinyl Resilient Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store flooring and installation materials in protected dry spaces, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F (13 deg C) nor more than 85 deg F (29 deg C). B. Store the indoor resilient athletic surfacing rolls in an upright position on a smooth flat surface immediately upon delivery to Project. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Product Installation: 1. Maintain temperatures during installation within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 65 deg F (18 deg C) in spaces to receive flooring for 48 hours prior, during and 48 hours after the installation. 2. After installation, maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F (13 deg C) or more than 85 deg F (29 deg C). 3. Prohibit traffic during flooring installation and for at least 48 hours after flooring installation. B. Install flooring only after other finishing work, including painting and overhead work, has been completed. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Limited Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace sports flooring that fails within specified warranty period. 1. Material warranty must be direct from the product manufacturer. a. Material warranties from private label distributors are not valid. 2. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Material manufacturing defects. b. Failure due to substrate moisture exposure not exceeding 92% relative humidity (RH) when tested according to ASTM F2170 3. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Limited Warranty: Installer's standard form in which installer agrees to repair or replace sports flooring that fails due to poor workmanship or faulty installation within the specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of flooring with all required gymnasium equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Gerflor USA; 750 Veterans Parkway; Bolingbrook, IL 60440; (877) 437-3567; www.gerflorusa.com 1. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.2 MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Basis of Design Product: Gerflor Taraflex Sport M Plus 220025.00 09 65 66 - 4 Sheet Vinyl Resilient Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. B. Product Description: Dual-durometer foam-backed sheet vinyl flooring for portable installation over concrete flooring. 1. Overall Thickness: Not less than 10 mm. 2. Wear-Layer Thickness: Not less than 0.08 inch (2.1 mm) or 28 mil 3. Backing: a. Very high density, two layer, dual-durometer, closed cell foam b. Two (2) layers of fiberglass reinforcement for dimensional stability and indentation resistance. One layer of woven grid fiberglass and an additional layer of non-woven fiberglass. 4. Seaming Method: Sport flooring seams to be heat welded. 5. Installation Method: a. Sport Flooring: Installed per manufacturer’s guidelines without Isolsport slip sheet. To be bid and installed using manufacturer’s suggested and provided materials including under tape system. 6. Traffic-Surface Texture: Wood visual shall have wood grain embossed texture for a genuine wood appearance and Solid colors to have “pebbled” embossed texture for an attractive appearance. 7. Bacteriostatic and Fungicidal Treatment: Manufacturer’s factory-applied permanent treatment throughout the flooring material which can improve indoor air quality and reduce asthma and allergy risks associated with bacterial and mold growth. a. Basis-of-Design Product: Gerflor Sanosol 8. Applied Finish: Manufacturer's, factory-applied, permanent and UV-cured. a. No-Wax finish: Published product literature identifying factory applied finish as, “No-Wax-Just clean and rinse” b. Basis-of-Design Product: Gerflor Protecsol. 9. Field-Applied Finishes: None required and not allowed. 10. Roll Size: a. Roll Width: Rolls to be a minimum width of 59 inches (1.5 m) wide. b. Roll Length: 1) Wood visual rolls to be a custom length of 100 feet, (30.48 m) to minimize the number of end-seams. 2) Solid color rolls to be a minimum length of 67 feet, 3 inches (20.5 m) to minimize the amount of waste if accent colors are selected for boarders, keys or center circle. c. Roll length of wood visual flooring shall be sufficient to cover the full length of a basketball court custom 100’-0” without splicing or end-of-roll (butt) seams within court boundary. 11. Color and Pattern: a. Refer to Color and Materials Schedule for further information. b. Wood pattern shall accurately simulate the true visual appearance of natural athletic wood strip flooring. 1) Pattern shall replicate random-length stock by simulating non-uniform board lengths ranging from 18 inches to 48 inches with a maximum board width of 2-1/2 inches. 2) Wood pattern shall not include a dark line simulating edges or ends of individual boards. 3) Surface texture shall simulate realistic wood grain and not be raised or "pebbled" embossing. C. Performance Criteria: 1. ASTM F 2772-11 Indoor Sport Floor Standard: a. Provide certification of compliance for the four ASTM F2772 Indoor Sport Floor Standard performance categories: 1) Shock Absorption/Force Reduction: a) Class C3 (34% to 46%). Pass 2) Ball Bounce: a) Minimum 90%: Pass 3) Surface effect/Coefficient of Friction: a) Between 80-110: Pass 4) Vertical deformation: a) Maximum 3.5mm: Pass 2. Resistance to Rolling Load: EN 1569; Pass. 3. Chemical Resistance: ASTM D 543; OK. 4. Impact Resistance: EN 1517; Pass. 220025.00 09 65 66 - 5 Sheet Vinyl Resilient Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 5. Abrasion Resistance: EN ISO 5470; Pass. 6. Sound Insulation: EN ISO 717; 18 dB. 7. Gloss/Brightness: EN ISO 2813; Pass. 8. Organic Emission: ASTM D 5116; Pass 9. Fire Performance: ASTM E 648; Greater than 0.45 W/cm2, Class 1. 10. Surface Maintenance Requirements: No-wax surface requiring only cleaning and rinsing. 11. Slab Moisture Tolerance Installed with Vented Slip-Sheet System: Maximum relative humidity (RH) of 92% when tested according to ASTM F 2170. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Double Sided Tape System D200/D300 4” wide x 164’ long per manufacturers specifications: a. Basis-of-Design Product: D200/300 double-sided tape b. Slab moisture tolerance: Same slab moisture tolerance as the adhesive. B. Push- Activated tape module per manufacturer’s suggested tools. Inquire with Gerflor/Taraflex Territory Sales Manufacturer for additional details if needed. C. Heat Welding Rod: No heat weld to be used. D. Game-Line and Marker Paint: Complete system including primer, compatible with flooring and recommended by flooring and paint manufacturers. E. Supply and furnish all necessary storage components, dolly, handles. Coordinate with territory sales manager for all necessary components. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify the Following: 1. The area in which the indoor resilient athletic flooring will be installed is dry, weather-tight and in compliance with specified requirements. 2. Permanent heat, lighting and ventilation systems are installed and operable. 3. Other work, including overhead work, that could cause damage, dirt, dust or otherwise interrupt installation has been completed or suspended. 4. No foreign materials or objects are present on the substrate and that it is clean and ready for preparation and installation. 5. Tests to verify that the moisture evaporative rate or substrate relative humidity is within the specified ranges. 6. The concrete slab surface pH level is within the specified range. 7. The concrete slab surface deviation is no greater than 3/16 inch within 10 feet (3.2 mm within 3 m) when measured according to ASTM E 1155. 8. The concrete slab complies with ACI 302.2R for concrete design including use of a low-permeance vapor barrier directly beneath the concrete subfloor with sealed penetrations. 9. Re-application of portable Taraflex Sport M Plus will require the space to be fully prepared and free of debris, particulates and contaminates. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written recommendations to ensure proper adhesion of resilient athletic flooring system. B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 220025.00 09 65 66 - 6 Sheet Vinyl Resilient Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of sealers, curing compounds and other additives. Remove coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. 2. Alkalinity Testing: Perform pH testing according to ASTM F 710. Proceed with installation only if pH readings are between 7.0 and 8.5. C. Moisture Mitigation System: 1. All substrates must be structurally sound and free from any contaminants that may inhibit bond, including oil, grease, dust, paint, sealers, floor finishes and curing compounds. 2. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s application instructions at the rate recommended by manufacturer. Apply to substrate with trowel or squeegee then backroll. D. Moisture Testing: Perform ASTM F 2170 relative humidity test and proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum relative humidity (RH) of 92%. E. Use Gerflor’s GerPatch trowelable concrete based patching compound with the same moisture vapor tolerance as the adhesive to fill depressions, holes, cracks, grooves or other irregularities in substrate. F. Place flooring and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours before installation. Install flooring materials only after they have reached the same temperature as space where they are to be installed. G. Sand the surface of the concrete slab. H. Sweep and then vacuum substrates immediately before installation. After cleaning, examine substrate for moisture, alkaline salts, grit, dust or other contamination. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 SHEET ATHLETIC FLOORING INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with resilient athletic flooring manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Take necessary precautions to minimize noise, odors, dust and inconvenience during installation. 3. Fit flooring neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces, equipment anchors, floor outlets, and other interruptions of floor surface. (control joint in relation to the head seam 4. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings unless otherwise indicated. B. Lay out flooring as follows: 1. Minimize number of seams and place them inconspicuous areas. 2. Locate seams as shown on approved Shop Drawings C. Vinyl Sheet Flooring Seams: Finish seams to produce surfaces flush with adjoining flooring surfaces. Comply with ASTM F 1516. Rout joints and use heat welding rod to permanently and seamlessly fuse sections together. 3.4 GAME LINES AND LOGOS A. Lay out game lines and logos to comply with rules and diagrams published by National Federation of State High School Association for the sports activities indicated. B. Refer to game-line diagrams on Sheet A8.2 for game-line layout requirements. C. Mask flooring at game lines and logos, and apply paint of color indicated to produce clean, sharp and distinct edges. 220025.00 09 65 66 - 7 Sheet Vinyl Resilient Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations after completing resilient athletic flooring installation: 1. Remove marks and blemishes from flooring surfaces. 2. Sweep and then vacuum flooring. 3. Damp-mop flooring to remove soiling. B. Protect flooring from abrasions, indentations, and other damage from subsequent operations and placement of equipment, during remainder of construction period. END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 09 65 66.13 - 1 Rubber Tile Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 09 65 66.13 RUBBER TILE ATHLETIC FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Rubber Tile athletic flooring installed over concrete subfloor. B. Related Sections: 1. Refer to written Manufacturer’s Installation Manual for complete information on receiving, installing, and maintaining SportFloor® Stamina. Material not recommended for environments where the product will be exposed to animal fats, vegetable oils, or petroleum-based materials 2. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete 3. Section 07 13 00 – Membrane Waterproofing (Under Concrete Slab). 4. Section 11 66 23 – Gymnasium Equipment 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361-366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals for this specification section must be 100% complete and in one (1) package. 1. Only the actual samples required shall be allowed as a separate submittal. 2. Non- complete submittals will be returned to the contractor without comment and stamped “rejected-resubmit”. 3. Contractors who knowingly want to submit non-complete submittals or break single system submittals into multiple submittals will be responsible to arrange with Architect, prior to submitting the submittal(s), and to compensate Architect for the extra work involved B. Submittal Package: 1. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 2. Submit 12 in. x 12 in.)sample pieces of each type of product indicated. 3. Submit layout drawing of flooring layout showing installation details and locations of borders, patterns, game lines, locations of floor inserts and seams for review prior to starting any work. C. Close out submittals 1. Provide maintenance data for each type of product indicated for incorporation into O & M Manual. 2. Manufacturer material warranty. 3. Installer installation warranty. 220025.00 09 65 66.13 - 2 Rubber Tile Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.5 CONCRETE TESTING A. Moisture Mitigation System: 1. The flooring contractor shall include in its bid, the moisture mitigation system under all specified products of this section. If it is found that the floor does not need a moisture mitigation system, it will be removed from the project by change order and returned to the owner as a credit. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide 5% of each color, pattern and type of rubber flooring required for project for maintenance use. B. Extra materials to be in one piece and from same production run as installed materials. C. Clearly identify each product and each container of adhesive. D. Deliver to Owner upon completion of the work of this section. E. Store where directed by Owner. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver flooring undamaged with manufacturer’s labels intact. B. Store flooring in a protected area on site a minimum of 48 hours prior to installation in order to acclimatize to room conditions. (Extreme cold or hot climate may require additional time.) C. Store Stamina materials flat, blocked off floor. D. Prevent damage or contamination from water, moisture, freezing, excessive heat, direct sunlight and construction dust or dirt. E. Protect flooring materials from construction activities. Provide tarpaulins or plastic coverings blocked to allow ventilation and prevent contamination from dust or debris. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install when the moisture vapor emission rate (MVER) exceeds 2.27 kg per 92.9 m2 (5 lbs per 1,000 sq.ft) per 24 hours, when using the anhydrous calcium chloride test (ASTM F1869) B. Do not install when the relative humidity of concrete slabs exceeds 75% (ASTM F2170). C. Use only when the substrate temperature is between 10°C and 32°C (50°F and 90°F), and when the ambient relative humidity is below 65%. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Supply manufacturer’s standard limited warranty against defects in materials or workmanship for 5 years from date of purchase. B. Warranty is void if damaged or irregular materials have been installed without prior notification and adjustments made by manufacturer. C. Warranty is not applicable in heavy use areas, (i.e., players’ benches, penalty boxes, pivot points or other areas where excessive wear will occur because of the nature of use). 220025.00 09 65 66.13 - 3 Rubber Tile Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Rubber Flooring Mat: 1. Construction: 100% recycled vulcanized rubber throughout 2. Size: 4 ft x 6 ft. (1.22 m x 1.83 m) (subject to temperature variance) a. Interlock for non-adhesive installation: 44.3” x 66.5” x ½” [1.13 m x 1.69m x 12mm] 3. Thickness: 10mm (⅜ in) Tolerance: ± 0.8mm(1/32 in). 4. Texture: Smooth top, textured bottom 5. Color: Color as specified in Color and Material Schedule. 6. Material Properties: Hardness Shore A ASTM D2240 80 Wear Layer Thickness ASTM F410 >.050 (Passes) Static Load Resistance ASTM F970 0.002 (Passes) Resistance to Chemicals ASTM F925 Good Resistance to Heat ASTM F1514 4.29 (Passes) Abrasion Resistance ASTM D3389 0.16 gr. (Passes) Dimensional Stability ASTM F2199 Across (Passes) Critical Radiant Flux ASTM E648-03 No Class Co-efficient of Friction ASTM C1028 >.80 dry >.64 wet Moisture Absorption ASTM D570 0.27% Thickness ASTM F386 Passes Size ASTM F2055 Passes Squareness ASTM F2055 Passes Quality of Cut ASTM F511 Passes Qualifies for LEED Points Yes Anti-microbial/Anti-fungal Properties Yes 7. Acceptable product: SportFloor® Stamina mat as manufactured by: North West Rubber, 33850 Industrial Avenue, Abbotsford, BC Canada V2S 7T9 Phone: 1-800-663-8724 Fax: 1-604-859-2009 E-mail: sales@northwestrubber.com 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Beveled Edging: Black rubber transition ramp edging as available from flooring manufacturer. B. Adhesive: 2-part Urethane Adhesive as recommended by manufacturer. 1. See warranty regarding alternate adhesives. 220025.00 09 65 66.13 - 4 Rubber Tile Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SITE VERIFCATION OF CONDITIONS A. Installation should not begin until the work of all other trades has been completed, especially overhead trades. B. Moisture Mitigation System: 1. The flooring contractor shall include in its bid, the moisture mitigation system under all specified products of this section. If it is found that the floor does not need a moisture mitigation system, it will be removed from the project by change order and returned to the owner as a credit. C. Examine floor areas to be covered and report any deficiencies to the contractor. Do not proceed with installation until substrates and conditions comply with manufacturer’s requirements for installation. D. Ensure floor substrate is clean and dry by using test methods recommended by flooring manufacturer. E. Ensure building area for flooring application is maintained at minimum 15°C (60°F), maximum 24°C (75°F) and at maximum 65% relative humidity for minimum 48 hours before installation, during installation and for minimum 72 hours after completion of work. 3.2 WOOD FLOOR PREPARATION A. Prepare sub floor in accordance with Manufacturer’s instructions in the printed Installation Manual 3.3 CONCRETE FLOOR PREPARATION A. Prepare sub floor in accordance with Manufacturer’s instructions in the printed Installation Manual B. Moisture Mitigation System: 1. All substrates must be structurally sound and free from any contaminants that may inhibit bond, including oil, grease, dust, paint, sealers, floor finishes and curing compounds. 2. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s application instructions at the rate recommended by manufacturer. Apply to substrate with trowel or squeegee then backroll. C. Perform moisture test recommended by flooring manufacturer on concrete floor. 1. Test shall be in accordance with ASTM F-1869* Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride. 2. One test should be conducted for every 92.9030m2 (1000 sq.ft.) of flooring and the results not exceed 5 lbs. per 1000 sq.ft. in 24 hours. a. If test results exceed limitations or if hydrostatic pressure exists, the installation must not proceed until the problem has been corrected or an approved vapor barrier underlayment is installed. b. If lightweight concrete has been used in construction do not use the F1869 test. Use ASTM F2170, the Relative-Humidity Test, as an alternate in these cases. c. If poured-gypsum underlayment has been used, check with the underlayment manufacturer on how to test for dryness. Never use calcium chloride testing with gypsum underlayment. 3.4 APPLICATION: FLOORING A. Refer to Manufacturer’s printed Installation Manual 220025.00 09 65 66.13 - 5 Rubber Tile Athletic Flooring ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3.5 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE A. Initial Cleaning: Refer to Manufacturer’s printed Installation Manual for cleaning procedures. Do not proceed with cleaning until 72 hours minimum for glued down installations. If product is interlocked, cleaning can begin immediately after installation. 1. Do not proceed with cleaning until 72 hours minimum for glued down installations. 2. If product is interlocked, cleaning can begin immediately after installation. B. Floor Finishing: Complete if required in project. A finish may alter the surface characteristic of the mat. Apply floor finish for rubber flooring according to instructions and application rate recommended by manufacturer. C. Regular Cleaning: Refer to Manufacturer’s printed Installation Manual for regular cleaning procedures. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect and cover new floors from damage until final inspection. B. Prohibit foot traffic on floor for 24 hours after installation. Prevent heavy vehicle (forklift) traffic from accessing floor for at least 72 hours. C. Provide ventilation to installation area during installation and for minimum 72 hours after completion of work. END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 09 68 13 - 1 Carpet Tile ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 09 68 13 CARPET TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish and install carpet tiles including all accessories and components required for a complete and proper installation. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (AATCC) 1. AATCC 16 – Colorfastness to Light, latest edition. 2. AATCC 134 - Electrostatic Propensity of Carpets, latest edition. 3. AATCC 165 - Colorfastness to Crocking, latest edition. B. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM International): 1. ASTM C423.02 - Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method, latest edition. 2. ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus, latest edition. 3. ASTM E648 - Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source, latest edition. 4. ASTM D1335 - Standard Test Method for Tuft Bind of Pile Yarn Floor Coverings, latest edition. 5. ASTM D2646 - Standard Guide for Backing Fabric Characteristics of Pile Yarn Floor Coverings, latest edition. 6. ASTM D2859 - Standard Test Method for Ignition Characteristics of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials, latest edition. 7. ASTM D3936 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Delamination of the Secondary Backing of Pile Yarn Floor Covering, latest edition. 8. ASTM D7330 - Standard Test Method for Assessment of Surface Appearance Change in Pile Floor Coverings Using Standard Reference Scales, latest edition. 9. ASTM E492.09 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies Using the Tapping Machine, latest edition. 10. ASTM E662 - Standard Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials, latest edition. 11. ASTM F1869 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride, latest edition. 12. ASTM F2170 - Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes, latest edition. C. International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 1. ISO 2551 - Textile floor coverings and textile floor coverings in tile form — Determination of dimensional changes due to the effects of varied water and heat conditions and distortion out of plane, latest edition. D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 220025.00 09 68 13 - 2 Carpet Tile ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1. NFPA 253 – Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source, latest edition. 1.4 CONCRETE TESTING A. Moisture Mitigation System: 1. The flooring contractor shall include in its bid, the moisture mitigation system under all specified products of this section. If it is found that the floor does not need a moisture mitigation system, it will be removed from the project by change order and returned to the owner as a credit. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to carpet tile installation including, but not limited to, the following: a. Review delivery, storage, and handling procedures. b. Review ambient conditions and ventilation procedures. c. Review subfloor preparation procedures. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals for this specification section must be 100% complete and in one (1) package. 1. Only the actual samples required shall be allowed as a separate submittal. 2. Non- complete submittals will be returned to the contractor without comment and stamped “rejected-resubmit”. 3. Contractors who knowingly want to submit non-complete submittals or break single system submittals into multiple submittals will be responsible to arrange with Architect, prior to submitting the submittal(s), and to compensate Architect for the extra work involved B. Submittal Package: 1. Qualification Data: For Installer. 2. Product Data: For each type of product. a. Include manufacturer's written data on physical characteristics, durability, and fade resistance. b. Include manufacturer's written installation recommendations for each type of substrate. c. Product Test Reports: For carpet tile, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 3. Shop Drawings: For carpet tile installation, plans showing the following: a. Columns, doorways, enclosing walls or partitions, built-in cabinets, and locations where cutouts are required in carpet tiles. b. Carpet tile type, color, and dye lot. c. Type of subfloor. d. Type of installation. e. Pattern of installation. f. Pattern type, location, and direction. g. Pile direction. h. Type, color, and location of insets and borders. i. Type, color, and location of edge, transition, and other accessory strips. j. Transition details to other flooring materials. 4. Samples: For each of the following products and for each color and texture required. Label each Sample with manufacturer's name, material description, color, pattern, and designation indicated on Drawings and in schedules. a. Carpet Tile: Full-size Sample. b. Exposed Edge, Transition, and Other Accessory Stripping: 12-inch- (300-mm-) long Samples. 5. Product Schedule: For carpet tile. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 6. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 220025.00 09 68 13 - 3 Carpet Tile ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. C. Closeout Submittal: 1. Maintenance Data: For carpet tiles to include in maintenance manuals. Include the following: a. Methods for maintaining carpet tile, including cleaning and stain-removal products and procedures and manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule. b. Precautions for cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to carpet tile. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is certified by the International Certified Floorcovering Installers Association at the (minimum) Commercial II certification level. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Build mockups at locations and in sizes shown on Drawings. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. C. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin COMM Chapter 62, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standard." 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standard" for temperature, humidity, and ventilation limitations. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install carpet tiles until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period. C. Do not install carpet tiles over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive and concrete slabs have pH range recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. D. Where demountable partitions or other items are indicated for installation on top of carpet tiles, install carpet tiles before installing these items. 1.10 WARRANTIES A. All work in this section shall be guaranteed to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of substantial completion of project. B. Special Warranty for Carpet Tiles: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of carpet tile installation that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet tile due to unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. 2. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. More than 10 percent edge raveling, snags, and runs. b. Dimensional instability. c. Excess static discharge. d. Loss of tuft-bind strength. e. Loss of face fiber. 220025.00 09 68 13 - 4 Carpet Tile ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. f. Delamination. 3. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS STOCK A. Deliver to the Owner for use in future repairs, an extra stock of approximately five percent (5%) of each color and pattern for each material installed under this Section, packaging each type of material separately, distinctly marked, and adequately protected against deterioration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET TILE A. Carpet Tile: See Color and Material Schedule for Manufacturer, Pattern, Size and Color. B. Applied Treatments: 1. Soil-Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment. 2. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment that protects carpet tiles as follows: a. Antimicrobial Activity: Not less than 2-mm halo of inhibition for gram-positive bacteria, not less than 1-mm halo of inhibition for gram-negative bacteria, and no fungal growth, according to AATCC 174. 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, hydraulic-cement-based formulation for patching holes and cracks in concrete floors. 1. Lev-L-Astic 2. Fixall 3. Armstrong 5-180 4. Webpatch 5. Ardex K-15 B. Adhesive: VOC compliant release adhesive as approved by carpet manufacturer. C. Edge Moldings and Transition Strips: 100% homopolymer vinyl moldings, transition strips and reducers of types and sizes as required. Colors as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 1. Johnsonite 2. Mercer Products Company, Inc. 3. Roppe Corporation D. Moisture Mitigation System: Low viscosity, high penetrating, two-part 100% solids epoxy product designed to reduce moisture vapor emission rates from 20 lbs. per 1,000 ft2 per 24 hours to a rate of ≤ 3 lbs. per 1,000 ft2 per 24 hours from damp concrete. 1. Approved Products: a. Chapco, 800-621-0220 “Defender” b. Ardex "MC Rapid" c. KOSTER VAP I® 2000 UFS d. USG Durock RH-100 Moisture Vapor Reducer e. approved equal 2. The following rolled product which meets the requirements of this specification is also approved: a. GCP Applied Technologies, "KOVARA" 220025.00 09 68 13 - 5 Carpet Tile ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting carpet tile performance. B. Concrete Slabs: 1. Verify that finishes comply with requirements specified in Section 03 30 00 - "Cast-in-Place Concrete" and that surfaces are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits. 2. Moisture Testing: Conduct three tests for areas up to 1,000 sq. ft. and one additional test for each additional 1,000 sq. ft. of flooring. Moisture condition shall be within the limits allowed by flooring manufacturer. Do not proceed with work until results of moisture condition tests are acceptable. Test options: a. Relative Humidity Test: Using in situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level measurement. b. Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours. 3. Perform moisture condition tests in each area no less than six (6) weeks prior to flooring installation. 4. Perform additional moisture tests recommended in writing by adhesive and carpet tile manufacturers. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. 5. Flooring Contractor shall have right of refusal to start installation of flooring if concrete moisture exceeds levels approved by flooring and adhesive manufacturers. C. Bond Test: Conduct bond test to determine compatibility of resilient flooring adhesives to concrete floors. Follow test procedure recommended by adhesive and carpet tile manufacturers. Result must fall within limits established by flooring manufacturer. D. Moisture Mitigation System: 1. All substrates must be structurally sound and free from any contaminants that may inhibit bond, including oil, grease, dust, paint, sealers, floor finishes and curing compounds. 2. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s application instructions at the rate recommended by manufacturer. Apply to substrate with trowel or squeegee then backroll. E. Examine carpet tile for type, color, pattern, and potential defects. F. Check dimensions and other conditions in the field and be responsible for proper fitting of carpet in all areas. G. Start of installation shall indicate acceptance of substrate and acceptance of responsibility for carpet tile installation. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with CRI's "Carpet Installation Standards" and with carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive carpet tile. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, depressions, and protrusions in substrates. Fill or level cracks, holes and depressions 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide or wider, and protrusions more than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) unless more stringent requirements are required by manufacturer's written instructions. C. Concrete Substrates: Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, without using solvents. Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by adhesive and carpet tile manufacturers. 220025.00 09 68 13 - 6 Carpet Tile ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet tile. 3.3 SITE ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES A. Indoor Air Quality: 1. Temporary ventilation: Ventilate products prior to installation. Remove from packaging and ventilate in a secure, dry, well-ventilated space free from strong contaminant sources and residues. Provide a temperature range of 60 degrees F minimum to 90 degree F maximum continuously for minimum 72 hours. Do not ventilate within limits of Work unless otherwise approved by Architect. 2. Immediately after installation, clean carpet thoroughly with a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filtration vacuum 3.4 CARPET TILE INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standard," Section 18, "Modular Carpet" and with carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Delay installation until surrounding work has been completed. C. Installation Method: As recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer. 1. Fully adhere carpet tiles to substrate. D. Lay carpet tile to pattern indicated in Color and Material Schedule. 1. Locate change of color or pattern between rooms under door centerline. 2. Lay out each room or area to minimize tiles less than one half size. 3. Maintain dye-lot integrity. Do not mix dye lots in same area. 4. Maintain pile-direction patterns recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer. 5. Blend carpet tiles from different cartons to ensure minimal variation in color match. E. Cut and fit carpet tile to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. F. Extend carpet tile into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open-bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. G. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on carpet tile as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. H. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing carpet tile: 1. Remove excess adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. 2. Remove yarns that protrude from carpet tile surface. 3. Vacuum carpet tile using commercial machine with face-beater element. B. Protect installed carpet tile to comply with CRI's "Carpet Installation Standard," Section 20, "Protecting Indoor Installations." C. Protect carpet tile against damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer. END OF SECTION 220025.00 10 22 26 - 1 Paired Panel Operable Partitions ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 10 22 26 PAIRED PANEL OPERABLE PARTITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Manually operated, paired panel operable partitions. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 03 Sections for concrete tolerances required. 2. Division 05 Sections for primary structural support, including pre-punching of support members by structural steel supplier per operable partition supplier’s template. 3. Division 06 Sections for wood framing and supports, and all blocking at head and jambs as required. 4. Division 09 Sections for wall and ceiling framing at head and jambs. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass. 2. ASTM C1048 - Heat-Treated Flat Glass—Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. 3. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 4. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements. 5. ASTM E413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation 6. ASTM E557 Standard Practice for Architectural Application and Installation of Operable Partitions. B. Health Product Declaration Collaborative: 1. Health Product Declaration Open Standard v2.1. C. International Standards Organization: 1. ISO 14021 - Environmental Labels and Declarations - Self-Declared Environmental Claims (Type II Environmental Labeling). 2. ISO 14025:2011-10, Environmental Labels and Declarations - Type III Environmental Declarations - Principles and Procedures. 3. ISO 14040:2009-11, Environmental Management - Life Cycle Assessment - Principles and Framework. 4. ISO 14044:2006-10, Environmental Management - Life Cycle Assessment - Requirements and Guidelines. 5. ISO 21930 – Sustainability in Buildings and Civil Engineering Works — Core Rules for Environmental Product Declarations of Construction Products and Services. D. Other Standards: 1. ADA – Americans with Disabilities Act. 2. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings. 3. CPSC 16 CFR 1201 - Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials. 4. NEMA LD3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates 220025.00 10 22 26 - 2 Paired Panel Operable Partitions ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. E. Quality Standard for Vinyl Coated Fabric Wall Coverings. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is certified by the operable partition manufacturer, as qualified to install the manufacturer’s partition systems for work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. B. Acoustical Performance: Test operable partitions in an independent acoustical laboratory in accordance with ASTM E90 test procedure and classified in accordance with ASTM E413 to attain no less than the STC rating specified. Provide a complete and unedited written test report by the testing laboratory upon request. C. Preparation of the opening shall conform to the criteria set forth per ASTM E557 Standard Practice for Architectural Application and Installation of Operable Partitions. D. The operable wall must be manufactured by a certified ISO-9001-2015 company or an equivalent quality control system. E. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361- 366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals for this specification section must be 100% complete and in one (1) package. 1. Only the actual samples required shall be allowed as a separate submittal. 2. Non- complete submittals will be returned to the contractor without comment and stamped “rejected-resubmit”. 3. Contractors who knowingly want to submit non-complete submittals or break single system submittals into multiple submittals will be responsible to arrange with Architect, prior to submitting the submittal(s), and to compensate Architect for the extra work involved B. Submittal Package: 1. Product Data: Material descriptions, construction details, finishes, installation details, and operating instructions for each type of operable partition, component, and accessory specified. 2. Shop Drawings: Show location and extent of operable partitions. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, attachments to other construction, and accessories. Indicate dimensions, weights, conditions at openings, and at storage areas, and required installation, storage, and operating clearances. Indicate location and installation requirements for hardware and track, including floor tolerances required and direction of travel. Indicate blocking to be provided by others. 3. Setting Drawings: Show imbedded items and cutouts required in other work, including support beam punching template. 4. Samples: Color samples demonstrating full range of finishes available by architect. Verification samples will be available in same thickness and material indicated for the work. 5. Reports: Provide a complete and unedited written sound test report indicating test specimen matches product as submitted. 6. Create spaces that are healthy for occupants. a. Furnish products and materials with Health Product Declaration (HPD), Manufacturer Inventory, or other material health disclosure documentation. Products without an HPD or other disclosure documentation are not acceptable. 7. Furnish materials that generate the least amount of pollution. a. Furnish products and materials that have third party verified environmental product declarations (EPD’s). Consider products and materials that have optimized environmental performance (reduced life cycle impacts). Products without an EPD or other disclosure documentation are not acceptable. 220025.00 10 22 26 - 3 Paired Panel Operable Partitions ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Clearly mark packages and panels with numbering systems used on Shop Drawings. Do not use permanent markings on panels. B. Protect panels during delivery, storage, and handling to comply with manufacturer’s direction and as required to prevent damage. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty by manufacturer of operable partitions agreeing to repair or replace any components with manufacturing defects. B. Partition Warranty period: 1. Meeting Room Partition - Two (2) years. 2. Convention Center Partitions – Three (3) years. C. Suspension System Warranty: 1. Meeting Room Partition: Five (5) years. 2. Convention Center Partitions: Twenty (20) years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Modernfold, Inc., 215 West New Road, Greenfield, Indiana 46140, phone: (800) 869-9685, www.modernfold.com B. Other manufacturers as Approved by the Architect. 2.2 OPERATION A. Partition Type: 1. Meeting Room Partition: Acousti-Seal Premier - Paired Panel: Series of paired flat panels hinged together in pairs, manually operated, top supported with operable floor seals. a. One (1) required. 2. Convention Center Partition: Acousti-Seal Encore - Paired Panel: Series of paired flat panels hinged together in pairs, manually operated, top supported with operable floor seals and automatic top seals. a. Two (2) Required. B. Final Closure: 1. Meeting Room Partition: Horizontally expanding panel edge with removable crank. 2. Convention Center Partitions: Horizontally expanding panel edge with removable crank. 2.3 PANEL CONSTRUCTION A. Panel Construction: 1. Meeting Room Partition: Nominal 3-inch (76mm) thick panels in manufacturer's standard 48-inch (1220mm) widths. All panel horizontal and vertical framing members fabricated from minimum 18-gage formed steel with overlapped and welded corners for rigidity. The top channel is reinforced to support suspension system components. Frame is designed so that full vertical edges of panels are of formed steel and provide concealed protection of the edges of the panel skin. 220025.00 10 22 26 - 4 Paired Panel Operable Partitions ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 2. Convention Center Partitions: Nominal 4.25-inch (108mm) thick panels in manufacturer's standard 51-inch (1295mm) widths. All panel horizontal and vertical framing members fabricated from minimum 16-gage formed steel with overlapped and welded corners for rigidity. The top channel is reinforced to support suspension system components. Frame is designed so that full vertical edges of panels are of formed steel and provide concealed protection of the edges of the panel skin. B. Panel skin shall be: 1. Meeting Room Partition: 0.50-inch (13mm) tackable 100% recycled gypsum board, class "A" rated single material or composite layers continuously bonded to panel frame. Acoustical ratings of panels with this construction minimum: a. 50 STC 2. Convention Center Partitions: Roll-formed steel wrapping around panel edge. Panel skins shall be lock formed and welded directly to the frame for unitized construction. Acoustical ratings of panels with this construction minimum: a. 52 STC C. Hinges for Panels, Closure Panels, Pass Doors, and Pocket Doors shall be: 1. Meeting Room Partition: Full leaf butt hinges, attached directly to the panel frame with welded hinge anchor plates within panel to further support hinge mounting to frame. Lifetime warranty on hinges. Hinges mounted into panel edge or vertical astragal are not acceptable. 2. Convention Center Partitions: Full leaf butt hinges, attached directly to the panel frame with welded hinge anchor plates within panel to further support hinge mounting to frame. Lifetime warranty on hinges. Hinges mounted into panel edge or vertical astragal are not acceptable. D. Panel Trim: No vertical trim required or allowed on edges of panels; minimal groove appearance at panel joints. E. Panel Weights: 1. Meeting Room Partition: 50 STC - 8 lbs./square foot 2. Convention Center Partitions: 52 STC - 8.2 lbs./square foot 2.4 PANEL FINISH A. Panel face finish shall be factory applied, Class "A" rated material. Finish shall be: 1. Meeting Room Partition: As selected by the Architect. 2. Convention Center Partitions: As selected by the Architect. B. Panel Trim: Exposed panel trim of one consistent color. 1. As selected by the Architect. 2.5 SOUND SEALS A. Vertical Interlocking Sound Seals between panels: 1. Meeting Room Partition: Roll-formed steel astragals, with reversible tongue and groove configuration in each panel edge for universal panel operation. Rigid plastic or aluminum astragals or astragals in only one panel edge are not acceptable. 2. Convention Center Partitions: Vertical Interlocking Sound Seals between panels: Aluminum astragals, with tongue and groove configuration in each panel edge. Rigid plastic astragals are not acceptable. B. Horizontal Top Seals: 1. Meeting Room Partition: Continuous contact extruded vinyl bulb shape with pairs of non- contacting vinyl fingers to prevent distortion without the need for mechanically operated parts. 2. Convention Center Partitions: Horizontal Top Seals shall be Modernfold SureSet™ automatic operable top seals, manually operated top seals not required or permitted. C. Horizontal bottom floor seals shall be: 220025.00 10 22 26 - 5 Paired Panel Operable Partitions ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1. Meeting Room Partition: Modernfold SM2 Bottom Seal. Manually activated seals providing nominal 2" (51mm) operating clearance with an operating range of + 0.50" (13mm) to -1.50" (38mm). Seal shall be operable from panel edge or face. Extended seal shall exert nominal 120 pounds (54 kg) downward force to the floor throughout operating range. 2. Convention Center Partitions: Modernfold SM4 Bottom Seal. Manually activated seals providing nominal 4" (102mm) operating clearance with an operating range of + 0.50" (13mm) to -3.50" (89mm). Seal shall be operable from panel edge or face. Extended seal shall exert nominal 120 pounds (54 kg) downward force to the floor throughout operating range. 2.6 SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Meeting Room Partition: #17 Suspension System 1. Suspension Tracks: Minimum 11-gauge, 0.12-inch (3.04mm) roll-formed steel track, suitable for either direct mounting to a wood header or supported by adjustable steel hanger brackets, supporting the load-bearing surface of the track, connected to structural support by pairs of 0.38- inch (10mm) diameter threaded rods. Aluminum track is not acceptable. a. Exposed track soffit: Steel, integral to track, and pre-painted off-white. 2. Carriers: One all-steel trolley with steel-tired ball bearing wheels per panel (except hinged panels). Non-steel tires are not acceptable. B. Convention Center Partitions: #14 Suspension System 1. Suspension Tracks: Minimum 7-gauge, 0.18-inch (4.57mm) roll formed steel. Static loading of track with brackets at 48-inch (1220mm) centers shall show no failure of track or brackets at 5,000 pounds (2550kg) point loading at mid-span. Track shall be supported by adjustable steel hanger brackets connected to structural support pairs of 0.50-inch (13mm) diameter threaded rods. Brackets must support the load bearing surface of the track. a. Exposed track soffit: Steel, removable for service and maintenance, attached to track bracket without exposed fasteners, and pre-painted off-white. 2. Carriers: One all-steel trolley with steel-tired ball bearing wheels per panel (except hinged panels). Non-steel tires are not acceptable. 2.7 OPTIONS A. Available accessories/options: 1. Meeting Room Partition: Pocket Doors: Acousti-Seal Pocket Doors by Modernfold, Inc., with same construction, finish, and appearance as the adjacent panels. a. Premier pocket door. 2. Convention Center Partitions: Pocket Doors: Acousti-Seal Pocket Doors by Modernfold, Inc., with same construction, finish, and appearance as the adjacent panels. a. Pocket Door configuration shall be manually operated: Type II double door hinged to a jamb on each side and closing in the center. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with ASTM E557, operable partition manufacturer’s written installation instructions, Drawings, and approved Shop Drawings. B. Install operable partitions and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting have been completed. C. Match operable partitions by installing panels from marked packages in numbered sequence indicated on Shop Drawings. D. Broken, cracked, chipped, deformed, or unmatched panels are not acceptable. 220025.00 10 22 26 - 6 Paired Panel Operable Partitions ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean partition surfaces upon completing installation of operable partitions to remove dust, dirt, adhesives, and other foreign materials according to manufacturer’s written instructions. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to the manufacturer and installer that ensure operable partitions are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operable partitions to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free from binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout entire operational range. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. 3.4 EXAMINATION A. Examine flooring, structural support, and opening, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of operable partitions. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate proper operation and maintenance procedures to Owner’s representative. B. Provide Operation and Maintenance Manual to Owner’s representative. END OF SECTION 220025.00 10 26 00 - 1 Stainless Steel Corner Guards ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 10 26 00 STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish and install surface mounted stainless steel corner guards including all hardware and accessories required for a complete and proper installation. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361- 366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. B. Corner Guards shall meet requirements of NSF Standard 51. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for each type of corner guard specified. B. Detail drawings indicating mounting details with the appropriate fasteners for specific project substrates. C. Samples for verification purposes of corner guard, 6" (152mm) long, in full size profiles of each type and color indicated. D. Cleaning and maintenance instructions for door and wall protection systems. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in unopened factory packaging to the jobsite and store in original packaging in a climate controlled location away from direct sunlight. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Products must be installed in an interior climate controlled environment. 220025.00 10 26 00 - 2 Stainless Steel Corner Guards ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Standard IPC Limited Lifetime Warranty against material and manufacturing defects. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Basis of Design Manufacturer: InPro Corp, "181128C-304" 2. Tepromark, " TCP-38SS304" 3. Babcock-Davis, "Series BCGSS" 4. Other manufacturers as approved by the Architect. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Flush Mount Corner Guard 1. SSCG-FM, Minimum 3 1/2" surface mounted corner guards with 1/8" radius fabricated from 16- gauge, Type 304 Stainless Steel. Full height, floor to ceiling, unless otherwise noted on drawings, Color and Material Schedule or Room Finish Schedule. 2. Attachment: Fasteners: Pre-drilled beveled holes and phillips head screws. 3. Finishes: Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin finish. B. Flush Mount End Wall Protectors 1. SSEW-FM, Surface mounted end wall protectors with width determined by the thicknell of the wall and with 1/8" radius fabricated from 16-gauge, Type 304 Stainless Steel. Full height, floor to ceiling, unless otherwise noted on drawings, Color and Material Schedule or Room Finish Schedule. 2. Attachment: Fasteners: Pre-drilled beveled holes and phillips head screws. 3. Finishes: Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions in which the corner guard systems will be installed. 1. Complete all finishing operations, including painting, before beginning installation of corner guards. B. Wall surface shall be dry and free from dirt, grease and loose paint. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Prior to installation, clean substrate to remove dust, debris and loose particles. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the corner guard as indicated on the approved detail drawing for the appropriate substrate and in compliance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Install corner guard level and plumb at the height scheduled or indicated on the drawings. 220025.00 10 26 00 - 3 Stainless Steel Corner Guards ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. B. Installation of Stainless Steel Corner Guards: 1. Surface must be dry, clean and properly sealed. 2. Cement on: Apply a bead of PL Premium Heavy Duty Adhesive in a zigzag pattern over the back of each wing of the corner guard. Position corner guard on the wall and apply pressure until a tight fit is achieved. 3. Remove the protective plastic covering from the exposed surface of the corner guard. 3.4 CLEANING A. At completion of the installation, clean surfaces in accordance with the IPC clean up and maintenance instructions. END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 10 82 13 - 1 Roof Top Equipment Screens ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 10 82 13 ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT SCREENS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Pre-formed Panels: For enclosing roof top mechanical equipment. a. Pre-formed Panels: For enclosing roof top mechanical equipment. 2. Pre-formed Panels: For enclosing roof top mechanical equipment. 3. Aluminum Support Framing: For direct attachment of screening panels to mechanical equipment; no base or curb required unless shown otherwise on drawings. 4. Sliding panels to permit easy access to mechanical equipment for servicing. 5. Not Included in This Specification: a. Touch-up painting required for scratches and screw heads. b. Field painting of prime painted screens. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM B 221-96 - Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire Profiles, and Tubes. B. The Aluminum Association, Inc. 1. AA ADM-1516166 (1994) - Aluminum Design Manual C. American Society of Civil Engineers. 1. ASCE 7-95 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract and Division 01 General Requirements. 1. Submittals for this specification section must be 100% complete and in one (1) package. a. Only the actual samples required shall be allowed as a separate submittal. b. Non- complete submittals will be returned to the contractor without comment and stamped “rejected-resubmit”. c. Contractors who knowingly want to submit non-complete submittals or break single system submittals into multiple submittals will be responsible to arrange with Architect, prior to submitting the submittal(s), and to compensate Architect for the extra work involved. B. Submittal Package shall include: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used. b. Preparation instructions and recommendations. c. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. d. Typical installation methods. 220025.00 10 82 13 - 2 Roof Top Equipment Screens ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. e. Sufficient data and detail to indicate compliance with these specifications. 2. Verification Samples: Two representative units of each panel type. a. Color Selection: Submit paint chart with full range of colors available for Architect's selection. Custom color samples available upon purchase. 3. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout heights, component connection details, and details of interface with adjacent construction. a. Roof top mechanical equipment to be enclosed. 4. Certification: Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance certifying that panels supplied meet or exceed requirements specified. a. Professional Engineer stamped drawings. C. Closeout Submittals: Warranty documents, issued and executed by manufacturer, countersigned by Contractor. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361- 366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with a minimum of one-year documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum two years documented experience with projects of similar scope and complexity. D. Source Limitations: Provide each type of product from a single manufacturing source to ensure uniformity. E. Mock-Up: Construct a mock-up with actual materials in sufficient time for Architect’s review and to not delay construction progress. Locate mock-up as acceptable to Architect and provide temporary foundations and support. 1. Intent of mock-up is to demonstrate quality of workmanship and visual appearance. 2. If mock-up is not acceptable, rebuild mock-up until satisfactory results are achieved. 3. Retain mock-up during construction as a standard for comparison with completed work. 4. Do not alter or remove mock-up until work is completed or removal is authorized. 1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Convene a conference approximately two weeks before scheduled commencement of the Work. Attendees shall include Architect, Contractor and trades involved. Agenda shall include schedule, responsibilities, critical path items and approvals. 1. Notify Architect four (4) calendar days in advance of scheduled meeting date. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and packaging, with labels clearly indicating manufacturer and material. B. Storage and Handling: Protect materials and finishes during handling and installation to prevent damage. C. Protect from damage due to weather, excessive temperature, and construction operations. 220025.00 10 82 13 - 3 Roof Top Equipment Screens ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's recommended limits. B. Field Measurements: Take measurements of supporting paving, footings, or piers. Indicate measurements on shop drawings fully documenting any field condition that may interfere with the screen system installation. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Installer for work under this Section, shall be responsible for coordination of panel and framing sizes and required options with the Contractor's requirements. 1. Request information on sizes and options required from the Contractor. B. Submit shop drawings to the Contractor and obtain written approval of shop drawing from the Contractor prior to fabrication. 1.10 WARRANTY A. If any part of the rooftop equipment screen fails because of a manufacturing defect within one year from the date of substantial completion, the manufacturer will furnish without charge the required replacement part(s). Any local transportation, related service labor or diagnostic call charges are not included. B. This warranty does not cover failure of your rooftop equipment screen if it is damaged by the Owner, or if the failure is caused by improper installation. In no event shall Warrantor be liable for incidental or consequential damages. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Approved Manufacturers: Envisor Screening System by CityScapes Incorporated, 4200 Lyman Ct. Hilliard, OH 43026. 1-877-727-3367 www.cityscapesinc.com B. Substitutions: Submit in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 2.2 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements of building authorities having jurisdiction in Project location. B. Design Criteria: 1. Rooftop Equipment Screens: a. The manufacturer is responsible for the structural design of all materials, assembly, and attachments to resist snow, wind, suction, and uplift loading at any point without damage or permanent set. b. Framing shall be designed in accordance with the Aluminum Design Manual to resist the following loading: 1) ASCE 7-18 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures; American Society of Civil Engineers. c. Default Clear Space Between Equipment and Screen: 36-inch (914 mm) nominal. d. Standard Truss Sizes: 36 and 48 inch (1219 mm). 220025.00 10 82 13 - 4 Roof Top Equipment Screens ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. e. Screen Heights: 70 inches (1778 mm). f. Corners may have one panel mounted at 45 degrees. g. Screens may partially surround units. h. Trusses: Should be spaced no further than 96 inches (2438 mm) along cabinet perimeter. i. Screens Mounted to Steel Posts: Posts must be set no further than 96 inches (2438 mm) on center. 2. Design Requirements to be Supplied to Manufacturer: a. Obstructions above unit base rail elevation and within 72 inches (1829 mm) of unit must be identified. b. Access panels, access doors, vent hoods, power disconnects, etc. must be accounted for in design; clearly noted on unit cut sheets or roof plans provided to Manufacturer. c. Equipment Obstruction Details Provided to Cityscapes: Such as door swings, horizontal ducting, or piping may be made to run between top and bottom rails. Contact Manufacturer for custom solutions. d. Post Mounting Systems: By others. Must have all steel sizing provided. 3. Limitations: a. Screens may be designed 22 to 60 inches (559 to 1524 mm) clear, as decided necessary by Manufacturer. 1) Requests for special clearances should be noted. b. Screen Heights: 1) Cannot exceed 8 inches (203 mm) more than cabinet height. 2) Units may have varying screen heights if needed to clear obstructions such as parapet walls. c. Top Trim: May be added to cover as much of the unit above attachment points. d. Screen Supports: To be attached below any drip edges. e. Spans Between Supports Larger than 100 inches (2540 mm): May require a post mount support. 1) Steel HSS by others. 2) Free-standing support posts provided by Manufacturer. f. Removable Screen Sections: 1) May be used for large maintenance clearances under special conditions: 2) Removable Sections: a) Fit between two trusses. b) Are not adjacent to one another; two trusses either side of section. c) Are not placed on the ends of partially sided systems. g. Units May be Nested Together If: 1) Cabinets are no further than 96 inches (2438 mm) apart. 2) Units have similar cabinet and curb heights. 3) Units are not on isolation/vibration curbs. h. If nested look is desired but not possible from one of the reasons above, independent screens can be sized to fit together with small gaps. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Perforated Metal Panels: Fabricated from rigid aluminum panels in multiple thicknesses. 1. Minimum thickness: 0.063 B. Framing: Aluminum Plate, Shapes and Bar: ASTM B 221, alloy 6061-T5 or 6063-T5. C. Threaded Fasteners: All screws, bolts, nut, and washers shall be Stainless steel. 1. Corner assembly fasteners shall be #10-16 x stainless steel TEK screws. Length as required to develop full holding capacity of screw when fastened to Mechanical Equipment. a. Length: As required to develop full holding capacity of screw when fastened to Mechanical Equipment. 2. Provide lock washer or other locking device at all bolted connections. 220025.00 10 82 13 - 5 Roof Top Equipment Screens ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Provide factory-formed panel systems with continuous interlocking panel connections and indicated or necessary components: Form all components true to shape, accurate in size, square and free from distortion or defects. Cut panels to precise lengths indicated on approved shop drawings. B. Fabricate all panels to slide horizontally to allow access to unit access panels behind. C. Panel Design, Style, Trim: 1. Panel Design: Metal Series. Pan Perforated D. Trim and Closures: Fabricated from 24 gage metal, and finished with the manufacturers standard coating system, unless shown otherwise on drawings. E. Framing: Fabricate and assemble components in largest practical sizes, for delivery to the site. 1. Construct corner assemblies to required shape with joints tightly fitted. 2. Supply components required for anchorage of framing. Fabricate anchors and related components of material and finish as required, or as specifically noted. 2.5 FINISHES A. Aluminum Framing: Mill finish. B. Panel Coating: Manufacturer's standard coating system, factory-applied. 1. Color: Custom color paint as selected and approved by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Installer's Examination: Examine conditions under which construction activities of this section are to be performed. 1. Submit written notification to Architect and Screen manufacturer if such conditions are unacceptable. 2. Beginning erection constitutes installer's acceptance of conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install units in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings. Keep perimeter lines straight, plumb, and level. Provide brackets, anchors, and accessories necessary for a complete installation. B. Fasten structural supports to HVAC units without damaging operation of the unit. 1. Provide corner and mid-span assemblies as required by approved shop drawings so that the panels are supported uniformly. 2. Fastening bottom rail using bolts to permit ease of access to HVAC units. 220025.00 10 82 13 - 6 Roof Top Equipment Screens ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. C. Insert thermoplastic panels into structural supports, except where fixed attachment points are indicated. Butt thermoplastic panels to adjacent panels for uniform fit. Fasten fixed panels in accordance with the shop drawings. D. Metal Separation: Where aluminum materials would contact dissimilar materials, insert rubber grommets at attachment points, thus eliminating where dissimilar metals would otherwise be in contact. E. Do not cut or abrade finishes which cannot be restored. Return items with such finishes to shop for required alterations. 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum misalignment from true position: ¼ inch (6 mm). 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove all protective masking from material immediately after installation. B. Protection: 1. Ensure that finishes and structure of installed systems are not damaged by subsequent construction activities. 2. If minor damage to finishes occurs, repair damage in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations; provide replacement components if repaired finishes are unacceptable to Architect. C. Prior to Substantial Completion: Remove dust or other foreign matter from component surfaces; clean finishes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Clean units in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 220025.00 11 61 23 - 1 Rise & Portable Staging Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 11 61 23 RISER & PORTABLE STAGING EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Riser and Portable Staging Equipment of the Following Types: a. Platforms. b. Leg supports. c. ADA compliant ramp transitions. 2. Accessories: a. Fixed stair units. b. Guardrails. c. Stage skirting. d. Storage & Transport carts. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements. 2. Section 09 90 00 – Painting and Coating. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. A17.1 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 2. A21.l Safety Requirements for Floor and Wall Openings, Railings and Toe Boards. 3. A58.l Minimum Design Loads in Buildings and Other Structures. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. A240/A240M – Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications. 2. ASTM A283 -Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. 3. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 4. ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 5. A554 - Standard Specification for Welded Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing. 6. A555 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Stainless Steel Wire and Wire Rods. 7. A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. B26/B26M - Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings. 8. B209 – Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 9. B210 – Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes. 10. B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. 11. B247 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Die Forgings, Hand Forgings, and Rolled Ring Forgings. 12. B429 - Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. 13. E488 - Standard Test Methods for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements. 220025.00 11 61 23 - 2 Rise & Portable Staging Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 14. E894 - Standard Test Method for Anchorage of Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings. C. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM): 1. AMP 500-505 – Metal Finishes Manual. 2. AMP 521 – Pipe Railing Systems. D. Aluminum Association (AA): 1. ASD-1 Aluminum Standards and Data. 2. DAF-45 Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. 3. SAA-46 Standards for Anodized Architectural Aluminum. 4. ADM-2015 Aluminum Design Manual E. American Plywood Association (APA) 1. US. Product Standard PS 1 - Structural Plywood. F. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. ANSI/AWS D1.1/D1.1M Structural Welding Code - Steel. 2. ANSI/AWS D1.2/D1.2M Structural Welding Code - Aluminum. 3. ANSI/AWS D1.6/D1.6M Structural Welding Code – Stainless Steel. G. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). H. Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG). I. International Code Council (ICC): International Building Code (IBC). 1. ICC300 - Standard for Bleachers, Folding and Telescopic Seating, and Grandstands. J. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 102: Standard for Assembly Seating, Tents, and Membrane Structures. K. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): 1. SSPC SP3: Power Tool Cleaning. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Components shall withstand structural loading as determined by allowable design working stresses of materials. B. Provide components capable of withstanding effects of gravity loads and the following structural loads without exceeding allowable design working stress of materials for components, anchors and connections: C. Platforms Structural Performance: 1. Uniform Distributed Live Load (Stage): 150 lbs per sq ft (732.4 kg per sq m). 2. Uniform Distributed Live Load (Riser): 100 lbs per sq ft (488.2 kg per sq m). 3. Lateral Sway-Bracing Loads: a. Applied Parallel: 24 lbs per ft (350 N per m) b. Applied Perpendicular to Platforms: 10 lbs per ft (145.9 N per m) D. Railing Structural Performance: 1. Top of Guards & Handrails: a. Concentrated load of 200 lbf (0.89kN) applied at any point and in any direction. b. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ft. (0.7kN/m) applied in any direction. c. Concentrated and uniform loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 220025.00 11 61 23 - 3 Rise & Portable Staging Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. E. Guards Infill Area: a. Concentrated load of 50 lbf (0.22 kN) applied horizontally to a 1 sq. ft. (0.09 sq. m) at any point in system. Including panels, intermediate rails, balusters, or other elements composing infill area. b. Infill load need not be assumed to act concurrently with other loads in determining stress on guard. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract and Division 01 General Requirements. 1. Submittals for this specification section must be 100% complete and in one (1) package. a. Only the actual samples required shall be allowed as a separate submittal. b. Non- complete submittals will be returned to the contractor without comment and stamped “rejected-resubmit”. c. Contractors who knowingly want to submit non-complete submittals or break single system submittals into multiple submittals will be responsible to arrange with Architect, prior to submitting the submittal(s), and to compensate Architect for the extra work involved. B. Submittal Package shall include: 1. Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00. 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: b. Preparation instructions and recommendations. c. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. d. Installation methods. 3. Shop Drawings: Submit plan and typical section detail to depict the proper configuration, assembly, installation, and termination of each product specified in this section. Including: Section details, Mounting methods, Typical Elevations, and Key plan layout. 4. Verification Samples: Provide samples by request of the owner, architect or consultant. 5. Manufacturer's Certificates and Test Reports: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: All primary products specified in this section will be supplied by a single manufacturer with a minimum of five (5) years’ experience. 1. Sightline Commercial Solutions, 7008 Northland Drive North, Minneapolis, MN 55428; Toll Free Tel: 877-215-7245; Email: info@sightlinecommercial.com. 2. Installer’s Qualifications: Firm experienced in installation or application of systems similar in complexity to those required for this Project. a. Acceptable to or licensed by manufacturer. b. Not less than 3 years experience with systems. B. Platform System: 1. System components: Pre-engineered by registered Professional Engineer licensed in the State in which project is located. 2. Attachments to building structure: Pre-engineered by registered Professional Engineer licensed in State in which project is located. C. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361- 366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. 220025.00 11 61 23 - 4 Rise & Portable Staging Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store and dispose of hazardous materials, and materials contaminated by hazardous materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. C. Protect from damage due to weather, excessive temperature, and construction operations. Store in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight. Store products indoors in temperature-controlled facility. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where products are indicated to fit to other construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before fabrication. B. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the products fabrication and delivery, obtain guaranteed dimensions in writing by the Contractor and proceed with fabrication of products to not delay fabrication, delivery and installation. C. Coordinate fabrication and delivery schedule of products with construction progress and sequence to avoid delay of product installation. D. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. 1.9 WARRANTY A. At project closeout, provide to Owner or Owners Representative an executed copy of the manufacturer's standard limited warranty against manufacturing defect, outlining its terms, conditions, and exclusions from coverage PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Sightline Commercial Solutions, 7008 Northland Drive North, Minneapolis, MN 55428; Toll Free Tel: 877-215-7245; Email: info@sightlinecommercial.com B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01 60 00. 2.2 MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Aluminum: 1. Extruded Pipe: Alloy 6061-T6 or similar. 2. Extruded Bars, Shapes and Moldings: Alloy 6005A-T51 or 6061-T6 or similar. 3. Sheet: Alloy 5052-H32 or 6061-T6 or 6005A-T61 or similar B. Stainless Steel: 1. Tubing: ASTM A 554, Type 304 or 316. 2. Pipe: ASTM A 312/A 312M, Type 304 or 316. 3. Castings: ASTM A 743/A 743M, Grade CF 8 or CF 20 or CF 8M or CF 3M. 4. Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar: ASTM A 666 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 316. 5. Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276 - Type 316 220025.00 11 61 23 - 5 Rise & Portable Staging Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. C. Steel: 1. Tubing: ASTM A 500/A 500M, A 513 2. Pipe: ASTM A 53 3. Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M 4. Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 29/ A 28M 2.3 RISER AND PORTABLE STAGING EQUIPMENT A. Basis of Design: SC90 Platform as manufactured by Sightline Commercial Solutions. 1. Single side, indoor and outdoor portable platform. 2. Fully field repairable. 3. Frame Edging: 4 in (101 mm) extruded 6105-T5 aluminum frame, including protective edge. 4. Built-in Roto-Lock system. 5. Subfloor: a. 1 in (25 mm) thick, Structural 1 (S1) exterior grade plywood. 1) Finished Surface: High Density Polyethylene. Black. 6. Support beams (as required) for specific strength requirements or oversized platforms. 7. Frame edging Finish a. Finish: Powder coat. b. Color: As determined by the Architect from the Manufacturer's standard selection. 8. Sound damping – IS300 Acoustical foam a. Color: Black b. 2” thick: 48”X96” sheet B. Basis of Design: SC90 Leg Supports as manufactured by Sightline Commercial Solutions. Design support system to the following: 1. Capable of being erected without use of tools. Join leg to platform in a compression loading condition. 2. Fixed Legs: 1-1/4 in (31 mm) Schedule 40, 6105-T5 aluminum pipe. a. Hold in place by a 3/8 in (10 mm)-16 eyebolt. b. Fixed Height (in): As determined by the Architect. 3. Leg Finish: a. Finish: Powder coat. b. Color: As determined by the Architect from the Manufacturer's standard selection. 4. Footing for Legs: a. Non-marring leveling foot, fabricated from molded skid resistant PVC pad. 1) Additional Fine Height Adjustment: 2 in (50 mm). b. Zinc-plated baseplate with adjustable rod. Baseplate contains anchoring holes. 5. Stabilizer Bracing: 1-1/4 in (31 mm) Schedule 40 6105-T5 aluminum pipe. Connect to leg supports with slip-on structural fitting. C. Basis of Design: ADA Compliant Ramp transition plate as manufactured by Sightline Commercial Solutions. 1. Material: Lightweight aluminum construction. 2. Integrated hand holds. 3. Built-in Roto-Lock system. 4. Transition surface: 1/4 in (6 mm) sheet aluminum with non-skid tape. 5. Main Substrate: 1 in (25 mm) structural 1 (S1) exterior grade plywood. a. Finished Surface: High Density Polyethylene. Black. 6. Handrail: a. Removable from transition plate via sleeved cups and set screws. b. 12 in (305 mm) return extension to meet ADA requirements. 7. Frame Finish: a. Finish: Powder coat. b. Color: As determined by the Architect from the Manufacturer's standard selection. 8. Handrail Finish: a. Finish: Powder coat. b. Color: As determined by the Architect from the Manufacturer's standard selection. 220025.00 11 61 23 - 6 Rise & Portable Staging Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Basis of Design: Fixed Stair Units as manufactured by Sightline Commercial Solutions. 1. Equip stair unit with locking mechanism to allow for easy attachment to platform. (Not applicable to Simple Step.) 2. Material: aluminum extrusion and formed sheet metal. 3. Tread Depth: 11 in (279 mm) 4. Tread Width: 36 in (914 mm). 5. Rise: as required. 6. Tread Substrate: 1 in (25 mm) structural 1 (S1) exterior grade plywood. a. Finished Surface: High Density Polyethylene. Black. 7. Exposed Fasteners: Non-corrosive. 8. Frame Finish: a. Finish: Powder coat. b. Color: As determined by the Architect from the Manufacturer's standard selection. 9. Handrail: a. Material: 1-1/4 in (31 mm) schedule 40, 6105-T5 aluminum pipe. b. Removable from main stair units via sleeved cups and set screws. 10. Handrail Finish: a. Finish: Powder coat. b. Color: As determined by the Architect from the Manufacturer's standard selection. B. Basis of Design: SC90 Guardrails as manufactured by Sightline Commercial Solutions. 1. Equip guardrail with locking mechanism to allow for easy attachment to platform. 2. Height: a. 42 inch (1067 mm) - IBC compliant 3. Hoop Material: 1-1/4 in (31 mm) schedule 40, 6105-T5 aluminum pipe. 4. Toe board: 4 in (102 mm) extruded aluminum where required by code. 5. Infill: a. 2-Line- Single horizontal midrail: 1-1/4 in (31 mm) schedule 40, 6105-T5 aluminum pipe 6. Exposed Fasteners: Non-corrosive. 7. Unit to unit clamps – as required to meet manufacturers requirements. 8. Finish: a. Finish: Powder coat. b. Color: As determined by the Architect from the Manufacturer's standard selection. C. Basis of Design: Stage Skirting as manufactured by Sightline Commercial Solutions. 1. Attach to platforms without tools and easily removable. Velcro and extruded plastic clips. 2. Material: Flame retardant Wyndham fabric. 3. Thread Color: Match fabric. 4. Pleat skirts with 50 percent fullness. 5. Style: Shirred or box pleat. 6. Reinforce top hem with continuous webbing. D. Basis of Design: Storage & Transport Carts manufactured by Sightline Commercial Solutions. 1. Vertical Platform Cart: a. 6 Deck Size (WxL): 29 in x 100 in (737 x 2540 mm). b. Capacity: see above for maximum number of SC90 platforms. c. Material: Tubular steel frame with plywood surface. d. Removable retention tubes on either end. e. Casters: 1) 4 casters per cart; 2 fixed and 2 swivel. 2) Size: 8 in (203 mm) diameter. 3) Load Capacity: 900 lbs (408 kg) per caster 2. Guardrail Storage Cart: a. Size (WxL): 36 in x 96 in (914 x 2438 mm). b. Capacity: see drawings for configurations. c. Material: Tubular steel frame. d. Vertical holding “trees” with non-marring pads. e. Plywood accessories holding box (optional) f. Fork guides (optional) 220025.00 11 61 23 - 7 Rise & Portable Staging Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. g. Casters: 1) 4 casters per cart; 2 fixed and 2 swivel. 2) Size: 8 in (203 mm) diameter. 3) Load Capacity: 900 lbs (408 kg) per caster. 3. Exposed Fasteners: Non-corrosive. 4. Finish: a. Finish: Powder coat black. 2.5 FASTENERS A. Anchors: Select fasteners of type, grade and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring system to other types of construction indicated. B. Component Hardware: Type best suited to application. Do not use metals that are corrosive or incompatible with materials joined. 1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting components and for attaching them to other work, unless exposed fasteners are unavoidable or are a standard fastening method for products indicated. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Assemble components in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field work and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. B. Mechanical Connections: Fabricate by connecting members with manufacturer's standard mechanical fasteners and fittings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints. C. Fabricate components in accordance with approved Shop Drawings. D. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs from exposed cut edges. E. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap components as indicated on drawings to receive finish hardware, screws and similar items. 2.7 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for applying and designating finishes. 1. Aluminum: AA DAF-45. 2. Stainless Steel: NAAMM AMP 503. B. Appearance of Finished Work: 1. Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent units are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved samples. Noticeable variations in the same unit are not acceptable. 2. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. C. Finish: Prepare, pre-treat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. All unexposed metals to be mill finish. 1. Powder coat: a. Material: AAMA 2603 - Polyester powder coating, 3 mil average film thickness 220025.00 11 61 23 - 8 Rise & Portable Staging Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages. These include items such as sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete and masonry construction. 1. Coordinate delivery of anchorages to project site. 2. Coordinate that blocking is in place for all mounting fasteners. B. Clean debris and dust from surfaces and holes thoroughly prior to installation. C. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install systems in accordance with manufacturer’s approved Shop Drawings and instructions. B. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion and defects. C. Provide anchors for connecting components to supporting construction. D. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installation of components. Accurately set in location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels. E. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight joints except as necessary for expansion. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspection: Coordinate field inspection in accordance with appropriate sections in Division 01. B. Manufacturer's Services: Coordinate manufacturer's services in accordance with appropriate sections in Division 01. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Upon completion of installation, remove surplus materials, rubbish, tools and equipment. B. Clean products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Protect installed products until completion of project. D. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 220025.00 11 66 23 - 1 Gymnasium Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 11 66 23 GYMNASIUM EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.2 Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.3 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish and install gymnasium equipment including all anchoring devices, components and accessories required for a complete and proper installation. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05 10 00 - Structural Steel 2. Section 05 30 00 - Steel Joists 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equipment shall be supplied by a company specializing in the design and manufacture of gymnasium equipment. B. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361- 366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided in this Section. 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient data to show fabrication, installation, anchorage and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades. 1.6 GUARANTEE A. All work in this section shall be guaranteed to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of final completion of Project. 220025.00 11 66 23 - 2 Gymnasium Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CEILING SUSPENDED SIDE FOLD BASKETBALL BACKSTOP A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Performance Sports Systems, 9200 E 146th St A, Noblesville, IN 46060, (317) 774-9840 1. Basis of Design Product: Model No. 3109 “Single Post” ceiling suspended, side fold, side braced backstop (for ceiling heights up to 30’. For ceiling heights over 30’, provide Model No. 3108). 2. Equal products by the following manufacturers which meet the requirements of this Specification are also approved a. AALCO Athletic Equipment, St. Louis, MO, (314)-544-4300, “135SF Side Fold”. b. Other manufacturers as approved by the Architect B. “Single Post” vertical main mast assembly shall be constructed of 6 5/8’’ O.D. (.120” wall ASTM A-500 Grade B) structural steel tubing with diagonal side sway braces of 2 ½”X 1 ½” X14 gauge ASTM A-513 rectangular steel tube sway braces miter cut and welded in place to a top horizontal 4” x 1 ½” x 0.18” web ASTM A-36 steel channel. Sway braces shall attach to mast above backboard for maximum rigidity. Mast and sway braces shall be welded for ceiling heights up to thirty (30) feet. Mast and sway braces shall be clamped for ceiling heights over thirty (30) feet (Model 3108). Backstop shall be side braced and fold to side. Side brace assembly shall have fully adjustable folding knee joint allowing for exact playing position and maintenance free operation. C. Goal shall be mounted directly through backboard into a heavy structural steel weldment which shall be clamped to vertical 6 5/8’’ O.D. center mast. (This direct attachment feature transfers the load on the goal directly to the mast pipe minimizing stress to glass backboard). Goal and backboard mounting design shall conform to NCAA, NFSHSA and FIBA regulation. D. The all-welded “Single Post” design shall be suspended from custom adjustable hangers with bronze bushings designed to be offset no less than 4” behind the center line of gravity of mast, providing for proper weighting of the assembly and insuring that unit locks securely and automatically into playing position. E. Backstop shall be supported from 3 1/2’’ O.D. pipe anchored to roof framing members by means of heavy formed steel support fittings. Superstructure pipes to be reinforced with special bridging or bracing when truss centers exceed spans of fourteen (14) feet. Each attachment clamp must be capable of supporting static loads of at least 10,000 lbs. with no deflection. F. All metal parts shall have factory applied powder coat finish in a color as approved by the Architect form a list of Manufacturer’s available colors. 2.2 WELDED SINGLE POST REAR BRACED ROLL-FOLD BACKWARD FOLDING BASKETBALL STRUCTURE A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Performance Sports Systems, 9200 E 146th St A, Noblesville, IN 46060, (317) 774-9840 1. Basis of Design Product: Model No. 3305 “Single Post” rear braced roll-fold backward folding basketball structure (for ceiling heights up to 18’-30’. For ceiling heights over 32’, provide Model No. 3304). 2. Equal products by the following manufacturers which meet the requirements of this Specification are also approved a. AALCO Athletic Equipment, St. Louis, MO, (314)-544-4300, “138RF Roll Fold Backstop”. b. Other manufacturers as approved by the Architect. 220025.00 11 66 23 - 3 Gymnasium Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. B. Superstructure: 1. Unit shall be supported from 3-1/2” O.D. x 0.120” wall ASTM A-500 Grade B horizontal and 2- 3/8” O.D. x 12-gauge (0.109”) wall ASTM A-513 vertical structural steel tubing secured to the building with heavy gauge steel stampings or weldments (as required by building conditions). When truss span widths exceed 10’-0”, 3- 1/2” O.D. x Schedule 40 (0.216”) wall ASTM A-500 Grade B will be used for the horizontals. Spans over 14’-0” will use welded bridge pipe. C. Backstop: 1. The backstop shall be of a single post design with a main vertical mast made of 6-5/8" O.D. x 0.120” wall ASTM A-500 Grade B structural steel tubing with 2-1/2” x 1-1/2” x 14-gauge (0.083”) wall ASTM A-513 rectangular steel tube sway braces miter cut and welded in place to a top horizontal 4” x 1-1/2” x 0.18” web ASTM A-36 steel channel. 2. Main mast will be suspended from superstructure with an offset hanger 3" in front of the pivot point. Units with less than 3" offset will not be approved as equal. 3. Backstop shall be manufactured to allow 6" vertical adjustment for plumbing of the backboard. All fittings shall be heavy gauge steel stampings or weldments. 4. A direct goal attachment is used to transfer stress from the goal to the main mast assembly preventing strain on the backboard. 5. An adjustable suspension hanger shall be mounted on a special carrier system to roll forward on a slope track system allowing the vertical mast to roll forward while the backstop is being raised. 6. The carrier-hanger system will fully encompass the track system for maximum strength and stability. 7. All fittings shall be heavy gauge steel stampings or weldments. 8. A direct goal attachment is used to transfer stress from the goal to the main mast assembly preventing strain on the backboard. 9. Rear brace shall be 1-7/8" O.D. x 12-gauge (0.109”) wall ASTM A-513 steel tubing attached to the main mast 12” to 18” above bottom of mast pipe. When truss heights are higher than 23’-0”, front brace shall be 2-3/8” O.D. x 12-gauge (0.109”) wall ASTM A-513 steel tubing. Folding brace shall be of a jackknife design with an adjustable hinge for easy installation and field adjustment. 10. Backstop shall be raised and lowered with 1/4" galvanized aircraft cable with a breaking strength of 7000 lbs. 11. Backstop metal parts shall have factory applied powder coat finish in a color as approved by the Architect form a list of Manufacturer’s available colors. 12. Backstop manufactured in accordance with 1994 rule 1, section 8, stating that all parts of the backboard support system shall be at least 6" behind backboard. 2.3 ELECTRIC WINCH A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Performance Sports Systems, 9200 E 146th St A, Noblesville, IN 46060, (317) 774-9840 1. Basis of Design Product: Model No. 1194 “Electric Backstop Winch”. 2. Equal products by the following manufacturers which meet the requirements of this Specification are also approved a. AALCO Athletic Equipment, St. Louis, MO, (314)-544-4300, “TouchMate TM-4”. b. Other manufacturers as approved by the Architect B. Electric winch shall be a definite purpose electric winch designed specifically for use of basketball backstop positioning. Winch shall be worm gear type designed to hold backstop at any position during operation. Winch will be driven by a 3/4 HP, 120-volt, 60 hertz, single-phase instant reversing electric motor with thermal overload protection (governed to stall at 14 amps to prevent overload) and manufactured to NEMA specifications. Winch shall develop over 1000 lbs. of line pull at a speed of nine (9) feet per minute. C. Winch shall have high-speed worm gearing to support both radial and thrust loads, and positive locking double reduction gear drive providing 200:1 reduction rate for strong cable hold under load, eliminating need for special brakes. Sealed gear case for lifetime maintenance free operation. 220025.00 11 66 23 - 4 Gymnasium Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. D. Winch shall incorporate a large 4-1/2” diameter grooved drum to assure long cable life and proper coiling, with a tension roller for correct cable tracking even in slack conditions. Drum shall be grooved for 1/4" 7 x 19 galvanized aircraft cable to facilitate smooth take-up and proper spooling of cable. Drum shall allow 25 feet of travel on one (1) layer and 40 feet on two (2) layers. E. Winch shall utilize a flush mounted single keyed switch to both raise and lower backstop (eliminating the need for two keys). Key switch shall be located so that the backstop is in full view of authorized operator at all times. Optional wireless remote control or keypad control operation available. F. Winch shall have five (5) year warranty against material defects and workmanship. Winches with less than a five (5) year warranty shall not be considered equal. 2.4 BACKBOARDS A. Backboard shall be 3'-6" x 6'-0" to meet all NCAA, NFHSA and professional requirements. Backboard frame of a heavy, brushed aluminum extrusion. Extended frame section of high tensile aluminum (6063- T5). Ends of the frame extrusions mitered and fitted with a flush, plated steel gusset type mounting bracket on all four corners, incorporating keyhole slots for mounting the backboard to the support structure at standard mounting centers. B. Goal mounting structure of a heavy, formed steel assembly, secured to the lower horizontal frame member to minimize stress on the glass section. Provide steel sleeves at goal mounting hole locations to secure rear structure to front mounting plate, forming a unitized assembly to minimize shock to the glass. Entire frame including goal-mounting structure fitted with a shock absorbing neoprene material to cushion and protect the glass section. C. 1/2" thick, fully tempered glass section with uniform load and impact strength. Official white border and target area is permanently fired into front side of glass section so that it cannot wear away. D. Goal mount structure provided with two holes (7/16") and two studs (3/8"-16) to secure backboard and goal to a direct mount "goal brace" feature which relieves all stress and shock on the backboard conforming to the latest NCAA Rules (BR-73, D-5). Goal mounting holes (4) to be standard 5" (horizontal) x 4" (vertical) mounting centers. E. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Draper "Model 503136" Rectangular Glass Backboard 2. Jaypro 3. Porter Athletic Equipment Company 4. Aalco 5. Performance Sports Systems 6. Other manufacturers as approved by the Architect. F. Backboard Height Adjuster: 1. Direct mount manual height adjuster is crank operated and actuated via a 3/4"-6 Acme threaded rod. Main frame-assembly constructed of 2" x 2-1/2" x 1/4" steel angle and 1/4" thick flat steel. Slip tubes consist of 2-5/8" O.D. outer tubes and 2-1/4" O.D. inner tubes. 2. Frame assembly shall be jig welded and factory assembled. Actuator rod assembly bolted in place and removable for conversion to electric operation. 3. Height adjuster shall include a self-adhesive height scale graduated in 1" increments and labeled at 6" intervals. a. Draper "Model 503092" b. Jaypro c. Porter Athletic Equipment Company d. Aalco e. Performance Sports Systems f. Other manufacturers as approved by the Architect. 220025.00 11 66 23 - 5 Gymnasium Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 2.5 BACKBOARD EDGE PADDING A. Edge padding with pre-molded square corners. Molded-in steel track and bolt-on attachment system. Padding shall meet or exceed NCAA and High School Federation specifications. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 1. Draper Model 5032XX bolt-on backboard safety padding 2. Jaypro 3. Porter Athletic Equipment Company 4. Aalco 5. Performance Sports Systems 6. Other manufacturers as approved by the Architect. 2.6 BREAKAWAY BASKETBALL GOAL A. Goal shall be designed to withstand shock loads due to a player slam dunking and/or hanging on the rim. The rim shall deflect down when a static load of 230 pounds is applied. The rim will return to the playing position once the load is removed. The function of the breakaway goal shall meet NCAA specifications, which state: "A movable basket ring shall have rebound characteristics identical to those of a non-moveable ring." Goal shall be set at factory for proper flex and rebound requirements. B. Rim shall be fabricated from a 5/8" diameter steel rod formed into an 18" inside diameter ring. Inside of ring shall be positioned 6" from the face of backboard by a heavy-duty mounting plate with mounting holes centered to match 5" x 5" or 5" x 4" backboard mounting holes. Goal will mount on standard glass, fiberglass, aluminum, steel, and wood backboards. C. Rim shall be rigidly braced by means of die cut steel braces formed and welded to underside of rim for maximum support. Goal shall be provided with twelve "no tie" net attachment clips, welded to rim for net attachment. Goal shall be painted in an official durable orange powder coat. Goal shall be furnished with zinc plated mounting hardware and high-quality white nylon anti-whip net. The top half of the anti-whip net is made of durable fibers encased in tough 100% nylon, preventing the net from whipping up on the rim. The lower half is all nylon. Goal to have three-year limited warranty. D. Manufacturer: 1. Basis of Design: Draper Model 503576 Breakaway Goal 2. Other acceptable manufacturers: a. Jaypro b. Porter Athletic Equipment Company c. Aalco d. Performance Sports Systems e. Other manufacturers as approved by the Architect. 2.7 VOLLEYBALL ACCESSORIES A. Indoor Carbon Volleyball Pole: Telescoping type volleyball system with standards adjusting from 6'-6" to 8'-2". Bottom upright shall be 3-1/2" OD. Schedule 80 aluminum tube with a wall thickness of 0.300". Provide bottom upright with rubber foot to protect finished floors and provide precise net height adjustment. Upper telescoping adjustable tube to be 2-7/8" schedule 80 aluminum tube with a wall thickness of 0.276" with a 4" diameter pulley and bushing. 1. Sports Imports Model SI-1. 2. Other manufacturers as approved by the Architect. B. Tensioning winch shall incorporate a heavy-duty self-locking ratchet mechanism with compression clutch brake type release mechanism. C. Net: 32” x 39-3/8". Official competition net. 4" square #36 black nylon cord with vinyl-coated polyester hem double stitched around entire perimeter of net. Top hem shall have a 42'-6" long galvanized aircraft cable with a nylon coating for top tensioning. Bottom of net shall have braided white nylon rope for bottom tensioning. Each side of the net equipped with three polypropylene tension straps with buckles. 220025.00 11 66 23 - 6 Gymnasium Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. D. Floor Plate: Shall be stainless steel of 6 5/8” diameter with hinged access cover, with a 3 11/16” opening. Removable, threaded, or pin swivel covers are unacceptable. Plate shall be .25” thick and shall be designed to be compatible with all surfaces. 1. Sports Imports Model KA25-F-SS. 2. Other manufacturers as approved by the Architect. E. Sleeve: Shall be tubular stainless steel of .219” thickness, 8 7/8” long and 3 1/16” internal diameter. Seamed tubing or pipe is unacceptable. Sleeve shall have three pre-drilled flanges for attachment to the plate during the installation in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. The bottom of the sleeve shall be 10” from the floor surface. Coordinate placement with gymnasium floor contractor. 1. Sports Imports Model KA25-S-SS. 2. Other manufacturers as approved by the Architect. F. Protective Pads for Standards: 1. 6' high pads constructed of 1-1/4" thick, cross-linked polyethylene foam filler covered with polyester reinforced vinyl fabric. Each pad shall consist of two vertical sections that attach to each other with hook and loop fasteners. Each section shall be hinged at the corners to fold neatly around posts and tensioning winch. a. Draper, "5011XX" b. Other products by the following manufacturers are also approved: 1) Jaypro 2) Porter Athletic Equipment Company 3) Aalco 4) Performance Sports Systems 5) Douglas 6) Other manufacturers as approved by the Architect. 2.8 INDOOR SOCCER GOAL A. Face of goal shall be constructed of 4" x 2" extruded aluminum with corner radii for safety and a minimum wall thickness of .080". Goal shall include net attachment using specially designed clips included with each system. Goal shall have a 12' wide x 6'6" high opening. B. Crossbar shall attach to uprights by method so hardware does not protrude from the front face of the goal. C. Backstays shall be constructed of 1 5/8" diameter zinc coated steel tube and provide a 2' top depth x 6' bottom depth. A 1 5/8" diameter zinc coated steel stabilizer tube shall connect to the rear of the backstays to provide stability during use and transport. D. A standard 10" diameter x 2" wide transport wheel shall attach to each side of the goal to facilitate transport. 4" x 2" face of the goal shall have a white polyester powder coated finish. E. Goal shall carry a one-year warranty. F. Package shall include transport wheels, auger type rear safety hold downs, net, net attachment clips, goal post pads and rear stabilizer bars. 1. Basis of Design: Draper Select Soccer Goal (Youth 12’ x 6’6” Portable) - Model “505001” a. Soccer Net – Model “505012” 2. AGORA 3” Channel Club Soccer Goal 6’-6” x 12’ Model “SA-GCAKIT-612” a. Soccer Net – 4mm HTPP Hexagon Net for 6’6” x 12’ Goals with depth (White). 3. Other manufacturers as approved by the Architect. 2.9 PICKLEBALL EQUIPMENT A. Provide all equipment and materials, and do all work necessary to furnish and install the athletic equipment, as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. 1. Basis of Design: Douglas JTN-30 QuickStart/Pickleball Tennis Net #20105 220025.00 11 66 23 - 7 Gymnasium Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. B. COMPONENTS: 1. 3.0mm Solid Core Knotted Braided Polyethylene with 285 lb. Break Strength 2. Single Ply Vinyl Coated Polyester Headband 32 oz./sq. yd. 3. Black Vinyl Side Pockets with Fiberglass Dowels 4. Standard Net Dimensions: 3' high X 21'9" long 2.10 ICE HOCKEY GOAL STATION A. Basis of Design: Douglas HG-200 B. Standard practice nets: 1. Description: 6 mm resin coated net 2. Size: 4'H X 6'W X 44” deep. 3. Net protectors C. Goal frame: 1. 2 3/8” OD schedule 40 steel frame, powder coated red. D. Goal frame padding: 1. 18 oz mildew resistant vinyl padding, double stitched with Velcro and buckle attachments. 2. Include bottom and back posts. 2.11 FIGURE SKATING HARNESS EQUIPMENT A. Basis of Design: Pro-Motion, Inc.; Gold On-Ice Track Harness System. www.pro-motionharness.com. B. General Requirements: 1. Provide mounting plates, brackets, and anchors of sufficient size and strength to securely attach equipment to building structure; comply with requirements of contract documents. 2. Hardware: Heavy duty steel hardware, as recommended by the manufacturer. C. Figure Skating Harness: 1. On-Ice System: a. Cable System. b. Skater's Deluxe Body Harness. c. Running Wagon with a Double Pulley System to prevent cable twisting and double wheels on cable for faster ride. d. Quantity: 2. e. Locations: 1 at each ice rink. Refer to the Drawings for locations. 2.12 WALL PADS A. Panels shall consist of 7/16" thick urea-formaldehyde free oriented strand board (OSB) backer and 2" thick flexible urethane cushioning material bonded together, then fully wrapped with flexible PVC and scrim laminate that features a leather grain emboss pattern. B. Cover shall have average weight of 14 oz. per square yard, breaking strength of 350 PSI, tear resistance of 65 pounds and be rated as self-extinguishing in accordance with California State Fire Code F-230 and Class-A Rated in accordance with requirements of NFPA-101. Cover to be resistant to rot, mildew, fungus and ultraviolet light. C. Class A flame retardant wall pads have been tested as a singular unit and given a “Class A” rating in accordance with ASTM-E84 and NFPA 255 test procedures. 220025.00 11 66 23 - 8 Gymnasium Equipment ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Draper, "EcoVision Gym Wall Pads" 2. Jaypro 3. Porter Athletic Equipment Company 4. Aalco 5. Performance Sports Systems 6. Douglas 7. Other manufacturers as approved by the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect areas where gymnasium equipment is to be mounted and report to Construction Manager any improper conditions which will adversely affect installation or performance of gymnasium equipment. Do not start installation until such conditions have been corrected. Start of installation shall indicate acceptance of surfaces and acceptance of responsibility for gymnasium equipment installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install gymnasium equipment in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions anchoring firmly into position for long life under hard use. END OF SECTION 220025.00 12 25 13 - 1 Manual Roller Shades ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 12 25 13 WINDOW ROLLER SHADES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Roller shades, motorized operation and accessories. a. Intelligent encoded electronic drive system. b. Motor controls, interfaces, and accessories. c. PoE motorized, sunscreen and blackout roller shades as applicable. Work includes local, group and master control systems for shade operation with addressable, DC motors, IP motor hubs, wall controllers, sensors, IP gateways, SAC Shade Controllers and associated software system. 2. Roller shades, manual operation and accessories. 3. Shade fabric. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking and grounds for mounting roller shades and accessories. 2. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Coordination with gypsum board assemblies for installation of shade pockets, closures and related accessories. 3. Section 09 51 00 - Acoustical Ceilings: Coordination with acoustical ceiling systems for installation of shade pockets, closures and related accessories. 4. Division 26 - Electrical: Electric service for motor controls. Electrical and low voltage requirements, internal communication, data transfer, and connection to the Internet and local PoE switches as required. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM G21 - Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi. 2. ASTM E2180 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Activity of Incorporated Antimicrobial Agent(s) In Polymeric or Hydrophobic Materials. B. Cradle to Cradle Products Innovation Institute (C2C): 1. C2C (DIR) - C2C Certified Products Registry. C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. 2. NFPA 701 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films. D. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): 1. UL (GGG) - GREENGUARD Gold Certified Products; Current Edition. 2. UL 325 - Standard for Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver, and Window Operators and Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. E. Window Covering Manufacturers Association (WCMA): 220025.00 12 25 13 - 2 Manual Roller Shades ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1. WCMA A100.1 - Safety of Window Covering Products; 2018. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Where motorized shades are to be controlled by control systems provided under other sections, coordinate the work with other trades to provide compatible products. 2. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide rough-in of electrical wiring as required for installation of hardwired motorized shades. B. Preinstallation Meeting: One week prior to commencing work related to this section. Require attendance of all affected installers. C. Sequencing: 1. Do not fabricate shades until field dimensions for each opening have been taken with finished conditions in place. "Hold to" dimensions are not acceptable. 2. Do not install shades until final surface finishes and painting are complete. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals for this specification section must be 100% complete and in one (1) package. 1. Only the actual samples required shall be allowed as a separate submittal. 2. Non- complete submittals will be returned to the contractor without comment and stamped “rejected-resubmit”. 3. Contractors who knowingly want to submit non-complete submittals or break single system submittals into multiple submittals will be responsible to arrange with Architect, prior to submitting the submittal(s), and to compensate Architect for the extra work involved B. Submittal Package: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog pages and data sheets for products specified including materials, finishes, dimensions, profiles, mountings, and accessories. a. Preparation instructions and recommendations. b. Styles, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components, profiles, features, finishes, accessories, and operating instructions. c. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. d. Mounting details and installation methods. e. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation. f. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of control system components and show interconnecting wiring. g. Operation and Maintenance Data: Component list with part numbers, and operation and maintenance instructions. h. Motorized Shades: Power requirements. Typical wiring diagrams including integration of EDU controllers with building management system, audiovisual and lighting control systems as applicable. 1) If using PoE motors, include integration of PoE motor hubs, shade motors, wall controllers, software programming, ability to integrate with building management system, audiovisual and lighting control systems as applicable 2. Shop Drawings: Plans, elevations, sections, product details, installation details, operational clearances, wiring diagrams and relationship to adjacent work. a. Prepare shop drawings on AutoCad or MicroStation format using base sheets provided electronically by the Architect. b. Prepare control wiring diagrams based on zones, switching and operational requirements provided by the Architect in electronic format. c. Include one-line diagrams, wire counts, coverage patterns, and physical dimensions of each item. d. Provide location plan showing all motor locations, switch locations and control zones as per the performance requirements of the specifications. All switches, sensors and other control accessories must clearly be shown and called out in a bill of materials. 220025.00 12 25 13 - 3 Manual Roller Shades ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. e. Provide location plan showing all manual shade control locations. Cross-reference furniture plans for optimal positioning of chains. f. Provide elevation drawings showing shade band layout. Indicate any necessary seam or batten locations and align with horizontal mullions where possible. 3. Window Treatment Schedule: For all roller shades. Use same room designations as indicated on the Drawings and include opening sizes and key to typical mounting details. 4. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, one complete set of shade components, unassembled, demonstrating compliance with specified requirements. a. Shadecloth Sample: Mark face of material to indicate interior faces. 1) Test reports indicating compliance with specified fabric properties. 2) Verification Samples: 6 inches (150 mm) square, representing actual materials, color and pattern. 5. Maintenance Data: Bill of materials for all components with part numbers. Methods for maintaining roller shades, precautions regarding cleaning materials and methods, instructions for operating hardware and control. 6. Warranty: Provide manufacturer’s warranty documents as specified in this Section. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Obtain roller shades system through one source from a single manufacturer with a minimum of ten years-experience and minimum of five projects of similar scope and size in manufacturing products comparable to those specified in this section. C. Installer for Roller Shade System - Qualifications: Installer trained and certified by the manufacturer with a minimum ten-years of experience in installing products comparable to those specified in this section. 1. Requirements for Roller Shade Installer/Contractor: a. Roller Shade Hardware, shade fabric, motor, and all related controls shall be furnished and installed as a complete two-way communicating system and assembly. b. Roller Shade Installer/Contractor shall list all components and systems included in their bid, including but not limited to, the prime manufacturer of the motor control and automated equipment and shall be financially responsible for any change orders and/or back charges required by the BMS, AV, or Lighting Control Systems contractors to interface with the automatic solar tracking system and the motorized roller shade system. c. If using PoE motors, installer for roller shade system shall be trained and certified by all manufacturers involved including IP gateway, PoE motor hubs, COAP protocol wall controllers, EnOcean enabled keypads and sensors, UPOE+ switch and be capable of complete deployment of controls, software and hardware. D. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. E. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Passes NFPA 701 small and large-scale vertical burn. Materials tested shall be identical to products proposed for use. F. Electrical Components: NFPA Article 100 listed and labeled by either UL or ETL or other testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, marked for intended use, and tested as a system. Individual testing of components will not be acceptable in lieu of system testing. G. Requirements for Electronic Hardware, Controls, and Switches: Roller shade hardware, shade fabric, EDU (Electronic Drive Unit), and all related controls shall be furnished and installed as a complete two- way communicating system and assembly. 1. If using PoE motors, roller shade hardware, shade fabric, PoE motor hub, DC shade motor, software and all related controls shall be furnished and installed as a complete two-way communicating system and assembly. H. ShadeCloth Anti-Microbial Characteristics: 'No Growth' per ASTM G 21 results for fungi ATCC9642, ATCC9644 and ATCC9645, and E2180. 220025.00 12 25 13 - 4 Manual Roller Shades ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. I. ShadeCloth Cleanability and Disinfecting: ShadeCloth must meet cleanability and disinfecting requirements via 3rd party testing to comply with BIFMA HCF 8.1-2014 standards using chemical solutions compliant with EPA guidelines for use against COVID-19. J. Environmental Certification: Submit written certification from the manufacturer, including third party evaluation, recycling characteristics, and perpetual use certification as specified. Initial submittals, which do not include the Environmental Certification will be rejected. Materials that are simply 'PVC free' without identifying their inputs shall not qualify as meeting the intent of this specification and shall be rejected. K. Third Party Evaluation: Provide documentation stating the shade cloth has undergone third party evaluation for all chemical inputs, down to a scale of 100 parts per million, that have been evaluated for human and environmental safety. Identify any and all inputs, which are known to be carcinogenic, mutagenic, teratogenic, reproductively toxic, or endocrine disrupting. Also identify items that are toxic to aquatic systems, contain heavy metals, or organohalogens. The material shall contain no inputs that are known problems to human or environmental health per the above major criteria, except for an input that is required to meet local fire codes. L. Recycling Characteristics: Provide documentation that the shade cloth can, and is part of a closed loop of perpetual use and not be required to be down cycled, incinerated or otherwise thrown away. Scrap material can be sent back to the mill for reprocessing and recycling into the same quality yarn and woven into new material, without down cycling. Certify that this process is currently underway and will be utilized for this project. M. Perpetual Use Certification: Certify that at the end of the useful life of the shade cloth, that the material can be sent back to the manufacturer for recapture as part of a closed loop of perpetual use and that the material can and will be reconstituted into new yarn, for weaving into new shade cloth. Provide information on each shade band indicating that the shade band can be sent back to the manufacturer for this purpose. N. Turn-Key Single-Source Responsibility for Wiring Motorized Interior Roller Shades: To control the responsibility for performance of motorized roller shade systems, assign the design, engineering, and installation of motorized roller shade systems, motors, controls, and low voltage electrical control wiring specified in this Section to a single manufacturer and their authorized installer/dealer. The Architect will not produce a set of electrical drawings for the installation of control wiring for the motors, or motor controllers of the motorized roller shades. Power wiring (line voltage), shall be provided by the general contractor (“GC”), not roller shade installer/dealer (Window Coverings Subcontractor or “WC”), in accordance with the requirements provided by the manufacturer. Coordinate the following with the roller shade installer/dealer: 1. GC shall provide power panels and circuits of sufficient size to accommodate roller shade manufacturer's requirements, as indicated on the mechanical and electrical drawings. 2. GC shall coordinate with requirements of WC, before inaccessible areas are constructed. 3. GC shall run line voltage as dedicated home runs (of sufficient quantity, in sufficient capacity as required) terminating in junction boxes in locations designated by WC. 4. GC shall provide and run all line voltage (from the terminating points) to the motor controllers. WC shall wire all roller shade motors to the motor controllers, and provide and run low voltage control wiring from motor controllers to switch/ control locations designated by the Architect. All above-ceiling and concealed wiring shall be plenum- rated, or installed in conduit (provided by Electrical Subcontractor), as required by the electrical code having jurisdiction. 5. GC shall provide conduit with pull wire in all areas, which might not be accessible to roller shade contractor due to building design, equipment location or schedule. 6. GC shall provide wiring and labor cost difference between power requirements for AC and DC motor options in overall cost comparison of AC and DC motorized shades. O. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361- 366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. 220025.00 12 25 13 - 5 Manual Roller Shades ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.7 MOCK-UP A. Provide a mock-up of one roller shade assembly for evaluation of mounting, appearance and accessories. 1. Locate mock-up in window designated by Architect. 2. Mockup Size: Full size. 3. Mockup Size (WxH): 3 x 3 feet (0.94 x 0.94 m) minimum. 4. Intent of mock-up is to demonstrate quality of workmanship and visual appearance. 5. If mock-up is not acceptable, rebuild mock-up until satisfactory results are achieved. 6. Do not proceed with remaining work until, mock-up is accepted by Architect. 7. Retain mock-up during construction as a standard for comparison with completed work. 8. Do not alter or remove mock-up until work is completed or removal is authorized. 9. Full-sized mock-up may become part of the final installation. 10. Full-sized mock-up will become the property of the Owner to be used for spare parts. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver in factory-labeled packages, marked with manufacturer and product name, fire-test-response characteristics, and location of installation using same room designations indicated on Drawings and in Window Treatment Schedule. B. Store and handle products per manufacturer's recommendations 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Install roller shades after finish work including painting is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. B. Power and control wiring shall be complete and certified, fully operational with uninterrupted communication on the lines and minimal noise certified by a commissioning agent specified in other sections. 1. 485, ICON, Lonmark and Dry Contract Network: Noise on the line not to exceed shade manufacturer's limits. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Roller Shade Hardware and Chain Warranty: Manufacturer's standard non-depreciating warranty for interior shading. 1. Shade Hardware: 10 years unless otherwise indicated. 2. Specified Shadecloth: Manufacturer's standard 10-year warranty. 3. Roller Shade Motors, Motor Control Systems, and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard non- depreciating 10-year warranty for AC motors and controls and 10-year warranty for DC motors, power panels and controls. Roller shade low voltage PoE motor and associated wall controller, IDF, plenum located PoE hubs and associated control systems must have manufacturer’s minimum, non-depreciating 10-year warranty. Somfy motors and controls standard 5-year warranty. NuLEDs SpiceBox, keypads, sensors and associated lighting products standard 5-year warranty. 4. Roller Shade Installation: One year from date of Substantial Completion, not including scaffolding, lifts or other means to reach inaccessible areas, which are deemed owner’s responsibility. 220025.00 12 25 13 - 6 Manual Roller Shades ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Mecho, which is located at: 42-03 35th St.; Long Island City, NY 11101; ASD Tel: 718-729-2020; Fax: 718-729-2941; Web: www.mechoshade.com B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01 60 00. 1. Proposed products may be submitted for approval not less than ten (10) days prior to bid date. Submittal must include all data necessary to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 2.2 APPLICATIONS/SCOPE A. Roller Shade Schedule: 1. Shade Type WT-1: Manual operating, chain drive, sunscreen single roller shades and/or room darkening opaque double roller shades with related mounting systems and accessories as indicated on drawings. 2. Shade Type WT-2: Motor operating sunscreen single roller shades and/or room darkening opaque double roller shades with related motor control systems, mounting systems and accessories as indicated on drawings. 3. ADA Compliance: All spaces requiring full ADA compliance to be motorized with an accessible wall switch. 4. CPSC Compliance: All manually operated window coverings with accessible cords, chains, continuous loop cords, etc. shall meet all current Federally mandated CPSC (Consumer Products Safety Commission) safety standards at time of manufacturing. Depending on the product type, additional hardware components may be required and added to meet new regulatory compliant anti-ligature requirements. 2.3 ROLLER SHADES, MANUAL OPERATION AND ACCESSORIES A. Shade System; General: 1. Components capable of being removed or adjusted without removing mounted shade brackets, or cassette support channel. 2. Smooth operation raising or lowering shades 3. Cradle-to-Cradle certified for the complete shade system including operating hardware and shadecloth. Listed in C2C (DIR). 4. Environmental Product Declaration (EPD): Published disclosure of product’s environmental impacts based on a full Life Cycle Assessment (LCA). Manufacturer must have EPD certification by independent 3rd party evaluation service. B. WT-1 Basis of Design: Mecho/5 System as manufactured by Mecho. 1. Description: Manually operated fabric window shades. a. Shade Type: Single Roller. b. Universal drive capability to offset drive chain for reverse or regular roll shades. c. Drop Position: Regular roll. d. Mounting: Ceiling mounted. e. Mounting: Recessed in ceiling pocket. f. Mounting: Wall Mounted. g. Size: As indicated in the drawings. h. Fabric: Refer to Color and Materials Schedule. 2. Brackets and Mounting Hardware: As recommended by manufacturer for mounting indicated and to accommodate shade fabric roll-up size and weight. a. Material: Steel, 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick. b. Single Shade Operation Width: Up to 180 inches (4572 mm) dependent on fabric. c. Radiused Center Support Brackets: Provide brackets and connectors for radiused window applications. 1) Maximum Offset: Eight degrees on each side for a 16-degree total offset. 220025.00 12 25 13 - 7 Manual Roller Shades ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3. Roller Tubes: a. Material: Extruded aluminum. b. Size: As recommended by manufacturer; selected for suitability for installation conditions, span, and weight of shades. c. Fabric Attachment: Utilize extruded channel in tube to accept vinyl spline welded to fabric edge. Shade band to be removable and replaceable without removing roller tube from brackets or inserting spline from the side of the roller tube. d. Roller tubes to be capable of being removed and reinstalled without affecting roller shade limit adjustments. 4. Hembars: Designed to maintain bottom of shade straight and flat. a. Style: Full wrap fabric covered bottom bar, flat profile with heat sealed closed ends. b. Style: Exposed aluminum bottom bar with matching finials. 1) Profile: Rectangular. 2) Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard color selection. c. Room-Darkening Shades: Provide a slot in bottom bar with wool-pile light seal. 5. Clutch Operator: Manufacturer's standard material and design integrated with bracket/brake assembly. a. Heavy-duty, 1/8" steel mounting bracket and integrated steel brake, clutch and sprocket assembly rigidly affix the shade support and user control to the building structure fully independent of the roller tube components. b. Permanently lubricated maintenance-free brake assembly employs an oil-impregnated steel hub with wrapped spring clutch. c. Brake must withstand minimum pull force of 50 pounds (22.7 kg) in the stopped position. d. Direct drive clutch requires no interstitial gear stages or plastic parts between the building structure and clutch ensuring reliable operation across the full range of shade sizes. e. Maximum shade hanging weight of 18 pounds (8.2 kg). 6. Drive Chain: Continuous loop stainless steel beaded ball chain, 100 pound (45 kg) minimum breaking strength. Provide upper and lower limit stops. a. Chain Retainer: Chain tensioning device complying with WCMA A100.1. b. Limit stops: Bead stops affixed to the chain maintain consistent shadeband alignment at the top and bottom of shade travel across multiple shades, and help prevent shade damage resulting from unmanaged user control. 7. Accessories: a. Fascia: Removable extruded aluminum fascia, size as required to conceal shade mounting, attachable to brackets without exposed fasteners. 1) Finish: Baked enamel. Refer to drawings for specific locations. 2) Finish: Clear anodized. Refer to drawings for specific locations. 3) Capable of installation across two or more shade bands in one piece. 4) Color: To be selected from manufacturer's standard color selection. 5) Profile: Square. 6) Configuration: Captured and continuous, as indicated on drawings. b. Ceiling Pockets: Premanufactured metal shade pocket for recess mounting in acoustical tile or drywall ceilings; size and configuration as indicated on drawings. 1) Removable closure panel. 2) 7/8” ceiling tile support. 3) Use 2” closure assembly by Mecho or 2” ceiling tile receiver by others in lieu of 7/8” ceiling tile support where applicable by code (i.e.: projects in seismic zones). c. Room-Darkening Channels: Extruded aluminum side and center channels with brush pile edge seals, SnapLoc mounting base, and concealed fasteners. Channels to accept one- piece exposed blackout hembar to assure side light control and sill light control. 2.4 ROLLER SHADES, MOTORIZED OPERATION AND ACCESSORIES A. Shade System; General: 1. Motorized Shades: Comply with NFPA 70. 2. Components capable of being removed or adjusted without removing mounted shade brackets or cassette support channel. 3. Operates smoothly when raising or lowering shades. 4. Cradle-to-Cradle certified and listed in C2C (DIR). 5. Electrical Components: Listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for intended purpose. Test as total system. Individual component testing is acceptable. 220025.00 12 25 13 - 8 Manual Roller Shades ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. a. Components: FCC compliant where applicable. B. WT-2 Basis of Design: ElectroShade with WhisperShade IQ2 EDU. As manufactured by MechoShade Systems LLC. Motor operated fabric window shade system complete with mounting brackets, roller tubes, hembars, hardware, and accessories. 1. Voltage: 120 VAC 2. Description: Single roller. 3. Drop Position: Regular roll. 4. Mounting: Ceiling mounted or wall mounted depending upon location... 5. Size: As indicated on drawings. 6. Fabric: As indicated under Shade Fabric article. 7. Brackets and Mounting Hardware: As recommended by manufacturer for mounting indicated and to accommodate shade fabric roll-up size and weight. a. Material: Provide shade hardware constructed of minimum 1/8-inch (3.18 mm) thick plated steel, or heavier, thicker, as required to support 150 percent of the full weight of each shade. Plastic components without use of steel angle construction do not meet the intent of this specification and shall not be accepted. Styrene based plastics, and /or polyester, or reinforced polyester shall not be accepted. b. Provide shade hardware system that allows for field adjustment of motor or replacement of any operable hardware component without requiring removal of brackets, regardless of mounting position (inside, or outside mount). c. Provide shade hardware system that allows for operation of multiple shade bands offset by a maximum of 8-45 degrees from motor axis between shade bands (4-22.5 degrees) on each side of the radial line, by a single shade motor (multi-banded shade, subject to manufacturer’s design criteria). d. All bands within a single motor group shall be aligned within ¼ inch. e. Multiple Shade Operation: Provide hardware as necessary to operate more than one shade using a single motor. f. Radiused Center Support Brackets: Provide brackets and connectors for radiused window applications. 1) Maximum Offset: 22.5 degrees on each side for a 45-degree total offset. 2) Maximum Offset: 8 degrees on each side for a 16-degree total offset. 8. Roller Tubes: a. Material: Extruded aluminum. b. Size: As recommended by manufacturer; selected for suitability for installation conditions, span, and weight of shades. c. Fabric Attachment: Utilize extruded channel in tube to accept vinyl spline welded to fabric edge. Shade band to be removable and replaceable without removing roller tube from brackets or inserting spline from the side of the roller tube. 9. Hembars: Designed to maintain bottom of shade straight and flat. a. Style: Full wrap fabric covered bottom bar, flat profile with heat sealed closed ends. b. Style: Exposed aluminum bottom bar with matching finials. 1) Color: To be selected from manufacturer's standard color selection. c. Room-Darkening Shades: Provide a slot in bottom bar with wool-pile light seal. 10. Accessories: a. Fascia: Removable extruded aluminum fascia, size as required to conceal shade mounting, attachable to brackets without exposed fasteners. 1) Finish: Baked enamel. Refer to drawings for specific locations. 2) Finish: Clear anodized. Refer to drawings for specific locations. 3) Capable of installation across two or more shade bands in one piece. 4) Color: To be selected from manufacturer's standard color selection. 5) Profile: Square. 6) Configuration: Captured and continuous, as indicated on drawings. b. Ceiling Pockets: Premanufactured metal shade pocket with removable closure panel, for recess mounting in acoustical tile or drywall ceilings; size and configuration as indicated on drawings. 1) Removable closure panel. 2) 7/8” ceiling tile support. 3) Use 2” closure assembly by Mecho or 2” ceiling tile receiver by others in lieu of 7/8” ceiling tile support where applicable by code (i.e.: projects in seismic zones). c. Ceiling Pockets with Prewired Raceway: 220025.00 12 25 13 - 9 Manual Roller Shades ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1) Basis of Design: ElectroPocket; Model To be determined. As manufactured by MechoShade Systems LLC. UL 325 listed, extruded aluminum shade pocket for recess mounting in acoustical tile or drywall ceilings; size and configuration as indicated on drawings. a) Removable closure panel. b) 7/8” ceiling tile support. c) Use 2” closure assembly by Mecho or 2” ceiling tile receiver by others in lieu of 7/8” ceiling tile support where applicable by code. 2) Designed to accommodate installation of motor control and wiring accessories within pocket including, but not limited to, line voltage disconnect modular connector, MechoNet Wireless Controller, IQ2 Dual Splitter, and non-plenum rated daisy chain wiring. d. Room-Darkening Channels, Standard: Extruded aluminum side and center channels with brush pile edge seals, SnapLoc mounting base, and concealed fasteners. Channels to accept one-piece exposed blackout hembar to assure side light control and sill light control. e. ShadeLoc Channels: Extruded aluminum side and center channels consisting of mounting base, SnapLoc channel for capturing zippered edges of shade band, and rubber foam cushions to adjust for field conditions. 2.5 INTELLIGENT ENCODED ELECTRONIC DRIVE SYSTEM A. Electronic Drive Unit (EDU) System General Requirements: 1. A UL 325 listed solution. a. Component certification in lieu of system testing is not acceptable. 2. Listing Label and Motor Rating: To be visible for inspection without dismounting of shade assembly to remove motor or EDU from shade roller tube. 3. Size and Configuration: As recommended by manufacturer for type, size, and arrangement of shades. 4. Conceal EDU inside shade roller tube. 5. EDU Rated Speed: The same nominal speed for shades in the same room. 6. Maximum Hanging Weight of Shade Band: 80 percent of rated lifting capacity of shade EDU and tube assembly. 7. Capable of upgrading firmware from anywhere on network without touching the motor. B. Line Voltage EDU (120 VAC): 1. Basis of Design: MechoShade Systems LLC; WhisperShade IQ2 System. Tubular, asynchronous, integral AC motor and reversible capacitor. 120 VAC, single phase, 60 Hz; temperature Class B, thermally-protected, totally enclosed, maintenance-free. Powered by line voltage power supply connection equipped with locking disconnect plug assembly furnished with EDU. 2. Audible Noise: 46 dBA measured 3 ft (914 mm) from motor unit, depending on motor torque. 3. Nominal Speed: 34 RPM. Not to vary due to load/lift capacity. 4. Isolated, low voltage power supply for powering external accessories connected to either the dry contact or network port. a. Products requiring accessories to be powered by a plug-in or externally-supplied power supply are not acceptable. C. Modes of Operation: 1. Uniform Mode: Shades move to defined intermediate stop positions in order to maintain aesthetic uniformity. 2. Normal Mode: Shades move to defined intermediate stop positions and any position between defined upper and lower limits. 3. Maintenance Mode: Prevents shade from moving via dry contact or network control commands mode has been cleared/disabled. D. Control Methods: Local isolated dry contact input and network control. 1. Local Isolated Dry Contact Inputs: a. Local switch control, third party system integration without separate interface. b. Moving EDU/shade to upper and lower limits and local switch preset positions. 220025.00 12 25 13 - 10 Manual Roller Shades ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. c. Configuration of upper and lower limits, custom presets, and key modes of operation without a PC or microprocessor-based tools. d. Configuration under protected sequences to prevent changes by casual user. e. Switch Personalities: Configuration of dry contact control port over network such that any type of dry contact keypad/third-party interface and actuation methodology (maintained and/or momentary actuation) can be used to operate shade. f. Dry Contact Control Connection Options to Include: 1) One-button. 2) Two-button. 3) Three-button. Able to support configuring limits, presets, and key operating modes (default). 4) Three-button. No configuration capability to prevent accidental changes in settings. 2. Network Control: a. Bi-directional network communication to enable commanding operation of large groups of shades over a common backbone. b. Each EDU: 1) Support eight network addresses capable of being employed for various levels of group control. 2) Dry Contact Ports: Assigned its own local switch address which can be matched by other EDUs within eight network addresses in order to support group control when dry contact commands are received. a) The EDU receiving dry contact commands may or may not be configured to operate based on commands coming through its own dry contact input port. 3) To have an independent unique identifier address (UID) enabling EDU to be independently controlled and configured over network via handheld configurator and/or PC controller. c. Network Communication Card: Integral with tubular EDU assembly. d. Support configuration of upper and lower limits using either a handheld removable program module/configurator or a local switch. e. Support configuration of addresses using a handheld removable program module/configurator. E. Alignment Positions: 1. Repeatable and precisely aligned shade positions and limits. a. Support positioning commands from 0 to 100 percent in 1 percent increments. b. Customizable Presets: 32. c. Include three intermediate dry contact presets 2. Shades on same switch circuit or same network group address with same opening height, to align at each intermediate stopping position when traveling from any position, up or down. 3. Shades of differing heights: Capable of custom, aligned intermediate stop positions when traveling from any position, up or down. 4. Alignment of shade bands mechanically aligned on same EDU: Plus or minus 0.125 inch (3 mm). 5. Alignment of standard shades on adjacent EDUs: Plus or minus 0.25 inch (6 mm) when commanded to same alignment position. F. Local Switch Presets: 1. Minimum of three customizable preset positions accessible over the local dry contact control inputs and over the network connection. 2. Preset positions: Customizable to any position between and including defined upper and lower limits (initially defaults to 25, 50, and 75 percent of shade travel). 3. Configuration of Custom Preset Positions: A handheld removable program module/configurator or a local switch. G. Network Presets: 1. Minimum of 32 customizable preset positions (including the three local switch presets) accessible via network commands. 2. Preset positions: Customizable to any position between and including defined upper and lower limits (initially defaults to defined lower limit). 3. Configuration of Custom Preset Positions: A handheld removable program module/configurator or a local switch. 220025.00 12 25 13 - 11 Manual Roller Shades ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 2.6 MOTOR CONTROLS, INTERFACES, AND ACCESSORIES A. Unless indicated to be excluded, provide required equipment as necessary for a complete operating system providing the control intent specified. Provide components and connections necessary to interface with other systems as indicated. B. Digital Network Controls: 1. Basis of Design: MechoShade Systems LLC; MechoNet. Low-voltage network utilizes standard Category 5/6 UTP cable; maximum of 4,000 feet (1,219 m), 250 nodes. 2. Reprogram control without requiring wiring modifications. 3. Ten-year non-volatile power failure memory for system configuration settings. 4. Network Interface Components: a. MechoNet Network Interface; MNI Series: Four configurable motor/EDU ports (models available for RJ45 or terminal block wiring); four configurable switch ports; one infrared (IR) remote control port; one configurable serial port for RS232/RS485 communication. b. IQ2 Dual Splitter: Two motor/EDU ports; two switch ports. c. IQ/MLC2 Motor Group Controller: Four ports for line-voltage standard (non- intelligent) motors (120 or 230 VAC; 600 W, 1/4 HP maximum). d. IQ Gateway; one for each floor where controlling across multiple floors. C. Low-Voltage Wall Controls; IQ Switch: 1. Momentary dry contact switch enables manual local control or network control of any individual shade motor or shade group/sub-group on MechoNet network. 2. Control Functions: a. Open: Automatically open controlled shades to fully open position when button is pressed. b. Close: Automatically close controlled shades to fully closed position when button is pressed. c. Presets: For selection of predetermined shade positions. d. Dual Stations: For individual control of two shades/groups. 3. Finish: White. 4. Single Station: 5-button (open, close, and three intermediate stop positions). 5. Double Station: 10-button (open, close, and three intermediate stop positions for each of two shades/groups). 2.7 ROLLER SHADE FABRICATION A. Field measure finished openings prior to ordering or fabrication. B. Dimensional Tolerances: Fabricate shades to fit openings within specified tolerances. 1. Horizontal Dimensions: Inside Mounting. a. Fill openings from jamb to jamb. No light gap. b. Symmetrical Light Gaps on Both Sides of Shade (inch/mm): As detailed on the Drawings. 2. Horizontal Dimensions: Outside mounting. a. Cover window frames, trim, and casings completely. b. Extend shades beyond jambs on each side (inch/mm): As detailed on the Drawings. C. Openings Requiring Continuous Multiple Shade Units with Separate Rollers: Locate roller joints at window mullion centers; butt rollers end-to-end. 2.8 SHADE FABRIC A. WT-1 and WT-2 Basis of Design: Shade fabric as manufactured by Mecho. 1. Solar Shadecloths: a. Fabric: Refer to Color and Materials Schedule for further information. 2. Blackout Shadecloths: a. Fabric: Refer to Color and Materials Schedule for further information. 220025.00 12 25 13 - 12 Manual Roller Shades ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. C. Start of installation shall be considered acceptance of substrates. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using methods recommended by manufacturer for achieving best result for substrate under the project conditions. C. Coordinate with window installation and placement of concealed blocking to support shades. 3.3 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Motorized Shade System: Provide services of a manufacturer's authorized representative to perform system startup. B. Turn-Key Single-Source Responsibility for Motorized Interior Roller Shades: Design, engineering, and installation of motorized roller shade systems, motors, controls, and low voltage electrical control wiring specified is to be performed by a single manufacturer and their authorized installer/dealer. 1. The Architect will not provide a set of electrical drawings for installation of control wiring for motors, or motor controllers of motorized roller shades. 2. General Contractor (GC) To Provide the Following: a. Power Panels and Circuits: Size to accommodate roller shade manufacturer's requirements, as indicated on mechanical and electrical drawings. b. Coordinate with requirements of roller shade installer/dealer, before inaccessible areas are constructed. c. Line voltage as dedicated home runs, of sufficient quantity, and capacity as required. Terminate in junction boxes at locations designated by roller shade installer/dealer. d. Run line voltage from terminating points to motor controllers. Wire roller shade motors to motor controllers. 1) Above-ceiling and concealed wiring to be plenum-rated, or in conduit, as required by the electrical code having jurisdiction. e. Use conduit with pull wire in areas, not accessible to roller shade contractor due to building design, equipment location or schedule. f. Verify that wiring conditions, which have been previously installed under other sections or at a previous time, are acceptable for product installation in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. g. Comply with manufacturer’s current product data, including shop drawings, technical bulletins, product catalog installation instructions, and product carton instructions for installation. h. Protect installed product and finished surfaces from damage during all phases of installation including preparation, testing, and cleanup. i. Be responsible for all other required electrical work including but not limited to roof penetrations, conduits, fireproofing, etc. j. Provide conduit with pull wire in all areas, which might not be accessible to subcontractor due to building design, equipment location or schedule. 3. Window Covering Subcontractor (WC) responsibilities: 220025.00 12 25 13 - 13 Manual Roller Shades ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. a. Shade Control Subcontractor shall furnish, install and fully program shade controllers, interfaces, splitters, coupler, sensors, switches, etc. mounted on the wall, in the ceiling, in shade pocket, etc.. Locations for all visible devices to be coordinated with Architect. The shade control subcontractor shall inspect all material included in this contract prior to installation. Manufacturer shall be notified of unacceptable material prior to installation. b. Run low voltage control wiring from motor controllers to switch/control locations designated by Architect. 1) Above-ceiling and concealed wiring to be plenum-rated, or in conduit, as required by the electrical code having jurisdiction. C. Integration with 3RD Party Systems: a. Main contractor shall coordinate and provide for others to furnish, install or program any interfaces or wiring to integrate 3rd party systems to the roller shade control system as specified herein. Integration to shade control network can be accomplished locally through IP via UPOE switch with minimum of 60w output per port. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Contractor Furnish and Install Responsibilities: 1. Window Covering Contractor (WC) shall provide an on-site, Project Manager, and shall be present for all related jobsite scheduling meetings. 2. WC shall supervise the roller shade installation, and setting of intermediate stops of all shades to assure the alignment of the shade bands within a single EDU group, which shall not exceed +/- 0.125 inches (3.175mm), and to assure the alignment between shade groups, which shall not exceed +/- 0.25” inches (6.35mm). 3. WC shall be responsible for field inspection on an area-by- area and floor-by-floor basis during construction to confirm proper mounting conditions per approved shop drawings. 4. Verification of Conditions: examine the areas to receive the work and the conditions under which the work would be performed and notify General Contractor and Owner of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Commencement of installation shall constitute acceptance of substrate conditions by the installer. 5. WC shall provide accurate to 0.0625” inch (1.5875mm); field measurements for custom shade fabrication on the Roller Shades manufacturers input forms. 6. WC Installer shall install roller shades level, plumb, square, and true according to manufacturer’s written instructions, and as specified here in. Blocking for roller shades furnished and installed under the contract of the interior General Contractor shall be installed plumb, level, and fitted to window mullion as per interior architect’s design documents and in accordance with industry standard tolerances. The horizontal surface of the shade pocket shall not be out-of-level more than 0.625” (15.875mm) over 20 linear feet (6.096 meters) 7. Shades shall be located so the shade band is not closer than 2 inches (50 mm) to the interior face of the glass. Allow proper clearances for window operation hardware. 8. Adjust, align and balance roller shades to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range. 9. Installer shall set Upper, Lower and up to 3 intermediate stop positions of all motorized shade bands, and assure alignment in accordance with the above requirements. 10. WC shall certify the operation of all motorized shades and turn over each floor for preliminary acceptance. 11. The WC shall participate and cooperate with the electrical, low voltage and commissioning agent to verify and certify the installation is in full conformance with the specifications and is fully operational. This work to occur during the commissioning stage and is in addition to preliminary acceptance required for each floor. 12. Clean roller shade surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer’s written instructions. 13. WC shall train Owner’s maintenance personnel to adjust, operate and maintain roller shade systems. a. Use operation and maintenance manual as a reference, supplemented with additional training materials as required. 220025.00 12 25 13 - 14 Manual Roller Shades ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3.5 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. 1. Clean soiled shades and exposed components as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Replace shades that cannot be cleaned to "like new" condition. 3.6 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the service and maintenance of the motorized shade system for a period of one year from date of Substantial Completion concurrent with the materials and workmanship warranty. Services shall include preventive maintenance, systematic examination, adjustment, parts and labor, cleaning, and testing, with a detailed schedule. B. Provide Owner, in the O&M Manual, a detailed preventative maintenance list required for the Motorized Window System including Intelligent Encoded Electronic Drive System, Motor Controls, Interfaces, and Accessories to be used by the Owner to secure a maintenance contract. The list shall include preventive maintenance, systematic examination, adjustment, parts and labor, cleaning, and testing, with a detailed schedule. END OF SECTION 220025.00 12 61 00 - 1 Fixed Bleachers ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 12 61 00 FIXED BLEACHERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Design, fabrication, and installation of fixed frame type bleacher system. 2. Associated stairs for bleachers. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 3: Slab-on-grade flooring support and levelness. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract and Division 01 General Requirements. 1. Submittals for this specification section must be 100% complete and in one (1) package. a. Only the actual samples required shall be allowed as a separate submittal. b. Non- complete submittals will be returned to the contractor without comment and stamped “rejected-resubmit”. c. Contractors who knowingly want to submit non-complete submittals or break single system submittals into multiple submittals will be responsible to arrange with Architect, prior to submitting the submittal(s), and to compensate Architect for the extra work involved. B. Submittal Package shall include: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: a. Preparation instructions and recommendations. b. Storage handling and requirements. c. Installation methods. 2. Shop Drawings: Complete layout with dimensions, seat heights, row spacing and rise, aisle widths and locations, points of connection to substrate, assembly dimensions, and material types and finishes. a. Provide drawings customized to this project. b. Include Professional Engineer certification. c. Field verify all site conditions and dimensions. 3. Verification Samples: For each custom colored finish, submit samples of actual finish or product, for verification of color selection. 4. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. 220025.00 12 61 00 - 2 Fixed Bleachers ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. B. Installer Qualifications: Approved by manufacturer. C. Welder Qualifications: Certified by AWS for the process employed. D. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361- 366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store, in original packaging, under cover and elevated above grade. 1.6 WARRANTY A. See Division 1 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five-year period after Date of Substantial Completion. Replace parts that fail under normal use at no extra charge to Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: 1. Fixed Bleachers: a. Southern Bleacher Company: www.southernbleacher.com b. National Recreation Systems:www.bleachers.net c. American Aluminum Seating, Inc.:www.bleacherseating.com d. Substitutions: See Division 1 - Product Requirements. 2.2 FIXED BLEACHERS A. Fixed Bleachers: Tiered that meet the conceptual layout as indicated on the drawings. 1. Provide a design certified by a licensed Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Minnesota. 2. Provide a design that has been used with success in the past. 3. Design to comply with applicable requirements of local code by authorities having jurisdiction; where conflicts between requirements occur, comply with whichever is more stringent. 4. This is a design-build bleacher project. The bleacher supplier is responsible for the entire bleacher system design, including permitting, engineering, supplying, and installing a complete bleacher system including all incidentals. 5. Steps: 2x mill aluminum plank with step riser and contrasting aluminum stair nose. 6. Handrails and Guardrails: Manufacture's standard aluminum and as required by local code. 7. Treads: 2x mill aluminum planks to achieve dimensions on drawings and as indicated below. 8. Risers: Anodized aluminum riser planks. 9. Seats: Nominal 2x10 mill aluminum with colored vinyl cap. Color to be selected. Provide end caps to all seat planks. 10. Framework: Angle bleacher frames at maximum 6 feet on center with cross bracing as required. 11. Bleachers shall be fully enclosed with interlocked treads to eliminate debris from falling under bleachers. 12. Configurations: As indicated on Contract Drawings. 13. Wheelchair Spaces: Permanent open spaces at locations shown on drawings. B. Design Loads: Design to withstand the following loading conditions, local codes may exceed the following requirements, most stringent applies: 220025.00 12 61 00 - 3 Fixed Bleachers ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1. Live Load on Structural Supports: 100 psf, minimum, of gross horizontal projection. 2. Live Load on Seats and Walking Surfaces: 120 pounds per linear foot. 3. Lateral Sway Stress on Structural Supports: 24 pounds per linear foot of seat plank. 4. Perpendicular Sway Stress on Structural Supports: 10 pounds per linear foot of seat plank. C. Dimensions: 1. See Contract Drawings for overall dimensions. D. Structural Supports: Galvanized steel (ASTM A529) or aluminum; manufacturer's standard supporting angled frame to create layout indicated on drawings. Structural supports as required to support accessible seating areas, ramps, steps, and elevated first row including access row. 1. Design so that each support frame will individually support the design loads and is self-supporting when fully assembled without dependence on platform panels or boards, seats, or fascia. 2. Welding: In accordance with AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.3. 3. Bolting: Use lock-washers or locknuts. 2.3 SEAT AND PLATFORM COMPONENTS A. Seats and Fascia: Extruded aluminum, with ribbed surface, 5/8 inch thick, mill finish; with joint sleeve assembly of same material to maintain alignment at end-to-end junctions and end caps on each exposed end. Plastic seating surface for both Rinks 1 and 2. Continuous seat bak with plastic finish B. Platform, Tread, Ramps, and Step Structure: Extruded aluminum, with ribbed surface, with joint sleeve assembly to maintain alignment at end-to-end junctions. 1. Extrusions: Minimum 5/8 inch deep with minimum 0.09-inch wall thickness 2. Finish: Mill finish. 3. Nosings: Matching aluminum extrusion. 4. Front, Rear, and Intermediate Supports: Aluminum or steel channel or tube, hot-dipped galvanized. 5. Provide end caps of same material and finish on each exposed end. 6. At aisles provide permanently attached intermediate steps of same construction and finish. 7. At bottom of aisles provide step in front of first riser, hinged to first platform to fold for storage. 2.4 HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS A. Design handrails and railings to withstand the following loads: 1. Concentrated Load on Handrails: 200 pounds in any direction. 2. Concentrated Load on Guardrails: 200 pounds in any direction along top rail. 3. Live Load on Handrails: 50 pounds per linear foot, applied in any direction. 4. Live Load on Guardrails: a. Horizontal: 50 pounds per linear foot, applied at the guardrail height. b. Vertical: 100 pounds per linear foot, applied vertically to top of guardrail. B. Railing Construction: Round aluminum pipe or tube, with formed elbows at corners and caps at ends of straight runs. 1. Aluminum: 1.66 inches minimum outside diameter; natural anodized finish. 2. Guardrail Infill: Aluminum pipe rail; fastened to pipe panel frame; spaced to meet Code requirements. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Provide hardware and fasteners in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Anchorage: Provide hardware in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations 220025.00 12 61 00 - 4 Fixed Bleachers ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are consistent with those on the shop drawings. B. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared and area has been cleared of obstructions. C. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect and Contractor of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not field cut or alter seats, fascia, or structural members without approval. C. Provide manufacturer's field representative to inspect completed installation. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed and semi-exposed assembly surfaces. B. Touch up finishes on damaged or soiled areas. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair, or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion END OF SECTION 220025.00 21 10 00 - 1 Water Based Fire Suppression Systems © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. Addendum #4 12-13-2023 SECTION 21 10 00 WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section contains specifications for fire protection pipe and pipe fittings for this project. Included are the following topics: PART 1 - GENERAL Scope Related Work Reference Reference Standards Shop Drawings Quality Assurance Delivery, Storage, and Handling Design Criteria Welder Qualifications PART 2 - PRODUCTS Fire Protection Piping Unions and Flanges Mechanical Grooved Pipe Connections Sprinkler Heads Flow Switches Pressure Switches Local Alarm Pressure Gauges Valves Specialty Valves Hose Outlet Valves Fire Hoses Fire Department Connection Fire Pump Test Connection Air Compressor Preaction Double Interlock Sprinkler System Preaction Single Interlock Sprinkler System PART 3 - EXECUTION General Preparation Erection Copper Pipe Joints Welded Pipe Joints Threaded Pipe Joints Mechanical Grooved Pipe Connections Unions and Flanges Piping System Leak Tests Installation 1.02 RELATED WORK Section 21 05 00 Common Work Results for Fire Suppression Section 21 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment Section 21 30 00 Fire Pumps 1.03 REFERENCE A. Applicable provisions of Division 01 govern work under this section. 220025.00 21 10 00 - 2 Water Based Fire Suppression Systems © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. Addendum #4 12-13-2023 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS ANSI A21.4 ANSI A21.11 ANSI A21.51 ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings ANSI B16.3 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings ANSI B16.4 Cast Iron Threaded Fittings ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings ANSI B16.9 Factory Made Wrought Steel Buttweld Fittings ANSI B16.11 Forged Steel Fittings, Socket Welded and Threaded ANSI B16.18 Cast Bronze Solder Joint Pressure Fittings ANSI B16.22 Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings ANSI B16.29 Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings - DWV ASTM A53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated Welded and Seamless ASTM A105 Forgings, Carbon Steel, for Piping Components ASTM A126 Gray Cast Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings ASTM A135 Electric Resistance Welded Steel Pipe ASTM A181 Forgings, Carbon Steel for General Purpose Piping ASTM A234 Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures ASTM A536 Ductile Iron Castings ASTM A795 Black and Hot Dipped Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use ASTM B88 Seamless Copper Water Tube AWWA C606 Grooved and Shouldered Joints AWS A5.8 Brazing Filler Metal AWS D10.9 Qualification of Welding Procedures and Welders for Piping and Tubing, Level AR3 NFPA 13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems. (Latest prevailing edition) NFPA 14 Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems. (Latest prevailing edition) UL Underwriters Laboratories FM Factory Mutual Approval 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Schedule from the Contractor indicating the ANSI/ASTM specification number of the pipe being proposed along with its type and grade if known at the time of submittal, and sufficient information to indicate the type and rating of fittings for each service. B. Grooved joint couplings and fittings shall be shown on drawings and product submittals, and be specifically identified with the applicable Victaulic style or series number. C. Sprinklers shall be referred to on drawings, submittals and other documentation, by the sprinkler identification or model number as specifically published in the appropriate agency listing or approval. Trade names or other abbreviated designations shall not be allowed. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Order all copper and steel pipe with each length marked with the name or trademark of the manufacturer and type of pipe; with each shipping unit marked with the purchase order number, metal or alloy designation, temper, size, and name of supplier. B. Any installed material not meeting the specification requirements must be replaced with material that meets these specifications without additional cost to the Owner. C. To assure uniformity and compatibility of piping components in grooved end piping systems, all grooved product utilized shall be supplied by Victaulic. Grooving tools shall be supplied by the same manufacturer as the grooved components. 220025.00 21 10 00 - 3 Water Based Fire Suppression Systems © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. Addendum #4 12-13-2023 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Promptly inspect shipments to insure that the material is undamaged and complies with specifications. B. Cover pipe to prevent corrosion or deterioration while allowing sufficient ventilation to avoid condensation. Do not store materials directly on grade. Protect pipe, tube, and fitting ends so they are not damaged. Where end caps are provided or specified, take precautions so the caps remain in place. Protect fittings, flanges, and unions by storage inside or by durable, waterproof, above ground packaging. C. Offsite storage agreements will not relieve the Contractor from using proper storage techniques. D. Storage and protection methods must allow inspection to verify products. 1.08 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Use only new material, free of defects, rust and scale, and meeting the latest revision of ASTM specifications as listed in this specification. B. Construct all piping systems for the highest pressures and temperatures in the respective system but not less than 175 psig. C. Where weld fittings or mechanical grooved fittings are used, use only long radius elbows having a centerline radius of 1.5 pipe diameters. D. Where ASTM A53 or A795 type F pipe is specified, grade A type E or S, or grade B type E or S may be substituted at Contractor's option. Where ASTM A135 grade A pipe is specified, grade B pipe may be substituted at Contractor's option. Where the grade or type is not specified, Contractor may choose from those commercially available. E. Where ASTM B88, type L H (drawn) temper copper tubing is specified, ASTM B88, type K H (drawn) temper copper tubing may be substituted at Contractor's option. 1.09 WELDER QUALIFICATIONS A. Welding procedures, welders, and welding operators for all building service piping to be in accordance with certified welding procedures of the National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau and Section 927.5 of ASME B31.9 Building Services Piping or AWS 10.9 Qualification of Welding Procedures and Welders for Piping and Tubing. Before any metallic welding is performed, Contractor to submit his Standard Welding Procedure Specification together with the Procedure Qualification Record as required by Section 927.6 of ASME B31.9 Building Services Piping. B. The Architect or Engineer reserves the right to test the work of any welder employed on the project, at the Owner's expense. If the work of the welder is found to be unsatisfactory, the welder shall be prevented from doing further welding on the project and all defective welds replaced. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING A. STEEL PIPE: 1. Black steel pipe welded and seamless, Type F, Grade A, ASTM A53; black welded and seamless steel pipe for fire protection use, Type F, ASTM A795; electric resistance welded steel pipe, Grade A, ASTM A135. 2. Threaded light wall pipe and plastic pipe are not acceptable. 220025.00 21 10 00 - 4 Water Based Fire Suppression Systems © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. Addendum #4 12-13-2023 B. Pipe Wall Thickness: Threaded pipe shall have a minimum wall thickness of Schedule 40. All other pipe shall have a minimum wall thickness of Schedule 10. Piping 2” and under shall be minimum Schedule 40 unless stated otherwise herein. C. Fittings: Cast iron threaded fittings, Class 125 or 250, ASTM A126/ANSI B16.4. Malleable iron threaded fittings, Class 150 or 300, ASTM A197/ANSI B16.3. Standard weight seamless carbon steel weld fittings, ASTM A234 grade, ANSI B16.9. Mechanical grooved fittings with EPDM Type A gaskets, ASTM A536 ductile iron, or ASTM A53 fabricated steel. Externally zinc-electroplated carbon steel Pressfit® fittings with EPDM o-rings. D. Welding Materials: Comply with Section II, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials. E. Finish: Hot dipped zinc coated (galvanized) finish on piping and fittings shall be used in dry sprinkler or combined pipe systems, preaction systems, piping exposed to weather and piping exposed to corrosive environments. Thread or grooved hot dipped zinc coated pipe ends for fitting connections. 1. Refer to Section 21 05 29 for listing of areas with corrosive environments. F. CPVC PIPE: CPVC Sprinkler Pipe, ASTM F442, SDR 13.5. 1” through 2” pipe size only. CPVC Sprinkler Fittings, Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 dimensions for 1” through 1-1/4”. Schedule 80 for 1-1/2” through 2”. Products to be UL Listed/FM Approved for a rated working pressure of 175 psi at 150°F for sprinkler service. Spears FlameGuard or BlazeMaster. No exposed CPVC piping material is allowed. G. Plastic pipe and fittings will not be allowed for this project. H. COPPER PIPE: Type L copper water tube, H (drawn) temper, ASTM B88; with cast copper pressure fittings, ANSI B16.18; wrought copper pressure fittings, ANSI B16.22; copper phosphorous brazing alloy, AWS A5.8 BCuP. 2.02 UNIONS AND FLANGES A. 2" AND SMALLER STEEL: ASTM A197/ANSI B16.3 malleable iron unions with brass seats. Use black malleable iron on black steel piping and galvanized malleable iron on galvanized steel piping. B. 2" AND SMALLER COPPER: ANSI B16.18 cast bronze union coupling or ANSI B15.24 Class 150 cast bronze flanges. C. 2-1/2" AND LARGER: ASTM A181 or A105, Class 150, grade 1 hot forged steel flanges of threaded, welding neck, or slip-on pattern on black steel and threaded only on galvanized steel. ANSI B16.1 or ANSI B16.5, Class 150 cast iron threaded flanges. Use raised face flanges ANSI B16.5 for mating with other raised face flanges or equipment with flat ring or full face gaskets. Use ANSI B16.1 flat face flanges with full face gaskets for mating with other flat face flanges on equipment. D. 2-1/2" AND LARGER COPPER: ANSI B16.24, Class 150 cast bronze flanges with raised face. 2.03 MECHANICAL GROOVED PIPE CONNECTIONS A. Mechanical grooved pipe couplings and fittings, ASTM F1476, as manufactured by Victaulic, Anvil, or Taco may be used with steel or copper pipe. Mechanical grooved components and assemblies to be rated for minimum 175 psi working pressure unless noted otherwise. B. All mechanical grooved pipe material including gaskets, couplings, fittings and flange adapters to be from the same manufacturer. Grooving tools shall be of the same manufacturer as the grooved components. 220025.00 21 10 00 - 5 Water Based Fire Suppression Systems © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. Addendum #4 12-13-2023 C. Steel pipe Fittings to be ductile iron A536, short radius, full flow FireLock® fittings with painted finish; where ductile iron fitting pattern not available, fabricated steel fittings shall be used. Fittings used on galvanized steel pipe to have galvanized finish, ASTM A153. Fittings shall be supplied with factory grooved ends designed to accept Victaulic couplings. D. Steel pipe couplings shall consist of two ductile iron housings conforming to ASTM A536, pressure-responsive, synthetic rubber gasket, and plated steel bolts and nuts. 1. Rigid Type: Housings shall be cast with offsetting, angle-pattern bolt pads to provide system rigidity and support and hanging in accordance with NFPA 13. Tongue and recess rigid type couplings shall only be permitted if a torque wrench is used for installation. Required torque shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. a) 1-1/4 inch through 4-inch: “Installation ready” rigid joint designed for direct “stab” installation onto grooved end pipe without disassembling the coupling. Victaulic FireLock® EZ Style 009. b) 5-inch and Larger: Standard rigid joint. Victaulic FireLock® Style 005 or Style 07 Zero-Flex®. 2. Flexible Type: Use in seismic areas where required by NFPA 13. Victaulic Style 75 or 77. E. Gaskets to be EPDM, Type A, ASTM D2000. Gaskets for dry systems to be flushseal® or Style 009 EZ design. Heat treated carbon steel oval neck track bolts and nuts, ASTM A183 or ASTM A449, with zinc electroplated finish. F. Flange adapters to be ductile iron, ASTM A536; flat faced with Class 125, 150 or 300 bolt-hole patterns, Victaulic Style 741, 744, or 743; except at lug type butterfly valves where standard threaded flanges shall be used. G. Copper tube fittings shall be wrought copper conforming to ANSI B16.22 with grooved ends designed to accept Victaulic couplings. Flaring of tube and fitting ends to IPS dimensions is not permitted. H. Copper tube couplings shall consist of two ASTM A536 ductile iron housings cast with offsetting, angle-pattern bolt pads coated with copper-colored enamel, a pressure-responsive synthetic rubber gasket of a FlushSeal® design, and plated steel bolts and nuts conforming to ASTM A183 or A449. Victaulic Style 606. I. Copper tube flange adapters shall be ASTM A536 ductile iron casting coated with copper-colored enamel, flat faced for direct connection to flanges with ANSI Class 125 and 150 bolt-hole patterns. Victaulic Style 641. J. Credit for the inherent flexibility of mechanical grooved pipe connections when used for expansion joints or flexible connectors may be allowed upon specific application by the Contractor. Three flexible couplings at first three connection points both upstream and downstream of pumps may be used in lieu of flexible connectors. Request for expansion joints shall be made in writing and shall include service, location, line size, proposed application and supporting calculations for the intended service. K. Seismic movement in mechanical grooved pipe connections shall be accommodated with swing joints, loops, offsets, or Style 155 expansion joints to provide flexibility to the system and help reduce pipe stress and potential system damage as per NFPA 13 Section 6-4.3. Refer to Victaulic submittal #26.12. 2.04 SPRINKLER HEADS A. Manufacturer: Sprinkler head model numbers establish type and style of head. Products of the following manufacturers determined to be equal by the Architect/Engineer will be accepted: Globe Fire Sprinkler Corp., Tyco, Reliable, Victaulic and Viking. B. Standard coverage sprinkler heads are to be the basis of design unless noted otherwise on the plans or within these specifications. 220025.00 21 10 00 - 6 Water Based Fire Suppression Systems © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. Addendum #4 12-13-2023 C. Fusible link or glass bulb type, cast brass or bronze construction. Provide heads with nominal 1/2" discharge orifice except where greater than normal density requires large orifice. D. Select fusible link or glass bulb temperature rating to not exceed maximum ambient temperature rating allowed under normal conditions at installed location. Provide ordinary temperature (155 degree) fusible link or glass bulb type except at skylights, sealed display windows, unventilated attics and roof spaces, over cooking equipment, adjacent to diffusers, unit heaters, uninsulated heating pipes or ducts, mechanical rooms, storage rooms, or where otherwise indicated. E. Provide quantity of spare heads as noted below and 1 wrench for each type of head and each temperature range installed. Provide 6 spare heads per 300 or less installed heads, 12 per 1000 or less and 24 for more than 1000. Provide steel cabinet for storage of heads and wrenches. F. Sprinkler head and escutcheon finish and color shall be selected by Architect for all areas of building from manufacturer's standard and optional colors. All sprinkler heads shall be located in center of ceiling tile. Provide color samples of all sprinkler heads to Architect for review and approval. Samples shall include manufacturer’s standard colors and optional colors. G. Upright: Globe (GL-SR or GL-QR), Tyco (QR) or Victaulic (QR), brass finish. H. Horizontal Sidewall: Globe (GL-SR/SW), Tyco (QR) or Victaulic, with escutcheon. I. Vertical Sidewall: Globe (GL-SR/SW or GL-QR/SW), Tyco or Victaulic. J. Quick Response Concealed Pendant: Globe (GL-QR/Inch), Tyco RF II K. Quick Response Sidewall: Globe (GL-QR/SW), Viking or Victaulic, with escutcheon. L. Dry Pendant (Self-contained type): Globe (GL-SR/DRY or GL-QR/DRY), Viking or Victaulic, with escutcheon. M. Dry Pendant (Self-contained type): Globe (GL-SR/DRY or GL-QR/DRY, Viking (Quick Response) or Victaulic Model V36 (Quick Response), adjustable, with escutcheon. N. Dry Horizontal Sidewall (Self-contained type): Globe (GL-SR/DRY/HSW or GL-QR/DRY/HSW) Viking (Quick response) or Victaulic (Quick Response), adjustable, with escutcheon. Q. Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fittings for Fire Protection Service: 1. Manufacturer: Victaulic, FlexHead Industries, Inc., Viking 2. Victaulic VicFlex Stainless Steel Sprinkler Fitting System: a. In lieu of rigid pipe offsets or return bends for sprinkler drops, the Victaulic VicFlex Multiple-Use Flexible Stainless Steel Sprinkler Drop System may be used to locate sprinklers as required by final finished ceiling tiles and walls. The drop system shall consist of a braided type 304 stainless steel flexible tube, a zinc plated steel 1” NPT male threaded nipple for connection to branchline piping, and a zinc plated steel reducer with a 1/2" or 3/4" NPT female thread for connection to the sprinkler head. b. The drop shall include a UL-2443 Listed and FM-1637 Approved Series AH2 braided hose with a bend radius to 2” to allow for proper installation in confined spaces. The hose shall be listed for (5) bends at 36” length (8) bends at 48” length (10) bends at 60” length (12) bends at 72” length. c. Union joints shall be provided for ease of installation. The flexible drop shall attach to the ceiling grid using a one-piece open gate Series AB1 bracket. The bracket shall allow installation before the ceiling tile is in place. The braided drop system is UL Listed and FM Approved for sprinkler services to 175 psi (1206 kPa). 1) All hoses shall be factory-pressure tested to 400 psi (2760 kPa). 2) Approvals: b (1 ovi 220025.00 21 10 00 - 7 Water Based Fire Suppression Systems © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. Addendum #4 12-13-2023 • FM-1637 • UL 2443 d. Refer to the Victaulic I-AQUAFLEX installation manual and the Victaulic VicFlex Design Guide, as shown in product submittal 10.85 to ensure proper installation. e. Flexible drops are only allowed for use above fully accessible acoustical tile ceilings. 2.05 FLOW SWITCHES A. Vane type water flow switch with metal enclosure, adjustable pneumatic retard and electrical characteristics compatible with alarm system. System Sensor WFD Series. 2.06 PRESSURE SWITCHES A. Pressure actuated switch with field adjustable settings, metal enclosure and electrical characteristics compatible with alarm system. System Sensor EPS Series. 2.07 LOCAL ALARM A. Weatherproof electric horn/strobe with red painted metal housing, mounting base and weatherproof gasket seal, and electrical characteristics compatible with alarm system. The horn/strobe should be mounted above or as close as possible to the fire department connection. 2.08 PRESSURE GAUGES A. Manufacturer: Ametek/U. S. Gauge Division, Ashcroft, Marsh, Taylor, H. O. Trerice, Weiss, Weksler. B. Cast aluminum, stainless steel or brass case of not less than 3.5 inches in diameter, double strength glass window, black lettering on a white background, phosphor bronze bourdon tube with bronze bushings, recalibration from the front of the dial, 99% accuracy over the middle half of the scale, 98.5% accuracy over the remainder of the scale. Include bronze 3-way globe valve with plugged outlet for Fire Inspector's test gauge. 2.09 VALVES A. Manufacturer: Globe Fire Sprinkler Corp., Kennedy, Milwaukee, Nibco, Stockham, Victaulic (all grooved end valves), Viking, and Watts. B. BALL VALVES: 2" and smaller: Bronze, 2-piece, threaded, grooved, or sweat ends, standard port, blowout proof stem, chrome plated brass ball, glass reinforced or TFE seats, UL approved @ 250 psi or UL and FM approved @ 350 psi. Watts No. B-6000 UL or Victaulic FireLock® Series 728. C. GATE VALVES: 1. 2" and smaller: Outside screw and yoke gate valves, 175 psig, bronze body, bronze mounted, screwed bonnet, rising stem, solid wedge, with normally open tamper switch with double wire leads. 2. 2-1/2" and larger: a. Outside screw and yoke gate valves, 175 psig, cast iron body, bronze mounted, bolted bonnet, rising stem, solid wedge, with normally open tamper switch with double wire leads. b. Outside screw and yoke gate valves with grooved ends, 250 psig, ductile iron body, bronze mounted, cast iron flanged bonnet, brass rising stem, resilient wedge, EPDM o-ring stem seals and body gasket. Victaulic FireLock® Series 771. 220025.00 21 10 00 - 8 Water Based Fire Suppression Systems © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. Addendum #4 12-13-2023 D. BUTTERFLY VALVES: 1. 2" and smaller: Bronze body butterfly valve, 175 psig, geared operator, visible position indicator, normally open tamper switch with double wire leads, Buna or Viton seat, stainless steel disc and stem. 2. 2" and larger: Cast or ductile iron body butterfly valve, lug style or grooved, 300 psig, geared operator with weatherproof actuator, visible position indicator, normally open tamper switch with double wire leads, EPDM resilient seat, EPDM seals, nickel plated or elastomer coated ductile iron disc. Valve assembly to be bubble tight to 300 psig with no downstream flange/pipe attached. Use cap screws for removal of downstream piping while using the valve for system shutoff. Globe GLR300G or Victaulic FireLock® Series 705W. E. SUPERVISORY/TAMPER SWITCHES: For O S & Y valve or butterfly valve installations, UL/FM listed/approved, to monitor position of valve, tamper resistant cover screws, single or double SPDT switch contacts, corrosion resistant, for indoor or outdoor use, NEMA 4 & 6P enclosures. F. CHECK VALVES: 1. 3" and smaller: Bronze body, threaded end, Y-pattern, regrindable bronze seat, renewable bronze disc, 175 psig, suitable for installation in a horizontal or vertical line with flow upward. 2. 2-1/2" and larger: Cast or ductile iron body, flanged or grooved ends, bronze trim, bolted cap, renewable bronze seat and disc, 175 psig, suitable for installation in a horizontal or vertical line with flow upward. 3. Provide 1/2" automatic drip drain on inlet of fire dept. connection check valve. G. SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES: 1. 2" and smaller: Bronze body, threaded ends, bronze trim, stainless steel spring, stainless steel center guide pin, 175 psig, Teflon seat unless only bronze available. 2. 2-1/2" and larger: Cast or ductile iron body, wafer or globe type, bronze trim, bronze or EPDM seat, stainless steel spring, stainless steel stem if stem is required, 175 psig. 3. 2-1/2” and larger: Ductile iron body, non-slam, silent type check valve with aluminum bronze or elastomer coated ductile iron disc, stainless steel spring and stem, PPS coated or welded-in nickel seat, grooved ends, 250 psig. Globe RCV, Victaulic FireLock® Series 717 or 717R with riser check kit. H. DRAIN VALVES: 3/4" min. two or three piece bronze body ball valve; threaded ends, chrome plated bronze ball; glass filled Teflon seat; Teflon packing and threaded packing nut; blowout-proof stem; 400 psig WOG, with hose thread outlet and cap. I. DOUBLE CHECK VALVES: 1. Manufacturer: Beeco, Cla-Val, Conbraco, Febco, Watts, and Wilkinson. 2. ASSE 1015 double check backflow preventer with 2 independent spring loaded check valves, 2 isolation ball or gate valves with normally open tamper switch with double wire leads, 4 valved test ports. Constructed of bronze or epoxy coated cast iron or stainless steel body with bronze and plastic internal parts, stainless steel springs, silicone rubber valve discs, bronze seats, rated for 175 psig. 3. Provide detector type where required by Authority having jurisdiction. 2.10 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Manufacturer: Globe Fire Sprinkler Corp., Tyco, Reliable, Victaulic and Viking. B. ALARM CHECK VALVES: Cast or ductile iron body, flanged or grooved ends, 175 psig, brass or bronze grooved seat with o-ring seal, single hitch pin and latch design. Provide trim for bypass, drain, electric sprinkler alarm switch, pressure gages, precision retarding chamber, drip cup assembly piped to floor or hub drain, fill line attachment with strainer. Valve internal parts shall be replaceable without removing the valve from the installed position. Globe Model H Series or Victaulic FireLock® Series 751. 220025.00 21 10 00 - 9 Water Based Fire Suppression Systems © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. Addendum #4 12-13-2023 C. DRY PIPE VALVES: Cast or ductile iron body, flanged or grooved ends, 300 psig, brass or bronze grooved seat with o-ring seal, single hitch pin and latch design. Provide trim for air supply, drain, priming level, alarm connections, pressure gages, priming chamber attachment, ball drip valves, drip cup assembly piped to floor or hub drain, fill line attachment with strainer. 13 psig minimum required air pressure. Valve internal parts shall be replaceable without removing the valve from the installed position and be externally resettable. Valve shall be supplied pre-trimmed with a Series 776 low pressure actuator and Series 728 or 705W shutoff valve. Victaulic FireLock® NXT Series 768 or Globe RCW Water Control Valve. D. AIR PRESSURE MAINTENANCE DEVICE: Automatic control capable of maintaining system air pressure, rated for 175 psig, adjustable air pressure range of 15 to 60 psig, complete with isolation valves, bypass fill valve, pressure regulator or pressure switch and strainer. Globe H-1, H-2 or H-3 air maintenance device or Victaulic Series 757P. E. DELUGE VALVES: Cast or ductile iron body, flanged or grooved ends, 300 psig, brass or bronze grooved seat with o-ring seal. Provide trim for bypass, drain, electric sprinkler alarm switch, pressure gages, drip cup assembly piped to floor or hub drain, fill line attachment with strainer and push rod chamber assembly. Include dry pilot trim consisting of pneumatic actuator, air and water pressure gages, low air warning switch, air relief valve and diaphragm actuation device with replaceable brass or bronze seat and resilient diaphragm. 13 psig minimum required air pressure. Valve internal parts shall be replaceable without removing the valve from the installed position and be externally resettable. Valve shall be supplied pre-trimmed with a Series 776 low pressure actuator and Series 728 or 705W shutoff valve. Victaulic FireLock® NXT Series 769 or Globe RCW Water Control Valve. F. EMERGENCY PULL BOX: 1/2" ball valve in metal enclosure with 1/2" pipe nipple, "Manual Emergency Station" label and breakaway door. G. UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD CHECK VALVES: 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3, 4, and 6-inch Universal Manifold Check Valve: Where universal manifold check valves are specified for use in wet-pipe sprinkler systems, as floor control manifolds they shall be specifically listed for such use. Universal manifold check valves shall be ductile iron construction, incorporating a control valve, check valve, flow switch, test & drain assembly, adjustable relief valve, and system gauges in one compact body/footprint, and shall be manufactured for “right” and “left”-hand orientations. The test & drain assembly shall contain an adjustable relief valve, with a range of 175 to 310 psi, and a universal test orifice of K2.8; to provide testing capabilities of systems with k-factors ranging from K2.8 and larger. Universal manifold check valve shall be rated for use at the maximum service pressure of 300 psi and shall be UL Listed and FM approved. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corp., Model UMC. 2.13 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION A. Manufacturer: Badger-Powhatan, Croker, Elkhart Brass, J.W. Moon, Potter-Roemer, and W.D. ALLEN B. EXPOSED: Polished cast brass chrome plated exposed fire department inlet, two-way or three-way inlet body (per city requirements), swing clappers, pin-lug swivels and plugs with chains, 2-1/2" National Standard female hose thread inlets, 6" or 4" outlet, cast brass chrome plated lettered identification backplate. C. FLUSH: Polished cast brass chrome plated or ductile iron flush fire department inlet, two-way three-way four-way six-way inlet body, swing clappers, pin-lug swivels and caps with chains, 2-1/2" National Standard female hose thread inlets, 6" 4" outlet, cast brass chrome plated lettered identification backplate. 220025.00 21 10 00 - 10 Water Based Fire Suppression Systems © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. Addendum #4 12-13-2023 D. Where applicable, install a 90 degree elbow with drain connection at each Fire Department connection for complete system drainage. Elbow shall be Victaulic #10-DR. 2.15 AIR COMPRESSOR A. Manufacturer: Quincy, Ingersoll Rand, Nash, and Viking. B. Multi-Zone and large systems: Simplex electric motor belt driven oil lubricated compressor mounted on ASME rated galvanized receiver tank, pressure operated electric switch, motor, magnetic motor starter with three phase overload protection, fused disconnect switch, safety relief valve, check valve, shutoff valve, pressure gauge, automatic tank drain, intake muffler-filter, belt guard and adjustable operating pressure control. C. Single zone and small systems: Riser pipe mounted air compressor installation. Electric motor driven, air cooled, oil-less, adjustable, single stage compressor. With check valve, pressure switch, pressure relief valve, mounting bracket kit and air filter assembly. Equal to Viking model E-1 or Victaulic Series 7C7 with air maintenance device and flexible hoses for installation. D. Note: All compressors greater than 3/4 HP shall be 3 phase unless otherwise noted. Refer to Electrical drawings for required voltage. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install pipe and fittings in accordance with reference standards, manufacturer’s recommendations and recognized industry practices. B. All piping in areas with ceilings shall be concealed unless indicated otherwise. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Cut pipe ends square. Ream ends of piping to remove burrs. Clean scale and dirt from interior and exterior of each section of pipe and fitting prior to assembly. 3.03 ERECTION A. Install all piping parallel to building walls and ceilings and at heights which do not obstruct any portion of a window, doorway, stairway, or passageway. Where interferences develop in the field, offset or reroute piping as required to clear such interferences. Coordinate locations of fire protection piping with piping, ductwork, conduit and equipment of other trades to allow sufficient clearances. In all cases, consult drawings for exact location of pipe spaces, ceiling heights, ceiling grid layout, light fixtures and grilles before installing piping. B. Where copper or steel piping is embedded in masonry or concrete, provide protective sleeve covering of elastomeric pipe insulation. C. Provide 3/32" min. thickness steel nailing plates behind or on either side of piping where the possibility of penetration from nails or drywall screws exists. D. Maintain piping in clean condition internally during construction. E. Provide clearance for access to valves and piping specialties. F. Provide anchors, expansion joints, swing joints and/or expansion loops so that piping may expand and contract without damage to itself, equipment, or building. 220025.00 21 10 00 - 11 Water Based Fire Suppression Systems © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. Addendum #4 12-13-2023 G. Install piping so that system can be drained. Where possible, slope to main drain valve. Slope dry pipe and preaction systems subject to freezing at minimum 1/4"/10' on mains and 1/2"/10' on branches. Where piping not susceptible to freezing cannot be fully drained, install nipple and cap for drainage of less than 5 gallons or ball valve with hose thread outlet and cap for drainage over 5 gallons. Pipe main drain valve to grade. Install auxiliary drains as required. H. Mitered ells, notched tees, and orange peel reducers are not acceptable. On threaded piping, bushings are not acceptable. I. Do not route piping within exterior walls. J. Do not route piping through transformer vaults or above transformers, panel boards, or switchboards, including the required service space for this equipment, unless the piping is serving this equipment. K. Install all valves and piping specialties, including items furnished by others, as specified and/or detailed. Provide access to valves and specialties for maintenance. Make connections to all equipment, fixtures and systems installed by others where same requires the piping services indicated in this section. 3.04 COPPER PIPE JOINTS A. Remove all slivers and burrs remaining from the cutting operation by reaming and filing both pipe surfaces. Clean fitting and tube with metal brush, emery cloth or sandpaper. Remove residue from the cleaning operation and assemble joint to socket stop. Apply flame to fitting until brazing alloy melts when placed at joint. Wipe excess alloy from joint. 3.05 WELDED PIPE JOINTS A. Make all welded joints by fusion welding in accordance with ASME Codes, ANSI B31, and State Codes where applicable. "Weldolets" and "Threadolets" may be used for branch takeoffs up to one-half (1/2) the diameter of the main. 3.06 THREADED PIPE JOINTS A. Use a thread lubricant or Teflon tape when making joints; no hard setting pipe thread cement or caulking will be allowed. 3.07 MECHANICAL GROOVED PIPE CONNECTIONS A. Use pipe factory grooved in accordance with the coupling manufacturer's (Victaulic) specifications or field grooved pipe in accordance with the same specifications using specially designed tools available for the application. Lubricate pipe and coupling gasket, align pipe, and secure joint in accordance with the coupling manufacturer's (Victaulic) specifications. B. The gasket style and elastomeric material (grade) shall be verified as suitable for the intended service as specified. Gaskets shall be supplied by Victaulic. Grooved end shall be clean and free from indentations, projections, and roll marks in the area from pipe end to groove for proper gasket sealing. A Victaulic factory trained field representative (direct employee) shall provide on-site training to contactor's field personnel in the proper use of grooving tools and installation of grooved piping products. Factory trained representative shall periodically review the product installation. Contractor shall remove and replace any improperly installed products. 3.08 UNIONS AND FLANGES A. Install a union, flange or grooved coupling combination at each connection to each piece of equipment and at other items which may require removal for maintenance, repair, or replacement. Where a valve is located at a piece of equipment, locate the flange or union or grooved coupling combination connections on the equipment side of the valve. Concealed unions, flanges or couplings are not acceptable. 220025.00 21 10 00 - 12 Water Based Fire Suppression Systems © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. Addendum #4 12-13-2023 3.09 PIPING SYSTEM LEAK TESTS A. Conduct pressure test with test medium of water. If leaks are found, repair the area with new materials and repeat the test; caulking will not be acceptable. B. Test piping in sections or entire system as required by sequence of construction. Do not conceal pipe until it has been successfully tested. If required for the additional pressure load under test, provide temporary restraints at fittings or expansion joints. Entire test must be witnessed by the Division's representative. C. Use clean water and remove air from the piping being tested where possible. Measure and record test pressure at the high point in the system. D. Test system at 200 psi for 2 hours showing no leakage. Where system design is in excess of 150 psig, test at a pressure 50 psig above system design pressure. E. All pressure tests are to be documented on NFPA Contractor's Material and Test Certificate forms. 3.10 INSTALLATION A. Install fire protection system components in accordance with NFPA rulings, listings and manufacturer’s recommendations. Locate where accessible for servicing and replacement. B. Sprinkler Heads: Locate sprinkler heads maintaining minimum clearances from obstructions, ceilings and walls. Install sprinkler heads level in locations not subject to spray pattern interference. Provide fire sprinkler head installations below ductwork, soffits, etc. Install guards on sprinkler heads within mechanical rooms, boiler rooms, and gymnasiums. C. The sprinkler bulb protector must remain in place until the sprinkler is completely installed and before the system is placed in service. Remove bulb protectors carefully by hand after installation. Do not use any tools to remove bulb protectors. Do not install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or show a visible loss of fluid. Never install sprinklers with cracked bulbs. Show location of sprinkler heads on drawings and coordinate with architectural, HVAC and electrical work to avoid conflicts Heads shall be centered within ceiling tiles. D. Switches: Locate flow and pressure switches where indicated and where required to obtain specified zoning to isolate floors and major areas of floors. Provide valved test connection for flow switch adjacent to flow switch. Pipe to floor drain. Test flow switch to verify proper operation. Locations of switches should be shown on drawing for coordination with electrical work. E. Gauges: Provide a valved pressure gauge in main fire protection riser, at the top of each piping riser, at inlet and outlet of pump and elsewhere as indicated. F. Valves: Properly align piping before installation of valves. Do not support weight of piping system on valve ends. Mount valves in locations which allow access for operation, servicing and replacement. Install all valves with the stem in the upright or horizontal position. Valves installed with the stems down will not be accepted. Provide a riser shutoff valve and a capped hose thread drain valve at the bottom of each riser. Provide capped hose thread drain valves to allow draining of each portion of piping. G. Specialty Valves: Install in vertical position fire protection riser. Install trim recommended by manufacturer including drain and test valves. Pipe drains to grade. Test and adjust operation of valves, alarms, pressure maintenance devices, emergency pull boxes and deluge/preaction controls. I. Fire Department Connections: Mount on wall where indicated. Support from structure independent of piping. Locate between 2' to 3' above grade. Fill wall penetration with insulation and caulk exterior and interior face of wall opening weather tight. 220025.00 21 10 00 - 13 Water Based Fire Suppression Systems © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. Addendum #4 12-13-2023 J. Air Compressor: Install on concrete housekeeping pad, leveled and bolted in place. Pipe automatic drain to floor drain. Install line size ball valve and check valve in discharge line. Install pressure gauge upstream of ball valve. END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 31 00 00 - 1 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. SECTION 31 00 00 EARTHWORK FOR BUILDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Furnish all work, labor, equipment, materials and supervision necessary to complete all earthwork within building footprint, including area wells and retaining walls attached or adjacent to the building, and at least 6'-0" beyond, including: 1. Site clearing, grubbing, stripping, and earth moving. 2. Excavation, filling, backfilling, compaction and grading. 3. Preparation of subgrade for slabs on grade. 4. Proofrolling of Subgrade. 5. Furnish, apply and rough grade topsoil. 6. Removal of structures at or below grade. 7. Provide and pay for all necessary permits. 8. Shoring, cribbing and bracing to safely support excavations. 9. Contractor shall determine if the site "balances" and include in their bid any import or export of material including any spoils from utilities. B. Work Not Included: 1. Fine grading and spreading of topsoil - Section 32 90 00. 2. Construction of roads, exterior parking areas, etc. 3. Excavating and backfilling inside and outside of building as required for plumbing, heating and electric work installed underground, including tanks, pits, manholes, catch basins and inlets, which are included in other Sections. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Latest edition of following specifications and recommended practices shall become part of this specification as if written herein. Wherever requirements conflict, the more stringent shall govern. ASTM A444 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process for Culverts and Underdrains ASTM C136 - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method ASTM D422 - Particle Size Analysis of Soils ASTM D423 - Liquid Limit of Soils ASTM D424 - Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils ASTM D698 - Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate. Mixtures using 5.5 lb. Rammer and 12 inch Drop (Standard Proctor Test) ASTM D1452 - Soil Investigation and Sampling by Auger Borings ASTM D1557 - Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures using a 10 lb. Rammer and 18 inch Drop (Modified Proctor Test) ASTM D2167 - Density of Soil in Place by the Rubber-Balloon Method ASTM D2487 - Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 220025.00 31 00 00 - 2 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregates in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). OSHA Standard “Safety and Health Regulations for Construction”, Part 1926. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform earthwork in compliance with local, state and OSHA requirements and codes. B. All work shall be in accordance with manufacturer's and supplier's instructions. C. Project Site Information: A geotechnical report has been prepared for this Project and is available for information only. The report is not a part of the Contract Documents. The opinions expressed in this report are those of the geotechnical engineer and represent interpretations of the subsoil conditions, tests, and results of analyses conducted by the geotechnical engineer. Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this data by Contractor. 1. Make additional test borings and conduct other exploratory operations as necessary. 2. The geotechnical report is included elsewhere in the Project Manual. D. Testing and Inspection Service: Contractor shall engage soil testing and inspection service (Geotechnical Engineer) for quality control testing during earthwork operations. 1. Testing agency representatives on the site are required to read and understand the requirements of the Construction Documents, the Soil Report and this Section. Contractor shall verify this condition. 2. Approval of Fill Materials: Fifty (50) pound representative samples of each type of proposed fill material required shall be submitted by Contractor to the testing laboratory for analysis and optimum moisture and maximum density determinations. The cost of all retesting because of unacceptable proposed fill material or change in source of fill material shall be borne by Contractor by means of a credit with a Contract Change Order. Approval by the laboratory must be given prior to the start of any fill placement. a. Approval of material based on laboratory tests may not guarantee compaction acceptability of material on site, given time of year and climatic conditions. Contractor shall substitute materials as required and as approved by Geotechnical Engineer to achieve specified requirements on the site. b. In order to be approved, materials to be used as backfill material for basements and retaining walls shall not develop equivalent fluid pressure greater than those specified on the structural drawings or the geotechnical report. c. Provide electronic copies of material testing reports directly to Architect and Engineer. 3. Proofrolling, undercutting, and fill operations shall be performed under the observation of the Geotechnical Engineer. 4. Field density tests for determining the acceptability and compaction of existing soils and fill will be made frequently during the progress of the work in accordance with standard recognized procedures for making such tests. a. At a minimum, perform at least one test for the top of existing soils and each lift of fill material placed, and at least one test for each 2500 square feet of area per lift, but in no case fewer than 3 tests. Take at least one compaction test for each lift for every 25 feet for wall footings, and 50 feet for utility trenches. Perform one to four tests for each column footing, depending on footing size. b. All required testing will be performed by the testing laboratory. Contractor shall cooperate as required in the making of these field tests. c. Perform a passing retest at each prior failing test area. The costs of any retesting required because of the failure of compacted areas to meet specification requirements shall be borne by Contractor by means of a credit with a Contract Change Order. 5. Testing agency shall perform hand auger borings, minimum 1-1/2" diameter, to a depth of 4 feet below bearing elevations or as required, dynamic cone, pocket penetrometer or other tests of excavations to verify soil bearing pressures and acceptability. Test probes shall be performed at a maximum of 25 feet apart within continuous strip footing trenches and at least one probe within each isolated column pad excavation. 220025.00 31 00 00 - 3 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 6. Approval by Geotechnical Engineer must be given prior to the placing of any concrete or fill material, and whenever the Soil Report or actual conditions encountered indicate loose or variable soil conditions, variable soil coloration, unexpected materials, excessively wet soils, etc. Do not proceed if unsuitable conditions are encountered. Notify Structural Engineer immediately. 7. Testing agency shall provide directly to Owner, Architect and Structural Engineer electronic field reports that topsoil and unacceptable soils have been removed, reports of actual bearing pressures encountered, and all compaction tests. Provide written verification that existing soils and fill materials achieve specified bearing capacity at all locations including lawn and unpaved areas. 8. Provide Geotextile Fabric Information to Geotechnical Engineer for review. 9. Geotechnical Engineer shall review and approve required location and installation of geotextile fabric and provide electronic report directly to Structural Engineer. E. Submittals: 1. Provide electronic copies of all quality assurance testing reports sent directly to Architect and Structural Engineer. F. Construction Limits: Confine work to the Construction Limits as indicated on the drawings. In the absence of such a designation on the drawings, confine work to the minimum area reasonably necessary to undertake the work as determined by the Architect. All areas disturbed by excavation and grading, plus such additional areas as are disturbed by construction related activities including construction access and storage and installation of materials shall be considered the "Construction Area." In no case shall construction activities extend beyond property lines or construction easements. G. The Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas in accordance with the drawings and specifications. If plans and specifications do not address restoration of specific areas, these areas will be restored to pre-construction conditions as approved by the Architect. H. Wherever provisions of the Specification, Drawings, the Soil Report, including supplements and addenda, or the requirements of Geotechnical Engineer conflict (e.g. compaction materials, required percent compaction, etc.), the more stringent requirements shall govern unless approved in writing by Structural Engineer. I. Conform to Federal, State and local ordinances with respect to excavations, disposal of waste, burning, air quality, noise, erosion, water runoff, etc. J. Record Drawings: Maintain record drawings of all underground utilities, drain tiles, or other structures encountered, and/or earthwork made as part of this project on original drawings prepared by the installing Contractor/ Subcontractor. K. Off-Site Storage: Refer to Division 01. 1. In general, the payments for materials stored off site will only be considered in instances where there is limited space available for storage on the site. Prior approval by the Architect, together with the execution of a Storage Agreement will be required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A. Structural/Engineered Fill: Well graded, granular material, bankrun sand and gravel, or crushed or natural stone, free of shale, clay, friable materials and debris; tested in accordance with ANSI/ASTM C136 within the following limits: 1. Maximum size of aggregate shall be 2" with not less than 80% passing on a 3/4 inch sieve, with not less than 50% by weight passing a No. 4 sieve. 220025.00 31 00 00 - 4 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 2. Not more than 15% shall pass the No. 200 sieve, except that not more than 5% shall pass the No. 200 sieve (free-draining) for basement wall backfill. Alternately, for basement and area well wall backfill, use 3/8" to 1-1/2" uniform crushed aggregate (clear crushed stone), and provide geotextile against other soils and embankment, subject to Geotechnical Engineer's approval. 3. Provide a clay "cap" at the top of granular backfill at building exterior walls, retaining walls and utility trenches in non-pavement exterior locations, 1'-0" thick minimum or as required by the Soil Report, whichever is greater, over a geotextile fabric to separate clay from granular fill. 4. When used for bedding under pipes, conduits or culverts, fill shall consist of material with greater than 50% by weight passing a No. 4 sieve and all particles passing a 1 inch sieve. Bedding material shall be selected and placed in accordance with the recommendations of the pipe manufacturers. a. Fill above utilities including utility trenches, shall be granular material (with clay caps if existing soils are clay). 5. Structural/Engineered Fill shall achieve the required soil bearing pressure specified in the Contract Documents and Geotechnical Report. B. Except for lean concrete, no other materials than as described above may be used as structural fill within the building footprint, plus an additional width of one foot for each foot of subcut required below bottom of footing (1H:1V oversizing). C. For site material beyond structural fill at perimeter walls, except for backfill against basement and retaining walls and except below pavements, other materials may be used as structural fill subject to Geotechnical Engineer's recommendation, review and approval and Structural Engineer's review and approval. Material shall achieve specified minimum net soil bearing capacity and compaction requirements. Geotechnical Engineer shall review the following: 1. Material description per the Unified Soil Classification System, liquid and plastic limits. Clay soils shall be low-expansive with a Liquid Limit less than 45% and a Plasticity Index greater than 11% and less than 20%. 2. Gradation percentages. 3. Requirements for preparation of material. 4. Requirements for methods of compaction, including equipment. 5. Information regarding frost resistance and expansion characteristics compared to structural fill specified. 6. Unsatisfactory Soils: ASTM D2487 soil classification groups ML, MH, CH, OL, OH, and PT, or a combination of these group symbols, and satisfactory soils not maintained within specified percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction. D. Drainage Fill: Frost resistant, well graded, clean, angular/fractured, crushed stone or gravel (not sand), free of silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter; tested in accordance with ANSI/ASTM C136 within the following limits: 1. Not more than 5% shall pass the No. 200 sieve, (free-draining) a. Slab on grade subgrade: ASTM C33, Size 67. b. Building perimeter drain lines shall be surrounded with at least 12 inches of washed aggregate conforming to ASTM C33, Size 67. c. Perimeter drains at retaining walls shall be surrounded with at least 12 inches of washed aggregate conforming to ASTM C33, Size 67. E. Retaining Wall Fill: Backfill placed within the influence area of retaining walls must be classified as a clean free draining SW, SP, GW or GP, granular soil per Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D-2487) and shall meet the requirements of drainage fill. 1. If 3/8" to 1-1/2" uniform crushed aggregate (clear crushed stone) is used, provide geotextile against other soils and embankment, subject to Geotechnical Engineer's approval. 2. Backfill shall be compacted material which develops a maximum active equivalent fluid pressure of 40 pcf. 3. The influence area slopes upward at 60 degrees from the outside edge of the top of footing on the retained side of the wall. 220025.00 31 00 00 - 5 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. F. Exterior Pavement Subbeds (Base Coarse Aggregate): 1. Wisconsin DOT Standard Specifications Section 304, crushed stone or gravel gradation No. 2. G. No. 2 Stone: Angular crushed limestone aggregate having uniform particle size of nominally 2 inches, essentially free of fines. H. Lean Concrete: Minimum 1,500 psi compressive strength at 28 days. I. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM): Ready-mixed material consisting of Portland Cement, Class C Fly Ash, sand, gravel and water. Minimum 100 psi, Maximum 300 psi compressive strength at 28 days. For Fly Ash, maximum loss of ignition shall not exceed 3%. Material shall be fill or backfill in lieu of compacted soil and shall be excavatable using normal construction excavation methods. The minimum thickness shall be 6". J. Common Fill: Approved material from site, excavation or off- site, separated from materials which do not compact by tamping or rolling. Crushed stone, bankrun gravel, or coarse sand or general earth material free of particles larger than 6 inches, debris, peat, roots, cinders, wood, trash, organic material or other objectionable material. K. No construction materials, organic, deleterious, frozen or "contaminated" material may be used for backfilling or fill material. L. Geotextile Fabric: Conforming to WISDOT 645 and Soil Report with respect to Grab, Puncture and Burst Strength, Trapezoidal Tear, Permativity, and Apparent Opening Size, as approved by Geotechnical Engineer. 1. Around stone surrounding draintile and trench drains. WISDOT 645.2.4 Type DF, Type A or better: a. "Mirafi 140-N" b. "ADS 5000" c. "Amoco 4547" d. "Contech C-45NW" e. Approved equal 2. Under slab-on-grade drainage fill for all basements, when specified on plans, soil report, or as required by Geotechnical Engineer based on field conditions encountered during construction. WISDOT 645.2.2 Type SAS: a. "Mirafi 180-N" b. "Mirafi FW404" c. "ADS 8800" d. "Amoco 4553" e. "Contech C-80NW" f. Terra Tex-N08" g. Approved equal 3. Soil stabilization and subgrade reinforcement above poor soils, when specified on plans, soil report, or by Geotechnical Engineer based on field conditions encountered during construction. Geotextile is required whenever clear stone is used as a substitute for fill against a wall or where clear stone is installed over or against clay or silt soils. WISDOT 645.2.3 Type MS: a. "Mirafi HP370" b. "Amoco 2016" c. "Contech C-400" d. Approved equal M. Hydrated Lime (Calcium Hydroxide) 1. Comply with ASTM C207. 2.02 TOPSOIL A. Existing topsoil on site will be stripped and stored by this Contractor. 1. Topsoil remaining or shortage after all work is completed shall be disposed of or imported at no cost to Owner. 220025.00 31 00 00 - 6 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. B. Topsoil to be Furnished: If quantity of stored topsoil is inadequate or if none has been salvaged from site, this Contractor shall furnish sufficient topsoil to properly construct lawns. Topsoil furnished shall be a natural, fertile, friable soil, possessing characteristics of representative productive soils in the vicinity. It shall be obtained from naturally, well-drained areas. It shall not be excessively acid or alkaline or contain toxic substances which may be harmful to plant growth. Topsoil shall be without admixtures of stones, stumps, roots, debris or other objects 1" or more in diameter which might be a hindrance to planting operations. Topsoil shall be placed to a minimum depth of 6" after compaction for seed and sod areas, and to a minimum depth of 18" for landscaped areas as indicated on Landscape Drawings. C. Rough grading and placement of topsoil is by this Contractor. Final grading of topsoil will be by Landscape Contractor - Section 32 90 00. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS A. Traffic barricades, traffic signs, and warning devices shall meet the requirements of applicable OSHA standards and the FHWA Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), latest edition. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Establish all heights and grades to properly execute work from bench mark established by others. B. Contractor shall provide all surveys to accurately locate the construction on the site. C. Prior to start of work, Contractor shall be completely familiar with all conditions at the site, and shall account for conditions that may affect the work including limitations on work access, space limitations, overhead obstructions, traffic patterns, local requirements, adjacent activities, etc. Failure to consider these requirements shall not be cause for claim of job extras. D. Inspect areas and conditions prior to clearing, excavating, filling, and grading. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. E. Permits and Fees: 1. Apply for, pay for and secure all permits required in connection with the work under this section from the governmental authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Pay all highway and dumping fees and repair damage to sidewalks, streets, or other public property, or to any public utilities. 3.02 MAINTENANCE OF SITE AND BUILDING ACCESS/EGRESS A. Unless otherwise shown or directed, maintain existing access and egress to the facility throughout construction. Maintain ANSI A117 compliant access for disabled persons, delivery access, emergency vehicle access, and emergency egress. Do not interrupt access and egress without prior written approval from the Architect. B. Do not interrupt or change existing traffic, delivery, or parking without prior written approval from the Architect. When interruption is required, coordinate schedule with the owner to minimize disruptions. When working in public right-of-way, obtain all necessary approvals and permits from applicable municipalities having jurisdiction and WISDOT. C. When Contractor's activities impede or obstruct traffic flow, Contractor shall provide traffic control devices, signs and flaggers in accordance with other Contract Documents and the current version of the Federal Highway Administration Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, or as shown on the Drawings. 220025.00 31 00 00 - 7 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, signs, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork and dewatering operations. Protect and maintain all lawns, beds, shrubs, trees, and other work that is to remain in place. 1. Should damage occur as a result of work performed under this Contract, restore to existing condition at no additional cost to Owner, in a manner acceptable to Architect. 2. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain which are damaged by construction operations, in manner acceptable to Architect. B. Conduct site clearing operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct roads or other occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. C. Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged, and store on Owner's premises where indicated or directed. D. Provide and maintain temporary fences, planking, lights, warning signs, barricades and guards necessary for protection of premises and public. E. Maintain cut at satisfactory slope which will prevent collapse of embankments. Provide bracing and shoring as required to protect existing improvements, including outside contract limits, new construction or excavations. Contractor is solely responsible for strength and adequacy of bracing or shoring and for safety. Conform to OSHA requirements. Restore any damaged improvements to their original condition. F. Do not load vehicles hauling debris excessively as to cause spillage on to streets and roadways. Do not allow spilled materials to clog drainage of streets. G. Keep sidewalks and streets adjoining the property broom clean and free of debris, excavated materials, rubbish, trash and obstructions, which might affect the safety of streets, walks, utilities and property. Broom clean daily. H. Use all means necessary to control dust on and near the work, if such dust is caused by the Contractor's operations during performance of the work, or if resulting from the condition in which the Contractor leaves the site. I. Provide positive protection (mat/sheet coverings) for all excavation slopes to protect slopes from instability and deterioration due to rain, wind or snow/ice. J. Construct, maintain and protect erosion and sedimentation controls. 3.04 EXISTING UTILITIES A. The Contract Drawings show such information as can reasonably be obtained regarding the location and nature of pipe lines, storm sewers, water lines, natural gas lines, underground cables, etc. However, the accuracy or completeness of such information is not guaranteed. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to locate such underground features sufficiently in advance of operations to preclude damage to same. B. Contact Diggers Hotline. Locate existing underground utilities in the areas of work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of support and protection during earthwork operations to avoid disruption of service. C. Should uncharted or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult Architect and appropriate utility company immediately for directions. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies for keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility company. The cost of repair of uncharted or incorrectly charted utilities will be paid on the basis of Changes In The Work defined in the Conditions of the Contract. 220025.00 31 00 00 - 8 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. D. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by Owner or others except when permitted in writing by Architect and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. Provide minimum of 48-hour written notice to Owner, and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any utility. Describe the nature and duration of outages and provide the name and number of Contractor's foreman or other contact. E. Any service connections encountered which are to be removed shall be cut off at the limits of the excavation and capped in accordance with the requirements of applicable codes and any specifications governing such removals. F. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with utility companies for shut-off of service if lines are active. 3.05 SITE CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Clear area within contract limits of trees, stumps, roots, brush, shrubs, vegetation, rubbish, debris, and other perishable or objectionable matter. 1. Remove all cleared material from site. 2. Trees to be removed are indicated on drawings. 3. Existing bituminous and concrete paving, roads, walks, and curbs shown removed on drawings shall be removed by this Contractor. 4. Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground surface. Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees indicated to remain. 5. Remove existing above-grade and below-grade improvements, unsuitable fill, cinders, concrete, old foundations and any other unsuitable material as indicated on Drawings, soil report or interfering with new construction. 6. Burying or burning of materials on the site is not permitted. 7. Trim limbs and branches of trees to be left in place which overhang roadbeds or structure to provide proper clearance. B. To minimize erosion, limit heavy equipment travel only to that necessary to complete clearing and grubbing. C. Repair damaged erosion control features immediately. 3.06 SITE GRADING A. Topsoil: 1. Follow the requirements of landscaping plans and specifications. Where conflicts exist, the more restrictive requirements shall govern. 2. Strip all topsoil to the full depth of all organic matter under all areas requiring cutting or filling, and areas of new construction. 3. Remove heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping. 4. Where existing trees are indicated to remain, leave existing topsoil in place within drip lines or within a 15 foot radius, whichever is greater, to prevent damage to root system. Area shall be free of construction work or traffic. 5. Stockpile topsoil on site in storage piles in areas indicated or directed. Coordinate with other contractors. Construct storage piles to provide free drainage on site of surface water. Cover storage piles, if required, to prevent wind erosion. 6. Dispose of unsuitable or excess topsoil same as specified for disposal of waste material. 7. Do not excavate, grade or work topsoil in frozen or muddy condition. 8. Minimize compaction of topsoil to the extent possible. B. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material. 220025.00 31 00 00 - 9 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. C. Preparation of subgrades after stripping vegetation, organic or other unsuitable materials shall consist of: 1. Proof-rolling under the observation of an experienced Geotechnical Engineer or Technician to detect soft, wet, yielding soils or other unstable materials. Proof rolling shall consist of rolling the subgrade with a heavily loaded rubber tired vehicle such as a loaded scraper or tandem axle dump truck. a. Undercut soft or unsuitable areas of subgrade as directed by Geotechnical Engineer. Backfill with structural fill in maximum 8 inch loose lifts, and compact to the minimum required degree of compaction as specified in Compaction Section. b. Remove the top 18" of the subgrade where expansive clays (Liquid Limit greater than 50) are encountered. Replace with granular structural fill or provide lime treatment. c. Remove, as directed by Geotechnical Engineer, underlying bearing soils that are disturbed by construction, weather or earthwork activities, and replace with structural, engineered fill. d. In pavement areas, backfill half of undercut with No. 2 stone placed in 8" lifts and compacted until no further vertical and lateral movement is observed. Backfill upper half of undercut with Base Coarse Aggregate placed in 8" lifts and compacted as specified in Compaction Section. e. Provide Geotextile Fabric before backfilling, if soft soils exist at bottom of excavation. f. Proof-roll all drainage fill under slabs-on-grade and pavement sub-beds. 2. Scarify top 6 to 8 inches. 3. Moisture condition soils as required. 4. Recompaction to same minimum in-situ density required for similar materials. D. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by Architect or Geotechnical Engineer, without additional compensation. E. All subgrades shall consist of and be: 1. Underlain by suitable bearing material. 2. Free of all organic, frozen or other deleterious material. 3. Observed, tested and approved by Geotechnical Engineer. 3.07 CUT AND FILL A. Provide all necessary cutting and filling required to change existing grade specified or as shown on drawings. 1. Rough grade all seeded areas to 6" below finish grade elevation. Where topsoil of sufficient depth is encountered, grade shall be brought to final established grade. Minimum depth of topsoil shall be 6". 2. All roads, etc. shall be rough graded as required to install subgrade and finish pavement. B. Fill in excess of 12" shall be constructed in 8" layers and shall be rolled with rubber tired equipment or sheepsfoot rollers, or compacted with vibratory equipment, whichever is best suited for soil being compacted. 1. Fill under paved areas shall be compacted to 95 percent Modified Proctor, as per ASTM D1557. C. Where there is a great change in grade, a maximum slope of three to one (3:1) shall be maintained. D. Do no grading until sewers, water mains and other utilities are installed. After backfill has settled and when directed, fill shallow places to bring to proper grade. E. Excess excavated material from trenches and other excavations will be piled on site if to be reused, or removed from site by respective Contractors. Deposition and spreading shall be done by this Contractor. 1. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 220025.00 31 00 00 - 10 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 2. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 3.08 EXCAVATION A. Excavate and remove whatever materials encountered, including existing pavements, abandoned building foundation walls, footings and slabs, and unsuitable fill as required to place within finish elevations shown, all footings, walls, trenches, pits, ground floor slabs, drain tiles inside and around basement to complete the project. B. Extend excavations outside of footings, walls, etc. far enough to permit proper inspection, placing and completion of all work. 1. Where engineered fill is to be used between existing bearing soils and the bottom of footings or slabs, excavate unsuitable material at a 45 degree angle downward, beginning 1'-0" beyond the outside edge of the foundation on all sides, to bearing soil. C. Level off the bottom of footing trenches and remove all loose soil to receive concrete work. D. Excavated earth shall remain on site, if possible, and placed where directed. 1. After final grading work is complete, remove any excess earth from premises. Where site constraints dictate, excavated earth shall be stored off-site or landfilled. 2. All surplus earth shall be removed from premises. E. Additional Excavation: 1. When excavation has reached required subgrade elevation, notify Architect and Geotechnical Engineer for inspection of conditions. 2. If unsuitable bearing materials are encountered where shallow foundations are used at the required subgrade elevations, carry excavations deeper and replace with acceptable bearing material as directed by Geotechnical Engineer. 3. Unless specifically identified as part of the Contract Documents, removal of unsuitable material below expected elevations as defined in the soil report or Contract Documents and its replacement as directed will be paid on the basis of Changes In The Work defined in the Conditions of the Contract. F. Unauthorized Excavation: Consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations, limits or dimension without specific direction of Geotechnical Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect and/or Geotechnical Engineer, shall be at Contractor's expense. 1. Under foundation bases, grade beams, or retaining walls, fill unauthorized excavations with lean concrete to bring elevations to proper position. G. Frost Protection: All open footings, trenches and exposed floor slab areas must be protected against frost impregnation. No footings or slabs shall be placed into or against subgrade containing free water, frost or ice. Should water or frost enter a footing or structural excavation after subgrade approval, the subgrade shall be re-inspected by the Geotechnical Engineer after removal of water, frost, or ice. H. Stability of Excavations: 1. Slope sides or excavations to comply with governing codes and ordinances, including OSHA Subpart P of 29 CFR 1926, or successor regulations. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. a. Unless required otherwise by code or unless authorized by Geotechnical Engineer, slopes for excavations 20 feet deep or less should not exceed 1:1 for soil Types A and B and 1-1/2 (horizontal):1 (vertical) for soil, Type C. 2. Maintain side and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. The Contractor shall provide positive protection (Mat/Sheet Coverings) for all excavation slopes to protect slopes from instability and deterioration due to rain, wind, snow, or ice. 3. Do not allow sidewall soils to spall into excavation. 220025.00 31 00 00 - 11 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. I. Do not place excavated materials where they will inconvenience the public, impede travel, or impede surface drainage unless such drainage is being safely rerouted away from the excavation without causing other damage. Do not place excavated materials close to a trench or excavation, unless shoring of adequate strength is provided to support the additional loads that are imposed. J. Remove and replace sidewalk and curb in areas of excavation to the nearest joint. Minimum removal shall be three feet wide. Remove all pavements, including curbs and gutters, to neat and straight lines to the limits of removal by a two-step method. Limit the initial removal to the immediate area of the proposed work. Full depth sawcutting is not required for this phase of the removal. After the work is completed, and immediately prior to the pavement replacement, make a full depth sawcut to neat and straight lines outside the widest point of excavation. Make the lines of sawcut parallel to existing joints, or parallel or perpendicular to pavement edges so as to form a neat patch. Carefully remove all remaining pavement within the sawcut area to the lines of the sawcut. Do not disturb existing base materials between the area disturbed by the work and the sawcut line during the sawcutting, pavement removal, or pavement replacement processes. K. If field tile are encountered during the excavation, the Contractor shall make provisions for continuing the drainage on an interim basis and immediately notify the Architect and Geotechnical Engineer. Field tiles shall be re-routed wherever possible. 3.09 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation. 1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches. 2. Install a dewatering system to keep subgrades dry and convey ground water away from excavations. Maintain until dewatering is no longer required. 3. Provide control measures to prevent damage from flooding, erosion, and sedimentation to on-site and off-site areas. C. Maintain pit or pits to which all excavated parts shall be drained. Provide, operate and maintain suction and discharge lines, pumps and other equipment necessary to drain and keep all excavations, trenches and entire subgrade area free of water under any and all circumstances which may arise. All water, snow or ice must be removed from excavation or trenches before pouring concrete. 1. Flooding of any excavation after approval of the subgrade will be cause for complete removal of concrete mud slabs or footings and complete repreparation and approval of the subgrade. 2. Notify Geotechnical Engineer if springs or water seepage are encountered during grading/foundation construction for possible construction procedure revisions or inclusion of or revision to an underfloor drainage system. Coordinate with Geotechnical Engineer. 3. If actual water flows are greater than expected, notify Geotechnical and Structural Engineer immediately. 4. Provide dewatering bags (Ero-tex filter bags, 262-250-9940, or equal) to clean water before releasing it. Change sock as required to meet DNR requirements. 3.10 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A. Installation of geotextile shall be reviewed and approved by Geotechnical Engineer. B. Install in accordance with this Specification, WISDOT 645, Soil Report and Manufacturer's Specification and Requirements with a minimum overlap of two (2) feet. 1. Provide geotextile fabric below drainage fill at all basements or below grade areas. 2. Provide geotextile where required for soil stabilization, to separate existing soils from granular or gravel fill, as required by this Specification, Geotechnical Report, or as required by field conditions as determined by Geotechnical Engineer during construction. 220025.00 31 00 00 - 12 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 3. Provide geotextile around clear stone used as backfill against walls. 4. Provide around drain tile, wherever shown on drawings and/or recommended/specified in the Soil Report. 5. Where piping vertically intersects the Geotextile Fabric, run fabric up pipe and tape prior to backfilling. 6. Where horizontal piping is installed after and below the Geotextile, a. Cut the Geotextile in a line centered on the pipe excavation and fold back. b. After pipe installation, backfill to the bottom of the Geotextile, fold the fabric back, and tape the joint. c. Tape a 4 foot wide strip of Geotextile, centered over the cut joint. 3.11 BACKFILL AND FILL A. General: Place acceptable tested and approved soil material in layers to required subgrade elevations, for each area classification listed below. 1. Structural/Engineered Fill: a. Use as fill or backfill in excavations against walls (except as noted in Item 2), under walks, steps and pavements and under interior building slabs, except as noted in Item 3 below. b. If bearing soils are disturbed, or if footings are left unpoured overnight, remove and fill with 2" minimum thickness lean concrete under footings. Alternative protection systems may be used subject to Geotechnical Engineer’s approval. c. Construct footing excavations using backhoe buckets with smooth edges (i.e., no teeth). d. Amount or width of structural fill against walls shall be per this specification, as shown on drawings, or as directed by Geotechnical Engineer. The more stringent requirement shall be used. 2. Retaining Wall Fill: Use as fill or backfill in retaining wall zone of influence and excavations. 3. Drainage Fill: a. Use as final 6" minimum layer (or greater as shown on Contract Documents or Soil Report) for granular sub-beds under all interior and exterior floor slabs resting on earth and exterior sidewalks, and steps. 1) The subgrade shall be uniformly compacted and proof-rolled to ensure against settlement. 2) The surface shall be maintained in a firm, clean, dry and smooth condition. 3) Repair truck rutted or pumping areas prior to slab-on-grade placement. b. Where vapor barrier/retarder or other membrane is specified to be placed above Drainage Fill: 1) Provide a minimal sand layer to fill stone voids and smooth stone edges. Foreign materials and protrusions shall be removed, and all cracks and voids shall be filled and the surface made level, or uniformly sloping as indicated on the drawings. The prepared surface shall be free from loose earth, rocks, rubble and other foreign matter. Generally, no rock or other object larger than USCS sand (SP) should remain on the subgrade in order to provide an adequate safety factor against puncture. c. Use around all drain tile, piping, etc. prior to backfilling with structural fill. 4. Exterior Pavement Subbeds: Use as final 6" minimum layer (or greater as specified on Contract Documents or Soil Report) for granular crushed stone sub-bed under exterior drives, parking areas, sidewalks, below concrete slabs, stairs and ramps. Proof-roll sub-beds prior to pavement placement. See Soil Report for pavement design requirements. 5. Controlled Low Strength Material: May be fill or backfill in lieu of common fill or for approved alternate structural fills where free-drainage is not required; e.g. below footings. 6. Lean Concrete: May be fill or backfill in lieu of common fill or for approved alternate structural fills where free-drainage is not required; e.g. below footings. Use for concrete "mud mats" under footings where specified or required. 7. Common Fill: Use under unpaved exterior areas. 220025.00 31 00 00 - 13 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. B. Prior to Backfill Placement: Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits but not until completion of the following: 1. Acceptance by Geotechnical Engineer of construction below finish grade. 2. Construction below finish grade including, where applicable, subdrainage, dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. 3. Inspection, testing and approval of underground utilities and systems by trades, utilities and municipality having jurisdiction. 4. Contractor shall survey locations of underground utilities for Record Documents. 5. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids with satisfactory materials. Cut off temporary sheet piling driven below bottom of structures and remove in manner to prevent settlement of the structure or utilities, or leave in place if required. 6. Removal of mud, water, caved-in, softened or disturbed soil, or frozen soil as directed by Geotechnical Engineer. 7. Removal of trash and debris. 8. Immediately prior to slab-on-grade construction, the exposed subgrade shall be proof-rolled as per Site Grading Section of this Specification. 9. When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under "Compaction" for the particular area classification, break up the ground surface, pulverize, moisture-condition to the optimum moisture content, and compact to required percentage of maximum density. C. Placement and Compaction: 1. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8" in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4" in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. Equipment shall be compatible with type of soil to be compacted. 2. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures to required elevations. Take care to prevent wedging action of backfill against structures by carrying the material uniformly around structure to approximately same elevation in each lift. Lifts should be placed horizontally and in uniform thicknesses. 3. Where fill is to be placed unbalanced against grade beams or retaining walls, provide adequate bracing prior to placement of fill. Do not remove bracing until backfilling operations are complete. 4. Do not backfill against basement walls until the top of the wall is braced by the structural floor. Structural concrete floor shall have cured a minimum of 7 days prior to backfilling. 5. Place backfill simultaneously on both sides of free- standing structures. 6. Extend fill a lateral distance of at least 1 foot for each foot of new fill required, with a minimum of six feet (6') beyond the edge of buildings and foundations, unless noted otherwise. Against basement walls, free-draining granular structural backfill should extend a lateral distance of at least 4 feet from the outside face of the wall, unless noted otherwise. 7. Provide drainage fill materials for retaining walls within the zone of influence. 8. Notify, coordinate and cooperate with Testing Agency regarding placement of fill. Each layer must be approved before the next layer is started. 9. Provide concrete slurry under pavements. 3.12 COMPACTION A. General: Control soil compaction during construction, providing minimum percentage of density specified for each area classification. B. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all necessary compaction equipment and other grading equipment that may be required to obtain the specified compaction. Compaction of controlled backfill by travel of grading equipment will not be considered adequate for uniform compaction. Hand guided vibratory or tamping compactors will be required whenever controlled backfill may be placed adjacent to walls, footings, columns or in confined areas. 220025.00 31 00 00 - 14 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. C. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: 1. Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density determined in accordance with ASTM D1557, Modified Proctor Test. For clay soils, use ASTM D698 Standard Proctor Test and add 3% to percentages specified below, not to exceed 100%. 2. Foundations/Engineered Fill: For fills less than or equal to 8 feet thick, scarify and recompact the top 12" of existing soils and each layer of backfill or fill material to 95% maximum dry density. For fills greater than 8 feet thick, compact to 100% maximum dry density. 3. Building Slabs and Steps: Scarify and recompact the top 6" of existing soils and each layer of backfill or fill material to 95% maximum dry density. 4. Against basement walls, retaining walls and other walls with unbalanced soil pressures: 90% maximum dry density, except the top 5 feet below a driveway or loading dock shall be 95%. If crushed stone backfill or other single sized aggregate with less than 5% passing the #200 sieve is used as wall backfill, provide geotextile against earth at base and side of excavation, and stone shall be placed in maximum two foot lifts, or less as required by Geotechnical Engineer. Lifts shall be nested firmly in place with vibratory compaction as it is placed. Lift depths and vibratory compaction shall be monitored by the Geotechnical Engineer during placement. Expected settlements shall be less than or equal to other structural fill performance. 5. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Scarify and recompact the top 6" of existing soils and each layer of backfill or fill material to 88% maximum dry density, except future expansion areas shall be 95% maximum dry density. 6. Sidewalks: Scarify and recompact the top 6" of existing soils and each layer of backfill or fill material to 95% maximum dry density. 7. Pavements: Scarify and recompact the top 12" of existing soils and each layer of backfill or fill material to 95% maximum dry density or until additional passes over the crushed stone produce visually no additional compaction. Fill over-excavations with slurry. 8. Utility trench backfill shall be compacted to at least 90% of the Modified Proctor (ASTM D1557) maximum dry density from 1 foot above the top of the pipe or conduit up to final surface grade to minimize subsidence. Under structures and pavements, compaction shall be at least 95%. Trench backfill should be placed in lifts of 12 inches or less. Placement shall conform to Standard Specifications for Sewer and Water Construction in Wisconsin. D. Moisture Control: 1. Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade, or layer of soil material. Scarify or disk as required to distribute water uniformly through soil. Apply water in manner to prevent free water appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. The moisture content of the soil should be within -1.0% to +2.5% for cohesive soils, -3% to +3% for cohesionless soils, of the optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D1557. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify by repeatedly plowing and discing during favorable weather conditions to air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. 3. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by discing, harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value. 4. Clay soil bearing capacity and compaction levels are highly affected by water and construction activities. a. Contractor shall place foundation concrete as soon as possible, use a crushed stone working mat in conjunction with a geotextile, or cast a lean concrete mud slab at the base of the foundations immediately after excavation. b. Clay soils may require continued moisture control, modification with Portland Cement or hydrated lime, and/or per Maintenance Section of this specification until drainage subgrade and slab on grade are installed. 220025.00 31 00 00 - 15 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 3.13 FINAL GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section, including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are shown, or between such points and existing grades. If fill is to be placed and compacted at the edge of a slope steeper than 4H:1V, overfill a minimum of 2 feet laterally beyond the final grade and trim back to design slope after achieving required degree of compaction. 1. Contractor shall be solely responsible for determining all earthwork quantities based on the existing and proposed elevations provided on the plans. 2. Contractor shall be solely responsible for balancing site materials. If onsite excavation and borrow operations do not provide enough suitable material for fill areas, Contractor shall coordinate and pay for excavation, transport and placement of imported material meeting the specifications of the contract documents. If excavation results in excess materials, Contractor shall coordinate and pay for loading, transport and offsite disposal of excess materials. B. Grading Outside Building Lines: Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain away from structures and to prevent ponding. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes. 1. All contours and/or spot elevations shown on Drawings are to finish grade (i.e. top of pavement, topsoil, etc.). Contractor shall be responsible for making excavations or embankments to the subgrade elevations necessary such that the addition of the pavement, topsoil or whatever surface improvement, will ensure that finished grades are met. 2. Contours indicated on drawings are the finished grade elevations. Review all grade elevations before commencing work to insure that proper slopes for drainage, slopes for drives, walks, paving, etc., are maintained. If Contractor believes a deficiency is apparent, he shall notify the Architect for clarification and correction. 3. Pavements: a. Shape the surface of the areas under pavement to line, grade and cross-section, compacted as specified, and graded to prevent ponding of water after rains. Rough grade tolerance shall conform to +0 in./-1 1/2 in. Fine grading tolerance shall conform to +0 in./-3/4 in. b. Include such operations as plowing, discing, and any moisture or aerating required to provide the optimum moisture content for compaction. c. Fill low areas resulting from removal of unsatisfactory soil material, obstructions, and other deleterious materials, using structural fill material. Shape to line, grade, and cross-section as shown. 4. Ditches: Finish ditches to ensure proper flow and drainage. Conduct final rolling operations to produce a hard, uniform and smooth cross-section. C. Grading Surface of Fill Under Slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids, compacted as specified, and to required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of +0 in./-3/4 in. D. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the percentage of maximum density for each area classification. E. Preparation for Seed and Sod Construction: Preparation of Subgrade: Grade and uniformly compact subgrade so that it will be parallel to proposed finished grade. Loosen subgrade materials and mix to a depth of 8". Remove all stones over 1" in size and remove all sticks and rubbish. Do not move heavy objects, except lawn rollers, over lawn areas after the subgrade soil has been prepared unless subgrade soil is again graded and loosened, as specified above, before topsoil is spread. F. If salvaged topsoil is not enough to fill to correct thickness, this Contractor shall provide additional topsoil at no cost to Owner. 3.14 GRAVEL SUB-BEDS A. Grade Control: During construction, maintain lines and grades including crown and cross-slope of subbase course. Grade and compact earth to required level to receive full depth of pavement or floor construction, including sub-beds, slab and floor finish. 220025.00 31 00 00 - 16 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. B. Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders of acceptable soil materials, placed in such quantity to compact to thickness of each subbase course layer. Compact and roll at least 12 in. (0.3 m) width of shoulder simultaneously with compacting and rolling of each layer of subbase course. C. Placing: 1. Place subbase course material on prepared subgrade in layers of uniform thickness not to exceed 8", conforming to indicated cross-section and thickness. Maintain optimum moisture content (within -1% to +3%) for compacting subbase material during placement operations. 2. Wet down gravel sub-beds before pouring concrete. 3. Placing tolerance: +0 in./-3/4 in. D. If tests by the Geotechnical Engineer indicate work does not meet specified requirements, recompact or remove work, replace and retest at no cost to Owner. 3.15 MAINTENANCE A. Protection of Graded Areas: 1. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. 2. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to specified tolerances. B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, re-shape and compact to required density prior to further construction. C. Settling: Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during general project warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn or other finish), add backfill material, compact, and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of surface or finish to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. 3.16 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Removal from Owner's Property: 1. Remove excess and waste materials, including excavated material, trash and debris, and dispose of it off Owner's property. 3.17 CLEAN UP A. Level off all waste disposal areas and clean up all areas used for the storage of materials or the temporary deposit of excavated earth. Remove all surplus material, tools and equipment. B. Thoroughly clean all drainage ways, roads, parking lots, sidewalks, and paved surfaces and remove and dispose of all debris and mud. 3.18 CHANGES IN VOLUME OF EARTH EXCAVATION A. Increases or reductions in amounts of fill and backfill material resulting from changes in the dimensions of foundation structures authorized by the Structural Engineer or removal of unspecified, unsuitable material shall be adjusted on a Time and Materials Basis. 1. Contractor shall hire an independent surveyor to verify all material quantities. 220025.00 31 00 00 - 17 Earthwork For Building © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 3.19 UNANTICIPATED SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS A. Owner has had a subsurface exploration performed by Geotechnical Engineer, the results of which are contained in the Consultant's report. The Consultant's report presents conclusions on the subsurface conditions based on the soil exploration. Contractor acknowledges review of Consultant's report and any addenda thereto and that the bid for earthwork operations is based on the subsurface conditions as described in that report. It is recognized that a subsurface exploration may not disclose all conditions as they actually exist and that conditions may change, particularly groundwater conditions, between the time of a subsurface exploration and the time of earthwork operations. In recognition of these facts, this clause is entered into the Contract to provide a means of equitable additional compensation for Contractor if adverse unanticipated conditions are encountered and to provide a means of rebate to Owner if the conditions are more favorable than anticipated. B. If Contractor encounters conditions that are different during earthwork, paving and foundation construction operations than those anticipated by Geotechnical Engineer's report, this fact shall immediately (within 24 hours) be brought to Owner's attention. If Owner's representative on the construction site observes subsurface conditions which are different than those anticipated by the Soil Report, this fact shall immediately (within 24 hours) be brought to Contractor's attention. Once unanticipated conditions have been identified, and Consultant has concurred, immediate negotiations will be undertaken between Owner and Contractor to arrive at a change in contract price for additional work or reduction in work because of the unanticipated conditions. Contractor agrees that unit prices as stated in the Bid Form shall apply for additional or reduced work under the Contract. For changed conditions for which unit prices are not provided, the additional work shall be paid for on a time-and-material basis. END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 22-0025.00 32 12 16.13 - 1 Plant Mix Asphalt Paving © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. SECTION 32 12 16.13 PLANT MIX ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. The work under this section shall consist of providing all work, materials, labor, equipment, and supervision necessary to provide and construct the paving and surfacing as provided for in these specifications and on the drawings. Included are the following topics: PART 1 - GENERAL General Related Work Submittals Record Drawings References Provisions for Future Work PART 2 - MATERIALS Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) Pavement PART 3 - EXECUTION Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) Pavements Pavement Repairs 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Applicable provisions of Division 01 govern work under this Section. Section 31 05 00 Common Work Results for Earthwork (Outside Building Footprint) Section 32 05 00 Common Work Results for Exterior Improvements Section 32 11 23.33 Dense Graded Base 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Provide copies of record drawings. B. Provide copies of material testing reports. C. Provide manufacturers product information (cut sheets) and mix designs and specifications: 1. Asphalt Mix Design D. Materials conforming to the WisDOT Standard Specifications for Highway and Structure Construction (Latest Edition, hereafter called “Standard Specifications for Highway Construction”) and supplied from a WisDOT approved source need not be tested. The contractor shall furnish evidence of such WisDOT approval to the Architect/Engineer and/or Construction Representative 1.04 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Maintain record drawings showing actual locations of utilities and other features encountered, modifications to proposed grades and site features, and other deviations from the original design. 1.05 REFERENCES A. Wherever WisDOT or SSHSC appears in this specification it shall be construed to mean the pertinent sections of the State of Wisconsin, Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Highway and Structure Construction (SSHSC), current edition, and all supplemental and interim supplemental specifications, as they may pertain, except this contract shall be a lump sum contract and measurement and basis of payment methods shall not apply. B. Applicable provisions of Division 01 shall apply to this section. 22-0025.00 32 12 16.13 - 2 Plant Mix Asphalt Paving © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 1.06 PROVISIONS FOR FUTURE WORK A. The Contractor shall coordinate his work and access to the site with the work and access requirements of all other Contractors prior to the start of work; he should do so especially when such work will connect to or be connected to other work. PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.01 HOT MIX ASPHALTIC (HMA) PAVEMENT A. Provide HMA pavement conforming to the requirements Section 460 of Standard Specifications for Highway Construction. Utilize the same material type throughout the paving operation unless noted elsewhere on the plans. Materials provided under this section to the requirements of WisDOT Standard Specifications for Highway AND Structure Construction, Section 455 and as revised in any current Supplemental Specifications. HMA Type Heavy Duty Surface Course: MT-5 58-28S Binder Course: MT-3 58-28S Regular Duty Surface Course: LT-5 58-28S Binder Course: LT-4 58-28S PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 HOT MIX ASPHALT (HMA) PAVEMENT A. HMA shall be placed in accordance with the requirements of Section 460 of Standard Specifications for Highway Construction. B. HMA thickness as indicated in plan details. Install tack coat between each lift per WisDOT specs C. If final lift of asphalt is not installed until a later date, all failed or damaged areas shall be removed and replaced by the contractor at no cost to the owner at the time of final lift installation. D. Asphalt shall not be installed adjacent to new curb nor shall backfilling occur adjacent to new curb no sooner than 7 days after pouring. If desired, Contractor (at his cost) may provide cylinders (tested by the geotechnical engineer) that prove a minimum strength of 3000 psi sooner than 7 days. E. Asphalt pavement shall only be installed after a successful proof-roll of the base course has been completed and observed/approved by the geotechnical engineer (immediately before the asphalt placement). 3.02 PAVEMENT REPAIRS A. Sawcut all pavement surfaces to neat and straight lines at the limits of removal by a two-step method (only applicable in areas where existing pavement is not being pulverized). Limit the initial pavement removal to the immediate area of the proposed work. Full depth sawcutting is not required for this phase of removal. After the work is completed, make a full depth sawcut to neat and straight lines outside the widest point of pavement disruption. Sawcut the lines of the repair parallel to existing joints, or parallel to or perpendicular to pavement edges so as to form a neat patch. Carefully remove all remaining pavement within the sawcut area to the lines of the sawcut. Do not disturb the existing base materials between the area disturbed by the work and the sawcut line by the sawcutting, pavement removal, or pavement replacement processes. B. Contractor to note existing areas of concern or failure to the owner prior to the start of construction. C. Remove all walks, curbs, and other jointed paving by sawcutting at the nearest joint beyond the limits of removal. 22-0025.00 32 12 16.13 - 3 Plant Mix Asphalt Paving © Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. D. Adjust all inlets, manholes, catch basins, valve boxes, and other such castings to match new finished grade as incidental work. E. Place HMA surface course on all roadway, parking lots, service drives, and loading dock areas as designated on the plans. END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 118 VESTIBULE Benches 119 WELLNESS ROOM 120 FAMILY RESTROOM 121 WOMEN 121 (A)WELLNESS ROOM Lounge chair (1) 122 MEN 123 WET TEAM ROOM 4 Coat hook strips X Benches built-in plans 124 WET TEAM RR 125 WET TEAM ROOM 3 Coat hook strips X 126 TEAM ROOM 5 Coat hook strips X 127 TEAM ROOM 4 Coat hook strips X 128 UNISEX TLT Stool Clinic Sponsored Exam tables (2)X Guest chair Clinic sponsor Ice caddy X 130 PASSAGE 131 LAUNDRY Washer/dryer (2) X TV monitor X Jets to pay for Stick rack X Lockers X 133 MAIN COACH TV monitor X Jets to provide 133(A)CLOSET Stick rack X Jets to pay for 134 ELEC Ice rink bumpers X Skate assist storage X Training tires X Mounting hooks (?) Hocket nets (10)X Goal stations X Padding X Volleyball nets X Pickelball nets X Soccer nets X Scoreboards x Skate Harness System X 136 (A)MERCYHEALTH ARENA NORTH SEATING 136 (B)MERCYHEALTH ARENA SOUTH SEATING 137 Y.H. STORAGE JYH Shelving units (27) X Paid, assembled, installed by JYH 138 WET TEAM ROOM #1 Coat hook strips X Benches 139 WET TEAM RR 140 WET TEAM ROOM #2 Coat hook strips X Benches 141 UNISEX TLT 142 JAN Shelving & trash cart X Computers X Furn by youth hockey 144 PASSAGE 145 REFEREE Round table (1)Lockers X Side Chairs (4) 146 REFEREE RR 147 TEAM ROOM 1 Coat hook strips X Benches 148 TEAM ROOM 2 Coat hook strips X Benches 149 TEAM ROOM 3 Coat hook strips X Benches 150 IT Need equipment 151 ICE RINK CIRCULATION 152 ELEV 153 ELEV EQ Goal stations X Padding X Volleyball nets X Pickelball nets X Soccer nets X Scoreboards X Portable Scoreboards X 1 Per volleyball court Basketball hoops (9 hoops, 2 courts)X Skate Harness System X 154 (A)MULTIPURPOSE SEATING Bench seating X Ice rink bumpers X Confirm youth hockey Skate assist storage X Needed for city open skate? Brought over from late arena 155 LOBBY / LINK Basketball hoops (3)X Share sports equipment specs Share sports equipment specs Share sports equipment specs, list quanitites, review lacrosse. YH COACH143 ICE RINK CIRCULATION135 STORAGE135(A) MERCYHEALTH ARENA136 TRAINING129 MAIN TEAM ROOM132 MULTI-PURPOSE AREA154 MULTIPURPOSE ARENA CIRCULATION154 (B) MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE156 Owner Supplied Contractor Installed (or vendor specific) Contractor Supplied & Installed City Procured & Installed, Owner Supplied & Installed Equipment Furniture (Designer to provide specs/quantities, all coordination by owner) ROOM NAMEROOM NUMBER GC CONTRACT 4 4 DN1" / 1'-0"1" / 1'-0"SANSAN SANSANSANSANEESANSAN ST STSTSTSTSTSTSTSTST STST STST STSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST STST E E E E E E E ST ST STEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEGASGASGAS GAS GASGASGASGASGASGASEE STST GASGASGASGASGASGASGASGASGASGASGASEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEWWWWWSTSTEEEGASGASGASGASGASGASGASEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE E E EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTW W W W W WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWSANSAN SANSANEESANSANEEEEEEESANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSAN SAN SAN SAN SAN SAN SAN SANSANWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW30343028 28374320DRIVETHRUDRIVETHRUWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW W W W WWST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST STST STSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTST1627STSTSTSTSTSTST W Consultant:Project:Location:Sheet:Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.com TELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0 FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale:Date:Project No.:Sheet No.:Revisions:(Owner) Project No.:No:Date:Description:WOODMAN'S SPORTS &CONVENTION CENTER(WSCC)2510 Milton AvenueJanesville, WI 5354510/13/2023220025.00C2023-15Permit Resubmittal SetEXISTINGBUILDINGMILTON AVE PROPOSEDBUILDINGPROPOSED DROP OFF LANEEXISTING PROPERTYBOUNDARYEXISTING PUMPBUILDINGPROPOSED DROPOFF LANEEXISTING PROPERTYBOUNDARYMATCH LINESEE SHEET C1.13C1.12SITE PLAN -NORTHSCALE: 1" = 20'NorthDENOTES PROPOSEDROOF OVERHANG. SEEARCHITECTURAL PLANSPROPOSED HEAVY DUTYASPHALT PAVEMENT (TYP)PROPOSED REGULAR DUTYASPHALT PAVEMENT (TYP)1.DENOTES PROPOSED 6" x 6" TEE, 6" AUX VALVE, 35L.F. 6" PVC WATERMAIN, HYDRANT LEAD ANDHYDRANT ASSEMBLY. CONNECT TO EXISTING 6"WATERMAIN PER CITY OF JANESVILLEREQUIREMENTS.2.DENOTES PROPOSED PRIVATE FIRE HYDRANT.3.DENOTES PROPOSED WATERMAIN CONNECTION TOEXISTING 6" WATERMAIN. INSTALL 9 L.F. 4" PVCWATERMAIN AND 4" GATE VALVE.4.DENOTES PROPOSED WATERMAIN CONNECTION TOEXISTING 10" WATERMAIN. INSTALL 13 L.F. 10" PVCWATERMAIN AND 10" GATE VALVE.5.DENOTES PROPOSED 4 L.F. 4" PVC WATERMAIN.6.DENOTES PROPOSED 7 L.F. 10" PVC WATERMAIN.7.DENOTES PROPOSED 45° BEND.8.DENOTES PROPOSED 20 L.F. 4" PVC WATERMAIN.#3713125111423541.EXIST. 6" WATERMAIN I.E. = 875.35PROP. 10" WATERMAIN (INSTALL OFFSET PACKAGE) I.E. = 874.002.PROP. 18" STORM I.E. = 876.84PROP. 10" WATERMAIN I.E. = 873.573.PROP. 18" STORM I.E. = 876.82PROP. 4" WATERMAIN I.E. = 873.904.PROP. 18" STORM I.E. = 876.91PROP. 10" WATERMAIN I.E. = 873.425.PROP. 18" STORM I.E. = 876.79PROP. 4" WATERMAIN I.E. = 873.756.PROP. 12" STORM I.E. = 876.99PROP. 10" WATERMAIN I.E. = 873.027.PROP. 12" STORM I.E = 876.95PROP. 4" WATERMAIN I.E. = 873.358.PROP. 12" STORM I.E. = 877.15PROP. 10" WATERMAIN I.E. = 872.179.PROP. 12" STORM I.E. = 877.11PROP. 4" WATERMAIN I.E. = 872.50#(CAUTION! UTILITY CROSSING. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION ANDELEVATION PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION. ADJUSTWATERMAIN IF NEEDED TO MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 18" VERTICALSEPARATION BETWEEN SEWER AND WATERMAIN AND MAINTAINMINIMUM 6' OF COVER ABOVE WATERMAIN.) CONTRACTOR TOINSTALL 4' x 8' x 2" SHEET OF INSULATION BOARD CENTERED ONWATERMAIN AT ALL CROSSINGS WITH THE WATERMAIN ANDSEWER.612151.DENOTES PROPOSED 18" CURB AND GUTTER.2.DENOTES EXISTING CURB AND GUTTER TO REMAIN.3.DENOTES PROPOSED REVERSE STYLE CURB AND GUTTER.4.DENOTES PROPOSED TYPE 1 ADA RAMP WITH 8 L.F.DEPRESSED CURB AND 6' CURB TAPERS ON EACH SIDE. SEEDETAIL ON SHEET C5.00.5.PROPOSED CONCRETE SIDEWALK.6.DENOTES PROPOSED ADA PARKING STALL. SEE DETAIL ONSHEET C5.01 FOR DETAILED INFORMATION.7.DENOTES PROPOSED PARKING COUNT.8.CAUTION! UTILITIES. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION ANDELEVATION PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION.9.DENOTES PROPOSED DIRECTIONAL PAVEMENT MARKING(TYP).10.PROPOSED CONCRETE PAVEMENT.11.PROPOSED STOOP AND FROST WALL AT DOOR. SEEARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL PLANS.12.DENOTES PROPOSED SITE LIGHTING (TYP). SEE ELECTRICALPLANS.13.DENOTES PROPOSED BARRIER STYLE CURB#1111112122333141431431341055556677PROPOSED HEAVY DUTYASPHALT PAVEMENT (TYP)DENOTES PROPOSED 8.5'OF DEPRESSED CURBWITH 6' OF CURB TAPERON EACH SIDEDENOTES PROPOSED 43.5' OFDEPRESSED CURB WITH 6' OFCURB TAPER ON WEST SIDE AND2' CURB TAPER ON EAST SIDE888PROPOSED CONCRETE SIDEWALKPROPOSED HEAVY DUTY ASPHALT PAVEMENTPROPOSED PAVEMENT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACEDPROPOSED CONCRETE PAVEMENTPROPOSED DEPRESSED CURBPROPOSED TAPER CURBPROPOSED REVERSE CURB991111111111111111111111PROPOSED REGULAR DUTY ASPHALT PAVEMENT8769812121212121212DENOTES PROPOSED PAVEMENT STRIPING.REMOVE EXISTING PAVEMENT MARKINGSAS REQUIRED TO INSTALL PROPOSEDIMPROVEMENTS13489109.DENOTES PROPOSED 22 L.F. 10" PVC WATERMAIN.10.DENOTES PROPOSED 22.5° BEND.11.DENOTES PROPOSED 126 L.F. 4" PVC WATERMAIN.12.DENOTES PROPOSED 124 L.F. 10" PVC WATERMAIN.13.DENOTES PROPOSED 22.5° BEND.14.DENOTES PROPOSED 272 L.F. 4" PVC WATERMAIN.15.DENOTES PROPOSED 288 L.F. 10" PVC WATERMAIN.16.COORDINATE WITH MALL ON ANY WATER SERVICESHUTDOWNS. WATER TO MALL CAN ONLY BE OUT OFSERVICE BETWEEN THE HOURS OF 10:00 PM AND 6:00AM.17.DENOTES PROPOSED OFFSET PACKAGE. INSTALL TOASSURE SEPARATION BETWEEN PROPOSEDWATERMAIN AND EXISTING WATERMAIN.PROPOSED BIDALTERNATIVE #1999999991515151522221333331616161616161616MATCH PROPOSED CONCRETEPAVEMENT INTO EXISTINGCONCRETE COMPACTOR PAD12181916162014.DENOTES PROPOSED THICKENED EDGE CONCRETESIDEWALK (TYP)15.DENOTES PROPOSED PAVEMENT REMOVAL ANDREPLACEMENT. REMOVE EXISTING ASPHALT AND INSTALLNEW REGULAR DUTY ASPHALT. EXISTING STONE BASE TOREMAIN. RESHAPE AS NEEDED TO MAINTAIN MINIMUMPAVEMENT THICKNESS SHOWN ON THE DETAILS. IF EXISTINGASPHALT IS THICKER THAN PROPOSED SECTION, INSTALLAND SHAPE ADDITIONAL STONE BASE COURSE AS NEEDEDTO MAINTAIN PROPOSED PAVEMENT SECTION.16.SAWCUT EXISTING PAVEMENT AND CREATE BUTT JOINTWHERE PROPOSED MEETS EXISTING.17.DENOTES PROPOSED 2' CURB TAPER.18.REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING ASPHALT PAVEMENT ASNEEDED TO INSTALL WATERMAIN. MATCH EXISTINGSECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS.19.DENOTES PROPOSED STOP SIGN AND STOP BAR.20.DENOTES PROPOSED TYPE 1 ADA RAMP WITH 6 L.F.DEPRESSED CURB AND 6' CURB TAPERS ON EACH SIDE. SEEDETAIL ON SHEET C5.00.21.MAINTAIN 4' HORIZONTAL SEPARATION BETWEEN PROPOSEDPARALLEL WATERMAIN.8888117212121DENOTES PROPOSED BOLLARD (TYP.).SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FORLOCATION AND DETAILSDENOTES PROPOSED BOLLARD (TYP.).SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FORLOCATION AND DETAILS111/17/23Addendum 14412/13/23Addendum 44 UPDNDNDNUPUP1" / 1'-0"1" / 1'-0"1" / 1'-0"SANSANEESTSTST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST STSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTST GASGASGAS GAS GA S GASE E E E E E E GASGASGAS GASSAN GASGASGASGASGASGASGASGASSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSAN SAN SAN SAN SAN SAN SAN SANSANSANSANSANSANSANWWWWWWWWWWW31 51334151017374123SANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANSANWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWSA N SAN WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW W W W W W WW W W W W WW W STSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTSTST ST ST STST STSTSTSTSTSTSTST16STSTSTWWSTSTSTSTSTWConsultant:Project:Location:Sheet:Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.com TELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0 FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale:Date:Project No.:Sheet No.:Revisions:(Owner) Project No.:No:Date:Description:WOODMAN'S SPORTS &CONVENTION CENTER(WSCC)2510 Milton AvenueJanesville, WI 5354510/13/2023220025.00C2023-15Permit Resubmittal SetPROPOSED TRASH ENCLOSURE.SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANSEXISTINGBUILDINGPROPOSEDBUILDINGEXISTING PROPERTYBOUNDARYEXISTING PROPERTYBOUNDARYMATCH LINESEE SHEET C1.12PROPOSED DROP OFF LANEPROPOSED HEAVY DUTYASPHALT PAVEMENTC1.13SITE PLAN -SOUTHSCALE: 1" = 20'NorthPROPOSED BIO-RETENTION BASINPROPOSED CROSSWALKDENOTESPROPOSEDCROSSWALKPROPOSED CONCRETE PAVEMENTDENOTES PROPOSED TRANSFORMER.SEE ELECTRICAL PLANSDENOTES PROPOSED FIRE DEPARTMENTCONNECTION. SEE PLUMBING PLANSPROPOSED HEAVY DUTYASPHALT PAVEMENT (TYP)PROPOSED REGULAR DUTYASPHALT PAVEMENT (TYP)12312341.CONNECT TO EXISTING 8" WATERMAIN VIA LIVE TAP PERCITY REQUIREMENTS. ESTABLISHMENT OF THE NEW WATERCONNECTION TO THE PUBLIC WATERMAIN REQUIRESCOORDINATION WITH THE JANESVILLE WATER UTILITY. THEWATER UTILITY MUST PERFORM THE TAP AND BE GIVEN ATLEAST 24 HOURS ADVANCE NOTICE IN ORDER TO COMPLETETHE TAP. THE WATER UTILITY CHARGES A FEE FOR THISWORK. THE CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE THE NECESSARYMATERIALS (PER CITY OF JANESVILLE STANDARDS) ANDPERFORM ALL EXCAVATION/RESTORATION ASSOCIATEDWITH THE LIVE TAP. INSTALL 8" TAPPING VALVE AND 11 L.F. 8"DUCTILE IRON WATERMAIN. TRANSITION FROM DUCTILEIRON PIPE TO PVC AFTER PROPERTY BOUNDARY.2.REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING PAVEMENT AS REQUIREDTO INSTALL PROPOSED UTILITY (SEE PAVEMENT PATCHDETAIL). TRAFFIC CONTROL MUST BE SET UP INACCORDANCE WITH MUTCD STANDARDS WHILE WORKOCCURS IN THE R.O.W. A TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN SHALL BESUBMITTED TO THE CITY ENGINEERING DIVISION FORAPPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY WORK IN THE STREET.#1.PROPOSED 33 L.F. 8" PVC SANITARY SEWER SEWER @S=2.12%. INV @ BLDG = 875.46. SEE PLUMBING PLANSFOR CONTINUATION INTO BUILDING.2.PROPOSED SANITARY MANHOLERIM = 881.688" N INV = 874.868" W INV = 874.763.PROPOSED 316 L.F. 8" PVC SANITARY SEWER @S=1.00%.4.PROPOSED SANITARY MANHOLERIM = 885.10 ±PROP. 8" E INV = 871.69EXIST. 12" N INV = 871.64EXIST. 12" S INV = 871.59#567891.EXIST. 24" STORM I.E. = 875.21PROP. 8" SANITARY I.E. = 873.772.PROP. 8" SANITARY I.E. = 874.18PROP. 4" WATERMAIN I.E. = 872.133.PROP. 8" SANITARY I.E. = 874.23PROP. 10" WATERMAIN I.E. = 871.984.PROP. 15" STORM I.E. = 875.92PROP. 8" SANITARY I.E. = 874.515.PROP. 8" WATERMAIN I.E. = 878.50EXIST. 12" SANITARY I.E. = 871.526.EXIST. 24" STORM I.E. = 875.19PROP. 8" WATERMAIN I.E. = 873.007.PROP. 8" WATERMAIN I.E. = 874.61PROP. 4" WATERMAIN I.E. = 872.038.PROP 8" WATERMAIN I.E. = 874.52PROP 10" WATERMAIN I.E. = 872.03#9.PROP. 15" STORM I.E. = 875.82PROP. 8" WATERMAIN (INSTALLOFFSET PACKAGE) I.E. = 873.6510.PROP. 24" STORM I.E. = 875.57PROP. 4" WATERMAIN I.E. = 872.0311.PROP. 24" STORM I.E. = 875.58PROP. 10" WATERMAIN I.E. = 871.7012.PROP 15" STORM I.E. = 876.10PROP 4" WATERMAIN I.E. = 872.9013.PROP 15" STORM I.E. = 876.13PROP 10" WATERMAIN I.E. = 872.5014.PROP 8" WATERMAIN I.E. = 874.50PROP 4" WATERMAIN I.E. = 873.0015.PROP 8" WATERMAIN I.E. = 874.39PROP 10" WATERMAIN I.E. = 872.6716.PROP 15" STORM I.E. = 876.71PROP 8" WATERMAIN I.E. =874.29(CAUTION! UTILITY CROSSING. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND ELEVATION PRIOR TOSTARTING CONSTRUCTION. ADJUST WATERMAIN IF NEEDED TO MAINTAIN A MINIMUMOF 18" VERTICAL SEPARATION BETWEEN SEWER AND WATERMAIN AND MAINTAINMINIMUM 6' OF COVER ABOVE WATERMAIN.) CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL 4' x 8' x 2" SHEETOF INSULATION BOARD CENTERED ON WATERMAIN AT ALL CROSSINGS WITH THEWATERMAIN AND SEWER.147853612111315181921202224232914163.DENOTES PROPOSED 454 L.F. 8" PVC WATERMAIN.4.DENOTES PROPOSED 8" x 6" TEE, 6" AUX VALVE, 37 L.F. 6"PVC WATERMAIN, HYDRANT LEAD AND HYDRANTASSEMBLY.5.DENOTES PROPOSED PRIVATE FIRE HYDRANT.6.DENOTES PROPOSED 52 L.F. 8" PVC WATERMAIN.7.DENOTES PROPOSED 45° BEND.8.DENOTES PROPOSED 24 L.F. 8" PVC WATERMAIN.9.DENOTES PROPOSED 45° BEND AND 6 L.F. 8" PVCWATERMAIN. SEE PLUMBING PLANS FOR CONTINUATIONINTO BUILDING.10.DENOTES PROPOSED 22.5° BEND.11.DENOTES PROPOSED 126 L.F. 4" PVC WATERMAIN.12.DENOTES PROPOSED 124 L.F. 10" PVC WATERMAIN.13.DENOTES PROPOSED 45° BEND.14.DENOTES PROPOSED 15 L.F. 4" PVC WATERMAIN.15.DENOTES PROPOSED 13 L.F. 10" PVC WATERMAIN.16.DENOTES PROPOSED 22.5° BEND.17.DENOTES PROPOSED 296 L.F. 4" PVC WATERMAIN.18.DENOTES PROPOSED 291 L.F. 10" PVC WATERMAIN19.DENOTES PROPOSED 90° BEND.20.DENOTES PROPOSED 89 L.F. 4" PVC WATERMAIN.21.DENOTES PROPOSED 86 L.F. 10" PVC WATERMAIN.22.DENOTES PROPOSED 45° BEND.23.DENOTES PROPOSED 22 L.F. 4" PVC WATERMAIN.24.DENOTES PROPOSED 25 L.F. 10" PVC WATERMAIN.101.DENOTES PROPOSED 18" CURB AND GUTTER.2.DENOTES EXISTING CURB AND GUTTER TO REMAIN.3.DENOTES PROPOSED REVERSE STYLE CURB AND GUTTER.4.DENOTES PROPOSED TYPE 1 ADA RAMP WITH 6 L.F.DEPRESSED CURB AND 6' CURB TAPERS ON BOTH SIDES. SEEDETAIL ON SHEET C5.00.5.DENOTES PROPOSED TYPE 2 ADA RAMP. SEE DETAIL ONSHEET C5.00.6.DENOTES PROPOSED TYPE 4 ADA RAMP WITH 6 L.F.DEPRESSED CURB AND 2' CURB TAPERS ON BOTH SIDES. SEEDETAIL ON SHEET C5.00.7.PROPOSED CONCRETE SIDEWALK.8.DENOTES PROPOSED ADA PARKING STALL. SEE DETAIL ONSHEET C5.01 FOR DETAILED INFORMATION.9.DENOTES PROPOSED PARKING COUNT.10.CAUTION! UTILITIES. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION ANDELEVATION PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION.#PROPOSED CONCRETE SIDEWALKPROPOSED REGULAR DUTY ASPHALT PAVEMENTPROPOSED HEAVY DUTY ASPHALT PAVEMENTPROPOSED PAVEMENT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACEDPROPOSED DEPRESSED CURBPROPOSED TAPER CURBPROPOSED REVERSE CURBPROPOSED CONCRETE PAVEMENT11132233171733456666PROPOSED HEAVY DUTYASPHALT PAVEMENT (TYP)77777899EXISTING PROPERTYBOUNDARY1010DENOTES PROPOSED ROOF OVERHANG.SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANSDENOTES PROPOSED ROOF OVERHANG.SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS25.DENOTES PROPOSED 45° BEND.26.DENOTES PROPOSED 22 L.F. 4" PVC WATERMAIN.27.DENOTES PROPOSED 26 L.F. 10" PVC WATERMAIN.28.REDUCE AND CONNECT TO EXISTING 3" WATERMAIN29.REDUCE AND CONNECT TO EXISTING 8" WATERMAIN30.DENOTES PROPOSED OFFSET PACKAGE. INSTALL TOASSURE 1.5' SEPARATION BETWEEN WATERMAIN ANDSTORM SEWER.2PROPOSED PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT101213141516DENOTES PROPOSEDBUS SHELTER LOCATION1112121311.REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING CONCRETE CURB ANDCONCRETE SIDEWALK AS NEEDED TO INSTALL UTILITIES.MATCH EXISTING GRADES OF SIDEWALK. COORDINATE WITHTHE CITY OF JANESVILLE ON CLOSURE OF SIDEWALK.CONCRETE SIDEWALK SHALL BE PERMENENTLY RESTOREDWITHIN TWO WEEKS OF THE DISTURBANCE. PERMISSION TOCLOSE SIDEWALKS WITH THE USE OFCONTRACTOR-FURNISHED "SIDEWALK CLOSED" AND"SIDEWALK CLOSED USE OTHER SIDE" SIGNAGE MAY OR MAYNOT BE GRANTED.12.DENOTES PROPOSED DIRECTIONAL PAVEMENT MARKING13.DENOTES PROPOSED "DO NOT ENTER" SIGN14.PROPOSED STOOP AND FROST WALL AT DOOR. SEEARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL PLANS.15.DENOTES PROPOSED SITE LIGHTING (TYP). SEE ELECTRICALPLANS.16.DENOTES PROPOSED UTILITY CROSSING. SLURRY FILLAROUND SANITARY SEWER UP TO THE SPRING LINE OF THESTORM SEWER PIPE.17.DENOTES PROPOSED THICKENED EDGE CONCRETESIDEWALK (TYP).141414141414417252726301515151515151515151618.DENOTES PROPOSED ELECTRICAL METER. SEE ELECTRICALPLANS.19.DENOTES PROPOSED ELECTRICAL QUAZITE BOX. SEEELECTRICAL PLANS.20.DENOTES PROPOSED PAVEMENT REMOVAL ANDREPLACEMENT. REMOVE EXISTING ASPHALT AND INSTALLNEW REGULAR DUTY ASPHALT. EXISTING STONE BASE TOREMAIN. RESHAPE AS NEEDED TO MAINTAIN MINIMUMPAVEMENT THICKNESS SHOWN ON THE DETAILS. IF EXISTINGASPHALT IS THICKER THAN PROPOSED SECTION, INSTALLAND SHAPE ADDITIONAL STONE BASE COURSE AS NEEDED TOMAINTAIN PROPOSED PAVEMENT SECTION.21.SAWCUT EXISTING PAVEMENT AND CREATE BUTT JOINTWHERE PROPOSED MEETS EXISTING.22.DENOTES PROPOSED CURB OPENING WITH 3 L.F. DEPRESSEDCURB AND 3' CURB TAPERS ON BOTH SIDES.23.DENOTES PROPOSED STOP SIGN.24.MAINTAIN 4' HORIZONTAL SEPARATION BETWEEN PROPOSEDPARALLEL WATERMAIN.25.APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF CONDUITS. ADJUST PAVEMENTLIMITS TO HAVE FULL DEPTH PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT FORTHE CONDUIT TRENCHES.PROPOSED REGULAR DUTYASPHALT PAVEMENT (TYP)910111819PROPOSED BIDALTERNATIVE #220202222222221212121212121MATCH PROPOSED CURB INTOEXISTING SIDEWALK103321717MATCH PROPOSED CONCRETEPAVEMENT INTO EXISTINGCONCRETE COMPACTOR PAD1242424131919192123PROPOSED BUS STOP CONCRETE PAVEMENTPROPOSED BUS STOPCONCRETE PAVEMENT161212DENOTES PROPOSED BOLLARD (TYP.).SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FORLOCATION AND DETAILS111/17/23Addendum 125312/08/23Addendum 3284412/13/23Addendum 44 UP DN DN HC HC HC 3 A8.4 1 A5.1 RESURFACER/ SHOP TOOLS/LAUNDRY 170 Y.H. STORAGE 137 WET TEAM ROOM #1 138 WET TEAM ROOM #2 140 UNISEX TLT 141 YH COACH 143 ELEC 134 MAIN COACH 133 MAIN TEAM ROOM 132 TRAINING 129 UNISEX TLT 128 A8.0 4 A8.0 5 A8.0 8 A8.0 9 MATCHLINE AA MATCHLINE BBLAUNDRY 131 WET TEAM RR 139 A128.1 A132.1 A133.1A135.2A138.1 A140.1 A141.1 A143.1A144.2A170.5 A170.2 A170.4 A135.1 A134.2 A134.1 A131.1 A142.1 A139.2A139.1ICE RINK CIRCULATION 135 H J K M P Q 1 2 3 2 A5.1MATCHLINE BB7' - 2" 21' - 3" 19' - 2 3/4" 31' - 7" 15' - 8" 10 1/4" 6' - 10 1/2" 18' - 10" 10" L L.6 8' - 10" 4' - 0" 6' - 6" 6' - 4" 9' - 4" 43' - 2" 12' - 2" 7' - 0" 14' - 8" 7' - 2"7' - 2"30' - 0"18' - 0"13' - 0"22' - 10"6' - 4"9' - 6"9' - 0"5' - 10"5' - 4" 15' - 2 3/8" 6' - 5" 18' - 10" 1" / 1'-0"1" / 1'-0" 30 A8.4 11 A8.4 9 A8.4 9 Sim A8.4 9 Sim A8.4 16 ADD ALT 2 SEE SHEET A2.6 - A2.8 2 A7.4 36 37 37 A170.1A172.1A171.3A168.17' - 4"4' - 3"15' - 7"9' - 8"12' - 4" 12' - 6" 40 REFER TO REFRIGERATION DRAWINGS9' - 8 1/2"10' - 11"8' - 10"18' - 4"1 1 178' - 6" 10' - 11 1/2" 12' - 0" 9' - 2" 3' - 10" 11' - 6" 8' - 6"27' - 1 1/2" 158' - 1 1/2" 83' - 1" 56' - 2 1/2" 18' - 10"28' - 0"1' - 2"6' - 6"4"6' - 4"3' - 4"102' - 4"(2) 6'-0" x 6'-0" ROLL OUT DUMPSTER 54 53 7 14' - 7 1/2" 6' - 0" 8' - 10 1/2" BL2 W20 2' - 9" 12' - 11" 8' - 3" 6' - 5" 12' - 11" 4' - 0" 3' - 7 3/8" 46" SILL A179.1 A169.1 MECHANICAL 168 ELECTRICAL 169 METER/RISER 179 REFRIGERATION 172 MERCYHEALTH ARENA 136 PASSAGE 130 PASSAGE 144 27' - 7" 9' - 5" 20' - 8" 1' - 5" 8' - 10" 20' - 2" 24' - 0" 10' - 0" 24' - 0" 11' - 11" MAIN TEAM ROOM 132 63 66 8081 19' - 2 1/2" STORAGE 135(A) AV CLOSET 167 (B) 1M8 1M8 84 85 40 A7.1 27 87 88 88 88 88 87 87 87 2' - 6 1/2" 6' - 7 1/2" 4' - 5 1/2" 6' - 6" 33' - 2" M8 VESTIBULE 171 CLOSET 172(A) A172a A171.1 A171.2 2 A5.6 3 A5.6 4 A5.6 18' - 0" 56' - 2 1/2"167' - 5 1/2"J.C. 142 4 6' - 4" 21' - 3" 8' - 3 1/2" 86' - 3 1/2" 5' - 6" 23' - 11" 7' - 3" 21' - 4" 23' - 6 3/4" 11' - 1" 39' - 8" GENERAL NOTE: FUTURE SOLAR INVERTERS WILL BE INSTALLED ON THE SE CORNER OF THE BUILDING - KEEP WALL CLEAR FOR FUTURE COORDINATION REQUIRED IF SOLAR PROJECT IF INSTALLED. 2 A8.415' - 4" 7' - 2" 12' - 6" 15' - 6" 20' - 7 1/2" 7 A8.5 5 A8.5 A8.5 6 A167.3 L.4 L.8 REFER TO B32 DRAWINGS FOR ICE AND DASHER BOARD SCOPE OF WORK 37 A129.1M6 103 103a 103 103a 1 A6.52 A6.5 32 32A137.1BEAM O.H. 65 64 82 A7.0 1 18 2130 30 L.7 A133.2 6' - 4" 37' - 4" 1M8 1 3 5 .0 0 ° 1' - 2" 34' - 2 1/2" 6' - 0" 16' - 0"1' - 11"1 3 5 .0 0 ° 46" SILL6' - 1 3/8"2' - 8 5/8"RADIUS OF SEATING & RAILING TO ALWAYS FOLLOW ICE ARENA BOARDS M8 M12 STRUCTURE (ABV.)119' - 2" 28' - 0"10"19' - 5 1/2"1 A7.4 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M12 M8 M12 M6 M12 M8 M8 M12 M8 M8 M8 M8 T.O. WALL @ 10' 0"4 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ON PLAN ARE ACTUAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DIMENSIONS ON PLAN ARE FROM FACE OF FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. WALLS ARE TO BE PARALLEL & PERPENDICULAR TO ADJACENT WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALIGN WALLS WHERE APPARENT. 3. WALL TYPES ARE LOCATED ON SHEET A10.0. 4. PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT ALL CABINETS, SHELVES, BUILT-INS, EQUIPMENT OR ACCESSORIES. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR DOCUMENTS WHERE SUCH CONDITIONS APPLY. 5. ALL FLOORS ARE TO BE LEVEL AND CLEAN PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOOR COVERINGS. ALL FLOOR SURFACES AND TRANSITIONS BETWEEN SURFACE TYPES SHALL COMPLY WITH ADA GUIDELINES. 6. FOR OPENING LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS, SEE PANEL DRAWINGS, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, AND WINDOW ELEVATIONS. 7. REFER TO SHEETS A0.2 AND A0.3 FOR LOCATIONS OF WHERE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO BE PROVIDED AND HOW THEY ARE TO BE MOUNTED 8. SEE SHEET A10.3 FOR ALL KEYNOTES STARTING WITH "W" AND "BL" 9. ALL FLOOR ELEVATIONS ARE BASED OFF OF FIRST FLOOR ELEVATION OF 100'-0". ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION 100'-0" CORRESPONDS TO CIVIL ELEVATION OF FFE = 882.25. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES FLOOR PLAN LEGEND DOOR PER TAG. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE SHEET A10.1##WALL TAG. SEE WALL TYPES SHEET A10.0 #KEYNOTE. SEE KEYNOTES, THIS SHEET. CMU WALL PRECAST CONCRETE WALL INTERIOR METAL STUD PARTITION WALL #STRUCTURAL GRID NOT IN SCOPE NE SE SWNW BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated FIRST FLOOR PLAN -SE QUAD WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A2.1a 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/8" = 1'-0"1 FIRST FLOOR PLAN -SE QUAD KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 1 ADA COMPLIANT DRINKING FOUNTAIN WITH BOTTLE FILLER 4 FLOOR SINK WITH FRP PANEL TO 4'-0" A.F.F. (2) SIDES 7 CONCRETE STOOP 4'-10" X 4'-0", SLOPE 1/4" PER FOOT 18 CONCRETE STOOP 5'-4" X 4'-0", SLOPE 1/4" PER FOOT 21 CONCRETE STOOP 8'-6" X 4'-0" 30 STEEL CONCRETE FILLED BOLLARDS (4) TYP. AT OVERHEAD DOORS U.N.O 32 MAIN TEAM LOCKERS PROVIDED BY USER. 36 STACKABLE WASHER DRYER BY OTHERS - SEE SPECIFICATIONS 37 RECYCLED PLASTIC BENCH MOUNTED AT 17-19" AFF, 20" DEPTH, 42" WIDE MINIMUM SEE 5/A7.5 40 STICK RACK- SEE DETAIL 13/A7.5 53 CONCRETE STOOP 6'-10" X 4'-0", SLOPE 1/4" PER FOOT 54 CONCRETE STOOP 12'-0" X 4'-0", SLOPE 1/4" PER FOOT 63 RACKING PROVIDED BY YOUTH HOCKEY 64 6 MINI NETS 65 4 INTERMEDIATE NETS 66 4 REGULATION NETS 80 BUMPERS PROVIDED BY YOUTH HOCKEY 81 SKATE ASSIST STORAGE 82 TRAINING TIRES PROVIDED BY YOUTH HOCKEY 84 2 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL PRECAST JOINT AT FIRE RATED WALLS TYP. 85 1 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL PRECAST JOINT AT FIRE RATED WALLS TYP. 87 WALL BUTT JOINT TYP. 88 WALL MITER JOINT TYP. 103 SPORTS EQUIPMENT HOOK 66" AFF 103a SPORTS EQUIPMENT HOOK ADA, 48" AFF 1 11-17-23 Addendum #1 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 REFER TO FF&E MATRIX FOR ALL RESPONSIBILITIES OF FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT HC HC HC HC HC HC DN HC HCH2 A5.0 CONCESSIONS 115 (B) FOOD PREP 115 (A) OFFICE 111 SKATE RENTAL 108 CHECK-IN/RENTAL 107 VESTIBULE 100 MAIN LOBBY 101 MENS 106A MEETING ROOM (A) 102 MEETING ROOM (B) 103 STOR 104 FIRST AID 105 LOBBY / LINK 155 A8.0 1 MATCHLINE AA MATCHLINE BBMULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE 156 MULTI-PURPOSE AREA 154 A101.2 A101.3 A156.1 A156.3 A144.1 A111.1A112.1 A105.1A104.1 A103.1 A155.1 A155.2 A155.3 A102.1 A115.3 A115.2 4 A5.0 3 A5.0 1 A5.0 A B E F HCD 4 5 6 8 4 A8.4 11' - 4 1/2" 17' - 0 1/4" 8' - 0" 12' - 0" 16' - 0" 12' - 0" 15' - 1 3/4" 10" 6' - 6" 68' - 6" 64' - 0" 28' - 0" 34' - 4" 2' - 0" 1' - 8 1/2" 44' - 7" 1' - 8 1/2" 2' - 0" 32' - 4" 8' - 4" 8' - 2"28' - 4 3/4" 63' - 1 3/4" 75' - 10" 6' - 6"12' - 8"22' - 1 1/8"5' - 1"22' - 0 1/4"28' - 0" 24' - 6 1/4" 19' - 1 7/8" 17' - 6" 18' - 9" 11' - 8" 16' - 9" 16' - 0 1/2" 11' - 7"24' - 10" 15' - 2 3/4" 10' - 2" F.3 F.9 G G.8 5.8 A117.1 9 ADMIN 112 OFFICE 110 BREAKROOM 109 A110.1A109.148 A7.1 29 ADD ALT 1 SEE SHEET A2.4 A8.1 2 Sim A8.1 4 Sim A100.6 A100.9 35 35 1 36 A100.8A100.7 A100.10 A101.1 42 A107.1A107.3 A107.2 43 43 43 43 227' - 2" 6' - 4" 14' - 8" 7' - 0"13' - 7"3' - 4 1/4"1' - 11 3/4"7 9 9 W1 W2 A100.1 A100.2 A100.4 A100.5A100.3 4 A6.2 1 A6.4 F.4 F.6 1 A5.5 MULTIPURPOSE SEATING 154 (A) GEN STORAGE 153 80 818' - 0 5/8"6' - 4 3/8"8' - 0 5/8"44' - 2 3/8"8' - 0 5/8"7 1/4"7 1/4" 44' - 7" 13' - 11 1/2" 16' - 8" 13' - 11 1/2" 83 ELEV 152 W6 W7 W5 W10 W4 W11 W11 W14 83 4 A5.7 1 A5.7 6 A5.7 BENCH CUBBIES1" / 1'-0"1" / 1'-0" A101.4 24' - 11"9' - 11"7' - 10"51' - 6 7/8"8' - 8" 2' - 8" 4' - 6" 20' - 2" 4' - 0" 20' - 0" 6' - 0" 2' - 4" 6' - 0"13' - 6" 6' - 0" 1' - 10"18' - 9" 6' - 9" BL3BL3BL2BL48' - 10"3' - 0"6' - 0"3' - 0"32' - 6"3' - 0"5' - 0"17' - 4 1/8"6' - 8"5' - 1"7' - 7 3/4"[No Slope] 104' - 6" 12' - 10" 109' - 10"7' - 5"7' - 0"7' - 5"44' - 10"7' - 5"23' - 8"7' - 0 1/8"26' - 11 1/8"24' - 0 1/4"11' - 4 1/2" 18' - 9" 5' - 1" 26' - 6" 30' - 8" 81' - 6" 8' - 1" 56' - 10" 28' - 0" 11' - 7" 12' - 10" 12' - 0" 13' - 10" 16' - 8" 13' - 10" 26' - 10" 16' - 7 1/2" 9' - 2 1/2" 5' - 10" 4' - 10" A8.5 3 A153.1 REFER TO B32 DRAWINGS FOR ICE AND DASHER BOARD SCOPE OF WORK SKATE SHARPENER 10 A9.1 105 98 BOLLARD SPACING 6'-0" LOCATED 3'-0" OFF BACK OF CURB. (INCLUDE CURB TAPER SECTIONS) - SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION FOR COORDINATION WITH UTILITIES. (V.I.F.) KNOX BOXES FITTED WITH A SPRING-LOADED DRY LOCK LID - STL. BOX FITS 13 KEYS COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH JANESVILLE FIRE DEPARTMENT/MARSHALL WOMENS 106B FAMILY RR 106 A8.0 10 8' - 5 5/8" 8' - 7 3/4" MIN A152.1A106.117' - 8"DN B2 43 1M8 11' - 6" 86' - 2" 11' - 4"59' - 7 1/2" 7' - 1" 8' - 3 1/2" 5' - 7" 5' - 10" M8 M8 M8 M8 1M8 M8 M8 11 A7.4 T.O. WALL @ 10' - 0" T.O. WALL @ 10' 0" T.O. WALL @ 10' 0" 4 4 4 T.O. WALL @ 10' 0" 4 T.O. WALL @ 10' 0"4 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ON PLAN ARE ACTUAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DIMENSIONS ON PLAN ARE FROM FACE OF FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. WALLS ARE TO BE PARALLEL & PERPENDICULAR TO ADJACENT WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALIGN WALLS WHERE APPARENT. 3. WALL TYPES ARE LOCATED ON SHEET A10.0. 4. PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT ALL CABINETS, SHELVES, BUILT-INS, EQUIPMENT OR ACCESSORIES. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR DOCUMENTS WHERE SUCH CONDITIONS APPLY. 5. ALL FLOORS ARE TO BE LEVEL AND CLEAN PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOOR COVERINGS. ALL FLOOR SURFACES AND TRANSITIONS BETWEEN SURFACE TYPES SHALL COMPLY WITH ADA GUIDELINES. 6. FOR OPENING LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS, SEE PANEL DRAWINGS, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, AND WINDOW ELEVATIONS. 7. REFER TO SHEETS A0.2 AND A0.3 FOR LOCATIONS OF WHERE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO BE PROVIDED AND HOW THEY ARE TO BE MOUNTED 8. SEE SHEET A10.3 FOR ALL KEYNOTES STARTING WITH "W" AND "BL" 9. ALL FLOOR ELEVATIONS ARE BASED OFF OF FIRST FLOOR ELEVATION OF 100'-0". ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION 100'-0" CORRESPONDS TO CIVIL ELEVATION OF FFE = 882.25. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES FLOOR PLAN LEGEND DOOR PER TAG. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE SHEET A10.1##WALL TAG. SEE WALL TYPES SHEET A10.0 #KEYNOTE. SEE KEYNOTES, THIS SHEET. CMU WALL PRECAST CONCRETE WALL INTERIOR METAL STUD PARTITION WALL #STRUCTURAL GRID NOT IN SCOPE NE SE SWNW BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated FIRST FLOOR PLAN -NW QUAD WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A2.1c 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/8" = 1'-0"1 FIRST FLOOR PLAN -NW QUAD KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 1 ADA COMPLIANT DRINKING FOUNTAIN WITH BOTTLE FILLER 7 CONCRETE STOOP 4'-10" X 4'-0", SLOPE 1/4" PER FOOT 9 CONCRETE STOOP 6'-6" X 4'-0", SLOPE 1/4" PER FOOT 35 WALL MOUNTED TV SCREEN 36 STACKABLE WASHER DRYER BY OTHERS - SEE SPECIFICATIONS 42 HYDRAULIC PASSENGER ELEVATOR 43 WOOD LOOK METAL WALL PANEL, SEE INTERIORS SHEETS AND 10/A9.1 48 CONCRETE STOOP 44'-7" X 4'-0", SLOPE 1/4" PER FOOT 80 BUMPERS PROVIDED BY YOUTH HOCKEY 81 SKATE ASSIST STORAGE 83 TEMPORARY RUBBER TILE FLOORING 98 PAIRED PANEL OPERABLE PARTITION 23' - 0" 105 RENTABLE LOCKERS- FF&E ITEM - PLASTIC LAMINATE TO MATCH ADJACENT CUBBIES 1 11-17-23 Addendum #1 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 REFER TO FF&E MATRIX FOR ALL RESPONSIBILITIES OF FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC 3 A8.4 2 A5.0 1 A5.1 H J M P QN 1 2 3 2 A5.1 G.8 ROOF ROOF ROOF ACCESS MATCHLINE BB6' - 11 5/8" 12' - 0"49' - 11" 12' - 0" 22' - 0 3/4" 8' - 0 5/8"7' - 3" 8' - 0" 12' - 0" 11' - 2" 4' - 0" 42' - 2 3/8" 4' - 0" 8' - 1 5/8" ROOF ROOF A8.4 12 A203.1 A202.1 A200.1 A200.2 A8.4 15 Sim A8.4 15 Sim A7.1 27 A8.4 14 Sim A8.4 10 Sim ADD ALT 2 SEE SHEET A2.6 - A2.8 BL5 BL5 W16 W16 MEZZANINE 201 MATCHLINE AA MEZZANINE 201 SPONSOR SUITE 202 PRESS BOX 203 CORNER SUITE 205 ADA AND COMPANION 206 ADA AND COMPANION 209 MERCYHEALTH ARENA SOUTH SEATING 136 (B) MERCYHEALTH ARENA NORTH SEATING 136 (A) MERCYHEALTH ARENA 136 3' - 2"3' - 0" 2' - 9" 3' - 0"8' - 9"2' - 4 5/8" 3' - 2 3/8" 84 87 8888 8787 88 2 A5.6 3 A5.6 5 A5.7 4 A5.6 34 9' - 2 1/2" 7' - 2" 57' - 10 3/4" 29' - 10" 10 1/4" 6' - 10 1/2" 53' - 8 1/2" 2' - 6" 18' - 10"28' - 0" 20' - 3 1/2" 16' - 0" 19' - 10 1/2" 86' - 3" 11' - 0 1/2" 8' - 10" 16' - 0" 12' - 1 3/4" 2' - 10" RAILING 9' - 11" RAILING 22' - 4" RAILING 26' - 6" RAILING 10' - 0" RAILING 26' - 6" RAILING 32' - 0" 15' - 9" 2 A8.4 3' - 10" 21' - 0" 7 A8.5 A210.1 AV CLOSET 210 L.4 L.8 1 A6.5 2 A6.5 110 110 109 110 112 110 110 110 111 111 112 110 110 109109 RAILING42' - 2"RAILING4' - 7"RAILING4' - 6"6' - 4"6' - 2 3/8"RAILING26' - 0"RAILING8' - 6"14' - 7 5/8" 2' - 7 3/4" L.7 111 108 1 3 5 .0 0 ° 19' - 10 1/2"5/8"4' - 0"4' - 0"112 ' - 6" MEZZANINE ELEV 100' - 0" ICE RINK ELEV 112 ' - 6" MEZZANINE ELEV TOP ROW OF SEATING TO BE PEDESTAL MONTED ALL CHASE WALLS ON MEZZANINE TO BE 15' - 4" AFF T.O. WALL @ 12' - 4" AFF 4 4 ALL CHASE WALLS ON MEZZANINE TO BE 15' - 4" AFF 4 T.O. WALL @ 12' - 4" AFF 4 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ON PLAN ARE ACTUAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DIMENSIONS ON PLAN ARE FROM FACE OF FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. WALLS ARE TO BE PARALLEL & PERPENDICULAR TO ADJACENT WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALIGN WALLS WHERE APPARENT. 3. WALL TYPES ARE LOCATED ON SHEET A10.0. 4. PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT ALL CABINETS, SHELVES, BUILT-INS, EQUIPMENT OR ACCESSORIES. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR DOCUMENTS WHERE SUCH CONDITIONS APPLY. 5. ALL FLOORS ARE TO BE LEVEL AND CLEAN PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOOR COVERINGS. ALL FLOOR SURFACES AND TRANSITIONS BETWEEN SURFACE TYPES SHALL COMPLY WITH ADA GUIDELINES. 6. FOR OPENING LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS, SEE PANEL DRAWINGS, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, AND WINDOW ELEVATIONS. 7. REFER TO SHEETS A0.2 AND A0.3 FOR LOCATIONS OF WHERE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO BE PROVIDED AND HOW THEY ARE TO BE MOUNTED 8. SEE SHEET A10.3 FOR ALL KEYNOTES STARTING WITH "W" AND "BL" 9. ALL FLOOR ELEVATIONS ARE BASED OFF OF FIRST FLOOR ELEVATION OF 100'-0". ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION 100'-0" CORRESPONDS TO CIVIL ELEVATION OF FFE = 882.25. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES FLOOR PLAN LEGEND DOOR PER TAG. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE SHEET A10.1##WALL TAG. SEE WALL TYPES SHEET A10.0 #KEYNOTE. SEE KEYNOTES, THIS SHEET. CMU WALL PRECAST CONCRETE WALL INTERIOR METAL STUD PARTITION WALL #STRUCTURAL GRID NOT IN SCOPE NE SE SWNW BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN - SE QUAD WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A2.2a 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/8" = 1'-0"2 MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN -ENLARGED -SE QUAD KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 34 CANOPY 84 2 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL PRECAST JOINT AT FIRE RATED WALLS TYP. 87 WALL BUTT JOINT TYP. 88 WALL MITER JOINT TYP. 108 GUARDRAIL @ CONCOURSE SCOREBOARD - SEE DETAIL 2/A7.6 109 GUARDRAIL @ CONCOURSE TRACK - SEE DETAIL 4/A7.6 110 STANDING DRINK RAIL - SEE DETAIL 6/A7.6 111 GUARDRAIL @ STAIRS EXTENDED GLASS - SEE DETAIL 5/A7.6 112 DRINK RAIL @ ADA SEATING - SEE DETAIL 7/A7.6 1 11-17-23 Addendum #1 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 REFER TO FF&E MATRIX FOR ALL RESPONSIBILITIES OF FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT DN DN DN DN DN DN DN HC HC HC 1 A8.4 2 A5.0 1 A5.1 1 A5.0 H J K M P QN 4 5 8 7 2 A5.1 4 A8.4 G.8 L M.4 5.8 MATCHLINE BBMATCHLINE AA 7' - 5"13' - 0"4' - 0"8' - 1 1/2"11' - 10 1/2"7' - 6"31' - 2 3/8"6' - 0"7' - 9 5/8"19' - 1 1/2"11' - 2"14' - 8"4' - 0"30' - 2"6' - 4 3/8"7' - 5 5/8"6' - 11 5/8" A8.4 8 A203.2 A203.1 A202.1 A202.2 A204.1 A204.2 A8.4 15 Sim A8.4 6 Sim 34 ADD ALT 2 SEE SHEET A2.6 - A2.8 BL5 BL5 W16 W16 W16 W16 A8.4 14 Sim ROOF A8.9 7A8.9 8 SPONSOR SUITE 202 PRESS BOX 203 MEZZANINE 201 12 CORNER SUITE 208 ADA AND COMPANION 207 MERCYHEALTH ARENA NORTH SEATING 136 (A) MERCYHEALTH ARENA SOUTH SEATING 136 (B) MERCYHEALTH ARENA 136 M.3 AV CLOSET 210 87 A7.1 27 A210.1 3' - 10" 12' - 2" 19' - 10 1/2" 86' - 3" 19' - 10 1/2" 12' - 2" 3' - 10"7' - 9 5/8"HC HC HC 9' - 2 1/2" 7' - 2" 21' - 3" 19' - 2 3/4" 54' - 11 3/4"10' - 2" 4' - 5" 39' - 1 1/2" 2' - 6" 18' - 10"15' - 10" 8' - 0" 26' - 6" 30' - 8" 158' - 0" ROOF ACCESS 204 ELEV 152 ROOF ACCESS DOOR 110110109 109 110 110 110 112 110 110 111 111 111 111 111 111 110 110 110 109 RAILING 32' - 9" RAILING 26' - 6" RAILING 10' - 0" RAILING 26' - 6" RAILING 31' - 7"RAILING27' - 2"RAILING27' - 6"RAILING13' - 0"RAILING4' - 8 1/4"RAILING4' - 6"6' - 4"6' - 4"3' - 5 1/2" 14' - 4 1/8"RAILING9' - 0"RAILING8' - 0" 25' - 1 5/8"RAILING6' - 0" 7' - 5 1/2"30' - 8"6' - 4"108 135.00°135.00°135.00°ALL CHASE WALLS ON MEZZANINE TO BE 15' - 4" AFF 4 ALL CHASE WALLS ON MEZZANINE TO BE 15' - 4" AFF 4 T.O. WALL @ 12' - 4" AFF 4 T.O. WALL @ 12' - 4" AFF 4 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ON PLAN ARE ACTUAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DIMENSIONS ON PLAN ARE FROM FACE OF FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. WALLS ARE TO BE PARALLEL & PERPENDICULAR TO ADJACENT WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALIGN WALLS WHERE APPARENT. 3. WALL TYPES ARE LOCATED ON SHEET A10.0. 4. PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT ALL CABINETS, SHELVES, BUILT-INS, EQUIPMENT OR ACCESSORIES. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR DOCUMENTS WHERE SUCH CONDITIONS APPLY. 5. ALL FLOORS ARE TO BE LEVEL AND CLEAN PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOOR COVERINGS. ALL FLOOR SURFACES AND TRANSITIONS BETWEEN SURFACE TYPES SHALL COMPLY WITH ADA GUIDELINES. 6. FOR OPENING LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS, SEE PANEL DRAWINGS, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, AND WINDOW ELEVATIONS. 7. REFER TO SHEETS A0.2 AND A0.3 FOR LOCATIONS OF WHERE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO BE PROVIDED AND HOW THEY ARE TO BE MOUNTED 8. SEE SHEET A10.3 FOR ALL KEYNOTES STARTING WITH "W" AND "BL" 9. ALL FLOOR ELEVATIONS ARE BASED OFF OF FIRST FLOOR ELEVATION OF 100'-0". ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION 100'-0" CORRESPONDS TO CIVIL ELEVATION OF FFE = 882.25. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES FLOOR PLAN LEGEND DOOR PER TAG. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE SHEET A10.1##WALL TAG. SEE WALL TYPES SHEET A10.0 #KEYNOTE. SEE KEYNOTES, THIS SHEET. CMU WALL PRECAST CONCRETE WALL INTERIOR METAL STUD PARTITION WALL #STRUCTURAL GRID NOT IN SCOPE NE SE SWNW BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN - SW QUAD WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A2.2b 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/8" = 1'-0"2 MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN -ENLARGED -SW QUAD KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 34 CANOPY 87 WALL BUTT JOINT TYP. 108 GUARDRAIL @ CONCOURSE SCOREBOARD - SEE DETAIL 2/A7.6 109 GUARDRAIL @ CONCOURSE TRACK - SEE DETAIL 4/A7.6 110 STANDING DRINK RAIL - SEE DETAIL 6/A7.6 111 GUARDRAIL @ STAIRS EXTENDED GLASS - SEE DETAIL 5/A7.6 112 DRINK RAIL @ ADA SEATING - SEE DETAIL 7/A7.6 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 REFER TO FF&E MATRIX FOR ALL RESPONSIBILITIES OF FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT 112 ' - 6" MEZZANINE LEVEL 10O ' -0" ICE RINK ELEV 112 ' - 6" MEZZANINE ELEV 102 ' - 0"MEZZANINE LEVEL NE SE SWNW BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE A B E F H J K M P QCDN 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 7 4 A8.4 J.C. 114 CONCESSIONS 115 (B) BEER SALES 116 FOOD PREP 115 (A) OFFICE 111 SKATE RENTAL 108 CHECK-IN/RENTAL 107 VESTIBULE 100 MAIN LOBBY 101 MENS 106A MEETING ROOM (A) 102 MEETING ROOM (B) 103 STOR 104 FIRST AID 105 LOBBY / LINK 155 STORAGE 158 ELECTRIC 157 WARMING ROOM 159 LOADING/RECEIVING/STORAGE 160 FAMILY TLT 162 J.C. 163 MEN'S 166 GENERAL BUILDING STORAGE 167 RESURFACER/ SHOP TOOLS/LAUNDRY 170 REFRIGERATION 172 Y.H. STORAGE 137 WET TEAM ROOM #1 138 WET TEAM ROOM #2 140 UNISEX TLT 141 YH COACH 143 ICE ARENA LOBBY 117 MEN'S 121 ELEC 134MAIN COACH 133 MAIN TEAM ROOM 132 LAUNDRY 131 TRAINING 129 UNISEX TLT 128 TEAM ROOM 4 127 TEAM ROOM 5 126 WET TEAM ROOM 3 125 WET TEAM RR 124 WET TEAM ROOM 4 123 IT 150 TEAM ROOM 3 149 TEAM ROOM 1 147 WOMEN'S 165 F.S. STORAGE 175 TEAM ROOM 2 148 J.C. 142 REFEREE 145 REFEREE RR 146 WET TEAM RR 139 MERCYHEALTH ARENA 136 MULTI-PURPOSE AREA 154 MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE 156 GEN STORAGE 153 ICE RINK CIRCULATION 151 ICE RINK CIRCULATION 135 PASSAGE 144 PASSAGE 130 ELEV 152 MATCHLINE BBMATCHLINE AAMATCHLINE AA MATCHLINE BBMATCHLINE BBF.3 F.9 G G.8 L 5.8 7.2 9 BREAKROOM 109 OFFICE 110 ADMIN 112 3 A6.4 2 A6.4 MALL CONNECTION 164 C3 ADD ALT 3 SEE SHEET A3.4 ADD ALT 1 SEE SHEET A2.4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 STORAGE 135(A) MECHANICAL 168 EXPOSED METER/RISER 179 34 ELECTRICAL 113 C8 5 A6.1 12 F.6 1 A5.5 ELECTRICAL 169 TEMP STORAGE 174 HOCKEY STORAGE 173 IT/GEN STORAGE 176 M.3 C4C4 C9 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4C4C4 C4 C4 C4C4 C4 C4 C3 C3 C3 C3 C4 C3 C4 C4 VESTIBULE 171 AV CLOSET 167 (B) VESTIBULE 118 89 8' - 0 5/8" 43' - 6 3/4" 23' - 1 1/4" 38' - 10 3/4" 22' - 5 5/8" 44' - 2 3/8" 8' - 0 5/8"7' - 5"42' - 0"2' - 10"21' - 10"2' - 1"36' - 0"2' - 1"21' - 10"2' - 10"42' - 0"7' - 5"9292 L.4 L.8 C9 C4 L.7 FAMILY RR 106 WOMENS 106B WOMENS 12281' - 6"6' - 6"25' - 6"0"74' - 10"C4 C4 FAMILY RESTROOM 120 WELLNESS ROOM 119 4 C8 4 CEILING PLAN LEGEND WOOD LOOK METAL PANEL INT./EXT. CEILING PANEL (SIZE VARIES) GWB CEILING 2 X 2 ACT CEILING 2 X 4 VCT CEILING STADIUM SEATING ABOVE SEE STRUCTURAL FOR ROOF JOIST LOCATIONS NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A3.1 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/16" = 1'-0"1 FIRST FLOOR RCP KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 34 CANOPY 89 HOCKEY AND MULTI PURPOSE SCOREBOARD 92 WOOD LOOK CEILING 8'X2' C3 EXPOSED METAL JOIST C4 EXPOSED CONCRETE PLANK C8 NEW FIGURE SKATING HARNESS AND PULLEY SYSTEM MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF JOISTS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION C9 JOIST MOUNTED RADIANT HEATING SYSTEM SEE SHEET A11.0 FOR COLOR AND MATERIAL FINISH SCHEDULE AND ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 3 A8.4 2 A5.0 4 A5.0 3 A5.0AB E F H J 1 2 3 LOBBY / LINK 155 STORAGE 158 ELECTRIC 157 WARMING ROOM 159 LOADING/RECEIVING/STORAGE 160 FAMILY TLT 162 J.C. 163 MEN'S 166 GENERAL BUILDING STORAGE 167 RESURFACER/ SHOP TOOLS/LAUNDRY 170 WOMEN'S 165 F.S. STORAGE 175 MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE 156 F.3 MULTI-PURPOSE AREA 154 MALL CONNECTION 164 C4 C4 C3 C4 C4 SOFFIT 9' -6" AFF SOFFIT 9' -6" AFF SOFFIT 9' -6" AFF 12' -0" AFF 13' -6" AFF 13' -6" AFF 11' -11" AFF 10' -0" AFF 10' -2" AFF 8' -0" AFF 10' -0" AFF 9' -0" AFF MATCHLINE AA MATCHLINE BBC6 C6 C6 C6 C6 F.6 1 A5.5 HOCKEY STORAGE 173 TEMP STORAGE 174 IT/GEN STORAGE 176 LOBBY / LINK 155 AV CLOSET 157 (A) AV CLOSET 167 (B) SOFFIT 9' -6" AFF C4 C9 2 A5.5 3 A5.5 7' - 5"42' - 0"2' - 10"1' - 8"18' - 6"1' - 8"2' - 1"36' - 0"2' - 1"1' - 8"2' - 0" 8' - 0" 2' - 0" 12' - 5" BULKHEAD 11' - 10" ROLL DOWN METAL SECURITY GATE TYPICAL -ALL BASKETBALL HOOPS STORAGE FUNCTION TO BE COORDINATED WITH A/V AND ASSOCIATED DISCIPLINE BEFORE PURCHASED C3 C4C4 10 A7.5 2' - 0" 8' - 0" 2' - 0" C3 C3 BULKHEAD 10' - 0" EXPOSED STRUCTURE - PAINTED BLACK 2 A6.5 3 A6.55 A6.5 4 A6.5 98 98 2' - 0"4"2' - 0"4"2' - 0"4"2' - 0"4"2' - 0"4"2' - 0"4"2' - 0"4"2' - 0"11' -11" AFF GWB ROOF ACCESS PLATFORM MEZZANINE LEVEL STAIR PLATFORM 14' -8" AFF 14' -8" AFF 14' -8" AFFC4 C4 C6 C6CLOSE OVERHEAD SPACE ABOVE DIVIDER WALL WITH ACOUSTIC PANELS 89a 89 89a 12 A7.4 4 C8 NE SE SWNW BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE CEILING PLAN LEGEND WOOD LOOK METAL PANEL INT./EXT. CEILING PANEL (SIZE VARIES) GWB CEILING 2 X 2 ACT CEILING 2 X 4 VCT CEILING STADIUM SEATING ABOVE SEE STRUCTURAL FOR ROOF JOIST LOCATIONS NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN -NE QUAD WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A3.1a 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/8" = 1'-0"1 FIRST FLOOR RCP -NE QUAD KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 89 HOCKEY AND MULTI PURPOSE SCOREBOARD 89a GYM SCOREBOARD 98 PAIRED PANEL OPERABLE PARTITION 23' - 0" C3 EXPOSED METAL JOIST C4 EXPOSED CONCRETE PLANK C6 CEILING MOUNTED MOTORIZED UPWARD SWINGING BASKETBALL HOOP LOCATION. HOOP TO SWING BACKWARDS IN BETWEEN JOISTS AND MAINTAIN A 23'-0" CLEAR HEIGHT ABOVE VOLLEYBALL COURT LINES. FALLS IN THE SCOPE OF FF&E C9 JOIST MOUNTED RADIANT HEATING SYSTEM SEE SHEET A11.0 FOR COLOR AND MATERIAL FINISH SCHEDULE AND ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 1 A5.1 H J K M P Q 1 2 3 2 A5.1 RESURFACER/ SHOP TOOLS/LAUNDRY 170 REFRIGERATION 172 Y.H. STORAGE 137 WET TEAM ROOM #1 138 WET TEAM ROOM #2 140 UNISEX TLT 141 YH COACH 143 ELEC 134 MAIN COACH 133 MAIN TEAM ROOM 132 LAUNDRY 131 TRAINING 129 UNISEX TLT 128 J.C. 142 WET TEAM RR 139 MERCYHEALTH ARENA 136 ICE RINK CIRCULATION 135 PASSAGE 144 PASSAGE 130 MATCHLINE AA MATCHLINE AAMATCHLINE BBG.8 12' - 0" BULKHEAD HEIGHT C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 STORAGE 135(A) ADD ALT 2 SEE SHEET A3.4 9' -0" AFF C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 34 ELECTRICAL 169 MECHANICAL 168 ICE RINK CIRCULATION 135 METER/RISER 179 AV CLOSET 167 (B) C4 VESTIBULE 171 CLOSET 172(A) 8' -0" AFF 7 A8.5 5 A8.5 L.4 L.8 C9 C9 C4 1 A6.5 2 A6.5 L.7 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 14' -8" AFF 14' -8" AFF 14' -8" AFF 14' -8" AFFC4 C4 C4 14' -8" AFF 14' -8" AFF 14' -8" AFF 89 4 C8 NE SE SWNW BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE CEILING PLAN LEGEND WOOD LOOK METAL PANEL INT./EXT. CEILING PANEL (SIZE VARIES) GWB CEILING 2 X 2 ACT CEILING 2 X 4 VCT CEILING STADIUM SEATING ABOVE SEE STRUCTURAL FOR ROOF JOIST LOCATIONS NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN -SE QUAD WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A3.1b 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/8" = 1'-0"1 FIRST FLOOR RCP -SE QUAD KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 34 CANOPY 89 HOCKEY AND MULTI PURPOSE SCOREBOARD C4 EXPOSED CONCRETE PLANK C8 NEW FIGURE SKATING HARNESS AND PULLEY SYSTEM MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF JOISTS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION C9 JOIST MOUNTED RADIANT HEATING SYSTEM SEE SHEET A11.0 FOR COLOR AND MATERIAL FINISH SCHEDULE AND ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 1 A8.4 2 A5.0 1 A5.1 1 A5.0 H J K P QN 4 5 8 7 2 A5.1 4 A8.4 J.C. 114 CONCESSIONS 115 (B) BEER SALES 116 FOOD PREP 115 (A) UNISEX TLT 141 YH COACH 143 ICE ARENA LOBBY 117 MEN'S 121 LAUNDRY 131 TRAINING 129 UNISEX TLT 128 TEAM ROOM 4 127 TEAM ROOM 5 126 WET TEAM ROOM 3 125 WET TEAM RR 124 WET TEAM ROOM 4 123 IT 150 TEAM ROOM 3 149 TEAM ROOM 1 147 TEAM ROOM 2 148 J.C. 142 REFEREE 145 REFEREE RR 146 MERCYHEALTH ARENA 136 ICE RINK CIRCULATION 151 PASSAGE 144 PASSAGE 130 MATCHLINE BBMATCHLINE AA MATCHLINE AA L L.6 M.4 5.8 MATCHLINE BB3 A6.4 2 A6.4 C3 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 ADD ALT 2 SEE SHEET A2.5 10' -0" AFF 9' -0" AFF 10' -6" AFF 10' -6" AFF C4 8' -0" AFF C3 34 ELECTRICAL 113 4 A6.4 5 A6.1 12 PASSAGE 130 DRY STORAGE 115 (C) 8' -0" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 10' -0" AFF 10' -0" AFF 9' -0" AFF 10' -0" AFF 8' -0" AFF 5 A7.5 VESTIBULE 118 BULKHEAD 7' - 4" C9 C9 L.7 WOMENS 122 5 A6.4 8' -0" AFF 6 A6.5 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF 11' -7" AFF C4 BULKHEAD 7' - 4" 8' -0" AFF FAMILY RESTROOM 120 WELLNESS ROOM 119 STAINLESS STEEL CASE OPENING UNDER BULKHEAD SEE LIGHTING PLAN FOR FIXTURE INFORMATION PREFINISHED ALUMINUM VENTED SOFFIT SYSTEM 89 4 4 NE SE SWNW BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE CEILING PLAN LEGEND WOOD LOOK METAL PANEL INT./EXT. CEILING PANEL (SIZE VARIES) GWB CEILING 2 X 2 ACT CEILING 2 X 4 VCT CEILING STADIUM SEATING ABOVE SEE STRUCTURAL FOR ROOF JOIST LOCATIONS NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN -SW QUAD WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A3.1c 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/8" = 1'-0"1 FIRST FLOOR RCP -SW QUAD KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 34 CANOPY 89 HOCKEY AND MULTI PURPOSE SCOREBOARD C3 EXPOSED METAL JOIST C4 EXPOSED CONCRETE PLANK C9 JOIST MOUNTED RADIANT HEATING SYSTEM SEE SHEET A11.0 FOR COLOR AND MATERIAL FINISH SCHEDULE AND ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 1 11-17-23 Addendum #1 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 2 A5.0 4 A5.0 3 A5.0 1 A5.0 A E F H JCD 4 5 6 8 4 A8.4 CONCESSIONS 115 (B) FOOD PREP 115 (A) OFFICE 111SKATE RENTAL 108 CHECK-IN/RENTAL 107 VESTIBULE 100 MAIN LOBBY 101 MENS 106A MEETING ROOM (A) 102 MEETING ROOM (B) 103 STOR 104 FIRST AID 105 LOBBY / LINK 155 MULTI-PURPOSE AREA 154 MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE 156 GEN STORAGE 153 PASSAGE 144 ELEV 152 MATCHLINE BBMATCHLINE AA MATCHLINE BBMATCHLINE AA F.3 F.9 G G.8 5.8 9 BREAKROOM 109 OFFICE 110 ADMIN 112 34 C5 C3 C3 C4 10' -4" AFF 10' -4" AFF 9' -0" AFF 9' -0" AFF 9' -0" AFF 10' -0" AFF 10' -0" AFF 10' -0" AFF 10' -0" AFF 10' -0" AFF 10' -0" AFF 10' -0" AFF 16'-4" AFF GWB 11' -11" AFF 13' -6" AFF 12' -0" AFF 13' -6" AFF SOFFIT 9 -6" AFF C6C6 C6 C6 C6 C6 C6 11' - 10" BULKHEAD 57 57 57 4 A6.2 1 A6.4 SOFFIT 9 -6" AFF 1 A5.5 LOBBY / LINK 155 LOBBY / LINK 155 15' -0" AFF 10' -0" AFF COPY AREA 112 (A) 10' -0" AFF ICE ARENA LOBBY 117 C92' - 1"1' - 8"18' - 6"1' - 8"2' - 10"42' - 0"7' - 5"2' - 0" 8' - 0" 2' - 0" 6' - 2" 4" 8' - 0" 4" 8' - 0" 4" 8' - 0" 4" 8' - 0" 4" 6' - 2" 46' - 2"1' - 7 3/4"2' - 0"2' - 0"2' - 0"2' - 0"2' - 0"2' - 0"2' - 0"2' - 0"2' - 0"1' - 7 3/4"1' - 4" 21' - 5 3/8"1' - 6 1/4"LOCKER ALCOVE 101 (A) ELECTRICAL 113 10' -0" AFF 10' -0" AFF 89 24' - 0 1/4" 1' - 2" 24' - 0 1/8" 10' - 4" BULKHEAD C3 2' - 0" 8' - 0" 2' - 0" 98 98 2' - 0" 8' - 0" 2' - 0" WOMENS 106B 9' - 0" BULKHEAD FAMILY RR 106 8' -0" AFF 9' -0" AFF2' - 0"4"2' - 0"4"2' - 0"4"2' - 0"4"2' - 0"4"2' - 0"4"2' - 0"4"2' - 0"SOFFIT 9 -6" AFF STAINLESS STEEL CASE OPENING UNDER BULKHEAD 12' - 6"TYP. 1' - 0" 44' - 1 1/4"10' - 2 3/8"1' - 1 1/4"2' - 0"2' - 0"2' - 0"2' - 0"1' - 1 1/4"117 117 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 11 A7.4 89a 89a 98a 13 A7.4 4 R A10.2 17 Sim 4 4 4 4 4 NE SE SWNW BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE CEILING PLAN LEGEND WOOD LOOK METAL PANEL INT./EXT. CEILING PANEL (SIZE VARIES) GWB CEILING 2 X 2 ACT CEILING 2 X 4 VCT CEILING STADIUM SEATING ABOVE SEE STRUCTURAL FOR ROOF JOIST LOCATIONS NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN -NW QUAD WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A3.1d 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/8" = 1'-0"1 FIRST FLOOR RCP -NW QUAD KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 34 CANOPY 57 MANUAL SHADES - SHADE TO BE SET IN CEILING POCKET 89 HOCKEY AND MULTI PURPOSE SCOREBOARD 89a GYM SCOREBOARD 98 PAIRED PANEL OPERABLE PARTITION 23' - 0" 98a PAIRED PANEL OPERABLE PARTITION - 10' - 4" 117 LIGHTING FIXTURE - PRUDENTIAL C3 EXPOSED METAL JOIST C4 EXPOSED CONCRETE PLANK C5 GYPSUM BOARD SOFFIT C6 CEILING MOUNTED MOTORIZED UPWARD SWINGING BASKETBALL HOOP LOCATION. HOOP TO SWING BACKWARDS IN BETWEEN JOISTS AND MAINTAIN A 23'-0" CLEAR HEIGHT ABOVE VOLLEYBALL COURT LINES. FALLS IN THE SCOPE OF FF&E C9 JOIST MOUNTED RADIANT HEATING SYSTEM SEE SHEET A11.0 FOR COLOR AND MATERIAL FINISH SCHEDULE AND ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 1 11-17-23 Addendum #1 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 FIRST FLOOR 100' -0" T.O. PARAPET 123' -4" T.O. PRECAST - 132' -4" T.O. PRECAST 136' -0" 2 A5.0 21' - 2 1/2" 27' - 7" 10" 6' - 6" 3' - 7" 14' - 0" 50' - 9" 6' - 6" 25' - 6" 6' - 6" 68' - 6" 6' - 6" 10" 15' - 1 3/4" 12' - 0" 16' - 0" 12' - 0" 8' - 0" 1' - 11 3/4" 16' - 11 1/4" 17' - 8" E3 E10E10E10E10 E1 A4.1 1 1 A5.01345 6 8 W11 W11 W4 W17W17W17W17 T.O. PRECAST . 121' -0" E3 E6 E6E6 E6 E10 E4 E10 E19 34 E19 46 14' - 0"6' - 6" 68' - 4"6' - 6" 25' - 6"6' - 6" 68' - 6"1/8" 30' - 8" 10" E17 E17 48' - 3 1/2" 188' - 4" 30' - 8" 31' - 7" 18' - 9" 19' - 3" E18 E18 E18 61 E2 E23 E24 E23 E23 E23 E22 30 EXISTING MALL 336' - 10 1/2" FIRST FLOOR 100' -0" T.O. PARAPET 123' -4" T.O. PARAPET - ENTRY 128' -0" T.O. PRECAST - 132' -4" T.O. PRECAST 136' -0"1 A5.1 E3 E4 E2 E1 A4.1 2 A4.2 1 4 A5.03 A5.0 A F P QCDN2 A5.1 F.3 F.9 L M.4 W10 W6 W7 W5 W13 W8W8 T.O. PRECAST . 121' -0" E1 E3 E3 E4 E6 E6 E6 E6 34 E6 E1 E6 E19 E19 34 E5 E19 E19 E20 E19 5 A6.1 1 A5.5 W1 4646 314' - 0" 36' - 0" 36' - 0" 11 1/4" 45' - 1 1/4" E16E16 E16 E16 18' - 10"2' - 6"39' - 1 1/2"47' - 3"100' - 3 3/4"44' - 4"12' - 0"24' - 5"28' - 0"64' - 11" E18E18E18E18 5' - 8" 22' - 4" CJ 7' - 10 1/2" E18 E18 61 61 61 46 CJ 9' - 3 5/8" E18 E8 12' - 4" 16' - 0" CJ 12' - 0" 19' - 6" L.7 22' - 3 3/4" 2510 ADDRESS LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED BY OWNER W8 W8 W8 FIRST FLOOR 100' -0" T.O. PARAPET - ENTRY 128' -0" T.O. PRECAST 136' -0" 2 A5.0 E4 A4.1 3 1 A5.0 12357.2 W3 T.O. PRECAST . 121' -0" E6 E1 E1 3 A6.4 34 34E6E19 E5 34 E21 E21 E21E6 E6 46 E6 28' - 0 1/2" 19' - 9 1/2" 12' - 0" 12' - 0" 36' - 0" 12' - 0" 24' - 0" 12' - 0" 8' - 8" 12' - 0" 12' - 0" 12' - 0" 12' - 0" 12' - 0" 12' - 0" 12' - 0" 12' - 0" 8' - 0" E17 E17 E17E17E17 32' - 2" 37' - 5" 219' - 0" 28' - 0" 20' - 3 1/2" E18 61 6161 E24 8' - 0" E21 E19 EXISTING MALL 25' - 7 1/2" 336' - 10 1/2" E10 E10 FIRST FLOOR 100' -0" T.O. PRECAST - 132' -4" T.O. PRECAST 136' -0" 3 A8.4 1 A5.1 4 A5.0 3 A5.0 ABEFHMPQ2 A5.1 T.O. PRECAST . 121' -0" CONNECTION TO MALL W20 E6 E6 E1 E6E1 34 E6 E6E1 1 A5.5M.3 E10 E10 E10 E10 46 E8 18' - 0" 268' - 8" 12' - 0"12' - 0"12' - 0"12' - 0"7' - 4"7' - 4"12' - 0"21' - 6"14' - 6"12' - 0"12' - 0"6' - 6"12' - 0"12' - 0"12' - 0"8' - 4"12' - 0"12' - 0"12' - 0"12' - 0"12' - 0"16' - 0"7' - 2"11' - 2"12' - 0"12' - 0"12' - 0"13' - 4"8' - 0"12' - 0"12' - 0"12' - 4"11' - 8" 8' - 1"96' - 9"12' - 6"10' - 2"46' - 0 1/2"18' - 10" E24 E24 E24 T.O. PRECAST 18' - 3"15' - 11"211' - 7 1/2" 143' - 0 1/2" E1a E1 E1E1a 12" PRECAST 23' - 3" E1b E1a E1a E1a LINE FOR SMOOTH PRECAST - SEE SHEET 4.5 LINE FOR SMOOTH PRECAST - SEE SHEET 4.5 Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: 1/16" = 1'-0" EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A4.0 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/16" = 1'-0"1 NORTH BUILDING ELEVATION 1/16" = 1'-0"2 WEST BUILDING ELEVATION 1/16" = 1'-0"3 SOUTH BUILDING ELEVATION 1/16" = 1'-0"4 EAST BUILDING ELEVATION 1 11-17-23 Addendum #1 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 30 STEEL CONCRETE FILLED BOLLARDS (4) TYP. AT OVERHEAD DOORS U.N.O 34 CANOPY 46 ROOF ACCESS LADDER, WALL-MOUNT GALVANIZED STEEL LADDER (PAINT) ON EACH SIDE OF THE PARAPET WALL (2ND LADDER ONLY REQUIRED ON THE ROOF SIDE OF THE PARAPET DEPENDING UPON THE PARAPET HEIGHT) W/PLATFORM, 3'-6" HIGH HANDRAILS ABOVE PLATFORM 61 UNIT MOUNTED MECHANICAL SCREEN E1 10" THICK, INSULATED - PROVIDE R12- 3" CONCRETE +4" RIGID INSULATION + 3" CONCRETE WET CAST SMOOTH FACED, LOAD BEARING PRECAST CONCRETE WALL. EXTERIOR FACE TO HAVE EXPOSED AGGREGATE SIZED 3/8 STANDARD E1a 10" THICK, INSULATED - PROVIDE R12- 3" CONCRETE +4" RIGID INSULATION + 3" CONCRETE WET CAST EXPOSED AGGREGATE, LOAD BEARING PRECAST CONCRETE WALL. EXTERIOR FACE TO BE FORMED SMOOTH E1b 12" THICK, INSULATED - PROVIDE R12- 4" CONCRETE +4" RIGID INSULATION + 4" CONCRETE WET CAST EXPOSED AGGREGATE, LOAD BEARING PRECAST CONCRETE WALL. EXTERIOR FACE TO BE FORMED SMOOTH E2 VERTICAL METAL PANEL (COLOR: JANESVILLE GREEN) STAGGER SEAM WHERE ONE PANEL MEETS OTHER ONLY AT THE MAIN ENTRY - SEE SPECIFICATIONS E3 4" X 16" RUNNING BOND PREMIUM FILLED AND POLISHED ARCHITECTURAL MASONRY UNITS. BASIS OF DESIGN - TRENDSTONE PLUS (COLOR: LIMESTONE) E4 4" X 16" RUNNING BOND PREMIUM FILLED AND POLISHED ARCHITECTURAL MASONRY UNITS. BASIS OF DESIGN - TRENDSTONE PLUS (COLOR: SHADOW GRAY) E5 PERFORATED METAL PANEL WITH BACK-LIT SIGN ATTACHMENT E6 COPING TO MATCH WALL E8 ROOF ACCESS DOOR E10 HOLLOW METAL DOOR E16 TINTED TO MATCH JANESVILLE GREEN - SEE GL-8 IN GLAZING STYLES E17 10" INSULATED LOAD BEARING PRECAST WALL W/EXTERIOR FACE TO HAVE EXPOSED AGGREGATE SIZED 3/8 STANDARD. APPLY SEALER FULL HEIGHT AS ACCENT E18 CONTROL JOINT E19 OVERFLOW SCUPPER 24"X4" - CENTERED ON ROOF DRAIN - BOTTOM ELEVATION AT 20' - 3" E20 OVERFLOW SCUPPER 24"X4" - CENTERED ON ROOF DRAIN - BOTTOM ELEVATION AT 27' - 1" E21 OVERFLOW SCUPPER 24"X4" - CENTERED ON ROOF DRAIN - BOTTOM ELEVATION AT 32' - 4" E22 OVERFLOW SCUPPER 24"X4" - CENTERED ON ROOF DRAIN - BOTTOM ELEVATION AT 27' - 3" E23 OVERFLOW SCUPPER 24"X4" - CENTERED ON ROOF DRAIN - BOTTOM ELEVATION AT 29' - 4 1/2" E24 OVERFLOW SCUPPER 24"X4" - CENTERED ON ROOF DRAIN - BOTTOM ELEVATION AT 16' - 1 1/2" 4 NE SE SWNW BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE FIRST FLOOR 100' -0" T.O. PRECAST - 132' -4" T.O. PRECAST 136' -0" 2 A5.03 4 5 T.O. PRECAST . 121' -0" 43 92 93 9293 18' - 3" 34' - 0" 21' - 10" 40' - 2" 21' - 10" 52' - 3" 23' - 8" 7' - 0 1/8"11' - 11"1"1' - 6"A.F.F13' - 6"94 2 A5.5 3 A5.5 95 188' - 4" 30' - 8" A7.5 12 95 95 43 11' - 10"11' - 11"13' - 6"95 95 939595 12' - 0"10' - 0"11' - 10"11' - 11"6' - 0"9' - 0"1' - 4"1' - 4"CEILING CLOUD WITH DECORATIVE WOOD LOOK METAL 16" TRIM - TYP. WOOD LOOK CEILING CLOUDS 1' - 4"B2 43 A6.2 3 OPP 1' - 4"<CLG 01>1' - 0"5' - 4"3' - 8"COILING DOOR POCKET FIRST FLOOR 100' -0" E F LOBBY / LINK 155 MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE 156 93 12' - 6" 45 92 98 FIRST FLOOR 100' -0" E FD LOBBY / LINK 155 MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE 156 A.F.F11' - 11"95 A.F.F9' - 6"11' - 11" 12' - 6"10' - 0"10' - 0"5' - 0"5' - 0"10' - 0" SPONSOR VERIFY IN FEILD11' - 4" 7' - 0" 10' - 0" FIRST FLOOR 100' -0" MEZZANINE FLOOR LEVEL 112' -6" SPONSOR 10' - 0"7' - 0"VERIFY IN FEILD11' - 4"10' - 8"4 VERIFY IN FEILD11' - 0" 2' - 0" 4' - 0" 8' - 0" SPONSORSPONSOR A7.4 12 Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated INTERIOR SECTIONS WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A5.5 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 43 WOOD LOOK METAL WALL PANEL, SEE INTERIORS SHEETS AND 10/A9.1 45 PERMANENT SPORT COURT WALL PADDING- MOUNTED 1' - 0" AFF 6' - 0" TALL PADS. PADS LOCATED ON A CORNER SHOULD BE MOUNTED ALIGNED WITH FINISH FLOOR AND UP 7' - 0" AFF 92 WOOD LOOK CEILING 8'X2' 93 COMPOUND CEILING ACT 2X2 ON MTL. STUD 94 ROOF STEEL TRUSS - INSULATION ON 3" METAL DECK - EPDM 95 COMPOUND CEILING GWB ON MTL. STUD 98 PAIRED PANEL OPERABLE PARTITION 23' - 0" <CLG 01> SUSPENDED ACT SYSTEM 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 1/8" = 1'-0"1 ROOM 155 -LOBBY / LINK INTERIOR SECTION 1/8" = 1'-0"4 ROOM 101 - MAIN LOBBY -NORTH 1/8" = 1'-0"3 ROOM 155 -LOBBY / LINK SECTION 1 1/8" = 1'-0"2 ROOM 155 -LOBBY / LINK SECTION 2 1/8" = 1'-0"5 MERCYHEALTH ARENA 1 1/8" = 1'-0"6 MERCYHEALTH ARENA 2 1/8" = 1'-0"7 MULTI PURPOSE AREA 1 1/8" = 1'-0"8 MULTI PURPOSE AREA 2 1/8" = 1'-0"9 MULTI USE CONVENTION SPACE 0' - 8"4' - 0"4' - 0"CONCRETE FOOTING GRANULAR FILL CONCRETE WALK/DRIVEWAY 8" DIA. x 8'-0" SCHEDULE 40 STEEL PIPE, FILL W/ CONCRETE AND FINISH, SEE SPECS. CROWN CONCRETE AT TOP ELEV VARIES FINISH GRADE CONCRETE FOOTING GRANULAR FILL CONCRETE WALK/DRIVEWAY 8" DIA. x 8'-0" SCHEDULE 40 STEEL PIPE, FILL W/ CONCRETE AND FINISH, SEE SPECS. CROWN CONCRETE AT TOP CLIP ANGLES -SEE STRUCT PRECAST PLANK WITH 2" CONC. TOPPING, SEE STRUCTURAL 1"NOTE: VERIFY WALL HGT AND SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS FROM ROOF STRUCTURE W/ STRUCTURAL FOR DEFLECTION CLIP ANGLES -SEE STRUCT NOTE: VERIFY WALL HGT AND SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS FROM ROOF STRUCTURE W/ STRUCTURAL FOR DEFLECTION INSULATION, PROVIDE 1-HR RATED SAFING @ RATED WALL LOCATIONS, SEE PLAN STEEL DECKING -SEE STRUCTURAL ROOF TYPE, REFER TO WALL SECTIONS BEAM BEYOND CLIP ANGLES -SEE STRUCT NOTE: VERIFY WALL HGT AND SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS FROM ROOF STRUCTURE W/ STRUCTURAL FOR DEFLECTION BEAM BEYOND CLIP ANGLES -SEE STRUCT NOTE: VERIFY WALL HGT AND SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS FROM ROOF STRUCTURE W/ STRUCTURAL FOR DEFLECTION 10" INSULATED PRECAST WALL PANEL BACKER ROD AND SEALANT AT BOTH SIDES CMU WALL, SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR TYPE AND LOCATION INSULATED PRECAST WALL PANEL BACKER ROD AND SEALANT AT BOTH SIDES CMU WALL, SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR TYPE AND LOCATION BACKER ROD AND SEALANT AT BOTH SIDES INSULATED PRECAST WALL PANEL, HOLD INSULATION BACK AT CORNERS AS REQUIRED INSULATED PRECAST WALL PANEL, HOLD INSULATION BACK AT CORNERS AS REQUIRED INTERIOR10"10" BACKER ROD AND SEALANT AT BOTH SIDES INSULATED PRECAST WALL PANEL, HOLD INSULATION BACK AT CORNERS AS REQUIRED INSULATED PRECAST WALL PANEL, HOLD INSULATION BACK AT CORNERS AS REQUIRED EXTERIOR GRIDBACKER ROD AND SEALANT AT BOTH SIDES BY PRECAST SUPPLIER GRID STEEL ANGLE AND EMBED PLATE AS REQUIRED BY PRECAST SUPPLIER INSULATED PRECAST WALL PANEL, HOLD INSULATION BACK AT CORNERS AS REQUIRED INSULATED PRECAST WALL PANEL, HOLD INSULATION BACK AT CORNERS AS REQUIRED 0' - 1 1/2"0' - 1 1/2"BACKER ROD AND SEALANT AT BOTH SIDES BY PRECAST SUPPLIER INSULATED PRECAST WALL PANEL, HOLD INSULATION BACK AT CORNERS AS REQUIRED INSULATED PRECAST WALL PANEL, HOLD INSULATION BACK AT CORNERS AS REQUIRED CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL BOLLARD W/ PLASTIC PROTECTIVE COVER (TYP) 10" INSULATED PRECAST CONCRETE WALL PANEL - SEE STRUCTURAL PERIMETER WEATHER STRIPPING 6"1' - 6"CL CLCONCRETE BOLLARD FOUNDATION A10.2 10 4 HOLD6"GRID BACKER ROD AND SEALANT AT BOTH SIDES INSULATED PRECAST WALL PANEL, HOLD INSULATION BACK AT CORNERS AS REQUIRED INSULATED PRECAST WALL PANEL, HOLD INSULATION BACK AT CORNERS AS REQUIRED 10"10" BACKER ROD AND SEALANT AT BOTH SIDES INSULATED PRECAST WALL PANEL, HOLD INSULATION BACK AT CORNERS AS REQUIRED INSULATED PRECAST WALL PANEL, HOLD INSULATION BACK AT CORNERS AS REQUIRED HOLD6"EQ EQ WINDOW HEAD 116'-4" <BOX HDR 02> <BLKG 02> <CLG 02> <WINDOW 01> <SLNT 01> FORMED PERIMETER TRIM BY CEILING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER 1"4 1/4"1 1/2"F.9 8 3/4"6"5 3/4" FIRST FLOOR 100'-0" <EXT WALL 11>MINIMUM8"MINIMUM8"<GRADE 01> STUD FACE 7 1/4" <VNTLR 01> <MTRNET 01> <GROUT 01> <CONC STOOP> <INSUL 03> <WTRPRFG 02> <FND 01> <SILL SLR> TOP OF FND 100'-8" <FLASH 01> <FLASH 01> 7 M.4 7.2 4 A6.4M.3 STUD FACE7"STUD FACE1' - 2"STUD FACE 7 1/8" STUD FACE 1 1/4"8"3' - 2 5/8"<EXT WALL 01> TO 6'-0" AFF THEN <EXT WALL 06> ATOP OF THIS WALL TO PARAPET HEIGHT <EXT WALL 14> 9 CANOPY/WINDOW HEAD 110'-2" TOP OF STUD 112'-5" (111'-10" AT SIM) DECK BRG 111'-5" (111'-1" AT SIM)1' - 3"1' - 0"2' - 3"STUD FACE 6" 3 1/8" <BOX HDR 02> <BLKG 02> <INSUL 04> <SLNT 02> <WINDOW 01> <MEMBRN RF 04> <SLNT 01> <DOOR 04> <EXT WALL 10> SCUPPER DRAIN & CONDUCTOR PIPE DASHED IN FOR CLARITY <FLASH 02> <FLASH 04> <SOFFIT 01> <FASCIA 02> <BKMTL 01> <BLKG 01> LT GAGE CLIP ANGLE ATTACHED TO BLOCKING FOR SOFFIT SUPPORT ATTACHMENT F.9 EQ6"EQEQEQSTUD FACE7 1/4"<EXT WALL 09> <BLKG 07> <BLKG 08> MASONRY/FLASHING BELOW OUTSIDE CORNER CRAFTSMAN TRIM BY PANEL MANUFACTURER 12 M.3 STUD FACE7"STUD FACE 7 1/8"STUD FACE7"<EXT WALL 13> <EXT WALL 11> <EXT WALL 13> MAINTAIN 1 1/2" MINIMUM AIR SPACE WIDTH 7 <EXT WALL 14> 1' - 4" 5 3/4" <BNDBM 01>2"1" <STOOL 01> <WINDOW 01><SLNT 01> <INSUL 01> <FLOOR 01> <INSUL 02> <FND 01> <GRADE 01> 1 1/2" 7 5/8" <WTRPRFG 03> <VNTLR 01> <MTRNET 01> <FLASH 01> <GROUT 01> 8 1/8" 1"5/8"3"3 5/8"<FLASH 13> <FLASH 06><ANGLE 03> <FLASH 04><SILL 01> WINDOW SILL 1'-8" FIRST FLOOR 100'-0" 7 1' - 4" CMU FACE 5 3/4" <EXT WALL 14> <WINDOW 01> 3/4" ADHERED MEMBRANE FLASHING, LAP CMU 3" MINIMUM & TERMINATE IN SHIM SPACE WINDOW STOOL BELOW WINDOW STOOL BELOW <SLNT 01> 7 WINDOW HEAD 110'-4 3/8" <EXT WALL 14> <LINTEL 01> <FLASH 01> <VNTLR 01> <MTRNET 01> <LINTEL 02> <CLG 01> <SLNT 01><WINDOW 01> 7 6"4 1/2"1 1/2"1' - 4"CMU FACE 5 3/8" <MEMBRN RF 01> <BNDBM 01> <EXT WALL 05> <EXT WALL 14> <COPING 01> TOP OF CMU 121'-8" DECK BRG 119'-4" <VNTLR 01> A PREFINISHES ALUMINUM COPING BY CURTAIN WALL MANUFACTURER SEALANT 1" INSULATED GREEN TINTED GLASS IN PREFINISHED ALUMINUM VENEER SYSTEM MOUNTED DIRECTLY TO PRECAST. FILL SPACE BEHIND VENEER SYSTEM WITH SPRAY FOAM INSULATION TRANSITION MEMBRANE LAP MEMBRANE 4" MINIMUM & TEMINATE IN GLAZING POCKET OF CURTAIN WALL MULLION FILL VOID BENEATH COPING W/SPRAYED POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION PRECAST WELDED TO JAMB METAL DECK, ANGLE & JOIST -SEE STRUCTURAL ROOF TYPE -A LAP MEMBRANE AROUND BLOCKING & ATTACH PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIRMENTS 10"2"6' - 4 3/4"2"1/2"2"1 3/8"6" 1" INSULATED GLASS IN PREFINISHED ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL SYSTEM 5/8" EXTERIOR GYP BD SHEATHING ON 6" METAL STUDS @ 1' -4" O.C., FILL STUD CAVITIES SOLID W/SPRAYED POLYUREYHANE FOAM INSULATION PROVIDE ELECTRIC MOTOR SHADE MOUNTED TO PRECAST ATTACHMENT BY PRECASTER, IF POCKET, BACK HATCH WITH INSULATION PER POCKET NOTE 1 <EXT WALL 05> A7.1 3 2 5/8" 2 1/2" 4 7/8" 4 1/2" A 4 1/2" 3/8" 2 1/2" 2 5/8" 1 3/8"6"2 5/8"MIN8"PREFINISHED ALUMINUM FLASHING TO RUN UP THE PRECAST WALL AND BACKED WITH ADHERED MEMBRANE WITH TERMINATION BAR FILL IN VENEER SYSTEM CAVITY WITH SPRAY FOAM INSULATION PERIMETER SEALANT W/BACKER ROD, PROVIDE ROPE WICKS @ 2'-0" O.C. MAX. CURTAIN WALL VENEER SYSTEM WITH SPANDREL TO MATCH JANESVILLE GREEN CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM PROVIDE ELECTRIC MOTOR SHADE MOUNTED TO PRECAST -ALIGN W/HEAD OF WINDOW OPENING 6"4"VERIFY IN FIELD EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ADJUST BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS AS NEEDED. PREFINISHED METAL COPING WITH WELDED CORENERS AND TRIM.8" min2"2"9 5/8" PRESSURE TREATED PLYWOOD AND BLOCKING. 1 1/2"10" INSULATED PRECAST CONCRETE WALL PANEL. 5/8" EXTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD ON 2" SPRAY FOAM INSULATION. BELLOWS TYPE EXPANSION JOINT COVER WITH DRIP AND INSULATION. PRESSURE TREATED 2x BLOCKING. TIE INTO EXISTING ROOFING PER MANUFACTURES REQUIREMENTS. 2 5 1/2"1 1/4"4 1/4"FASCIA COVER ANCHOR BAR NON-CURING SEALANT STAINLESS STEEL FASTENER TOP OF PRECAST 117'-4" <EXT WALL 05> <EXT WALL 03> <COPING 03> 0' - 10" 10" INSULATED PRECAST CONCRETE PANEL 1/2"1 1/2"Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated EXTERIOR DETAILS WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A7.1 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 3/4" = 1'-0"20 PIPE BOLLARD -EXTERIOR (TYP) 1 1/2" = 1'-0"22 CMU HEAD 1 1/2" = 1'-0"23 CLUB ROOF EDGE DEFAULT 1 1/2" = 1'-0"25 PRECAST -CMU WALL T INTERSECTION 1 1/2" = 1'-0"29 PRECAST -PRECAST WALL T INTERSECTION 1 1/2" = 1'-0"27 PRECAST TYPICAL MITERED CORNER 1 1/2" = 1'-0"21 PIPE BOLLARD -PLAN -EXTERIOR (TYP) 1 1/2" = 1'-0"26 PRECAST JAMBS 1 1/2" = 1'-0"28 PRECAST -PRECAST WALL BUTT JOINT KEYNOTES PER SHEET # <ANGLE 03> GALVANIZED STEEL ANGLE FOR MASONRY SUPPORT - (2) ANGLES PER STONE SILL <BKMTL 01> PREFINISHED ALUMINUM BREAK METAL (MATCH ALUMINUM WINDOW FINISH), ATTACH IN SHIM SPACE W/VERTICAL LEG LAP GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING <BLKG 01> 2X4 TREATED BLOCKING <BLKG 02> 2X BLOCKING <BLKG 07> 2X4 BLOCKING <BLKG 08> 5/8" PLYWOOD BLOCKING <BNDBM 01> 8" BOND BEAM <BOX HDR 02> BOX HEADER <CLG 01> SUSPENDED ACT SYSTEM <CLG 02> PREFINISHED ALUMINUM WOOD-LOOK CEILING SYSTEM <CONC STOOP> POURED CONCRETE SLAB-ON-GRADE (1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE )W/FOUNDATION WALLS 4'-0" DEEP MINIMUM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE <COPING 01> PREFINISHED ALUMINUM COPING WITH CLEAT ATTACHMENT, 3/4" TREATED PLYWOOD, TREATED 2X6 SHAPED FOR 1 1/2" SLOPE & FILL VOID SOLID W/SPRAYED CLOSED-CELL POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION - SEE WALL SECTIONS FOR THE RESPECTIVE WIDTH <COPING 03> PREFINISHED ALUMINUM FASCIA W/ANCHOR BAR ATTACHMENT, NON-CURING SEALANT, 2X TREATED BLOCKING, WRAP MEMBRANE AROUND BLOCKING ATTACH PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS <DOOR 04> PREFINISHED ALUMINUM MEDIUM STYLE DOOR WITH 1" INSULATED FULL GLASS <EXT WALL 03> 10" INSULATED ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST WALL PANEL <EXT WALL 05> 5/8" EXTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING, 2" VERTICAL NON-METALLIC GIRTS @ 1'-4" O.C. & 2" SPRAYED CLOSED-CELL POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION <EXT WALL 09> VERTICAL 6" WIDE PANELBOARD CLADDING SYSTEM, 7/8" HORIZONTAL FURRING @ 1'-4" O.C. (ADDITIONAL FURRING MAY BE REQUIRED, COORDINATE W/PANEL SYSTEM MANUFACTURER), AIR BARRIER, 5/8" EXTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING, 3" VERTICAL NON-METALLIC GIRTS @ 1'-4" O.C. (ALIGN W/STEEL STUD SPACING), 5/8" EXTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING, 6" STEEL STUD FRAMING @ 1'-4" O.C. 5/8" EXTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING, AIR BARRIER, 7/8" HORIZONTAL FURRING @ 1'-4" O.C. (ADDITIONAL FURRING MAY BE REQUIRED, COORDINATE W/PANEL SYSTEM MANUFACTURER), AIR BARRIER, & VERTICAL 6" WIDE PANELBOARD CLADDING SYSTEM <EXT WALL 10> 5/8" EXTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING, 3" VERTICAL NON-METALLIC GIRTS @ 1'-4" O.C.., 3" SPRAYED CLOSED-CELL POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION, 5/8" EXTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING, 6" STEEL STUDS @ 1'-4" O.C. & 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD <EXT WALL 11> 4" CONC BRICK, 3 1/2" AIR SPACE, 5/8" EXTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING (LAP CONCRETE 1" MINIMUM), 6" STEEL STUD FRAMING @ 1'-4" O.C., 5/8" EXTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING (EXTEND DOWN TO TOP OF GROUT), 1 1/2" AIR SPACE & 4" CONC BRICK <EXT WALL 13> 4" CONC BRICK, 1 1/2" AIR SPACE, CONTINUOUS 3" SPRAYED CLOSED-CELL POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION (R-18 MINIMUM), 5/8" EXTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING, 6" STEEL STUD FRAMING @ 1'-4" O.C. & 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD <EXT WALL 14> 4" CONC BRICK, 1 3/4" AIR SPACE, CONTINUOUS 3" SPRAYED CLOSED-CELL POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION (R-18 MINIMUM) & 8" CMU W/HORIZONTAL REINFORCING @ 1'-4" O.C. VERTICALLY <FASCIA 02> PREFINISHED ALUMINUM PANEL SYSTEM J-CHANNEL BY PANEL MANUFACTURER <FLASH 01> THROUGH-WALL FLASHING WITH STAINLESS STEEL DRIP EXTEND VERTICAL LEG 8" MINIMUM TO TERMINATION BAR SEAL ATTACHMENT <FLASH 02> PREFINISHED ALUMINUM FLASHING W/HEMMED DRIP EDGE (MATCH WINDOW FINISH), UPTURNED VERTICAL HEMMED LEG & SLOPE HORIZONTAL LEG FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE - FRICTION-FIT FLASHING AROUND WINDOW SILL EDGE, NO FASTENERS THROUGH ROOF MEMBRANE <FLASH 04> ADHERED MEMBRANE FLASHING, LAP GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING 3" MINIMUM & 2X BLOCKING, TERMINATE IN SHIM SPACE <FLASH 06> THROUGH-WALL FLASHING WITH DRIP, LAP OVER <FLASH 04> TERMINATE IN SHIM SPACE <FLASH 13> PREFINISHED ALUMINUM FLASHING (MATCH WINDOW FINISH) W/DOWNTURNED HEMMED EDGE & UPTURNED VERTICAL HEMMED EDGE SET ONTO SEALANT BED <FLOOR 01> REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOOR, MINIMUM 6" COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL <FND 01> REINFORCED CONCRETE FOOTING AND FOUNDATION SYSTEM <GRADE 01> FINISH GRADE <GROUT 01> GROUT CAVITY SOLID BELOW FLASHING <INSUL 01> 1/2" RIGID INSULATION FOR THERMAL CONTINUITY THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB <INSUL 02> 2" RIGID INSULATION DOWN TO TOP OF FOOTING, 4'-0" MINIMUM IF THERE IS NO FOOTING <INSUL 03> 1/2" EXPANSION FELT <INSUL 04> SPRAY 1" THICK MINIMUM CLOSED-CELL POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION ON 1'-6" EXTERIOR/INTERIOR LENGTH OF THE WIDE FLANGE STEEL BEAM, PROVIDE PERIMETER 1/2" SOFT JOINT (SEALANT W/BACKER ROD) AROUND THE INTERIOR/EXTERIOR STEEL FRAMING PENETRATIONS - TYPICAL <LINTEL 01> GALVANIZED BENT STEEL PLATE LINTEL (PAINT) <LINTEL 02> 8" MASONRY LINTEL <MEMBRN RF 01> ADHERED MEMBRANE ROOF SYSTEM (COLOR: BLACK), WRAP MEMBRANE AROUND THE SLOPED PLYWOOD & LAP JOINT BETWEEN PLYWOOD & MASONRY 1" MINIMUM - ATTACH PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, 7" THICK POLYISOCYANURATE ROOF INSULATION (R-38 MINIMUM) AT ROOF DRAIN, TAPERED INSULATION, VAPOR RETARDER (SEAL AGAINST VERTICAL SURFACE), ROOF DECK, ANGLE & STRUCTURAL FRAMING- SEE ROOF PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL ROOF INSULATION THICKNESS FOR THE TAPERED INSULATION AT THE PERIMETER OF ROOF DRAIN LOCATIONS <MEMBRN RF 04> ADHERED MEMBRANE ROOF SYSTEM (COLOR: BLACK), TAPERED POLYISOCYANURATE ROOF INSULATION (1" MINIMUM THICKNESS AT ROOF DRAIN, VAPOR RETARDER (SEAL AGAINST VERTICAL SURFACE) & ROOF STRUCTURAL FRAMING - EXTEND MEMBRANE 1'-0" MINIMUM VERTICALLY TO TERMINATION BAR LAP MEMBRANE AROUND BLOCKING, LAP JOINT BETWEEN PLYWOOD & PANEL SYSTEM & ATTACH PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, ROOF DECK & STRUCTURAL FRAMING <MTRNET 01> MORTAR NET <SILL 01> CAST STONE SILL <SILL SLR> SILL SEALER - CONTINUOUS POLYPROPOLENE PAD SET BETWEEN STUD RUNNER & CONCRETE <SLNT 01> PERIMETER SEALANT W/BACKER ROD EACH SIDE <SLNT 02> CONTINUOUS SEALANT BEAD <SOFFIT 01> SUSPENDED PREFINISHED ALUMINUM VENTED PANEL SYSTEM (12" WIDE, ALIGN JOINTS W/FASCIA JOINTS), 7/8" FURRING @ 1'-4" O.C. & 1 1/2" CHANNELS @ 4'-0" O.C. - VERIFY SPACING OF SUPPORT FRAMING W/PANEL MANUFACTURER <STOOL 01> SOLID SURFACE STOOL W/RADIUS ON 5/8" PLYWOOD & PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SEALANT BEAD <VNTLR 01> MASONRY VENTILATOR @ 2'-8" O.C. <WINDOW 01> THERMALLY BROKEN PREFINISHED ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAMING SYSTEM WITH 1" INSULATED GLASS, LAP CONCRETE BRICK MASONRY RETURN 1/2" MINIMUM <WTRPRFG 02> WATERPROOFING, PROVIDE MORTAR CANT, LAP FOOTING & LAP JOINT BETWEEN SHEATHING & TOP OF FOUNDATION WALL <WTRPRFG 03> WATERPROOFING, PROVIDE MORTAR CANT, LAP FOOTING & EXTEND 8" MINIMUM ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION 1 11-17-23 Addendum #1 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 1 1/2" = 1'-0"9 STOREFRONT SYSTEM HEAD NO CEILING OR SPRAY FOAM INSULATION & GYPSUM BOARD IS FULL HEIGHT AT SIM CONDITION 1 1/2" = 1'-0"16 MASONRY CLAD CAVITY WALL BASE 1/2" = 1'-0"19 VESTIBULE 118 PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN 1 1/2" = 1'-0"13 CANOPY SCUPPER DRAIN AT WINDOW SYSTEMS STUD FACE IS 7" AT SIM CONDITION 1 1/2" = 1'-0"14 VERTICAL PANEL EDGE PLAN 1 1/2" = 1'-0"15 MASONRY CAVITY WALL PLAN 1 1/2" = 1'-0"7 WINDOW SILL AT MASONRY CAVITY WALL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1 WINDOW JAMB AT MASONRY CAVITY WALL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"8 WINDOW HEAD AT MASONRY CAVITY WALL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 MASONRY CAVITY WALL PARAPET 1 1/2" = 1'-0"30 CONVENTION CURTAIN WALL DETAIL Copy 1 3" = 1'-0"3 WINDOW SYSTEMS CONNECTION DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4 P.C. COPING @ EXIST. ROOF -EXPAN. JOINT 1 1/2" = 1'-0"10 FASCIA AT PRECAST PARAPET 1 1/2" = 1'-0"17 TYPICAL REVEAL DETAIL 4 DASHER BOARDS & GLASS, SEE ICE CONSULTANT DRWGS. REFRIGERATED CONC. FLOOR SLAB, SEE REFRIGERATION DWGS. 1" EXPANSION JOINT, SEE ICE CONSULTANTS DRWGS. CMU/CONCRETE WALL, SEE STRUCT. CONC. SLAB W/ THICKENED EDGE, SEE STRUCT. SUB GRADE PREPARATION, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SEE STRUCT. T.O. FOOTING 100' - 0" ARENA FLOOR LEVEL 103'-0" BLEACHER LEVEL CLOSURE ANGLE, SEE ICE CONSULTANT DRWGS. 1" MIN. 3'-0" MIN. 2" RIGID INSULATION UNDER SLAB AND AT PERIMETER, COORDINATE WITH RADIANT HEATING MFR. REQUIREMENTS V.I.F. 5 1/2" POURED CONCRETE EDGE V.I.F. 5 1/2" INSULATION, SEE REFRIGERATION DRAWINGS 6" DASHER BOARDS & GLASS, SEE ICE CONSULTANT DRWGS. REFRIGERATED CONC. FLOOR SLAB, SEE REFRIGERATION DWGS. 1" EXPANSION JOINT, SEE ICE CONSULTANTS DRWGS. CONC. SLAB W/ THICKENED EDGE, SEE STRUCT. SUB GRADE PREPARATION, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS CLOSURE ANGLE, SEE ICE CONSULTANT DRWGS. 2" RIGID INSULATION UNDER SLAB AND AT PERIMETER, COORDINATE WITH RADIANT HEATING MFR. REQUIREMENTS POURED CONCRETE EDGE INSULATION, SEE REFRIGERATION DRAWINGS PRECAST STADIA RISERS, SEE STRUCTURAL /4 A7.3 CIP STAIRS, SEE CORE DRILL POST, SET W/ EPOXY GROUT SOLID (TYP) 1-1/2" DIA. STEEL PIPE RAILING, PAINT 1-1/2" DIA. STEEL PIPE, WELDED TO VERTICAL POSTS, GRIND SMOOTH, PAINT CORE DRILL POST, SET W/ EPOXY GROUT SOLID (TYP) 1-1/2" DIA. STEEL PIPE RAILING, PAINT 1-1/2" DIA. STEEL PIPE, WELDED TO VERTICAL POSTS, GRIND SMOOTH, PAINT 3'-7 1/2" C OF STEPLC OF STEPL (22" MIN/ 36" MAX BETWEEN RAILING SECTIONS) 1'-9" CIP STAIRS, SEE /4 A7.3 PRECAST STADIA RISERS, SEE STRUCTURAL CIP STAIRS, SEE CORE DRILL POST, SET W/ EPOXY GROUT SOLID (TYP) 1-1/2" DIA. STEEL PIPE RAILING, PAINT 1-1/2" DIA. STEEL PIPE, WELDED TO VERTICAL POSTS, GRIND SMOOTH, PAINT CORE DRILL POST, SET W/ EPOXY GROUT SOLID (TYP) 1-1/2" DIA. STEEL PIPE RAILING, PAINT 1-1/2" DIA. STEEL PIPE, WELDED TO VERTICAL POSTS, GRIND SMOOTH, PAINT C OF STEPLC OF STEPL CIP STAIRS, SEE0' - 11"0' - 11"0' - 11"0' - 11"0' - 11"0' - 3"0' - 3"0' - 3"0' - 3"0' - 11"0' - 11"3"x3" CHAMFER @ LOWER STEP @ EACH RISER LEVEL OF AISLE STEPS 0' - 11"0' - 11"0' - 11"0' - 11"0' - 11"0' - 7"0' - 7"0' - 7"1' - 9"PRECAST STADIA RISERS, SEE STRUCTURAL SEALANT W/ BACKER ROD, BOTH SIDES (2) VERT. -#4 REBAR SET IN EPOXY PER STAIR TREAD (1) HORI. -#4 REBAR TIE (2) SEAT BRACKET ANCHORS, VERIFY W/ BLEACHER SEAT CONTRACTOR C.I.P. CONCRETE STEPS, TYP.1 1/4"8 3/8" PRECAST STADIA RISERS, SEE STRUCTURAL SEALANT W/ BACKER ROD, BOTH SIDES (1) HORI. -#4 REBAR TIE (2) SEAT BRACKET ANCHORS, VERIFY W/ BLEACHER SEAT CONTRACTOR STANDING RAIL, SEE DETAIL 8/A7.2 C.I.P. CONCRETE STEPS, TYP. 0' - 11" 1 1/4" SCHED. 40 STEEL POST; SPACED 5'-0" O.C. MAX.; PTD STEEL REINFORCEMENT CHANNEL AT UNDERSIDE OF PAN @ PAN STAIRS OR CORE DRILL AS REQ'D; PTD VARIES T/O TREAD 1 1/4" SCHED 40 STL HANDRAIL; PTD 2" CONCRETE REINFORCED STEEL PAN STEEL RECEIVER SLEEVE WELDED TO BOTTOM OF PAN; KEEP TOP OF SLEEVE FLUSH WITH TOP OF TREAD; WELD POST INTO SLEEVE 1 1/4" SCHED. 40 STEEL POST; SPACED 5'-0" O.C. MAX.; PTD STEEL REINFORCEMENT CHANNEL AT UNDERSIDE OF PAN @ PAN STAIRS OR CORE DRILL AS REQ'D; PTD 1 1/4" SCHED 40 STL HANDRAIL; PTD 2" CONCRETE REINFORCED STEEL PAN STEEL RECEIVER SLEEVE WELDED TO BOTTOM OF PAN; KEEP TOP OF SLEEVE FLUSH WITH TOP OF TREAD; WELD POST INTO SLEEVE 1 1/4" SCHED. 40 STEEL POST; SPACED 5'-0" O.C. MAX.; PTD STEEL REINFORCEMENT CHANNEL AT UNDERSIDE OF PAN AS REQ'D; PTD 1 1/4" SCHED 40 STL HANDRAIL; PTD REINFORCED STEEL TREAD STEEL RECEIVER SLEEVE WELDED TO BOTTOM OF PAN; KEEP TOP OF SLEEVE FLUSH WITH TOP OF TREAD; WELD POST INTO SLEEVE 1 1/4" SCHED 40 STL MID-RAIL; PTD 3' - 0"1 1/4" SCHED 40 STL HANDRAIL RETURN ENDS (TYP)EQEQEQEQVARIES T/O TREAD 1 1/4" SCHED. 40 STEEL POST; SPACED 5'-0" O.C. MAX.; PTD STEEL REINFORCEMENT CHANNEL AT UNDERSIDE OF PAN AS REQ'D; PTD 1 1/4" SCHED 40 STL HANDRAIL; PTD REINFORCED STEEL TREAD STEEL RECEIVER SLEEVE WELDED TO BOTTOM OF PAN; KEEP TOP OF SLEEVE FLUSH WITH TOP OF TREAD; WELD POST INTO SLEEVE 1 1/4" SCHED 40 STL MID-RAIL; PTD 1 1/4" SCHED 40 STL HANDRAIL RETURN ENDS (TYP) COUNTERTOP FASTENED TO TOP OF WALL AS REQUIRED AND TO RETURN AS FACE OF WALL 1/4" CLEAR PLEXIGLASS SET IN COUNTERTOP 1/4" DADO SEALANT ON BOTH SIDES WOOD BLOCKING AS NECESSARY SEALANT ON BOTH SIDES METAL STUD WALL GYP. BD. FINISH AND PAINT 3" STEEL TUBES PLACED 4' -0 O.C. MAX ELECTRICAL BOX IN WALL, SEE ELECTRICAL FOR SPACING, BURY CONDUIT BELOW DECK FLOOR 2" +-2' - 6" 3" 1' - 7" 2" Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated INTERIOR DETAILS WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A7.3 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1 BLEACHER PLATFORM AT DASH BOARDS 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 BLEACHER -TYP RAILING 3/4" = 1'-0"3 ARENA STEPS -CHAMFERED AT AISLES 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4 BLEACHER -SEATING STEP DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6 INTERMEDIATE HANDRAIL @ CONC PAN STAIR 1 1/2" = 1'-0"8 INTERMEDIATE HANDRAIL @ STL TREAD STAIR 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 PRESS BOX EDGE WALL 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 4 JUNCTION BOX, SEE ELEC3' - 5 3/8"8 GA PERFORATED METAL PANEL; 1/4" DIA. HOLES @ 3/8" STAGGERED PATTERN. PROVIDE IN THREE(3) PANELS, TOTAL OF 12'-0" LONG. VERIFY LENGTH WITH FINAL SCOREBOARD SELECTION. SOLID STEEL STOP @ PERIMETER, CONT. PROVIDE HOLE IN BEAM FOR POWER/ DATA FEED. COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION W/ ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, SEE ELECT SCOREBOARD SUB- STRUCTURE BY SCOREBOARD PROVIDER/INSTALLER 3 3/4"PROVIDE 8 GA BENT STEEL CLOSURE @ SCOREBOARD LOCATION(S) JUNCTION BOX, SEE ELEC 8 GA PERFORATED METAL PANEL; 1/4" DIA. HOLES @ 3/8" STAGGERED PATTERN. PROVIDE IN THREE(3) PANELS, TOTAL OF 12'-0" LONG. VERIFY LENGTH WITH FINAL SCOREBOARD SELECTION. SOLID STEEL STOP @ PERIMETER, CONT. PROVIDE HOLE IN BEAM FOR POWER/ DATA FEED. COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION W/ ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, SEE ELECT SCOREBOARD SUB- STRUCTURE BY SCOREBOARD PROVIDER/INSTALLER SCOREBOARD PROVIDE 8 GA BENT STEEL CLOSURE @ SCOREBOARD LOCATION(S) 3/4" ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP 1/4" CLEAR PLEXIGLASS SET IN CONT. 1/4" DADO 8" ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO POWER STRIP, REFER TO ELECTRICAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 1" 5/8" PLYWOOD 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" STEEL TUBE RAIL, PTD 1/2" LAMINATED GLASS STRUCTURAL RAILING; EASE EXPOSED EDGES; (2) STAINLESS STEEL CLIPS PER SIDE 2 1/2"2"GLASS2' - 6"3 1/2"1 1/2" x 1 1/2" STEEL TUBE POST @ 4'-0" O.C., PTD 112' - 6" T/O SLAB STEEL BEAM, SEE STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE DECK ASSEMBLY, SEE STRUCTURAL 1-1/2"W x DEPTH OF BEAM STIFFENER @ 4'-0" O.C.; PAINT4"3' - 2"1 1/2" x 1 1/2" STEEL TUBE RAIL, PTD PROVIDE HOLES IN GLASS AS REQ. FOR EACH MOUNTING CLIP. 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" STEEL TUBE RAIL, PTD 1/2" LAMINATED GLASS STRUCTURAL RAILING; EASE EXPOSED EDGES; (2) STAINLESS STEEL CLIPS PER SIDE 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" STEEL TUBE POST @ 4'-0" O.C., PTD COMPOSITE DECK ASSEMBLY, SEE STRUCTURAL 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" STEEL TUBE RAIL, PTD 4" KICK PLATE 2"10"2"1" 1 1/2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE POST; PTD 1 1/2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE POST; PTD PRECAST PLANK OR STADIA 1/4" X 1" STEEL SPACER PLATE, PTD; SEE DETAIL FOR MORE INFORMATION 1 1/2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE POST; PTD 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" STEEL TUBE RAIL, PTD 1/2" LAMINATED GLASS STRUCTURAL RAILING; EASE EXPOSED EDGES; (2) STAINLESS STEEL CLIPS PER SIDE 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" STEEL TUBE POST @ 4'-0" O.C., PTD PROVIDE HOLES IN GLASS AS REQ. FOR EACH MOUNTING CLIP. 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" STEEL TUBE POST @ 4'-0" O.C., PTD3' - 2"4"3 1/2"GLASS2' - 6"2"2 1/2"2" 1' - 0" 6"3' - 5 1/4"1 1/2"2"5"1 1/2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE TOP RAIL, PAINTED 1 1/2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE POST 1 1/2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE BOTTOM RAIL 1/4" x 4" x 13 1/2" STEEL PLATE CONCOURSEBLEACHERS 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" STEEL ANGLE, CONT; BOTH SIDES 3/4" ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP 1/4" CLEAR PLEXIGLASS SET IN CONT. 1/4" DADO8" ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO POWER STRIP, REFER TO ELECTRICAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, RUN TIGHT TO VERTICAL POST, PAINT TO MATCH 1" CONCOURSEBLEACHERS ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, RUN TIGHT TO VERTICAL POST, PAINT TO MATCH 1 1/2" HSS POCKET FOR VERTICAL STEEL TUBE BOTTOM RAIL, 4" CONTINUOUS KICKPLATE 5/8" PLYWOOD 1' - 0" 2"2"3' - 6"6"4"1 1/2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE TOP RAIL 1 1/2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE POST 1 1/2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE BOTTOM RAIL 1/4" x 4" x 13 1/2" STEEL PLATE CONCOURSE BLEACHERS 1 1/2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE TOP RAIL 1 1/2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE POST 1/4" x 4" x 13 1/2" STEEL PLATE CONCOURSE BLEACHERS 1 1/2" HSS POCKET FOR VERTICAL STEEL TUBE BOTTOM RAIL, 4" CONTINUOUS KICKPLATE 100'-0" ICE LEVEL(43" MIN)3' - 7"(51" MAX)4' - 3"102'-0" FIRST ROW 103'-6" T.O. DASHER 100'-0" ICE LEVEL(43" MIN)3' - 7"(51" MAX)4' - 3"102'-0" FIRST ROW 103'-6" T.O. DASHER EYE LEVEL (MAX) EYE LEVEL (MIN) 43" AFF ADA - MIN EYE LEVEL 51" AFF ADA - MIN EYE LEVEL 2' - 11 7/8" B32 SCOPE OF WORK B32 SCOPE OF WORK EYE LEVEL (MAX) EYE LEVEL (MIN) 90 ELEVATION ROUTE PLUGMOLD THRU POWER STRIP SLOT PROVIDED IN FIXTURE END CAP VIEW POWER STRIP SLOT PROVIDED IN FIXTURE FOR ROUTING POWER STRIP THRU FIXTURE. ASSEMBLE POWER STRIP PRIOR TO INSTALLING. ROUTE POWER STRIP INSIDE FIXTURE RAIL WALL SLOT FROM END CAPS. COORDINATE WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX LOCATION WITH RAIL IN THE FIELD. JUNCTION BOX SHALL LINE UP WITH DRINK RAIL TO MINIMIZE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT LENGTH. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTIONS. INSTALL PLUGMOLD 2000 SERIES STEEL MULTIOUTLET ASSEMBLY MODEL NUMBER BK20GB509TRUSBA. (OR ACCEPTED SUBSTITUTE). INSTALL 5' LENGTHS IN BLACK FINISH WITH ALTERNATING RECEPTICLES AND USB OUTLETS ON 9" CENTERS. INSTALL ALL NECESSARY COUPLINGS, CONNECTORS AND COVER CLIPS TO BE USED FOR CONNECTING EACH 5' SECTION OF MULTIOUTLET ASSEMBLY RACEWAY. PS FIXTURE RAIL WALL CONCEAL FLEXIBLE CONDUIT INSIDE FIXTURE, AS REQUIRED ROUTE CONDUIT FOR POWER FEED FROM WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX SHOWN DRAWINGS TO FIXTURE RAIL WALL WIRE CHANNEL. COORDINATE EXACT POWER FEED LOCATION WITH FIXTURE CONTRACTOR ON SITE. ASSEMBLE POWER STRIP PRIOR TO INSTALLING. ROUTE POWER STRIP INSIDE FIXTURE RAIL WALL SLOT FROM END CAPS. FLOOR PLAN 100'-0" ICE LEVEL ICE RINK DASHER BOARDS, REFER TO ICE DRAWINGSEXPANSION MATERIAL WITH SELANT AND BACKER ROD, ICE FLOOR PROFILE AND DASHER BOARD CONSTRUCTION BY OTHERS, REFER TO ICE DRAWINGS CONCRETE FLOOR W/ THICKENDED RINK EDGE, SEE STRUCTURAL 1'-2"ICE RINK SLAB SECTION, REFER TO ICE DRAWINGS 2" (MIN)1' - 4" +/-VAPOR BARRIER AT PERIMETER OF SLAB EDGE JUNCTION BOX, SEE ELEC PROVIDE HOLE IN BEAM FOR POWER/ DATA FEED. COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION W/ ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, SEE ELECT SCOREBOARD SUB- STRUCTURE BY SCOREBOARD PROVIDER/INSTALLER PROVIDE 8 GA BENT STEEL CLOSURE @ SCOREBOARD LOCATION(S)0' - 3 3/4"0' - 1 1/2"2' - 10 3/4"0' - 1 1/2"112' - 6" T/O SLAB3'-5 3/8"1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 3/16" STEEL ANGLE RAIL, PTD 1" x 1" STEEL TUBE PICKETS, PTD; WELD @ TOP AND BOTTOM RAIL ANGLES; SPACED 4" O.C. MAX. 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 3/16" STEEL ANGLE RAIL, PTD COMPOSITE DECK ASSEMBLY, SEE STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM VARIES, SEE STRUCTURAL 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 3/16" PAIRED STEEL ANGLE POSTS @ 4'-0" O.C., PTD; SEE DETAIL FOR POST ARRANGEMENT /---- JUNCTION BOX, SEE ELEC PROVIDE HOLE IN BEAM FOR POWER/ DATA FEED. COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION W/ ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, SEE ELECT SCOREBOARD SUB- STRUCTURE BY SCOREBOARD PROVIDER/INSTALLER SCOREBOARD PROVIDE 8 GA BENT STEEL CLOSURE @ SCOREBOARD LOCATION(S) 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 3/16" STEEL ANGLE RAIL, PTD COMPOSITE DECK ASSEMBLY, SEE STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM VARIES, SEE STRUCTURAL 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 3/16" PAIRED STEEL ANGLE POSTS @ 4'-0" O.C., PTD; SEE DETAIL FOR POST ARRANGEMENT 3/4" ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP 1/4" CLEAR PLEXIGLASS SET IN CONT. 1/4" DADO 8" ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO POWER STRIP, REFER TO ELECTRICAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 1" 5/8" PLYWOOD 1/2" LAMINATED GLASS STRUCTURAL RAILING; EASE EXPOSED EDGES; (2) STAINLESS STEEL CLIPS PER SIDE 4"2 3/8"3"2' - 7 3/8"1 1/4"1 1/2" x 1 1/2" STEEL TUBE POST @ 4'-0" O.C., PTD 112' - 6" T/O SLAB STEEL BEAM, SEE STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE DECK ASSEMBLY, SEE STRUCTURAL 1-1/2"W x DEPTH OF BEAM STIFFENER @ 4'-0" O.C.; PAINT 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" STEEL TUBE RAIL, PTD PROVIDE HOLES IN GLASS AS REQ. FOR EACH MOUNTING CLIP. 1/2" LAMINATED GLASS STRUCTURAL RAILING; EASE EXPOSED EDGES; (2) STAINLESS STEEL CLIPS PER SIDE 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" STEEL TUBE POST @ 4'-0" O.C., PTD STEEL BEAM, SEE STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE DECK ASSEMBLY, SEE STRUCTURAL PROVIDE HOLES IN GLASS AS REQ. FOR EACH MOUNTING CLIP. 2" 1' - 0" 6"2' - 3 3/8"1 3/8"2"4"1"1 1/2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE TOP RAIL, PAINTED 1 1/2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE POST 1 1/2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE BOTTOM RAIL 1/4" x 4" x 13 1/2" STEEL PLATE CONCOURSEBLEACHERS 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" STEEL ANGLE, CONT; BOTH SIDES 3/4" ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTERTOP 1/4" CLEAR PLEXIGLASS SET IN CONT. 1/4" DADO 8" ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO POWER STRIP, REFER TO ELECTRICAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, RUN TIGHT TO VERTICAL POST, PAINT TO MATCH 1" 1 1/2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE POST CONCOURSEBLEACHERS 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" STEEL ANGLE, CONT; BOTH SIDES ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, RUN TIGHT TO VERTICAL POST, PAINT TO MATCH 1 1/2" HSS POCKET FOR VERTICAL STEEL TUBE BOTTOM RAIL, 4" CONTINUOUS KICKPLATE 5/8" PLYOOD Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated INTERIOR DETAILS WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A7.6 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 GUARDRAIL @ CONCOURSE SCOREBOARD - DRINKRAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"3 GUARDRAIL @ CONCOURSE TRACK 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4 RAILING @ CMU CONCOURSE TRACK 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6 STANDING DRINK RAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"8 STANDING RAIL 1" = 1'-0"10 SIGHTLINES FRONT ROW @ ICE RINK 1/2" = 1'-0"9 USB RAIL DETAIL 1" = 1'-0"11 THICKENED FLOOR SLAB @ ICE RINK 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1 STEEL PICKET GUARDRAIL @ CONCOURSE TRACK - DRINKRAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 GUARDRAIL @ STAIRS EXTENDED GLASS 1 1/2" = 1'-0"7 DRINK RAIL - ADA SEATING 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 4 A9.016 8 16a 1227 SF MAIN TEAM ROOM 132 M8 M8 M8 M4 M6 M8 M8M4 10' - 10 3/4" 7 5/8" 7' - 0" 4' - 0" 3' - 10 3/4" 10' - 0 5/8" 5 5/8" 1' - 5 3/4"18' - 6 3/8"19' - 10 3/4" 2' - 10 3/8" 1' - 0" 3' - 0" 1' - 0" 3' - 0" 1' - 0" 3' - 0" 1' - 0" 3' - 0" 1' - 0 3/8" 12' - 0" M8 M8T08 M4 T28 A9.014 53 SF UNISEX TLT 128 M8 M6 M12 M8 A128.1 A10.2 3 11 5/8"6 3/8"3' - 4" 3' - 4 3/8" 7 5/8" 1' - 1 3/4" 5 5/8" 7' - 4 3/8" 7 5/8"8' - 11 3/4" T07 39 M8 58 SF UNISEX TLT 141 74 SF J.C. 142 A9.0 1911 5/8"7' - 10 3/4"7 5/8"8' - 4 3/8"7 5/8"7 5/8" 7' - 4 3/8" 5 5/8"1' - 0 3/4" M12 M8 M6 A10.2 3 A141.1 A142.1 9' - 6 3/8"18' - 6"4 M8 19a M8 A9.0 1718 206 SF WET TEAM RR 139 7 5/8" 11' - 4 3/8" 7' - 4" 5 5/8"9 3/4" 7 5/8"13' - 0"7 5/8"5' - 4" 3' - 4 3/4" 3' - 0"7 5/8"M8 M8 M6 A10.2 3 A139.2 A139.1 M4 M4 8 3/8"3 5/8"3' - 0" 10 1/4" 3' - 0" 10 1/2" 3' - 0" 8' - 3 5/8" M8 M8 M8 M8 3' - 0"3' - 4 3/4"5' - 4"T28 468 SF MEN'S 166 503 SF WOMEN'S 165 68 SF FAMILY TLT 162 A9.0 23 A9.0 25A9.0 217 5/8"5' - 0"7' - 9 1/4"2' - 4 1/4"6' - 10 1/2"5' - 0"13' - 4 7/8"5 5/8"1' - 5"5 5/8"12' - 6 1/8"M8 M6 M12 A10.2 3 5' - 1"25a 24 M6 M8 M8 M12 ROLL DOWN METAL SECURTIY GATE 38 38 M6 T08 T08 11 5/8" 5' - 8 1/2" 5 5/8" 9' - 4" 5 5/8" 26' - 5 1/4" 7 5/8" 33 T08 22 A162.1 A155.9 38 M6 20 205' - 1"5' - 1 7/8" 5' - 1 7/8"17' - 0"20 A159.10 M8 30" WIDE BY 5' - 6" TALL MIRROR MOUNTED 18" AFF 30" WIDE BY 5' - 6" TALL MIRROR MOUNTED 18" AFF 4 4 A9.0 172 SF MENS 106A 7' - 5 7/8" 9' - 0" 4' - 7 1/2" 6' - 3" 8' - 9"14' - 5" 1' - 6" 10' - 11"26' - 7 3/4"26' - 10"19' - 7 1/2" M6 5' - 0" 15' - 4" 5' - 0 1/4" 38 3' - 0" 1 1/8" 7 7/8" 3' - 8 1/4" 38 226 SF WOMENS 106B 3 2M6 M6 M6 F2 T08 T08 A9.0 1 9' - 4"2' - 0"2' - 4"F2 M6 43 43 F2 43 F2 A10.2 17 20 20 M6 M6 M6 9' - 6" 9' - 0" A10.2 17 Sim 647 SF MEN'S 121 A9.0 10 A9.0 7 6 1' - 4"34' - 9 3/4"64' - 11" M6 W13 13' - 4" 16' - 0" 12' - 0"5' - 5 3/4"1"2' - 1"3' - 3 1/8" 6' - 4 3/4" 8' - 9 3/8" 18' - 1" 27' - 3" 62' - 11 3/8" A9.0 51' - 2"F2 33 1 6 A6.5 A10.2 15 1059 SF WOMENS 122 4 3' - 6"4' - 1 3/4"3' - 6"4' - 1 3/4"3' - 6 3/4"10' - 4 5/8"7' - 6 1/2"3' - 6 3/4"5' - 7 3/8"2' - 6" 2' - 6" 2' - 6"11' - 0" 6' - 10 3/8" 5' - 8" MIN 3' - 0" MIN 5' - 0" TYP. 2' - 11" 3' - 0" MIN 5' - 0" MIN WELLNESS ROOM 119 FAMILY RESTROOM 120 A119.1 A120.1 9' - 1 3/4"9' - 0" 9' - 4" 8' - 10" 8' - 10 3/8" 45' - 3" 2038 38 38 20 20 18' - 0"F2 M6 M6 M8 M6 A9.0 15 2' - 1" 6' - 3 3/4" 18' - 4"17' - 0"T08 3' - 8"TYP. 3' - 0" 38 20 T085' - 10"1' - 6"3' - 8"TYP 3' - 0" MIN 3' - 0" MIN 5' - 0"1' - 8"1' - 8" 8' - 8 7/8" STAINLESS STEEL CASE OPENING A10.2 15 Sim M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M6M8 M6 M8 M6 M6 M6 A9.011 13 205 SF WET TEAM RR 124 5 5/8"11 3/4"5 5/8"6' - 8 3/8" 7 5/8" 11' - 3 3/8" 7 5/8"6' - 0" 3' - 4" 3' - 0"7 5/8" 11' - 8 3/8" 7 5/8" 21' - 2" M8 M8 M8 M6 M8 M4 A10.2 3 A124.1 A124.2 3' - 0" 1' - 3 1/8" 3' - 1 1/2" 1' - 3 3/4" 3' - 0" 6' - 8 1/4" 8' - 1 3/4"5' - 0"3 1/2"3' - 6"M8 M4 T28 A9.09 20 136 SF REFEREE RR 146 7 5/8" 8' - 4 3/8" 7 5/8" M8 M8 M8 M8 M4 A146.1 A10.2 3 7 5/8" 8 3/4" 7 5/8" 13' - 11 3/8" 3 5/8" 2' - 9" 7 5/8" 11 3/4" 7 5/8" 21' - 3"1' - 0" 3' - 1" 1' - 0" 3' - 3 3/8" M8 51 SF FAMILY RR 106 38 1 A106.1 20 33B2 A1 A2 B2 F2 NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: 1/4" = 1'-0" ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS -RESTROOMS WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A8.0 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/4" = 1'-0"4 ROOM 132 -MAIN TEAM ROOM -ENLARGED 1/4" = 1'-0"5 ROOM 128 -TLT -ENLARGED 1/4" = 1'-0"8 ROOMS 141 & 142 -TLT -ENLARGED 1/4" = 1'-0"9 ROOM 139 -WET TEAM ROOM RR -ENLARGED 1/4" = 1'-0"3 FIRST FLOOR PLAN -NORTH EAST RESTROOMS -ENLARGED 1/4" = 1'-0"1 ROOMS 106A/B - ENLARGED 1/4" = 1'-0"2 FIRST FLOOR PLAN -WEST RESTROOMS -ENLARGED 1/4" = 1'-0"6 ROOM 124 -WET TEAM ROOM RR -ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"7 ROOM 146 -REFEREE RR -ENLARGED KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 1 ADA COMPLIANT DRINKING FOUNTAIN WITH BOTTLE FILLER 4 FLOOR SINK WITH FRP PANEL TO 4'-0" A.F.F. (2) SIDES 20 JUMP SEAT 33 ADA PUSH BUTTON DOOR OPENER 38 BABY CHANGING STATION, PROVIDE ADJACENT COAT HOOK AT 48" AFF 39 TRASH AND RECYCLING - FF&E 43 WOOD LOOK METAL WALL PANEL, SEE INTERIORS SHEETS AND 10/A9.1 T07 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER, SURFACE MOUNTED T08 ELECTRIC HAND DRYER T28 WALL MOUNTED SHAMPOO AND BODY WASH DISPENSERS - TYPICAL IN ALL SHOWERS - MOUNTED 40" MAX AFF IN ADA SHOWER COMPARTMENTS 1 11-17-23 Addendum #1 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 1/4" = 1'-0"10 ROOM 106 -FAMILY RESTROOM -ENLARGED REVIEW ALL WALL TAGS ON THIS SHEET, MANY WALLS WERE PREVIOUSLY INCORRECTLY TAGGED AS FIRE RATED WALLS HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC DNCHC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC DNCHC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC DNCHC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC DNCHC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC DNCHC190' - 0"103' - 8"12' - 2"60' - 0"44' - 0"60' - 0"12' - 2"13' - 6" 30' - 0" 13' - 4" 30' - 0"30' - 0"20' - 0"30' - 0"19' - 0"30' - 0"20' - 0"30' - 0"20' - 0"14' - 9 3/4" 60' - 0" 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 4517' - 0"36' - 0"14' - 0"36' - 0"13' - 0"36' - 0"14' - 0"36' - 0"17' - 0"52' - 0" 52' - 0" 10' - 6" 36' - 0" 7' - 4" 36' - 0" 13' - 10"188' - 4"8 A7.4 12' - 0" 105' - 4" 89a 89a 89a 89 89 47 98 98 98 98 47 47 3' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0" 3' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0"30' - 0"104' - 0"30' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0"3' - 0"27' - 0" 30' - 0" 30' - 0" 22' - 0" SEE SHEET R1.1 & R5.3 FOR VOLLEYBALL SLEEVES WITHIN ICE SYSTEM 4 190' - 0"103' - 8" TRENCH DRAIN FLOOR DRAIN 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 4589a 89a 89a 89 89 47 98 98 98 98 47 47 83a 837' - 2"50' - 0"12' - 0"50' - 0"12' - 0"50' - 0"7' - 2"8' - 2" 84' - 0" 10' - 2" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0"10' - 2"44' - 0"18' - 0"44' - 0"18' - 0"44' - 0"10' - 2"13' - 6" 30' - 0" 13' - 4" 30' - 0"12' - 2"60' - 0"44' - 0"60' - 0"12' - 2"16' - 0" 84' - 0" 19' - 0" 84' - 0" 16' - 0" 19' - 9 3/4" 50' - 0" 27' - 0"20' - 0"30' - 0"20' - 0"30' - 0"19' - 0"30' - 0"20' - 0"30' - 0"20' - 0"14' - 9 3/4" 60' - 0" 22' - 0" 5' - 1 5/8" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0" 12' - 0"29' - 2"44' - 0"14' - 4"44' - 0"14' - 4"44' - 0"29' - 2"190' - 0"103' - 8"188' - 4"45 45 45 45 45 45 45 4589a 89a 89a 89 89 47 98 98 98 98 47 4710' - 2"44' - 0"18' - 0"44' - 0"18' - 0"44' - 0"10' - 2"10' - 2" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0" 4' - 9 3/4" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0"12' - 0"29' - 2" 44' - 0" 14' - 4" 44' - 0"14' - 4"44' - 0" 29' - 2"MIN3' - 0"84' - 0"MIN3' - 0"MIN 3' - 0" 50' - 0" MIN 3' - 0"MIN 3' - 0" 30' - 0" MIN 3' - 0"MIN6' - 0"60' - 0"MIN6' - 0"3' - 0" 20' - 0" 3' - 0"VARIES6' - 10"44' - 0"VARIES6' - 10"REGULATION BASKETBALL COURT (50x84)REGULATION VOLLEYBALL COURT (29.5x59) REGULATION PICKLEBALL COURT (20x44) 2"LINE OVERLAY HIERARCHY DIAGRAM190' - 0"103' - 8"7' - 2"50' - 0"12' - 0"50' - 0"12' - 0"50' - 0"7' - 2"16' - 0"84' - 0"19' - 0"84' - 0"16' - 0"19' - 9 3/4" 50' - 0" 27' - 0" SCORER TABLE PLAYER SEATING SCORER TABLE PLAYER SEATING SCORER TABLE PLAYER SEATING SCORER TABLE PLAYER SEATING SCORER TABLE PLAYER SEATING 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45188' - 4"103' - 8" 89a 89a 89a 89 89 47 98 98 98 98 47 47 5' - 10" 2' - 4" 6' - 8" 4' - 10"5' - 8 3/4"8' - 2" 84' - 0"5' - 9 3/4"5' - 9 3/4"45 453' - 4 5/8"SEE DASHER BOARD DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 4589a 89a 89a 89 897' - 2"50' - 0"12' - 0"50' - 0"12' - 0"50' - 0"7' - 2"8' - 2" 84' - 0"50' - 0"50' - 0"ø 0' - 9"35' - 0"TOUCHLINE SHALL BE MARKED PARALLEL TO THE PERIMETER WALL BY A SERIES OF LINES A MINIMUM OF THREE FEET (3’) AND A MAXIMUM OF SIX FEET(6’) IN LENGTH WITH A ONE-FOOT (1’) SPACE BETWEEN EACH LINE 24' - 0" 24' - 0" 30' - 0" 9" DIAMETER RED CIRCLER TYP. ALL LINES TO BE 4" THICKR 15' - 0"R 1 5' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0"NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: 1" = 20'-0" ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS -SPORT COURTS WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A8.2 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1" = 20'-0"6 REGULATION VOLLEYBALL COURT DIAGRAM 1" = 20'-0"5 LINE OVERLAY DIAGRAM 1" = 20'-0"4 REGULATION PICKLBALL COURT DIAGRAM 1" = 20'-0"2 COURT SIZES 1" = 20'-0"7 REGULATION BASKETBALL COURT DIAGRAM 1" = 20'-0"3 INDOOR TURF (WITH DASHER BOARDS) 1 11-17-23 Addendum #1 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 45 PERMANENT SPORT COURT WALL PADDING- MOUNTED 1' - 0" AFF 6' - 0" TALL PADS. PADS LOCATED ON A CORNER SHOULD BE MOUNTED ALIGNED WITH FINISH FLOOR AND UP 7' - 0" AFF 47 TWO ROWS OF PERMANENT RETRACTABLE PLASTIC BLEACHER SEATING. 83 TEMPORARY RUBBER TILE FLOORING 83a PERMANENT RUBBER TILE FLOORING 89 HOCKEY AND MULTI PURPOSE SCOREBOARD 89a GYM SCOREBOARD 98 PAIRED PANEL OPERABLE PARTITION 23' - 0" 4 T ectonic Cop yright 2007T ectonic Cop yright 2007 A7.3 3 18 E.Q TREADS @11" MIN 16' - 6"4' - 0"18 E.Q TREADS @11" MIN 16' - 6"4' - 0"3 A8.4 H 3 G.8 A200.1 A200.2 4' - 0" 1' - 0" 4' - 0" 10"4' - 2"10"5' - 8" 6 E.Q. TREADS @ 11" MIN 6' - 5" 9' - 4"4' - 0"9 E.Q. TREADS @ 11" MIN.7' - 4"5' - 8"7' - 6"7' - 8"14 E.Q. TREADS @ 11" MIN.12' - 10"4' - 0"9' - 2 1/2" STAIR FABRICATOR TO SPECIFY STAIRS AND SUPPORT SYSTEM 20' - 6"4' - 2"12' - 1" 9' - 4" 3 E.Q TREADS @11" MIN 2' - 9" 5' - 4" 18 E.Q TREADS @11" MIN 16' - 6"6' - 0"HANDRAIL RETURN TO GUARD HANDRAIL RETURN TO GUARD M12 CLEAR HEIGHT6' - 8" MIN.6' - 10 1/2" 4' - 5"2' - 3"7' - 4"14 E.Q. RISERS @ 7" MAX.12' - 6"CL CL 7 EQ. RISERS @ 7" MAX.3' - 10"5' - 1" 11' - 11" 7' - 11 5/8" 6" 4 3/8" 4' - 2" 7 E.Q. TREADS @ 11" MIN. 6' - 5" 14' - 1"11' - 6"1' - 0"STAIR FABRICATOR TO SPECIFY STAIRS AND SUPPORT SYSTEM 46 30 13' - 2" FIRST FLOOR 100' -0" MEZZANINE FLOOR LEVEL 112' -6" A7.3 4 6"6"6"6"90 2' - 9" 7' - 2" 2' - 9" 2' - 9" 2' - 9" 2' - 9" 2' - 9" 3' - 6 1/4"1' - 9"1' - 9"1' - 9"1' - 9"1' - 9"1' - 9"2' - 0"11" 11" 11"7"7"7"5' - 5 5/8"10' - 5" 11" 11" 11" TYP.TYP.GEOFOAM - REFER TO STRUCTURAL 4 1 A8.4 LANDING 5' - 4" 18 E.Q TREADS @11" MIN 16' - 6"6' - 0"9' - 1 3/4"A7.3 3 3 E.Q TREADS @11" MIN 2' - 9"4' - 6 5/8"R 27' - 11 3/4" 12 E.Q TREADS @11" MIN 11' - 0"4' - 0"6 E.Q. TREADS @ 11" MIN. 5' - 6"4' - 0"6 E.Q. TREADS @ 11" MIN. 5' - 6"4' - 0"A7.3 3 18 E.Q TREADS @11" MIN 16' - 6"4' - 0"A170.4 A7.4 7 6" BOLLARD DIM. TYPICAL @ D.I.D FOUNDATION EXT. DOOR - OVERHEAD 12' X 12' A7.1 21 A7.1 20 1' - 6"A156.5A7.4 7 1' - 6"6"6"EXTERIOR BOLLARDS A10.2 10 FIRST FLOOR 100' -0" HG.8 MEZZANINE FLOOR LEVEL 112' -6"16' - 3"7' - 2"5' - 0"42 5' - 4"7' - 2"HOIST BEAM12' - 10"<FLOOR 01> <INSUL 03> <8" CMU 02> PROVIDE STEEL WALL MOUNTED ACCESS LADDER PACK SOLID WITH 1 HOUR RATED FIRE SAFING 1' - 9 7/8" 95 ' -0" B/O SOFFIT K L 19' - 2 3/4" 63 GEOFOAM - REFER TO STRUCTURAL 4 3 A8.4 H 3 G.8 9' - 2 1/2"MATCHLINE BBA135.2STAIR FABRICATOR TO SPECIFY STAIRS AND SUPPORT SYSTEM NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: 1/4" = 1'-0" ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS AND SECTIONS -STAIRS AND O.H. DOORS WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A8.4 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/4" = 1'-0"9 NW -Seating Assembly Stairs -Lower 1/4" = 1'-0"11 STADIA SEATING ACCESS STAIR -FIRST FLOOR -NE 1/4" = 1'-0"12 MULTIPURPOSE AREA EGRESS STAIR MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN -NE 1/4" = 1'-0"5 MAIN RINK STAIR FIRST FLOOR PLAN -SW 1/4" = 1'-0"3 MULTIPURPOSE AREA EGRESS STAIR SECTION -NE 1/4" = 1'-0"1 MAIN RINK STAIR SECTION -SW 1/4" = 1'-0"8 MAIN RINK STAIR MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN -SW 1/4" = 1'-0"14 STADIA SEATING ACCESS STAIR 2 -SE 1/4" = 1'-0"10 STADIA SEATING ACCESS STAIR 1 -SE 1/4" = 1'-0"6 STADIA SEATING ACCESS STAIR 2 -NE 1/4" = 1'-0"15 STADIA SEATING ACCESS STAIR -NE 1/4" = 1'-0"16 RESURFACER ROOM -OVERHEAD DOOR 1/4" = 1'-0"13 MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE -OVERHEAD DOOR 1/4" = 1'-0"4 ELEVATOR PIT KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 30 STEEL CONCRETE FILLED BOLLARDS (4) TYP. AT OVERHEAD DOORS U.N.O 42 HYDRAULIC PASSENGER ELEVATOR 46 ROOF ACCESS LADDER, WALL-MOUNT GALVANIZED STEEL LADDER (PAINT) ON EACH SIDE OF THE PARAPET WALL (2ND LADDER ONLY REQUIRED ON THE ROOF SIDE OF THE PARAPET DEPENDING UPON THE PARAPET HEIGHT) W/PLATFORM, 3'-6" HIGH HANDRAILS ABOVE PLATFORM 63 RACKING PROVIDED BY YOUTH HOCKEY 90 STADIA SEATING BY PRECAST <8" CMU 02> 8" CMU 1 HOUR RATED W/HORIZONTAL REINFORCING @ 1'-4" O.C. VERTICALLY <FLOOR 01> REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOOR, MINIMUM 6" COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL <INSUL 03> 1/2" EXPANSION FELT 1/4" = 1'-0"2 MAIN RINK STAIR SECTION -NE 1 11-17-23 Addendum #1 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 1/4" = 1'-0"7 MULTIPURPOSE AREA EGRESS STAIR FIRST FLOOR PLAN -NE HC HC HC HC DN DN HC HC HC DN FIRST FLOOR 100' -0" PL.8 2' - 10 1/2"2' - 0"1' - 0"W20 FIRST FLOOR 100' -0" T.O. LOW WALL 116' -6" MEZZANINE FLOOR LEVEL 112' -6" EMBED BALUSTER INTO CONCRETE RAMP L.8 2' - 0"3' - 0"2' - 2"FIRST FLOOR 100' -0" DASHER BOARDS BEYOND TRIM SPACE BETWEEN RAMP AND DASHER BOARD SO THERE IS NO GAP TYP. EMBED BALUSTER INTO CONCRETE RAMP EXTEND 1' -0" PAST RAIL L.4 2' - 0"1 SK1.4 FIRST FLOOR 100' -0" RAMP AND SUPPORTS BY BLEACHER MANUFACTURER 10"3' - 0"2' - 10"29' - 10" F F.3 5' - 0"24' - 0 1/4"5' - 0"5' - 0" 10' - 0"1" / 1'-0"[No Slope]1" / 1'-0" DN 2 A8.5 10" 12' - 0" 5' - 0 3/4" 6' - 11 1/4" M8 T.O. WALL @ 10' 0" 4 5 1" / 1'-0" 24' - 0"R 27' -11 3/4"1' - 0" 15' - 11 5/8" 9' - 7 7/8" 1' - 0" 4 A8.5 1' - 0 " 28' - 10" 1' - 0" WALL MOUNTED HANDRAIL WITH NO BALUSTERS L.4 25' - 1 3/4" M8 M8 P 3 7 A8.5 5 A8.5 1" / 1'-0"1" / 1'-0" 1' - 0" 24' - 0" 1' - 0" 8' - 0" 1' - 0" 17' - 9" 6' - 3"1' - 0"7' - 2"A135.1 W20 BL2 1' - 0" 5' - 2" 1' - 0" 20' - 6 7/8"R 27' -11 3/4"WALL MOUNTED HANDRAIL WITH NO VERTICAL BALUSTER L.8 1' - 0" 17' - 7 1/2" 7' - 4 1/2" 4' - 6" 6' - 5" M12 NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: 1/4" = 1'-0" ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS AND SECTIONS -RAMPS WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A8.5 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1 11-17-23 Addendum #1 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 1/4" = 1'-0"7 SE QUAD RAMP SECTION -EAST 1/4" = 1'-0"5 SE QUAD RAMP SECTION -WEST 1/4" = 1'-0"4 SW QUAD RAMP SECTION -EAST 1/4" = 1'-0"2 FIRST FLOOR PLAN -NW QUAD -RAMP SECTION 1/4" = 1'-0"3 FIRST FLOOR PLAN -NW QUAD -RAMP 1/4" = 1'-0"1 FIRST FLOOR PLAN - SW QUAD -RAMP 1/4" = 1'-0"6 FIRST FLOOR PLAN - SE QUAD -RAMP GENERAL RAMP NOTES 1. SLOPE OF RAMPS TO BE AN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SECTION 1012 2. HANDRAILS WITH A RISE GREATER THAN 6" SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON BOTH SIDES. 3.HANDRAILS ALONG RINK DASHER COARDS SHALL MATCH THE CURVATURE OF THE RINK AS BUILT. REVIEW ALL WALL TAGS ON THIS SHEET, MANY WALLS WERE PREVIOUSLY INCORRECTLY TAGGED AS FIRE RATED WALLS J A202.1 A202.2 6 A8.9 M8 W16 W16 1' - 0"32' - 0"1' - 0"11' - 4 3/4" A8.94 2' - 2" 9' - 5"4' - 10 1/2"21' - 6"4' - 10 1/2"388 SF SPONSOR SUITE 202 34' - 0"43 SHIM BACKER ROD AND SEAL WHERE MULLION MEETS COLUMN 3 7/8" HOLD OFF SLAB EDGE 3" MIN 8' - 0" PRESS BOX 203 A203.1 A203.2 5 A8.9 M8 W16 W16 11' - 4 3/4"1' - 4"24' - 0"A8.9 31 6' - 2 3/4"1 1/8"7 5/8" 8' - 9" 7 5/8"1 1/8"6' - 2 3/4"1' - 10" 7' - 6 1/8" 7 5/8" 2' - 4" AV CLOSET 210 A210.1 BENCH SEATING 2' - 4"3' - 0" 2' - 9"3' - 0"25' - 4"111 43 SHIM BACKER ROD AND SEAL WHERE MULLION MEETS COLUMN3 1/2" HOLD 3" MIN OFF OF SLAB EDGE M8 9' - 0"1"1' - 3" 2' - 1" A7.3 5 A8.9 2A8.9 2 12' - 8" 7 5/8" 6' - 5" 43 DECORATIVE WOOD LOOK METAL PANEL TRIM 9' - 0"GYP SOFFIT1' - 4" 2' - 0" 9' - 11" 2' - 1" 8 5/8" 6' - 4"9' - 0"1"1' - 3"43 43 12' - 4"DECORATIVE WOOD LOOK METAL PANEL TRIM 2' - 2" 25' - 4"3' - 4"9' - 1"5' - 10 1/4" 10' - 2 1/2" 5' - 10 1/4" 1' - 8 1/2"1' - 8 1/2" 43 WOOD ACCENT TO MATCH ENTRY 1' - 6"4"3' - 6"34' - 0"3' - 3"9' - 1"1' - 4 1/2" 4' - 10 1/2" 21' - 6" 4' - 10 1/2" 1' - 4 1/2" TV MOUNTED 5' -4" AFF ENGINEERED QUARTZ COUNTER ON IN- WALL SUPPORT BRACKETS AND WATERFALL EDGE UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR PROVIDED BY OWNER 43 4"2' - 6"TRANSPARENT BACKSPLASH ON SOLD SURFACE COUNTERTOP 3 5/8" METAL STUD 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD 10"X5" HSS MULLIONS BEYOND 1' - 4"CL STUD FACE 7" 109 ' - 0" B/O SOFFIT <CLIP ANGLE> LIGHT GAGE KICKERS AD REQUIRED 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD ON 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING AT 1' - 4" O.C. (TYP) 110 ' - 2 1/2" T/O HSS PROVIDE METAL STUD FRAMING TO HANG ACT SYSTEM PROVIDE STENCILED NOTE ON MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD CAP, NO STANDING OR STORAGE PROVIDE PREFINISHED ALUMINUM TRIM RING AROUND COLUMN PENETRATION AT MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD (TYP) MOISTURE RESISTANT ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE MIN1"NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS AND ELEVATIONS - SPONSOR SUITE AND PRESS BOX WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A8.9 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/4" = 1'-0"8 ROOM 202 -SPONSOR SUITE-ENLARGED 1/4" = 1'-0"7 ROOM 203 -PRESS BOX -ENLARGED 1/4" = 1'-0"5 PRESS BOX SECTION 1/4" = 1'-0"6 SPONSOR SUITE SECTION 1/4" = 1'-0"3 ROOM 203 -PRESS BOX BACK WALL -ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"4 ROOM 202 -SPONSOR SUITE -ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"1 ROOM 203 -PRESS BOX -ELEVATION 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 SOFFIT DETAIL @ PRESS BOX AND SPONSOR SUITE KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 43 WOOD LOOK METAL WALL PANEL, SEE INTERIORS SHEETS AND 10/A9.1 111 GUARDRAIL @ STAIRS EXTENDED GLASS - SEE DETAIL 5/A7.6 <CLIP ANGLE> COLD-FORMED SLOTTED STEEL CLIPS AT EACH STUD 4 4 T01 T09 T06 T10 T11 T01T02 T06 T06 T10 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 38 T12 T20 T05T07T0820 T01 T09 T06 T10 T11 T05 T12 T23 T08 T29 T12 T20 T20 W13 T20 T20 T05T05T05 7' - 0"T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T01 T06 T01 T06 T11 T10 T09 T10 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29T29 T11 T10 T09 T06 T01 T01 T06 T10 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T06 T02 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T29 T02 T06 T11 T01 T10 T06 T09 T04 T02 T10 T06 T18 T04 T18 T04T10T04 T18 T04 T18 T05T12 T12 T12T05T08 T23 T23 T23 T04 T01 T07 T01 T09 T06 T10 T11 T18 T05 T04T12 T09 T11 T10 T06 T01 T23 86 T29 T28 T11 T22 T28 T28 T28 7' - 4"4 T04 T18 T06 T05T12 T01 T09 T10 T11 T23 86 T29T22T28 T11 A7.5 5 103a 7' - 4"4 T01 T09 T06 T10 T11 T05 T12 T23 T29 T28 T11 6' - 11"86 T12 T05 T01 T09 T06 T10 T11 T23 T29 6' - 11"T22 T28 T11T28 T28 T28 T28 T28 7' - 4"4 T20 T05 T20 T05 T20 T05 T20 38T08T08T08T12 20 7' - 0"T20 T05 T20T20T20T20 T05T05T05 38 T08 T20 T20 T05T05 T12T08 7' - 0"T11 T10 T09 T06 T01 T01 T06 T10 T02 T06 T02 T06T06 T02 T04T04T04T04T04T04 T20 11 T05 T08 T20 T18 T05 T18 T18 T18 T18 T11 T10 T06 T01 T09 T04 T12 T20T20 T05 T29 T11 T10 T09 T06 T01 T02 T06T06T06 T02 T29T29T29T29 T12 T08 T05 T05 T20 T20 T207' - 0"4 T01 T06 T09 T10 T11 T29 T08 T11 T09 T10 T02 T12 T20 T08 T06 T05BEYOND T07 T29 T12 T07T05 T20 T11 T09 T01 T20 T05T12 T10 T06 T06 T29 Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated INTERIOR ELEVATIONS WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A9.0 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/4" = 1'-0"23 ROOM 165 -WOMEN'S -ELEVATION 1 1/4" = 1'-0"21 ROOM 162 -TLT -ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"14 ROOM 128 -WOMEN TLT -ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"7 ROOM 121 -MEN'S -ELEVATION 1 1/4" = 1'-0"6 ROOM 122 -WOMEN'S -ELEVATION 2 1/4" = 1'-0"10 ROOM 122 -WOMEN'S -ELEVATION 1 1/4" = 1'-0"25 ROOM 166 -MEN'S -ELEVATION 1 1/4" = 1'-0"16 ROOM 132 -MAIN TEAM ROOM -ELEVATION 2 1/4" = 1'-0"8 ROOM 132 -MAIN TEAM ELEVATION 1 1/4" = 1'-0"17 ROOM 139 -WET TEAM ROOM RR -ELEVATION 1 1/4" = 1'-0"18 ROOM 139 -WET TEAM ROOM RR -ELEVATION 2 1/4" = 1'-0"11 ROOM 124 -WET TEAM ROOM -ELEVATION 1 1/4" = 1'-0"13 ROOM 124 -WET TEAM ROOM RR -ELEVATION 2 1/4" = 1'-0"9 ROOM 146 -REFEREE RR -ELEVATION 1 1/4" = 1'-0"20 ROOM 146 -REFEREE RR -ELEVATION 2 3/8" = 1'-0"26 TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS 1/4" = 1'-0"19 ROOM 141 -WOMENS TLT -ELEVATION KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 11 EXISTING DOWNSPOUT TO BE TIED INTO NEW STORM WATER SYSTEM 20 JUMP SEAT 38 BABY CHANGING STATION, PROVIDE ADJACENT COAT HOOK AT 48" AFF 86 PRECAST STADIA SEATING 103a SPORTS EQUIPMENT HOOK ADA, 48" AFF T01 WALL MOUNTED TOILET, ADA COMPLIANT T02 WALL MOUNTED TOILET, STANDARD T04 FLOOR MOUNTED URINAL, ADA HEIGHT T05 SOAP DISPENSER, SURFACE MOUNTED. T06 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER, DOUBLE ROLL T07 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER, SURFACE MOUNTED T08 ELECTRIC HAND DRYER T09 GRAB BAR - 36" T10 GRAB BAR - 42" T11 GRAB BAR - 18" VERTICAL T12 FRAMELESS MIRROR WITH METAL CLIP FASTENERS T18 24" DEEP WALL MOUNTED SOLID PLASTIC URINAL PARTITION T20 THROUGH STYLE VANITY W/ ADA COMPLIANT SLOPED LOWER CABINET T22 SHOWER ADA SEAT T23 WALL MOUNTED SINK W/ ADA COMPLIANT VANDAL GUARD SHROUD T28 WALL MOUNTED SHAMPOO AND BODY WASH DISPENSERS - TYPICAL IN ALL SHOWERS - MOUNTED 40" MAX AFF IN ADA SHOWER COMPARTMENTS T29 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL 1/4" = 1'-0"16a ROOM 132 -MAIN TEAM ROOM -ELEVATION 3 1/4" = 1'-0"25a ROOM 166 -MEN'S -ELEVATION 2 1/4" = 1'-0"24 ROOM 165 -WOMEN'S -ELEVATION 2 1 11-17-23 Addendum #1 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 ALL RESTROOM PARTITIONS SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED 1/4" = 1'-0"5 ROOM 121 -MEN'S -ELEVATION 2 1/4" = 1'-0"1 ROOM 106A -TOILETS -ELEVATION 1 1/4" = 1'-0"2 ROOM 106B -TOILETS -ELEVATION 1 1/4" = 1'-0"3 ROOM 106B -TOILETS -ELEVATION 2 1/4" = 1'-0"22 ROOM 162 -FAMILT TLT 1/4" = 1'-0"19a ROOM 141 -WOMENS TLT -ELEVATION 2 1/4" = 1'-0"4 ROOM 120 -FAMILY RM -ELEVATION 1 1/4" = 1'-0"15 ROOM 119 -WELLNESS RM -ELEVATION 1 1/4" = 1'-0"12 ROOM 106 -FAMILY RESTROOM -ELEVATION 4 4 4 A118.1 A118.2 A118.3 W3 1 PORCELAIN TILE. SEE A11.0 FINISH SCHEDULES7' - 4"A114.1A115.1 A116.1 2' - 10" 4' - 10" 2' - 4" 7' - 0" 43 3 3/4"7' - 8"35 9' - 3 1/8" 8' - 0" 4' - 1 1/2" 3' - 10" 4' - 5" 3' - 4"7" A117.5 A117.2 W12 35 2"12' - 4"2"39' - 10 3/4"8' - 2"10' - 0"4' - 5 1/2"4' - 10 5/8"2' - 10 1/8"A117.4 A117.3 A115.2A.F.F19' - 2 1/2"9' - 4"10' - 0"43 A117.12' - 4"4' - 10"2' - 10"105 105 7' - 4 1/2" 28' - 10 1/2" 12' - 8" 48' - 11" 6' - 0" MONITORS MONITORS 4' - 0"3' - 4"7' - 3"2' - 0"6' - 6"2' - 0"6' - 6"2' - 0"34' - 9"3' - 4"1' - 6 1/4"4' - 9 3/4"13' - 7 1/2" 43 43 W15W15W15 A107.1 2' - 4 7/8" 2' - 4 7/8" 1' - 6 1/4" WOOD LOOK CEILING CLOUD ABOVE 15' - 0"24' - 2 1/4"1' - 0"9' - 0"10' - 0"2' - 8"5' - 4"5' - 0"2' - 8" 2' - 8" 16' - 0 1/4"5' - 4"1' - 10"4"2' - 10"16' - 1" 2' - 8" 2' - 8" 2' - 8" 3535 A102.1A103.1 3939 T07 T05 T05 T07 6' - 5 1/8"2' - 10" 10" 2' - 0" 6' - 6" 2' - 0" 8' - 1 1/2" 7 1/4" 4' - 6" 4 7/8" 14' - 4 1/2" 4 7/8" 4' - 6" 7 1/4" 4' - 10 3/4" A107.1 W15W15 3' - 8" 5' - 4"9' - 0"GYP WALL 2' - 10"2' - 8" 1' - 6" 1' - 6" 1' - 4" 7' - 0" 2' - 7 1/4" 3' - 0" 1' - 4"2' - 10"4"1' - 10" 2' - 6" T05 T07 39 104 104 104 105 8' - 2" 3' - 0"4"6' - 2"6"1' - 4"1' - 2" 24 PLAM CUBBIES W VINYL BASE 4"3' - 0"2"3' - 0"6"7' - 0"9' - 6"6"4" 9" 6" TYP REPEATING PATTERN 11"9" 4" 11" 6" 1 A7.5 U CHANNEL TRIM ON EXPOSED EDGE OF TOP AND BOTTOM OF WOOD LOOK PANELS A7.5 2 1' - 0"1' - 0"1' - 0"1' - 0"1' - 0"1' - 0" 10"6' - 3"3/4"TYP.8" 3/4" PLAM SHOE CUBBY BASE PHONE LOCKERS 11 A7.5 113 114 115 115a 1' - 4"A105.1 T05 T07 7' - 4"PORCELAIN TILE. SEE A11.0 FINISH SCHEDULES Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated INTERIOR ELEVATIONS WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A9.1 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 1 ADA COMPLIANT DRINKING FOUNTAIN WITH BOTTLE FILLER 35 WALL MOUNTED TV SCREEN 39 TRASH AND RECYCLING - FF&E 43 WOOD LOOK METAL WALL PANEL, SEE INTERIORS SHEETS AND 10/A9.1 104 FF&E ITEM 105 RENTABLE LOCKERS- FF&E ITEM - PLASTIC LAMINATE TO MATCH ADJACENT CUBBIES 113 DIGILOCK CURVE 2-1/8" X 3-7/8" 114 8"X10" PHONE LOCKERS 115 COAT STORAGE/SHOE CUBBY HOOKS @66" A.F.F 115a COAT STORAGE/SHOE CUBBY ADA @48" A.F.F T05 SOAP DISPENSER, SURFACE MOUNTED. T07 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER, SURFACE MOUNTED 1/4" = 1'-0"9 ROOM 117 -ICE ARENA LOBBY -SOUTH 1/4" = 1'-0"7 ROOM 117 -ICE ARENA LOBBY -WEST 1/4" = 1'-0"8 ROOM 117 - ICE ARENA LOBBY -EAST 1/4" = 1'-0"4 ROOM 101 - MAIN LOBBY -SOUTH 1/4" = 1'-0"1 ROOM 101 - MAIN LOBBY -WEST 1/4" = 1'-0"11 MEETING ROOM INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"2 ROOM 107 -SKATE RENTAL/CHECK IN 1/4" = 1'-0"6 ROOM 109 -BREAK ROOM 1/4" = 1'-0"5 CUBBIES AND LOCKERS 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 1/2" = 1'-0"10 WOOD LOOK WALL PANEL PATTERN -TYPICAL 1/4" = 1'-0"3 ROOM 112 -ADMIN REFER TO FF&E MATRIX FOR ALL RESPONSIBILITIES OF FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT 1/4" = 1'-0"12 ROOM 105 -FIRST AID ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"13 ROOM 112(A) -COPY AREA ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"14 R00M 101 -DRINKING FOUNTAIN ELEV 4 4 HARDWARE GROUPS: • SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR HARDWARE GROUP DESCRIPTIONS • SECTION 08 71 00 PART 2.11 • THE LETTER IN THE DESIGNATION REFERS TO THE TYPE OF FUNCTION • SECTION 08 71 00 PART 2.2 VG FG FLUSH DOOR W/ VISION GLASS FULL GLASS DOOR G FR1 STANDARD FRAME GENERAL NOTE: SEE SCHEDULE FOR DOOR GLAZING TYPE 1."HM" INDICATES HOLLOW METAL, "ALUM" INDICATES ALUMINUM, "SP" INDICATES SOLID PLASTIC, "FRP" INDICATES FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER. 2."G" INDICATES GLASS -PROVIDE SAFETY GLAZING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE 3.DOOR TYPES ARE SHOWN AS SINGLE DOORS. DOUBLE DOORS (INDICATED ON THE SCHEDULE AS "PR") ARE (2) OF THE SPECIFIED DOOR TYPE, U.N.O. 4.ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS SHALL BE PRIMED AND PAINTED, U.N.O. SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 5.ALL RATED FIRE DOORS, FRAMES AND HARDWARE SHALL BE POSITIVE PRESSURE TESTED ACCORDING TO NFPA 252 OR UL10C. GENERAL NOTE: NO SCALE 1.ALL HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES SHALL BE PRIMED AND PAINTED, SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 2.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 3.OPPOSITE HAND MAY APPLY -SEE PLANS FRAME TYPES DOOR TYPES 6" VARIES 6" AS SCHEDULED AS SCHEDULEDJ4 OVERHEAD SECTIONAL INSULATED DOOR HOLLOW METAL 2" AS SCHEDULED 2"AS SCHEDULED2"AS SCHEDULED 2"2"AS SCHEDULEDDG DOUBLE FULL GLASS DOORAS SCHEDULED6" VARIES 6" 6" VARIES 6" AS SCHEDULED 1' - 0" VARIES 6"1' - 0" VARIES 6" FR2 FR3 FR4 F FLUSH DOORAS SCHEDULEDAS SCHEDULED AS SCHEDULED AS SCHEDULEDG G G 6" 6"3' - 10" 2' - 6" VARIES HOLLOW METAL HOLLOW METAL HOLLOW METAL FRAME WITH BORROWED LITE FRAME WITH BORROWED LITE FRAME WITH BORROWED LITE 2"AS SCHEDULED 2" 1' - 6"2"2"AS SCHEDULED2" EQ 2" EQ 2" 2"AS SCHEDULED 2"2' - 6"2"2"AS SCHEDULED2"EQ2"EQ2"2" AS SCHEDULED 2" 3' - 2" 2"AS SCHEDULED2"2"EQ2"EQ2"HG FLUSH DOOR W/ HALF GLASS G 6"VARIES6" AS SCHEDULED AS SCHEDULED3' - 7" VARIES 8"AS SCHEDULED3 1/2" AS SCHEDULED 3 1/2" CD OVERHEAD COILING DOOR AS SCHEDULEDAS SCHEDULED FLUSH DOOR DF AS SCHEDULEDAS SCHEDULED SLIDING GLASS SG FR6 CENTER MULLION FRAME AND DOUBLE CENTER MULLION FRAME HOLLOW METALAS SCHEDULED2"2"AS SCHD 2" AS SCHD 2"AS SCHEDULEDAS SCHEDULED SLIDING GLASS TYPE 2 S2 Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: 1/4" = 1'-0" DOOR AND FRAME TYPES WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A10.1 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE NUMBER DOOR FRAME FIRE RATING HARDWARE COMMENTS SIZE (Note: Door Width 1 & 2 / Door Type 2 only applicable with double & uneven doors) MATERIAL FINISH TYPE MATERIAL FINISH FRAME TYPE LABEL SET NO. OVERALL WIDTH DOOR WIDTH 1 DOOR WIDTH 2 HEIGHT A100.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 10' - 0" AL FG AL W1 74 A100.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 10' - 0" AL FG AL W1 73 A100.3 12' - 4" 9' - 4" AL SG AL W1 PER MANUF. A100.4 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 10' - 0" AL FG AL W1 41 A100.5 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 10' - 0" AL FG AL W1 41 A100.6 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 10' - 0" AL FG AL W2 41 A100.7 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 10' - 0" AL FG AL W2 41 A100.8 12' - 4" 9' - 4" AL SG AL W2 PER MANUF. A100.9 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 10' - 0" AL FG AL W2 41 A100.10 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 10' - 0" AL FG AL W2 41 A101.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 8' - 0" AL FG AL W4 36 A101.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 9' - 10" AL DG AL W14 39 A101.3 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 9' - 10" AL DG AL W14 50 A101.4 6' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM DG HM FR1 36 A102.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" WD VG HM FR1 43 A103.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" WD VG HM FR1 43 A104.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 12 A105.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM VG HM FR1 10 A106.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 06 A107.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" WD F HM FR1 28 A107.2 24' - 2 1/4" 9' - 0" PER MANUF. CD PER MANUF. CD PER MANUF. A107.3 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM NG HM FR1 07 A109.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" WD F HM FR1 07 A110.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" WD F HM FR1 07 A111.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" WD F HM FR1 07 A112.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" WD F HM FR1 31 A113.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 26 A114.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 23 A115.1 3' - 6" 3' - 6" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 30 A115.2 6' - 11" 4' - 10" PER MANUF. CD PER MANUF. CD PER MANUF. A115.3 12' - 11" 4' - 10" PER MANUF. CD PER MANUF. CD PER MANUF. A116.1 8' - 11" 4' - 10" PER MANUF. CD PER MANUF. CD PER MANUF. A116.2 3' - 6" 3' - 6" 7' - 2" HM VG HM FR1 34 A117.1 12' - 4" 9' - 4 3/4" AL SG AL PER MANUF. 57 A117.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 9' - 10" AL DG AL W12 50 A117.3 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 9' - 10" AL DG AL W12 50 A117.4 12' - 4" 9' - 4 3/4" AL SG AL PER MANUF. PER MANUF. A117.5 8' - 2" 9' - 6" AL S2 AL PER MANUF. PER MANUF. A118.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 10' - 0" AL FG AL W3A 41 A118.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 10' - 0" AL FG AL W3A 41 A118.3 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 10' - 0" AL FG AL W3A 42 A118.4 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 10' - 1" AL FG AL W3 40 A118.5 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 10' - 1" AL FG AL W3 40 A118.6 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 10' - 1" AL FG AL W3 56 A119.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" WD F HM FR1 06 A120.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" WD F HM FR1 75 A123.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 34 A124.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 15 A124.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 14 A125.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 34 A126.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 34 A127.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 34 A128.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 04 A129.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM VG HM FR1 11 A131.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 11 A132.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 33 A133.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM VP HM FR1 33 A133.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 62 A134.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 55 A134.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 36 A135.1 6' - 2" 3' - 1" 3' - 1" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR6 49 A135.2 6' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 37 A137.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 61 A138.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 34 A139.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 17 A139.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 16 A140.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 34 A141.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 04 A142.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 23 A143.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 33 A144.1 6' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM DF HM FR1 03 A144.2 6' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM DF HM FR1 03 A145.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 34 A146.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 05 A147.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 34 A148.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 34 A149.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 34 A150.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 30 A151.1 6' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR6 33 A152.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 1 HOUR 12 A153.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 23 A155.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM FG HM FR6 53 A155.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM FG HM FR1 52 A155.3 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM FG HM FR1 52 A155.4 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM FG HM FR1 52 A155.5 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM FG HM FR1 52 A155.6 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" AL FG AL W18 51 A155.7 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" AL FG AL W18 60 A155.8 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM FG HM FR1 52 A155.9 7' - 6" 9' - 0" PER MANUF. PER MANUF. PER MANUF. PER MANUF. LOCKABLE ROLL DOWN SECURITY GATE FOR MAINTENANCE CREW TO LOCK DOWN BATHROOMS WHEN NOT IN USE A156.1 6' - 2" 3' - 1" 3' - 1" 7' - 2" FRP F AL W17 47 A156.3 6' - 2" 3' - 1" 3' - 1" 7' - 2" FRP F AL W17 47 A156.4 6' - 2" 3' - 1" 3' - 1" 7' - 2" FRP F AL W17 47 A156.5 14' - 0" 14' - 0" PER MANUF. J4 HM J4 58 A156.6 6' - 2" 3' - 1" 3' - 1" 7' - 2" FRP F AL W17 47 A157.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 23 A157.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 22 A157a 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 23 A158.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 23 A159.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 63 A159.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 09 A159.3 6' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM DF HM FR1 20 A159.4 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 64 A159.10 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 37 VERIFY IF THRESHOLD, DOOR SWEEP, AND GASKETING ARE NEEDED A159.11 5' - 0" 4' - 0" 1' - 0" 7' - 0" A160.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 10 A160.2 12' - 0" 12' - 0" PER MANUF. J4 PER MANUF. FR1 PER MANUF. A160.3 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 32 A160.4 6' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 20 A162.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 06 A163.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 23 A164.1 6' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM DF HM FR6 48 A164.2 6' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM DF HM FR1 48 A164.3 5' - 6" 3' - 0" 2' - 6" 7' - 2" AL DG AL W19 44 A164.4 5' - 6" 3' - 0" 2' - 6" 7' - 2" AL DG AL W19 45 electrified hardware/strike or magnetic lock placed on the most left hand lief/door. A167.1 12' - 0" 12' - 0" PER MANUF. J4 PER MANUF. J4 PER MANUF. A167.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 65 A167.3 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 27 A168.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 25 A169.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 23 A170.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 24 A170.2 12' - 0" 12' - 0" PER MANUF. J4 PER MANUF. J4 PER MANUF. A170.4 12' - 0" 12' - 0" PER MANUF. J4 HM J4 PER MANUF. A170.5 12' - 0" 12' - 0" PER MANUF. J4 PER MANUF. J4 PER MANUF. A171.1 3' - 6" 3' - 6" 7' - 2" HM HG HM FR1 02 A171.2 3' - 6" 3' - 6" 7' - 2" HM F F HM FR1 1 HOUR 70 A171.3 3' - 6" 3' - 6" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 29 A172.1 8' - 2" 4' - 1" 4' - 1" 7' - 2" HM DF HM FR6 1 HOUR 21 A172a 3' - 6" 3' - 6" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 66 A173.1 6' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 67 A174.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 59 A175.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 59 A176.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 28 A179.1 6' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 69 A200.1 6' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 54 A200.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 08 A202.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 8' - 10" AL FG AL W16 13 A202.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 8' - 10" AL FG AL W16 35 A203.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 8' - 10" AL FG AL W16 13 A203.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 8' - 10" AL FG AL W16 13 A204.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 23 A204.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 08 A210.1 6' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 68 DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE ADD ALT 1 NUMBER DOOR FRAME FIRE RATING HARDWARE COMMENTS SIZE (Note: Door Width 1 & 2 / Door Type 2 only applicable with double & uneven doors) MATERIAL TYPE MATERIAL FRAME TYPE LABEL SET NO. OVERALL WIDTH DOOR WIDTH 1 DOOR WIDTH 2 HEIGHT A101.5 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" AL SG AL W4 36 A186.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM FG HM FR2 52 A186.2 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM FG HM FR2 52 A186.3 6' - 2" 3' - 1" 3' - 1" 7' - 2" AL F AL W15 47 A187.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" WD HG HM FR2 43 A188.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" WD HG HM FR2 43 A189.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 0" HM F HM FR1 12 A190.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 0" HM VG HM FR1 10 A191.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 0" HM F HM FR1 75 DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE ADD ALT 2 NUMBER DOOR FRAME FIRE RATING HARDWARE COMMENTS SIZE (Note: Door Width 1 & 2 / Door Type 2 only applicable with double & uneven doors) MATERIAL TYPE MATERIAL FRAME TYPE LABEL SET NO. OVERALL WIDTH DOOR WIDTH 1 DOOR WIDTH 2 HEIGHT A151.1 6' - 2" 3' - 1" 3' - 1" 7' - 2" HM VP HM FR6 33 A182.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 33 INCLUDES 60" HIGH KICK PLATE A183.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM HG HM FR1 33 A184.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 33 INCLUDES 60" HIGH KICK PLATE 1 11-17-23 Addendum #1 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE ADD ALT 3 NUMBER DOOR FRAME FIRE RATING HARDWARE COMMENTS SIZE (Note: Door Width 1 & 2 / Door Type 2 only applicable with double & uneven doors) MATERIAL TYPE MATERIAL FRAME TYPE LABEL SET NO. OVERALL WIDTH DOOR WIDTH 1 DOOR WIDTH 2 HEIGHT A180.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM HG HM FR1 33 A181.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM F HM FR1 33 INCLUDES 60" HIGH KICK PLATE A185.1 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 7' - 2" HM HG HM FR1 33 4 4 4 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 0" 0" 4 4 4 2"SEALANT TYP. BOTH SIDES FRAME AS SCHEDULED. (3) ANCHORS PER JAMB. TYP. DOOR AS SCHEDULED. REFER TO PLAN FOR WALL TYPES. PER WALL TYPE 1/2"1/2"WALL PROTECTION WHERE NOTED ON INTERIOR ELEVATION OR ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE OR BOTH. DBL. STUDS @ JAMBS. TYP. REFER TO PLAN FOR WALL TYPES. METAL STUD BOX LINTEL FOR OPENINGS ≥ 42". METAL RUNNER TRACK ONLY FOR OPENINGS < 42". SEALANT TYP. BOTH SIDES FRAME AS SCHEDULED. DOOR AS SCHEDULED. PER WALL TYPE 1/2"1/2"2"WALL PROTECTION WHERE NOTED ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS OR ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE OR BOTH. WALL PER WALL TYPES. METAL STUD BOX LINTEL FOR OPENING ≥ 42" METAL RUNNER TRACK ONLY FOR OPENING < 42". SEALANT TYP. BOTH SIDES HOLLOW METAL WINDOW FRAME AS SCHEDULED. GLASS AS SCHEDULED. PER WALL TYPE 1/2"1/2"2"WALL PROTECTION WHERE NOTED ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS OR ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE OR BOTH. HOLLOW METAL STOPS AS REQUIRED. SEE PLAN FOR CMU PARTITION TYPE CMU PARTITION, SIZE VARIES RAKE BACK GROUT AND INSTALL SEALANT BOTH SIDE TYPICAL DOOR AS SCEDULED FRAME, SEE SCHEDULE -GROUT FULL AS REQD BULLNOSE BLOCK, TYP AT JAMBS SEE PLAN FOR CMU PARTITION TYPE CMU PARTITION, SIZE VARIES RAKE BACK GROUT AND INSTALL SEALANT BOTH SIDE TYPICAL DOOR AS SCEDULED FRAME, SEE SCHEDULE -GROUT FULL AS REQD BULLNOSE BLOCK, TYP AT JAMBS DOOR AS SCHED. MASONRY WALL -SEE STRUCT. FOR LINTEL REQUIREMENTS SEALANT FRAME, SEE SCHEDULE -GROUT FULL AS REQD 0' - 0 1/2"DOOR AS SCHED. MASONRY WALL -SEE STRUCT. FOR LINTEL REQUIREMENTS SEALANT FRAME, SEE SCHEDULE -GROUT FULL AS REQD EXTERIOR PRECAST PANEL INSULATED OVERHEAD DOOR TREATED 2x6 WOOD BLOCK, PAINTED OVERHEAD DOOR TRACK H.M. FRAME, FILL W/ GROUT 1'-0" EXTERIOR PRECAST PANEL INSULATED OVERHEAD DOOR TREATED 2x6 WOOD BLOCK, PAINTED OVERHEAD DOOR TRACK H.M. FRAME, FILL W/ GROUT SEE PLAN FOR CMU PARTITION TYPE CMU PARTITION, SIZE VARIES RAKE BACK GROUT AND INSTALL SEALANT BOTH SIDE TYPICAL DOOR AS SCEDULED FRAME, SEE SCHEDULE -GROUT FULL AS REQD BULLNOSE BLOCK, TYP AT JAMBS SEE PLAN FOR CMU PARTITION TYPE CMU PARTITION, SIZE VARIES RAKE BACK GROUT AND INSTALL SEALANT BOTH SIDE TYPICAL DOOR AS SCEDULED FRAME, SEE SCHEDULE -GROUT FULL AS REQD BULLNOSE BLOCK, TYP AT JAMBS 6" EXT. BOLLARD INSULATED OVERHEAD DOOR OVERHEAD DOOR TRACK H.M. FRAME FILLED WITH GROUT PRECAST PANEL 1' - 0"20 A7.1 1'-0"6" EXT. BOLLARD INSULATED OVERHEAD DOOR OVERHEAD DOOR TRACK H.M. FRAME FILLED WITH GROUT PRECAST PANEL BENT STEEL PLATE WALL TYPES AND LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON FLOOR PLAN. DOOR AS SCHEDULED FRAME AS SCHEDULED DBL. STUDS @ JAMBS. 4"2"PRECAST PANEL, HOLD BACK INSULATION 6" MIN. OVERHEAD COILING SHUTTER BOX, ANCHOR AS REQ'D PER MANUFACTURER OVERHEAD COILING SHUTTER OVERHEAD COILING SHUTTER GUIDE PRECAST PANEL, HOLD BACK INSULATION 6" MIN. OVERHEAD COILING SHUTTER BOX, ANCHOR AS REQ'D PER MANUFACTURER OVERHEAD COILING SHUTTER OVERHEAD COILING SHUTTER GUIDE OVERHEAD COILING SHUTTER OVERHEAD COILING SHUTTER TRACK PRECAST PANEL, HOLD BACK INSULATION 6" MIN. 3"x3"x1/4"x5'-0" GALV. STEEL ANGEL, GRIND ANCHORAGE SMOOTH, PAINT OVERHEAD COILING SHUTTER OVERHEAD COILING SHUTTER TRACK PRECAST PANEL, HOLD BACK INSULATION 6" MIN. 3"x3"x1/4"x5'-0" GALV. STEEL ANGEL, GRIND ANCHORAGE SMOOTH, PAINT EXPANSION ANCHOR BOLT 8" CMU BLOCK WALL; SEE STRUCTURAL SIM @ OPENING HEAD 3/4" PLYWOOD PANELING ON 7/8" HAT CHANNELS @ 16" O.C.; STAIN & SEAL DOOR AND FRAME, SEE SCHEDULE SEALANT, BOTH SIDES 1"SEALANT, BOTH SIDES 1/2"8" CMU BLOCK WALL; SEE STRUCTURAL SIM @ OPENING HEAD 3/4" PLYWOOD PANELING ON 7/8" HAT CHANNELS @ 16" O.C.; STAIN & SEAL DOOR AND FRAME, SEE SCHEDULE SEALANT, BOTH SIDES SEALANT, BOTH SIDES 2"11 3/4" RAKE BACK GROUT AND INSTALL SEALANT BOTH SIDE TYPICAL STAINLESS STEEL HOLLOW METAL FRAME SEE RCP FOR HEIGH PROVIDE OVERHEAD TO CASE OPENING FURRING WALL CMU WALL 4 2"10 1/8" RAKE BACK GROUT AND INSTALL SEALANT BOTH SIDE TYPICAL CMU WALL FURRING WALL WOOD LOOK METAL PANEL 16 GAUGE STANDARD TYPE 430 STAINLESS STEEL HOLLOW METAL FRAME SATIN FINISH END TRIM FOR WOOD LOOK WALL PANEL SEE RCP FOR HEIGHT PROVIDE OVERHEAD TO CASE OPENING EXTRUDED ALUMINUM THRESHOLD SET ONTO SEALANT BED EXTEND MEMBRANE FLASHING UNDER THESHOLD AND 8" MINIMUM DOWN EXTERIOR FACE OF FOUNDATION WALL CONCRETE ENTRY STOOP - PITCH AWAY AT 1/4"/FT DOOR AS SCHEDULED FIRST FLOOR EL. 100'-0" 1/2" COMPRESSIBLE FILLER BACKER ROD AND SEALANT 0' - 4" 10" INSULATED PRECAST CONCRETE WALL PANEL. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT EACH SIDE. HOLLOW METAL FRAME AS SCHEDULED - GROUT SOLID. PAINTED. DRIP. EQEQ HOLLOW METAL DOOR AS SCHEDULED - INSULATED. PAINTED.2"EXTERIOR 10" INSULATED PRECAST CONCRETE WALL PANEL. CONTINUOUS PERIMETER SEALANT EACH SIDE. HOLLOW METAL FRAME AS SCHEDULED - GROUT SOLID. PAINTED. ATTACH WITH FLUSH FASTENERS. DRIP. HOLLOW METAL DOOR AS SCHEDULED - INSULATED. PAINTED.2"EQ.EQ. EXTERIOR Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated DOOR AND FRAME DETAILS WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A10.2 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1 1/2" = 1'-0"7 HM DOOR JAMB 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6 HM DOOR HEAD 1 1/2" = 1'-0"9 HM BORROWED LIGHT HEAD -JAMB/SILL SIM 3" = 1'-0"3 HM JAMB -INT CMU1 3" = 1'-0"1 HEAD -CMU 1 1/2" = 1'-0"11 EXTERIOR OVERHEAD DOOR HEAD 3" = 1'-0"2 JAMB -CMU 1 1/2" = 1'-0"10 EXTERIOR OVERHEAD DOOR JAMB 1 1/2" = 1'-0"8 TYPICAL HM DOOR JAMB OFFSET 1 1/2" = 1'-0"12 COILING DOOR HEAD DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"13 COILING DOOR JAMB 3" = 1'-0"14 CONCESSION DOOR @ JAMB/HEAD 3" = 1'-0"15 WEST RESTROOMS -STAINLESS STEEL CASE OPENING -JAMB 2 3" = 1'-0"17 ROOMS 106A/B - STAINLESS STEEL CASE OPENING -JAMB 1 1/2" = 1'-0"18 ENTRY DOOR -THRESHOLD 2 12-1-23 Addendum #2 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 HOLLOW METAL DOOR HEAD -PRECAST 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4 HOLLOW METAL DOOR JAMB -PRECAST 3" = 1'-0"19 NOT USED 4 4 3" = 1'-0"19 NOT USED16 2"6' - 0"2"9' - 8"4"2"3' - 10 1/2"2"3' - 0"2"3' - 0"2"3' - 11"2"3' - 0 1/2"2"3' - 0 1/2"2"3' - 0 1/2"2"3' - 0 1/2"2"3' - 11"2"3' - 0"2"3' - 0"2"3' - 10 1/2"2" 4' - 0 1/2"2"6' - 2" 2" 3' - 11"2"12' - 8"2"3' - 11" 2" 6' - 2" 2" 4' - 0 1/2" GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 GL-3 41' - 11"16' - 4"GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 GL-1GL-1GL-1GL-1GL-1 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 4"9' - 8"2"6' - 0"2" 2' - 8" 2" 3' - 0" 2" 3' - 0" 2" 3' - 0" 2" 2' - 8" 2" GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-1 3' - 0" 2" 3' - 0" 2" 3' - 0" 15' - 4"16' - 4"2"GL-1GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 4"9' - 6"2"2"1' - 1"2"3' - 0"2"3' - 0"4"3' - 0"2"3' - 0"2"1' - 1"2" GL-1 10' - 0"GL-1GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 15' - 6" 16' - 0" 2" 3' - 10" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 3' - 10" 2" GL-9 GL-9 GL-9 GL-92"8' - 2"2"1' - 8"10' - 2"2"5' - 8 1/2"2"1 1/2"2"8' - 2"2"1' - 8"GL-3 2" 3' - 8" 2" 4' - 0"16' - 4"GL-3 2"5' - 8 1/2"2"1 1/2"2"8' - 2"2"1' - 8"2"3' - 10" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 3' - 10"2" GL-7 GL-7 GL-8 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7GL-8 52' - 0"16' - 4"2"5' - 8 1/2"2"1 1/2"2"8' - 2"2"32' - 4" GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-8 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-8 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 2" 3' - 10 1/2" 4' - 0 1/2" 4' - 0 1/2" 4' - 0 1/2" 4' - 0 1/2" 4' - 0 1/2" 4' - 0 1/2" 3' - 10 1/2" 2"1' - 8"16' - 4"2"5' - 8 1/2"2"1 1/2"2"8' - 2"2"1' - 8"GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-8 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-8 GL-8 GL-8 16' - 4"1 1/4" 3' - 8 1/8" 3' - 9 3/8" 3' - 9 3/8" 3' - 9 3/8" 3' - 9 3/8" 3' - 9 3/8" 3' - 9 3/8" 3' - 9 3/8" 3' - 6 7/8" 2" 33' - 11 1/2" BUTT GLAZED CORNER MULLION 8' - 6"1' - 8"2"8' - 2"2"14' - 8" 2" 3' - 6" 3' - 8" 3' - 8" 3' - 6" 2" GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 1' - 8"8' - 6"2"8' - 2"2"12' - 0" 2" 3' - 10" 4' - 0" 3' - 10" 2" GL-7 GL-7 GL-7 2"5' - 6 1/2"2"1 1/2"2"2' - 2"8' - 0"2" 3' - 0" 2" 4' - 3 5/8" 4' - 4 5/8" 4' - 7 1/4" 16' - 7 3/8" GL-7 GL-7 GL-7GL-3 GL-1 GL-7 GL-7 8' - 4"2"1' - 8"BUTT GLAZED CORNER MULLION GL-3 GL-1 7' - 4"6' - 7"2"5' - 7"2"5' - 7"2"6' - 7"2"2"3' - 0" 2" 3' - 0" 2"25' - 0"6' - 6" GL-3 GL-2 GL-2 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 A.F.F3' - 10"2"3' - 2"2"3' - 6"6' - 0" 2"5' - 8"2" GL-32"8' - 6"4"4 1/2" 3' - 8 3/8" 2" 3' - 8 3/8" 2" 3' - 0" 4 1/2" 11' - 5 7/8" GL-1 9' - 0"GL-1 COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL BEAMS AND WOOD LOOK METAL WALL PANEL EQEQ 4 2"9' - 8"2"10' - 0"GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 2"3' - 0"2"3' - 0"2"3' - 0"2"2' - 10"2" 12' - 8"12' - 8" WALL 10"2"5' - 8"2"2" 11' - 8" 2" 12' - 0" GL-1 AFF3' - 0"6' - 0"2' - 8"2"4"5' - 6"4"5' - 6"4" 12' - 0" GL-3 GL-3 6' - 0"6' - 0" GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 2' - 6"3' - 0"3' - 0"2' - 6"2"2' - 6"2"6' - 10"4"10' - 0"2" 11" 2" 3' - 0" 2" 3' - 0" 2" GL-3GL-3 GL-3GL-3 GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 11" 5" 8' - 11"2"8' - 6"4"2' - 0"9' - 0"2" 1' - 8" 2" GL-1AFF3' - 10"2"3' - 2"2"3' - 6"6' - 0" 2" 5' - 8" 2" GL-3 GL-1 7' - 4"2"4' - 0 1/2"1 1/2"A.F.F3' - 0"GL-1 1 1/2"2' - 9 3/4"1 1/2"2' - 9 3/4"1 1/2" 6' - 0" GL-1 4' - 4"AFF3' - 0"2"4' - 0"2"2"3' - 8"2"4' - 0" 2"3' - 10 1/2"2"3' - 0"2"3' - 0"2"3' - 11"2"3' - 0 1/2"2"3' - 0 1/2"2"3' - 0 1/2"2"3' - 0 1/2"2"3' - 11"2"3' - 0"2"3' - 0"2"3' - 10 1/2"2" 3' - 10 1/2"2"6' - 2"2"3' - 11"2"12' - 8"2"3' - 11"2"6' - 2"2"4' - 0 1/2"3' - 6"2"1' - 6"1' - 0"2"9' - 8"4"GL-1 GL-3 34 SEE WALL SECTION FOR CANOPY AND WALL TYPE INFORMATION 41' - 11" GL-1 GL-1 GL-1GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-3 GL-1GL-1GL-1GL-1 34 GL-1 GL-3GL-3GL-3GL-3GL-3 2" 2' - 8" 3' - 2" 2" 3' - 0" 2" 3' - 0" 2" 2' - 8" 2" 15' - 4"4"9' - 8"2"1' - 10"2"4' - 0"2"16' - 4"GL-1GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: 1/4" = 1'-0" WINDOW TYPES WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A10.3 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/4" = 1'-0"23 STOREFRONT -TYPE W2 1/4" = 1'-0"25 STOREFRONT -TYPE W3A 1/4" = 1'-0"7 INTERIOR STOREFRONT -TYPE W14 1/4" = 1'-0"11 STOREFRONT -TYPE W13 1/4" = 1'-0"21 STOREFRONT -TYPE W8 1/4" = 1'-0"18 STOREFRONT -TYPE W5 1/4" = 1'-0"20 STOREFRONT -TYPE W7 1/4" = 1'-0"19 STOREFRONT -TYPE W6 1/4" = 1'-0"12 STOREFRONT -TYPE W10 1/4" = 1'-0"13 STOREFRONT -TYPE W11 1/4" = 1'-0"17 STOREFRONT -TYPE W4 1/4" = 1'-0"16 CURTAIN WALL -TYPE W17 1/4" = 1'-0"2 BORROWED LIGHT -TYPE BL2 1/4" = 1'-0"10 INTERIOR STORFRONT -TYPE W16 1/4" = 1'-0"9 INTERIOR STOREFRONT -TYPE W12 1/4" = 1'-0"5 MEZZANINE BORROWED LIGHT -TYPE BL5 1/4" = 1'-0"14 STOREFRONT -TYPE W19 1/4" = 1'-0"8 INTERIOR STOREFRONT -TYPE W18 1/4" = 1'-0"1 BORROWED LIGHT -TYPE BL1 1/4" = 1'-0"15 EXTERIOR WINDOW -TYPE W20 WINDOW TYPES GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL ALUMINUM STOREFRONT TO BE THERMALLY BROKEN INSULATED GLAZING SYSTEM 2. ALL GLASS AND FRAMES IN RATED WALLS SHOULD BE RATED TO MATCH THE WALL 3. GLAZING IN ALL FIXED AND OPERABLE DOORS (SWINGING OR SLIDING DOORS) TO BE SAFETY GLAZING (TEMPERED OR HEAT -STRENGTHENED) BORROWED LITE TYPES THE TERM "BORROWED LITE" SHALL REFER TO ANY INTERIOR WALL OPENING IN WHICH WOOD, ALUMINUM OR HOLLOW METAL IS USED TO FRAME ANY TYPE OF GLASS OR MIRROR. BORROWED LITES SHALL NOT INCLUDE MIRRORS IN RESTROOMS. GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL HOLLOW METAL FRAMES SHALL BE PRIMED AND PAINTED U.N.O. SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 2. ALL GLASS AND FRAMES IN RATED WALLS SHOULD BE RATED TO MATCH THE WALL 3. PROVIDE TEMPERED GLASS AT ALL CODE REQUIRED LOCATIONS 1 11-17-23 Addendum #1 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 GLASS TYPE GLAZING STYLES GL-1 SAFETY GLAZING TEMPERED FLOAT GLASS GL-2 SPANDREL TO MATCH JANESVILLE GREEN GL-3 1" INSULATED CLEAR TEMPERED WINDOW UNIT GL-7 FRONT GLAZED STRUCTURAL SILICONE GLAZING STOREFRONT SYSTEM GL-8 FRONT GLAZED STRUCTURAL SILICONE GLAZING STOREFRONT SYSTEM - TINTED TO MATCH JANESVILLE GREEN GL-9 FRONT GLAZED FSTRUCTURAL SILICONE GLAZING SYSTEM) - FROSTED GLAZING, SEE SPECIFICATIONS 1/4" = 1'-0"3 BORROWED LIGHT -TYPE BL3 1/4" = 1'-0"4 BORROWED LIGHT -TYPE BL4 1/4" = 1'-0"22 STOREFRONT -TYPE W1 1/4" = 1'-0"24 STOREFRONT -TYPE W3 KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 34 CANOPY 4 INTERIOR REMARKS 1. SEE FINISH PLAN FOR EPOXY FLOOR TO RUBBER FLOOR TRANSITION EPOXY FLOOR TO FLASH COVE UP WALL 4"H FOR INTEGRAL COVE BASE. FEATHER FLOOR TO BE FLUSH WITH RUBBER FLOOR TILE. 2. COUNTER AT WINDOW EQM-1 3. SEE FINISH PLAN FOR WALL FINISH LOCATIONS 4. SEE FINISH PLAN FOR FLOOR PATTERN 5. AT CEILINGS PAINT ALL EXPOSED STRUCTURE, DUCTWORK, MECHANICALS, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, CONDUIT, ETC. P-3 6. AT CEILINGS PAINT ALL EXPOSED STRUCTURE, DUCTWORK, MECHANICALS, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, CONDUIT, ETC. P-4 7. CHECK-IN DESK TO BE SSM-3 SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL VERTICAL FRONT, TRANSACTION TOP AND WORKSUFACE. INTERIOR VERTICAL PANEL BELOW WORKSUFACE PL-1 8. RF-1 TO BE WALL TO WALL LOOSE LAY INSTALL WITHOUT DASHER BOARDS ON CONCRETE, REMOVED AND STORED.. TURF TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN DASHER BOARDS AND LOOSE LAID ON CONCRETE AND TO BE REMOVED AND STORED. 9. METAL WALL PANELS MWP-2 TO CONTINUE TO THE TOP OF THE WALL ABOVE THE ACT CEILING WHERE WALLS OF THE SPONSOR SUITE AND PRESS BOX ARE VISIBLE IN THE ARENA. SEE SECTION 2/A5.0 10. P-4 ON GYPSUM SOFFIT ABOVE SPONSOR SUITE AND PRESS BOX ACT CEILING. SEE SECTION 2/A5.0 11. PT-5 AT DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO BE INSTALLED VERTICAL ASHLAR, UP TO 7'4"H, ALIGN WITH TOP OF ADJACENT DOOR FRAME. SEE FINISH PLAN 12. SEE FINISH PLAN FOR PT-2 APPLICATION 13. PAINT FIRST COURSE AT FLOOR P-3 OR EP-4 AS INDICATED ON ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 14. PAINT FIRST COURSE AT FLOOR P-3. REMAINDER OF WALL P-5. APPLY P-3 AT SAME HEIGHT AS ON CMU ON PRECAST WALLS. 15. WHEN RF-1 IS INSTALLED, EXTENT OF MATERIAL TO PROVIDE FULL COVERAGE OF ARENA TO ABUT SEATING AND RUBBER TILE FLOORING SO COURT LAYOUTS ARE FULLY COVERED, INCLUDING OUT OF BOUND AREA 16. TOILET PARTITION TP-1 17. TOILET PARTITION TP-2 18. PROVIDE TR-3 TRIM AT FLOOR TO WALL TILE TRANSITION AND TR-1 AT FLOOR TILE TRANSITION TO ADJACENT MATERIALS; TR-4 AT EXPOSED TILE EDGES 19. NOT USED 20. NOT USED 21. ELEVATOR WALL PANELS TO BE STEEL, METAL PANEL CEILING WITH RECESSED CAN LIGHTS AND FLAT RAIL BAR 22. P-2 UP TO METAL DECK AT 19'-4"H WITH P-1 ABOVE TO METAL DECK AT 26'H 23. AT PORCELAIN TILE PT-5, PROVIDE TR-5 AT OUTSIDE CORNER AND RETURN TO DOOR FRAME WITH PT-5 INSTALLED WITH SAME PATTERN AS WALL FACE GENERAL NOTES: - INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE FOLLOWS PLAN NORTH WHEN REFERRING TO NORTH, EAST, SOUTH, WEST WALLS, NOT TRUE NORTH. - CAULK ALL WALL TO RFT-1 JOINTS, TYP. - PAINT NON-ALUMINUM METAL RAILINGS AND EXPOSED NON-ALUMINUM METAL BLEACHER AND STAIRS P-5 - HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES TO BE PAINTED P-5 - DRINK RAIL COUNTERS TO BE EQM-1 - WOOD DOORS TO BE STAINED STN-1 - SUBMIT 8" X 10" COLOR FINISH SAMPLES OF ALL ITEMS FOR ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL BEFORE WORK PROCEEDS. - VERIFY ALL STOPPING AND STARTING POINTS FOR COLORS AND FINISHES WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE WORK PROCEEDS. - ALL GRILLES, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, LOUVERS, VENTS, ETC. SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH WALL COLOR OR CEILING COLOR ON WHICH THEY OCCUR. - FLOORING MATERIAL TRANSITIONS. TO BE CENTERED ON DOOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. - WHEN FINISH FLOORING SEAMS / JOINTS OF DIFFERENT THICKNESS, FEATHER SUBSTRATE TO ENSURE FLUSH FINISHED FLOOR. Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: 1/4" = 1'-0" FINISH SCHEDULE WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A11.0 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM NUMBER ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING SOFFIT CABINETS COUNTERTOP APRON WINDOW TREATMENT REMARKS ROOM NUMBERNORTH EAST SOUTH WEST 100 VESTIBULE CPT-1 RB-2 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 MCP-1 100 101 MAIN LOBBY CPT-1 / RFT-1 RB-2 P-1 / MWP-1 P-1 / MWP-1 P-1 P-1 / P-2 / PT-5 MCP-1 / P-3 / AP-1 WT-1 3, 4, 5, 11 101 101 (A) LOCKER ALCOVE RFT-1 RB-2 P-1 P-1 P-1 - P-1 PL-3 SSM-1 101 (A) 102 MEETING ROOM (A) CPT-1 RB-1 P-1 P-1, 2 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 PL-1 SSM-1 WT-1 3 102 103 MEETING ROOM (B) CPT-1 RB-1 P-1 P-1, 2 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 PL-1 SSM-1 WT-1 3 103 104 STOR SCONC RB-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 104 105 FIRST AID RFT-1 RB-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 PL-1 SSM-1 105 106 FAMILY RR RFT-1 RB-1 PT-3 PT-3 PT-3 PT-3 ACT-1 106 106A MENS RFT-1 RB-1 EP-2 EP-2 EP-2 EP-2 / PT-2 ACT-1 SSM-2 PL-4 12, 16 106A 106B WOMENS RFT-1 RB-1 EP-2 EP-2 EP-2 EP-2 / PT-2 ACT-1 SSM-2 PL-4 12, 16 106B 107 CHECK-IN/RENTAL CPT-1 RB-1 P-2 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 PL-1 SSM-3 3, 7 107 108 SKATE RENTAL CPT-1 RB-1 P-1 P-1 P-2 P-1 ACT-1 PL-3 3 108 109 BREAKROOM LVT-1, 2 RB-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-5 ACT-1 PL-1 SSM-1 WT-3 4 109 110 OFFICE CPT-2 RB-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 110 111 OFFICE CPT-2 RB-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 111 112 ADMIN CPT-2 RB-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 WT-1 112 112 (A) COPY AREA CPT-2 RB-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 PL-1 PL-2 WT-1 112 (A) 113 ELECTRICAL SCONC - - - - - - 113 114 J.C. SCONC RB-1 EP-1 EP-1 EP-1 EP-1 ACT-2 114 115 (A) FOOD PREP EPF-1 EPF-1 FRP-1 FRP-1 FRP-1 FRP-1 ACT-2 115 (A) 115 (B) CONCESSIONS EPF-1 EPF-1 FRP-1 FRP-1 FRP-1 FRP-1 ACT-2 EQM-1 2 115 (B) 115 (C) DRY STORAGE EPF-1 EPF-1 FRP-1 FRP-1 FRP-1 FRP-1 ACT-2 115 (C) 116 BEER SALES EPF-1 EPF-1 FRP-1 FRP-1 FRP-1 FRP-1 ACT-2 EQM-1 2 116 117 ICE ARENA LOBBY CPT-1 / RFT-1 RB-2 P-1 / MWP-1 P-1 / P-2 / PT-5 P-1 MWP-1 P-3 / AP-1 P-1 WT-1 3, 4, 5,11, 22, 23 117 118 VESTIBULE CPT-1 RB-2 P-1 P-1 - P-1 P-3 5 118 119 WELLNESS ROOM RFT-1 - EP-3 EP-3 EP-3 EP-3 ACT-1 SSM-2 PL-4 P 119 119 WELLNESS ROOM RFT-1 - EP-3 EP-3 EP-3 EP-3 ACT-1 SSM-2 PL-4 13 119 120 FAMILY RESTROOM RFT-1 - EP-3 EP-3 EP-3 EP-3 ACT-1 SSM-2 PL-4 13 120 121 MEN'S RFT-1 - EP-2, EP-4 EP-2 , EP-4 EP-2, EP-4 EP-2, EP-4 ACT-1 SSM-2 PL-4 13,16 121 122 WOMENS RFT-1 - EP-2, EP-4 EP-2 , EP-4 EP-2, EP-4 EP-2, EP-4 ACT-1 SSM-2 PL-4 13,16 122 123 WET TEAM ROOM 4 RFT-1 - P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 - 13 123 124 WET TEAM RR RFT-1 / EPF-2 - / EPF-2 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 - 1, 13 124 125 WET TEAM ROOM 3 RFT-1 - P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 - 13 125 126 TEAM ROOM 5 RFT-1 - P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 - 13 126 127 TEAM ROOM 4 RFT-1 - P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 - 13 127 128 UNISEX TLT RFT-1 - EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 - 13 128 129 TRAINING RFT-1 - EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 - 13 129 130 PASSAGE RFT-1 - P-3, 5 P-3, 5 P-3, 5 P-3, 5 - 14 130 131 LAUNDRY RFT-1 - P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 - 13 131 132 MAIN TEAM ROOM RFT-1 / EPF-2 - / EPF-2 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 - 1, 13 132 133 MAIN COACH RFT-1 - P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 ACT-1 13 133 133(A) CLOSET RFT-1 - P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 - 13 133(A) 134 ELEC SCONC - - - - - 134 135 ICE RINK CIRCULATION SCONC / RFT-2 - P-3, 5 P-3, 5 P-3, 5 P-3, 5 - 4, 14 135 135(A) STORAGE RFT-2 - P-3, 5 P-3, 5 - P-3, 5 - 13 135(A) 136 MERCYHEALTH ARENA - - - - - - P-4 136 136 (A) MERCYHEALTH ARENA NORTH SEATING SCONC - P-3, 5 -P-3, 5 P-3, 5 P-4 14 136 (A) 136 (B) MERCYHEALTH ARENA SOUTH SEATING SCONC - P-3, 5 P-3, 5 P-3, 5 - P-4 14 136 (B) 137 Y.H. STORAGE SCONC - P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 - 137 138 WET TEAM ROOM #1 RFT-1 - P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 - 13 138 139 WET TEAM RR RFT-1 / EPF-2 - / EPF-2 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 - 1, 13 139 140 WET TEAM ROOM #2 RFT-1 - P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 - 13 140 141 UNISEX TLT RFT-1 - EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 - 13 141 142 J.C. SCONC RB-1 EP-1 EP-1 EP-1 EP-1 - 142 143 YH COACH RFT-1 - P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 - 13 143 144 PASSAGE RFT-1 - P-3, 5 P-3, 5 P-3, 5 P-3, 5 - 4, 14 144 145 REFEREE RFT-1 - P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 - 13 145 146 REFEREE RR RFT-1 / EPF-2 - / EPF-2 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 EP-1, 4 - 1, 13 146 147 TEAM ROOM 1 RFT-1 - P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1 / P-5 - 13 147 148 TEAM ROOM 2 RFT-1 - P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 - 13 148 149 TEAM ROOM 3 RFT-1 - P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 - 13 149 150 IT SCONC - P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 - 150 151 ICE RINK CIRCULATION SCONC / RFT-1 - P-3, 5 P-3, 5 P-3, 5 P-3, 5 - 4, 14 151 152 ELEV RFT-1 - - - - - - 21 152 153 GEN STORAGE SCONC - - - - - 153 154 MULTI-PURPOSE AREA SCONC / RF-1 / TURF-1 - - - - - P-4 6, 8 154 154 (A) MULTIPURPOSE SEATING SCONC - - P-1, 3 - P-1, 3 P-4 4, 6, 13 154 (A) 154 (B) MULTIPURPOSE AREA CIRCULATION SCONC / RTF-1, 2 / RF-1 - P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-1, 3 P-4 4, 6, 13, 15 154 (B) 155 LOBBY / LINK CPT-1 RB-2 P-1 P-1 / MWP-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 / MCP-1 / P-3 P-1 3, 5 155 156 MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE SCONC / RF-1 - P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-4 WT-2 6 156 157 ELECTRIC SCONC - - - - - - 157 157 (A) AV CLOSET SCONC - - - - - - 157 (A) 158 STORAGE SCONC - - - - - - 158 159 WARMING ROOM EPF-1 EPF-1 FRP-1 FRP-1 FRP-1 FRP-1 ACT-2 159 160 LOADING/RECEIVING/STORAGE SCONC - - - - - - 160 162 FAMILY TLT PT-1 PT-3 PT-3 PT-3 PT-3 PT-3 ACT-1 SSM-2 PL-4 162 163 J.C. SCONC RB-1 EP-1 EP-1 EP-1 EP-1 ACT-2 163 164 MALL CONNECTION CPT-1 / PCONC-1 RB-2 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 / P-3 4, 5 164 165 WOMEN'S PT-1 PT-2, 3 PT-3 PT-2 PT-3 PT-2, 3 ACT-2 SSM-2 PL-4 3, 17, 18 165 166 MEN'S PT-1 PT-2, 3 PT-3 PT-2 PT-3 PT-2, 3 ACT-2 SSM-2 PL-4 3, 17, 18 166 167 GENERAL BUILDING STORAGE SCONC - - - - - - 167 167 (B) AV CLOSET SCONC - - - - - - 167 (B) 168 MECHANICAL SCONC - - - - - - 168 169 ELECTRICAL SCONC - - - - - - 169 170 RESURFACER/ SHOP TOOLS/LAUNDRY SCONC - - - - - - 170 171 VESTIBULE CPT-1 RB-2 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 - 171 172 REFRIGERATION SCONC - - - - - - 172 172(A) CLOSET SCONC - - - - - - 172(A) 173 HOCKEY STORAGE RFT-1 - - - - - - 173 174 TEMP STORAGE SCONC - - - - - - 174 175 F.S. STORAGE RFT-1 - - - - - - 175 176 IT/GEN STORAGE SCONC - - - - - - 176 179 METER/RISER SCONC - - - - - - 179 201 MEZZANINE SCONC - P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-4 6 201 202 SPONSOR SUITE LVT-3 RB-1 - - - MWP-2 ACT-1 P-4 EQM-1 3 202 203 PRESS BOX CPT-2 RB-1 - MWP-2 - - ACT-1 P-4 SSM-1 3 203 204 ROOF ACCESS - - - - - - - 204 205 CORNER SUITE SCONC - - - - - P-4 6 205 206 ADA AND COMPANION SCONC - - - - - P-4 6 206 207 ADA AND COMPANION SCONC - - - - - P-4 6 207 208 CORNER SUITE SCONC - - - - - P-4 6 208 209 ADA AND COMPANION SCONC - - - - - P-4 6 209 210 AV CLOSET SCONC - - - - - ACT-1 210 COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE CODE MATERIAL MANUFACTURER DESCRIPTION NUMBER/COLOR SIZE REMARKS ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE ACT-1 ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE USG MARS HIGH NRC TILE WITH SLT SHADOWLINE TAPER EDGE WITH 15/16" WHITE GRID 88138 / WHITE 24" x 24" ACT-2 ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE USG SHEETROCK LAY-IN GYPSUM CEILING PANELS WITH 15/16" WHITE GRID 3270 / WHITE 24" X 48" ACOUSTIC PANEL AP-1 ACOUSTIC PANEL FRASCH BAFL CLASSIC ACOUSTIC CELING BAFFLE, WITH CABLE TO DECK MOUNTING BLACK 12"D X 72"L ONE ROW BETWEEN AND PARALLEL TO OPEN BAR JOISTS,SPACED 24" APART, LOWER EDGE ALIGN WITH LOWER EDGE OF JOIST CARPET CPT-1 CARPET MATS INC DIAGONAL TILE BLACK WALNUT 20" X 20" INSTALLATION: QUARTER TURN INSTALLATION CPT-2 CARPET INTERFACE AERIAL COLLECTION AE311 104674 SMOKE 25CM X 1M OFFICE CARPET; ASHLAR INSTALLATION CORNER GUARDS CG-1 CORNER GUARDS INPRO FLUSH MOUNTED STAINLESS STEEL CORNERGUARD, TYPE 430, 16 GAUGE, SSCG-FM / No. 4 SATIN FINISH 3" X 9'-6"H INSTALL ABOVE WALL BASE, TOP OF CORNER GUARD AT 10'-0"H CG-2 CORNER GUARDS INPRO FLUSH MOUNTED STAINLESS STEEL END WALL PROTECTOR, TYPE 430, 16 GAUGE SSEW-FM / No. 4 SATIN FINISH 3" X 9'-6"H X CUSTOM WIDTH INSTALL ABOVE WALL BASE, TOP OF CORNER GUARD AT 10'-0"H ENGINEERED QUARTZ MATERIAL EQM-1 ENGINEERED QUARTZ MATERIAL LX HAUSYS VIATERA SOPRANO 3CM OR AS NOTED ON DRAWING EPOXY FLOORING EPF-1 EPOXY FLOORING SIKA DECOFLAKE, DOUBLE BROADCAST WITH UV STABLE URETHANE TOP COAT, 6" INTEGRAL COVE BASE WITH ALUMINUM TOP CAP AND WATER PROOF MEMBRAINE, LIGHT TEXTURE CUSTOM COLOR BLEND (4 COLORS) TO MATCH SHERWIN WILLIAMS, RESUFLOR DECO FLAKE BC, VELVET FEATHER FOOD SERVICE; PROVIDE MULTIPLE LAYERS OF GROUT COAT AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE SMOOTH FINAL FINISH AT WALL BASE EPF-2 EPOXY FLOORING SIKA DECOFLAKE, DOUBLE BROADCAST WITH UV STABLE URETHANE TOP COAT, 6" INTEGRAL COVE BASE WITH ALUMINUM TOP CAP AND WATER PROOF MEMBRAINE., TEXTURE TO MEET COF RATING (ASTM C-1028) ON HIGH SIDE OF MODERATE FOR STATIC AND DYNAMIC RATING (STATIC: 0.40-0.59; DYNAMIC 0.30-0.42) CUSTOM COLOR BLEND (4 COLORS) TO MATCH SHERWIN WILLIAMS, RESUFLOR DECO FLAKE BC, VELVET FEATHER SHOWER FLOOR; PROVIDE MULTIPLE LAYERS OF GROUT COAT AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE SMOOTH FINAL FINISH AT WALL BASE FABIC WALLCOVERING FWC-1 FABIC WALLCOVERING NOT USED FIBER REINFORCED PANELS FRP-1 FIBER REINFORCED PANELS CRANE COMPOSITES GLASBOARD WITH SURFASEAL FINISH, CLASS A SMOOTH, WHITE 0.075" THICK INSTALL FULL HEIGHT TO CEILING INTEGRALLY COLORED POLISHED CONCRETE PCONC-1 INTEGRALLY COLORED POLISHED CONCRETE INTEGRALLY COLORED POLISHED CONCRETE, CLASS B AGGREGATE, LEVEL 2 SATIN APPEARANCE DARK GRAY COLOR APPROVED BY ARCHITECT LUXURY VINYL TILE LVT-1 LUXURY VINYL TILE INTERFACE NATIVE FABRIC FLAX 50CM X 50CM x 4.5MM ASHLAR INSTALLATION LVT-2 LUXURY VINYL TILE INTERFACE BRUSHED LINES MOUSSE 25CM X 1M x 4.5MM ASHLAR INSTALLATION LVT-3 LUXURY VINYL TILE INTERFACE BRUSHED LINES SANDALWOOD 25CM X 1M x 4.5MM ASHLAR INSTALLATION METAL CEILING PANEL MCP-1 METAL CEILING PANEL ARMSTRONG METALWORKS TORSION SPRING, M15 PERFORATION WITH TECHZONE, AXIOM 16"H TRIM OAK (FXOK) 24" x 96" TECHZONE FINISHED IN OAK (FXOK) METAL WALL PANEL MWP-1 METAL WALL PANEL ARMSTRONG METALWORKS LINEAR - SYNCHRO WITH #5574 TRIM AT PERIMETER OF WALL SURFACE (HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL EDGES) OAK (FXOK) 4", 6", 9", 11"W PLANKS X 9'-6" CUSTOM LENGTH REFER TO DETAIL DRAWING FOR PATTERN REPEAT MWP-2 METAL WALL PANEL ARMSTRONG METALWORKS LINEAR - SYNCHRO EXTERIOR PRODUCT WITH #5574 TRIM AT PERIMETER OF WALL SURFACE (HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL EDGES) OAK (FXOK) 4", 6", 9", 11"W PLANKS X 9'-6" CUSTOM LENGTH REFER TO DETAIL DRAWING FOR PATTERN REPEAT PAINT P-1 PAINT HALLMAN LINDSAY POWER LUNCH 0572 GENERAL PAINT P-2 PAINT HALLMAN LINDSAY CUSTOM COLOR - WOODMAN'S DARK GREEN ACCENT PAINT P-3 PAINT HALLMAN LINDSAY SUBWAY METRO 0536 DARK CEILING PAINT / WALL BASE P-4 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS PEARLY WHITE SW7009 LIGHT CEILING PAINT P-5 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS GAUNTLET GRAY SW7019 ARENA ACCENT PAINT PAINT - EPOXY EP-1 PAINT - EPOXY HALLMAN LINDSAY POWER LUNCH 0572 TEAM ROOM TOILET ROOM PAINT EP-2 PAINT - EPOXY PPG STONEHENGE GREIGE 1025-5 PUBLIC TOILET ROOM PAINT EP-3 PAINT - EPOXY PPG MOTH GRAY 1024-4 PUBLIC TOILET ROOM PAINT EP-4 PAINT - EPOXY HALLMAN LINDSAY SUBWAY METRO 0536 WALL BASE PAINT PLASTIC LAMINATE PL-1 PLASTIC LAMINATE ARBORITE HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATE RIFT NATURAL OAK W449EV,NATURAL FINISH PL-2 PLASTIC LAMINATE ARBORITE HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATE INUKSHUK TAUPE, P345-RM PL-3 PLASTIC LAMINATE ARBORITE COMPACT LAMINATE INUKSHUK TAUPE, P345-RM PL-4 PLASTIC LAMINATE WILSONART HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATE PEWTER MESH 4878-38 PORCELAIN TILE PT-1 PORCELAIN TILE VIRGINIA TILE CROSSVILLE, NOTORIOUS FILM NOIR, NTR06, UPS FINISH 24" X 36" INSTALL 1/3 OFFSET RUNNING BOND, ORIENTATION ON FINISH PLAN PT-2 PORCELAIN TILE VIRGINIA TILE ISLA,SHIBUSA CREMA 12" X 24" INSTALL: VERTICAL STACK BOND PT-3 PORCELAIN TILE VIRGINIA TILE CROSSVILLE, RETRO 2.0 EMPRESS WHITE, UPS FINISH 12" X 24" INSTALL: 1/3 OFFSET, HORIZONTAL RUNNING BOND; CUT TO 6"H X 24"L AT TOILET ROOMS PT-5 PORCELAIN TILE VIRGINIA TILE CROSSVILLE, NOTORIOUS FILM NOIR, NTR06, HONED FINISH 12" X 24" INSTALL: VERTICAL 1/2 OFFSET RESILIENT FLOOR RF-1 RESILIENT FLOOR GERFLOR TARAFLEX SPORT M PLUS WITH PAINT GAME LINES (SEE A8.2 FOR COURT LAYOUTS) MAPLE 6381 LOOSE LAY INSTALLATION; SEE SPECIFICATION FOR GAME LINES PAINT AND SHEET A8.2 FOR COURT LAYOUTS RUBBER FLOOR TILE RFT-1 RUBBER FLOOR TILE NORTHWEST RUBBER BECKER ARENA SPORTS FLOOR STAMINA EARTH 190 4' X 6' X 10MM (3/8") THICK RFT-2 RUBBER FLOOR TILE NORTHWEST RUBBER BECKER ARENA SPORTS FLOOR STAMINA EARTH 190 4' X 6' X 10MM (3/8") THICK INTERLOCKING LOOSE LAY TILES RUBBER WALL BASE RB-1 RUBBER WALL BASE TARKETT 4"H RUBBER COVE BASE BURNT UMBER 63 RB-2 RUBBER WALL BASE TARKETT 6"H RESILIENT MILLWORK WALL BASE, MANDALAY PROFILE BURNT UMBER 63 6"H X .375" THICK SEALED CONCRETE SC-1 SEALED CONCRETE SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL SSM-1 SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL HI-MACS NOBLE CANE W011 SSM-2 SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL WILSONART FLINT ROCK 9207CS SSM-3 SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL HI-MACS MERINO GT914 SPORTURF TURF-1 SPORTURF FAST GRASS PORTABLE TURF FLOOR SYSTEM WITH REGULATION INDOOR SOCCER LINES AT755 TOILET PARTITION TP-1 TOILET PARTITION SCRANTON HINEY HIDERS LINEN ANTI-GRAFFITI FINISH TP-2 TOILET PARTITION SCRANTON HINEY HIDERS CONCRETE ANTI-GRAFFITI FINISH TRIM TR-1 TRIM SCHLUTER SCHIENE SATIN ANODIZED ALUMINUM FLOOR TILE TRIM TR-2 TRIM TARKETT REDUCER BLACK TRANSITION: RUBBER TO CONCRETE TR-3 TRIM SCHLUTER DILEX-AHK SATIN ANODIZED ALUMINUM FLOOR TILE TO WALL TILE TRANSITION TR-4 TRIM SCHLUTER JOLLY SATIN ANODIZED ALUMINUM WALL TILE TRIM TR-5 TRIM SCHLUTER ECK-5 HEAVY DUTY EDGE PROTECTION PROFILE FOR OUTSIDE CORNERS BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL 304 WINDOW TREATMENT WT-1 WINDOW TREATMENT MECHOSHADE MANUAL SHADES, ECOVEIL SERIES OPENNESS AND COLOR TBD BY ARCHITECT SEE FINISH PLAN, WINDOW TYPES AND SECTIONS SEE SPECIFICATION FOR MORE DETAIL WT-2 WINDOW TREATMENT MECHOSHADE MOTORIZED SHADES,CLASSIC BLACKOUT 0700 SERIES COLOR TBD BY ARCHITECT SEE FINISH PLAN, WINDOW TYPES AND SECTIONS SEE SPECIFICATION FOR MORE DETAIL WT-3 WINDOW TREATMENT MECHOSHADE MANUAL SHADE, CLASSIC BLACKOUT 0700 SERIES COLOR TBD BY ARCHITECT SEE FINISH PLAN, WINDOW TYPES AND SECTIONS SEE SPECIFICATION FOR MORE DETAIL WOOD STAIN STN-1 WOOD STAIN CUSTOM STAIN TO MATCH ARCHITECTS SAMPLE 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC DN DN HC HC HC HC HC HC UP DN UP UP DN G CHCHCH CHCHCH C HC HC HCHCHCHCSMATCHLINE AAMATCHLINE AAMATCHLINE BB MATCHLINE BB 1" / 1'-0" 1" / 1'-0" SLOPE SLOPESLOPE RFT-1CPT-2 CPT-2RFT-1 RFT-1 RFT-1 CPT-2 MWP-1 MWP-1 P-2 P-2 MWP-1MWP-1 MWP-1 MWP-1 MWP-1 MWP-1 SCONC RFT-1 RFT-1 SCONC RFT-1 SCONC SCONC RFT-1 WT-1 WT-1 WT-1 WT-1 WT-1 WT-1 WT-1 WT-1 WT-1 WT-1 WT-1 WT-1 WT-2 WT-2 WT-2 WT-2 J.C. 114 CONCESSIONS 115 (B) BEER SALES 116 FOOD PREP 115 (A) OFFICE 111SKATE RENTAL 108 CHECK-IN/RENTAL 107 VESTIBULE 100 MAIN LOBBY 101 MENS 106A MEETING ROOM (A) 102 MEETING ROOM (B) 103 STOR 104 FIRST AID 105 LOBBY / LINK 155 STORAGE 158ELECTRIC 157 WARMING ROOM 159 LOADING/RECEIVING/STORAGE 160 FAMILY TLT 162 J.C. 163 MEN'S 166 GENERAL BUILDING STORAGE 167 RESURFACER/ SHOP TOOLS/LAUNDRY 170 REFRIGERATION 172 Y.H. STORAGE 137 WET TEAM ROOM #1 138 WET TEAM ROOM #2 140 UNISEX TLT 141 YH COACH 143 ICE ARENA LOBBY 117 MEN'S 121 ELEC 134MAIN COACH 133 MAIN TEAM ROOM 132 LAUNDRY 131 TRAINING 129 UNISEX TLT 128 TEAM ROOM 4 127 TEAM ROOM 5 126 WET TEAM ROOM 3 125 WET TEAM RR 124 WET TEAM ROOM 4 123 IT 150 TEAM ROOM 3 149 TEAM ROOM 1 147 WOMEN'S 165 F.S. STORAGE 175 TEAM ROOM 2 148 J.C. 142 REFEREE 145 REFEREE RR 146 WET TEAM RR 139 MERCYHEALTH ARENA 136 MULTI-PURPOSE AREA 154 MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE 156 GEN STORAGE 153 ICE RINK CIRCULATION 151 ICE RINK CIRCULATION 135 PASSAGE 144 PASSAGE 130 ELEV 152 BREAKROOM 109 OFFICE 110 ADMIN 112 MECHANICAL 168 STORAGE 135(A) MALL CONNECTION 164 METER/RISER 179 ELECTRICAL 169 COPY AREA 112 (A) TEMP STORAGE 174 HOCKEY STORAGE 173 IT/GEN STORAGE 176 ELECTRICAL 113 DRY STORAGE 115 (C) LOCKER ALCOVE 101 (A) MULTIPURPOSE SEATING 154 (A) MULTIPURPOSE AREA CIRCULATION 154 (B) AV CLOSET 167 (B) AV CLOSET 157 (A) VESTIBULE 118 CLOSET 133(A) VESTIBULE 171 CLOSET 172(A) RFT-1 RFT-1 RFT-2 SCONC RFT-2 SCONC RFT-2 SCONC SCONC RFT-1 SCONC RFT-1 SCONC SCONC RFT-1 RFT-1 P-2 RFT-1 EPF-2 PT-2LVT-1 5 PLANKS WIDE, ARROWS INDICATE LENGTH OF PLANK, LVT-2 RFT-1 EPF-2 RFT-1 EPF-2 RFT-1 EPF-2 RFT-2 SCONCSCONC RFT-2 RFT-1 PCONC-1 CPT-1 PT-2 PT-2 PT-2LENGTH OF FLOOR TILE LENGTH OF TILE WOMENS 106B PT-5 WOMENS 122 MWP-1 ABOVE OPENING TO CHECK-IN FAMILY RR 106 ALIGN ALIGN FAMILY RESTROOM 120 WELLNESS ROOM 119 ALIGN WT-1 WT-1 WT-3 PT-5 CG-2 CG-1 CG-1 P-2 P-2 NE SE SWNW BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated FIRST FLOOR FINISH PLAN -OVERALL WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A11.1 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/16" = 1'-0"1 FIRST FLOOR PLAN -OVERALL . 1 11-17-23 Addendum #1 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 4 4 4 YES, 4'X4' JANITOR CLOSET PER OPS MGR. HC HC HC HC HC HC DN A A E E F F 4 5 6 8 A4.3 1 MATCHLINE AA F.3 5.8 7.2 9 63' - 8 3/4"103' - 8 1/4" 10" 1 A5.2 A186.2A186.3 W17 ABOVE 10"7' - 5" 40' - 0 3/4" 7' - 5" 7' - 0" 7' - 5" A186.1 47 58 A189.1 40' - 10" 63' - 8" 12' - 10"21' - 4 5/8" 3' - 8"31' - 4" 62' - 8 3/4" 6' - 0" 15' - 10" 5' - 2" 15' - 10" 6' - 0" 12' - 3 1/4"5' - 0"5' - 9 5/8"1' - 0"8' - 9"9' - 6"W12W12 A9.1 11Sim A12 A2 A2 B2 A187.1 A101.5 1' - 8 1/4"24' - 2 3/4" 5' - 0" 5" 7' - 4" 12' - 0" 16' - 0" 12' - 0" 16' - 4" A188.139 3535 39 A4.3 3 A4.3 4 A4.35 A7.1 27 6289 SF EXPANDED MULTIPURPOSE ROOM 186 576 SF ADD ALT 1 MEETING ROOM (B) 187 98 SF ADD ALT 1 FIRST AID 190 104 SF ADD ALT 1 STORAGE 189 576 SF ADD ALT 1 MEETING ROOM (A) 188 B2 DOOR AND WINDOW TO BE CENTERED IN PANEL FOR ADD ALT 1 11' - 4 1/2" 12' - 11" 5' - 10" 5' - 1" 26' - 6" 30' - 8"5 3/4"104' - 10" 12' - 6" 12' - 0"92' - 4 1/2"A12 71 SF FAMILY RESTROOM 191 18' - 10 5/8"1 A191.1 A190.1 A1 B2 A2.4a 2 F2 W6a 11' - 2"M8 98 45 45 98 45 98a A2.4a4 NE SE SWNW BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE A2.4a 3 B2 A1 B2 A191.1 38 1 13' - 6 5/8"5' - 7 1/4"1' - 0 3/4"5' - 2 3/8" 7' - 9" 71 SF FAMILY RESTROOM 191 2' - 6" T12 T20 T05T08T07 T06 T10 T09 T11 T01 20 PORCELAIN TILE NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated FIRST FLOOR PLAN -ADD ALT 1 -NW QUAD WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A2.4a 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/8" = 1'-0"1 FIRST FLOOR PLAN -NW QUAD -ADD ALT 1 2 12-1-23 Addendum #2 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 1 ADA COMPLIANT DRINKING FOUNTAIN WITH BOTTLE FILLER 20 JUMP SEAT 35 WALL MOUNTED TV SCREEN 38 BABY CHANGING STATION, PROVIDE ADJACENT COAT HOOK AT 48" AFF 39 TRASH AND RECYCLING - FF&E 45 PERMANENT SPORT COURT WALL PADDING- MOUNTED 1' - 0" AFF 6' - 0" TALL PADS. PADS LOCATED ON A CORNER SHOULD BE MOUNTED ALIGNED WITH FINISH FLOOR AND UP 7' - 0" AFF 47 TWO ROWS OF PERMANENT RETRACTABLE PLASTIC BLEACHER SEATING. 58 MOTORIZED SHADES 98 PAIRED PANEL OPERABLE PARTITION 23' - 0" 98a PAIRED PANEL OPERABLE PARTITION - 10' - 4" T01 WALL MOUNTED TOILET, ADA COMPLIANT T05 SOAP DISPENSER, SURFACE MOUNTED. T06 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER, DOUBLE ROLL T07 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER, SURFACE MOUNTED T08 ELECTRIC HAND DRYER T09 GRAB BAR - 36" T10 GRAB BAR - 42" T11 GRAB BAR - 18" VERTICAL T12 FRAMELESS MIRROR WITH METAL CLIP FASTENERS T20 THROUGH STYLE VANITY W/ ADA COMPLIANT SLOPED LOWER CABINET 1/4" = 1'-0"2 ROOM 191 -FAMILY RR -ENLARGED 1/4" = 1'-0"3 ROOM 191 -FAMILY RR -ELEVATION REFER TO FF&E MATRIX FOR ALL RESPONSIBILITIES OF FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT 1/8" = 1'-0"4 ROOM 191 DRINKING FOUNTAIN ELEV 4 4 HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC DN 24"X60"24"X48" 18"X60"CH HCHCHC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC DN 24"X60"24"X48" 18"X60"CH HCHCHC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC DN 24"X60"24"X48" 18"X60"CH HCHCHC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC DN 24"X60"24"X48" 18"X60"CH HCHCHC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC HC DN 24"X60"24"X48" 18"X60"CH HCHC103' - 8" 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 4517' - 2 7/8"36' - 0"24' - 0"36' - 0"24' - 0"36' - 0"24' - 0"36' - 0"17' - 0"8 A7.4 17' - 2"36' - 0"13' - 6"36' - 0"13' - 6"36' - 0"13' - 6"36' - 0"17' - 4"55' - 1" TYP. 20' - 2" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0" 23' - 6"16' - 2 3/4"30' - 0"32' - 0"30' - 0"32' - 0"30' - 0"32' - 0"30' - 0"18' - 0"14' - 9 3/4" 30' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0" 22' - 0"20' - 0"30' - 0"20' - 0"30' - 0"19' - 0"30' - 0"20' - 0"30' - 0"20' - 0"98 98 98 98 SEE SHEET R1.1 & R5.3 FOR VOLLEYBALL SLEEVES WITHIN ICE SYSTEM 4 89a 89a 89a 89a 45 103' - 8"251' - 10 3/4"8' - 2" 84' - 0"7' - 0 3/4"50' - 0"12' - 0"50' - 0"12' - 0"50' - 0"12' - 0"50' - 0"7' - 2"20' - 2" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0"16' - 2 3/4"30' - 0"32' - 0"30' - 0"32' - 0"30' - 0"32' - 0"30' - 0"18' - 0"10' - 0 3/4"44' - 0"18' - 0"44' - 0"18' - 0"44' - 0"18' - 0"44' - 0"10' - 2"10' - 2 1/4" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0" 19' - 9 3/4" 50' - 0" 27' - 0" 4' - 9 3/4" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0"12' - 0" 14' - 9 3/4" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0" 22' - 0"16' - 0"84' - 0"19' - 0"84' - 0"16' - 0"10' - 6 1/2"44' - 0"14' - 4"44' - 0"14' - 4"44' - 0"29' - 2"20' - 0"30' - 0"20' - 0"30' - 0"19' - 0"30' - 0"20' - 0"30' - 0"20' - 0"83 83a 98 98 98 98 103' - 8" 10' - 2" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0" 4' - 9 3/4" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0" 10' - 0" 20' - 0"12' - 0"29' - 2"44' - 0"14' - 4"44' - 0"14' - 4"44' - 0"29' - 2"10' - 0 3/4"44' - 0"18' - 0"44' - 0"18' - 0"44' - 0"18' - 0"44' - 0"10' - 2"98 98 89a 89a 89a 89a REGULATION BASKETBALL COURT (50x84)MIN3' - 0"84' - 0"MIN3' - 0"MIN 3' - 0" 50' - 0" MIN 3' - 0"MIN 3' - 0" 30' - 0" MIN 3' - 0"MIN6' - 0"60' - 0"MIN6' - 0"3' - 0" 20' - 0" 3' - 0"VARIES6' - 10"44' - 0"VARIES6' - 10"REGULATION BASKETBALL COURT (50x84)REGULATION VOLLEYBALL COURT (29.5x59) REGULATION PICKLEBALL COURT (20x44) 2"LINE OVERLAY HIERARCHY DIAGRAM 103' - 8" SCORER TABLE PLAYER SEATING SCORER TABLE PLAYER SEATING SCORER TABLE PLAYER SEATING SCORER TABLE PLAYER SEATING SCORER TABLE PLAYER SEATING 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 4545 45 7' - 0"250' - 2 3/4"8' - 2" 84' - 0"7' - 0 3/4"50' - 0"12' - 0"50' - 0"12' - 0"50' - 0"12' - 0"50' - 0"7' - 2"96' - 9 3/4"219' - 0"98 98 98 47 47 47 47 89a 89a 89a 89a 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 89a 89a 89a 7' - 2"50' - 0"12' - 0"50' - 0"12' - 0"50' - 0"12' - 0"50' - 0"7' - 0 3/4"8' - 2" 84' - 0" 45 89a SEE DASHER BOARD DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS50' - 0"50' - 0"ø 0' - 9"35' - 0"TOUCHLINE SHALL BE MARKED PARALLEL TO THE PERIMETER WALL BY A SERIES OF LINES A MINIMUM OF THREE FEET (3’) AND A MAXIMUM OF SIX FEET(6’) IN LENGTH WITH A ONE-FOOT (1’) SPACE BETWEEN EACH LINE 24' - 0" 24' - 0" 30' - 0" 9" DIAMETER RED CIRCLER TYP. ALL LINES TO BE 4" THICKR 15' - 0"R 1 5' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0"NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: 1" = 20'-0" ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS -SPORT COURTS -ADD ALT 1 WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A8.10 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1" = 20'-0"6 REGULATION VOLLEYBALL COURT DIAGRAM -ADD ALT 1 1" = 20'-0"5 LINE OVERLAY DIAGRAM -ADD ALT 1 1" = 20'-0"4 REGULATION PICKLBALL COURT DIAGRAM -ADD ALT 1 1" = 20'-0"2 COURT SIZES -ADD ALT 1 1" = 20'-0"7 REGULATION BASKETBALL COURT DIAGRAM -ADD ALT 1 1" = 20'-0"3 INDOOR TURF (WITH DASHER BOARDS) -ADD ALT 1 3 12-8-23 Addendum #3 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 KEYNOTES PER SHEET # 45 PERMANENT SPORT COURT WALL PADDING- MOUNTED 1' - 0" AFF 6' - 0" TALL PADS. PADS LOCATED ON A CORNER SHOULD BE MOUNTED ALIGNED WITH FINISH FLOOR AND UP 7' - 0" AFF 47 TWO ROWS OF PERMANENT RETRACTABLE PLASTIC BLEACHER SEATING. 83 TEMPORARY RUBBER TILE FLOORING 83a PERMANENT RUBBER TILE FLOORING 89a GYM SCOREBOARD 98 PAIRED PANEL OPERABLE PARTITION 23' - 0" 4 HC HC HC HC DN NE SE SWNW BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE WT-1 WT-1 EXPANDED MULTIPURPOSE ROOM 186 ADD ALT 1 MEETING ROOM (B) 187 ADD ALT 1 MEETING ROOM (A) 188 ADD ALT 1 FIRST AID 190 ADD ALT 1 STORAGE 189 P-2 PT-5 P-2 FAMILY RESTROOM 191 CG-1 CG-1CG-1 CG-1 P-2 P-2 NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: As indicated FIRST FLOOR FINISH PLAN -ADD ALT 1 WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 A11.1.1 10/13/2023 220025.00 C2023-15 1/8" = 1'-0"1 FIRST FLOOR FINISH PLAN -ADD ALT 1 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ADD ALT 1 ROOM NUMBER ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING SOFFIT CABINETS COUNTERTOP WINDOW TREATMENT REMARKS ROOM NUMBERNORTH EAST SOUTH WEST 186 EXPANDED MULTIPURPOSE ROOM SCONC / RFT-1 - P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-4 WT-2 6 186 187 ADD ALT 1 MEETING ROOM (B) CPT-1 RB-1 P-1, 2 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 PL-1 SSM-1 WT-1 3 187 188 ADD ALT 1 MEETING ROOM (A) CPT-1 RB-1 P-1, 2 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 PL-1 SSM-1 WT-1 3 188 189 ADD ALT 1 STORAGE SCONC RB-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 189 190 ADD ALT 1 FIRST AID RFT-1 RB-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 PL-1 SSM-1 190 191 FAMILY RESTROOM RFT-1 RB-1 PT-3 PT-3 PT-3 PT-3 ACT-1 191 2 12-1-23 Addendum #2 4 12-13-23 Addendum #4 4 4 4 4 4 1 2 3 H J M N P QLL.5 M.4 SF6.0 96' - 0" 10" T/W = 99' - 0"SF3.096' - 0"SF2.096' - 0" SF2.0 96' - 0" SF2.0 96' - 0"SLAB ON GRADE: 5'' CONCRETE w/6 x 6 - W1.4 x W1.4 WWF ON VAPOR BARRIER ON 6'' COMPACTED GRANULAR DRAINAGE FILL. T/SLAB ELEV. 100' - 0'' U.N.O. SF2.0 98' - 8"SF2.098' - 8" SF2.0 98' - 8"SF2.098' - 8"SF2.096' - 0"SF2.098' - 8"SF2.098' - 8"SF2.098' - 8"SF2.098' - 8" SF2.0 98' - 8" SF2.0 98' - 8" SF2.0 98' - 8"SF2.098' - 8" SF2.0 98' - 8" SF2.0 98' - 8"SF2.098' - 8"SF2.098' - 8" SF2.0 96' - 0"SF2.096' - 0"SF2.096' - 0"CJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJ CJCJCJCJ CJ CJ CJ CJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJ CJCJCJ ICE RINK FLOOR DESIGNED & SPECIFIED BY OTHERS L.4 L.8 3 S5.2 6 S5.1 7 S5.0 7 S5.0 RAMP 18 S5.1 7 S5.0 10"10"7 S5.0 1 S5.2 2 S5.2 2 S5.2 RAMP 19 S5.1SF3.093' - 0" T/PIT = 96' - 0" 3 3 6 S5.1 6 S5.1 10" T/W = 99' -0" 9 S5.0 2 STEP 1' - 0"STEP 2' - 0" STEP 1' - 0" STEP 2' - 0" F7.0 96' - 0" 6 66 4 4 SF2.0 98' - 8" 7' - 2" K 21' - 3" 19' - 2 3/4" 17' - 5" 14' - 2" 16' - 6 1/4" 6' - 10 1/2" 14' - 7"39' - 1 1/2"2' - 6" 18' - 10"20' - 7 1/2"31' - 5 1/2" 5' - 0" 10' - 4 1/2" 9' - 10" 26' - 5"28' - 0"56' - 2 1/2"18' - 10"10"7' - 2"5' - 4"5' - 0"15' - 3 3/4"7' - 2" 13 S5.0 100' -0" 100' -0" 100' -0" 102' -0" 100' -0" F5.0 F7.0 96' - 0" 96' - 0" 100' -0" 102' -0"T/W = 99' - 0" SLAB ON GRADE: 4'' CONCRETE w/6 x 6 -W1.4 x W1.4 WWF ON VAPOR BARRIER ON 6'' COMPACTED GRANULAR DRAINAGE FILL. T/SLAB ELEV. = 96' -0"CJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJ21 S5.0 22 S5.0 22 S5.0STEP 2' - 0"STEP 2' - 0"STEP 2' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 100' -0" STEP 0' - 8" STEP 2' - 0" STEP 2' - 0" STEP 0' - 8" SF2.0 98' - 8" SF7.5 96' - 0"SF2.096' - 0" 3' - 3"12"F7.0 96' - 0" TYP1 TYP1 TYP1 TYP1 TYP1 TYP1 TYP1 3.1 L.42 4 4 4 4 BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE SWNW NE SE SEE SHEET S1.0 FOR PLAN NOTES & KEYED NOTES NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: HEC Project No. 22-0025.00 C2023-15 As indicated FOUNDATION PLAN -SE QUAD WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER (WSCC) 2500 MILTON AVENUE JANESVILLE WI 53545 S1.0a 10/04/2023 220025.001/8" = 1'-0"1 FOUNDATION PLAN - SE QUAD 3 12/13/2023 Addendum #4 BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE SWNW NE SE5 6 7 8 H J M N P Q L L L.5 L.5 M.4 7.2 5.8 F8.0 99' - 0" F8.0 99' - 0" F5.0 99' - 0" 96' - 0" F5.0 96' - 0" F8.0 96' - 0" F8.0 96' - 0" F8.0 96' - 0" 96' - 0" F8.0 F8.0 96' - 0"96' - 0" F8.0 SF6.0 96' - 0"SF2.096' - 0"T/W = 100' - 8"1' - 3"T/W = 100' - 8"SF2.096' - 0"1' - 3"1' - 4"T/W = 100' - 8" SF2.0 96' - 0" 1' - 4" T/W = 100' - 8"SF3.599' - 0" SF2.0 98' - 8"SF2.0 98' - 8" SF2.0 98' - 8" SF2.0 98' - 8" CJ CJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJ CJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJCJSF2.098' - 8" SF2.0 98' - 8" SF2.0 98' - 8"SF2.098' - 8"SF2.098' - 8" ICE RINK SLAB AND BASE DESIGNED & SPECIFIED BY OTHERS L.7 L.4 L.8 12 2 S5.2 3 S5.2 20 S5.0 2 S5.2 9 S5.0 9 S5.0 9 S5.0 16 S5.1 BP-1P1BP-199' - 0"BP-2BP-2BP-3BP-199' - 0"P1 BP-299' - 0"P1BP-28 S5.0 99' - 0"P1BP-299' - 0"P1BP-28 S5.0 F5.0 96' - 0"99' - 0"P1BP-299' - 0"P1BP-28 S5.0 16 S5.1 1 S5.2 9 S5.0 SF2.0 98' - 8"7 S5.0 T/W = 99' - 0" 10" 21 S5.0 F9.0 F9.0 18 S5.1 RAMP SF2.0 98' - 8" SF2.0 98' - 8" SF2.0 98' - 8"SF2.098' - 8"SF2.098' - 8"SF2.098' - 8" SF2.0 98' - 8"98' - 0"96' - 0" 19 S5.1 3 S5.0 4 S5.0 STEP 2' - 0"STEP 1' - 0" 4' - 0"3' - 11 1/2" M.3 8 S5.1 8 S5.1 S5.1 11 99' - 0"99' - 0" S5.1 9 S5.1 10 K 7' - 2" 21' - 3" 19' - 2 3/4" 17' - 5" 14' - 2" 16' - 6 1/4" 6' - 10 1/2" 14' - 7"39' - 1 1/2" 2' - 6" 18' - 10"12' - 11"2' - 11"2' - 11"5' - 1"26' - 6"1' - 9 3/4" 31' - 7"15' - 8" 17' - 10 3/4" 4' - 11 7/8"1' - 10 5/8"71' - 11 3/8" 3° 43' - 11 7/8"10' - 8"4' - 11 1/2"35' - 5 3/4"1' - 6"7' - 0"1' - 6 1/8" SLAB ON GRADE: 5'' CONCRETE w/6 x 6 - W1.4 x W1.4 WWF ON VAPOR BARRIER ON 6'' COMPACTED GRANULAR DRAINAGE FILL. T/SLAB ELEV. 100' - 0'' U.N.O. 21 S5.0 102' -0" 100' -0" 102' -0" 100' -0" 1 S5.1 7' - 9 1/8"9"22 S5.0 22 S5.0 100' -0" STEP 2' - 0" STEP 0' - 8" SF2.0 99' - 0" T/L = 99' - 4"T/L = 99' - 4"T/L = 99' - 4"T/L = 99' - 4" TYP1 TYP1 TYP1 TYP1 TYP1 4.9 4 4 4 SEE SHEET S1.0 FOR PLAN NOTES & KEYED NOTES NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: HEC Project No. 22-0025.00 C2023-15 As indicated FOUNDATION PLAN -SW QUAD WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER (WSCC) 2500 MILTON AVENUE JANESVILLE WI 53545 S1.0d 10/04/2023 220025.001/8" = 1'-0"1 FOUNDATION PLAN - SW QUAD 3 12/13/2023 Addendum #4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A B D F H J M N P QLL.5 M.4 7.2 G.8GF.9 5.8 9 198' - 1 3/4 "96DLH212219' - 0"21 EQ SP @ 10.43' = 219' - 0"DBE = 131' - 3"DBE = 134' - 7"DBE = 133' - 2 1/2"DBE = 130' - 11"DBE = 127' - 4 1/2"JBE = 127' - 4 1/2"260DLH18219' - 0"22 EQ SP @ 10.43' = 219' - 0"60DLH18188' - 4"19 EQ SP @ 9' - 11" = 188' - 4"2R.D. R.D. R.D. R.D. R.D. R.D. R.D. R.D.199' - 1 1/8"168' - 6 1/8"L.7 L.4 L.8F.5 F.95 F.4 F.6 12 C M.3 F.3 51329K (ULT)9.5K (ULT)60K (ULT)1264K (ULT)1157K (ULT)38K (ULT)5 5 5 E K 35K (ULT)3.1 L.42 4.9 121' - 6"28KSP1 @ 4' - 6" o/c W18 x 35 W24 x 55 1 1 W24 x 55W24 x 55W24 x 55W16 x 26 W16 x 3122KSP1W16 x 26 W24 x 55 W24 x 55 W30 x 90 W30 x 90 W27 x 84 75' - 0"22K4 @ 5' - 0" o/c W24 x 62W16 x 26W18 x 35 W24 x 76 W24 x 55 (22K)W24 x 55W18 x 35 W18 x 35 W21 x 44 W21 x 44 W24 x 5544' - 0" 75' - 0" 22KSP1 @ 5' - 0" o/c 1 10' - 0" 22K4 @ 6' - 0" o/c 24' - 0"22K4 @ 6' - 0" o/c 30' - 0" 22KSP1 18' - 0" 22K9 @ 6' - 0" 22KSP1 @ 4' - 0" 1 1 1 1 1 W16 x 2610 ADD ALT 1 SEE S2.1 ADD ALT 2 SEE S2.1 W16 x 26W16 x 26W16 x 26W16 x 26S2.1c 2 W24 x 104 W24 x 55 T/CANOPY STEEL = 110' - 9"W8 x 15W8 x 249' - 3 3/4" W8 x 10 18' - 1 3/4 "W24 x 5531' - 10" 33' - 7"6 EQ SP 12K3 5 EQ SP 21' - 2 5/8"20' - 1 3/4"12K3 1 T/CANOPY STEEL = 110' - 9"10101010108" ROOF PLANK FOLDING PARTITION WALL ATTACHMENT BY OTHERS 1037' - 7 1/2"43' - 5 1/2"44' - 4"36' - 5" 49K (ULT) 9.5K (ULT) 70K (ULT) W16 x 26 13 S5.5 13 S5.5 FOLDING PARTITION WALL ATTACHMENT BY OTHERS L1 (30K) (30K)(19K) (19K)(21K)(22K)W24 x 558B (19K)(19K)(36K) (36K) 8A 8A SWNW NE SE BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE PLAN NOTES - "(XXX'-XX'')" INDICATES TOP OF STEEL BEAM ELEVATION DBE = XXX'-XX'' INDICATES DECK BEARING ELEVATION - "( )"INDICATES BRACE FROM TOP CHORD OF JOIST AT PANEL POINT TO BOTTOM FLANGE OF BEAM OR JOIST GIRDER. SEE SEC 10/S5.4 - "(#.#K )"INDICATES ADDITIONAL LOAD FROM ROOF TOP UNITS OR DRIFT. - SEE SECTION 2, 3, & 4/S5.4 FOR FRAMING AROUND MISCELLANEOUS OPENINGS SHOWN OR NOT SHOWN. COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION WITH ARCH, HVAC, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL DWGS. - SEE LOOSE LINTEL SCHEDULE AND GENERAL NOTES FOR ANY LINTELS NOT SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT. - HORIZONTAL JOIST BRIDGING TOP AND BOTTOM PER SJI w/ X-BRIDGING WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN. SEE SECTION 12/S5.4 PROVIDE ADDITIONAL UPLIFT BRIDGING AT EACH END OF JOIST AND AS REQUIRED BY DESIGN. SEE JOIST GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS - SEE SHEET S9.0 AND S9.1 FOR GENERAL NOTES, SCHEDULES AND OTHER ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. - SEE S9.2 FOR SNOW DRIFT LOADS. - STRUCTURAL STEEL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A LICENSED ENGINEER WORKING FOR THE FABRICATOR. (#K) INDICATES A SHEAR REACTION AT A SERVICE LOAD LEVEL. USE ASD. FOR ANY SIMPLE SPAN WF FRAMING MEMBER NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED, OR NOT SHOWN OTHERWISE ON PLANS OR DETAILS, DESIGN FOR A MINIMUM 12K END SHEAR REACTION. - TYPICAL NON-BEARING MASONRY PARTITIONS (NOT SHOWN ON PLAN): 1.8'' CONCRETE BLOCK W/ VERT. REINFORCING, #5 @ 48'' o/c (U.N.O.) GROUTED FULL HEIGHT IN CENTER OF WALL. PROVIDE DOWELS TO MATCH INTO FOOTING. 2.PROVIDE HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT AT 16'' o/c MAXIMUM, VERTICALLY FOR THE FULL WALL HEIGHT. 3.PROVIDE (1) - #5 AT CORNERS, ENDS AND EACH SIDE OF CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS, OPENINGS, DOORS, WINDOWS, JAMBS, ETC. U.N.O. SEE PLAN FOR MASONRY PIER REQUIREMENTS. 4.REINFORCE STUB WALLS BELOW WINDOWS EXCEEDING 6'-0'' IN LENGTH W/ #5 @ 32'' o/c VERTICALLY WITH DOWELS TO MATCH INTO FOOTING, THICKENED SLAB OR TOPPING. 1.PROVIDE HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT AT 16'' o/c MAXIMUM VERTICALLY FOR THE FULL WALL HEIGHT. 2.PROVIDE (1) - #5 AT CORNERS, ENDS AND EACH SIDE OF CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS, OPENINGS, DOORS, WINDOWS, JAMBS, ETC. FOR FULL HEIGHT TO TOP OF WALL U.N.O. SEE PLAN FOR MASONRY PIER REQUIREMENTS. 3.REINFORCE STUB WALLS BELOW WINDOWS EXCEEDING 6'-0'' IN LENGTH W/ #5 @ 32'' o/c VERTICALLY WITH DOWELS TO MATCH INTO FOOTING, THICKENED SLAB OR TOPPING. - CMU WALLS (SHOWN ON PLANS) SEE 4/S5.3: - MASONRY STAIR AND ELEVATOR WALLS: 1. GROUT COMPLETELY SOLID ALL CELLS. USE STANDARD WEIGHT BLOCK REINFORCE AS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - " " INDICATES REBAR GROUTED SOLID IN CMU WALL. (SHOWN FOR CONCEPT, ACTUAL PLACEMENT BY MASON) - ROOF STRUCTURE IS DESIGNED FOR AN ADHERED NON-BALLASTED ROOF - ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR TO CONFORM WITH THOSE SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL PLANS - ROOF STRUCTURE IS DESIGNED FOR A MAXIMUM STANDING WATER HEIGHT OF 6". PROVIDE SCUPPERS AND/OR OVERFLOW DRAINS AS REQUIRED TO LIMIT STANDING WATER TO 6". - " R.D. " INDICATES ROOF DRAIN OR O.D. INDICATES OVERFLOW DRAIN LOCATION. SEE SECTION 2, 3 OR 4/S5.4 FOR FRAMING AROUND DRAINS, COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS. - PROVIDE SUPPORT AT TOP OF ALL NON-BEARING MASONRY WALLS PER 14/S5.3 - V = ##K INDICATES REACTION A = ##K INDICATES AXIAL LOAD M = ###FT-K INDICATES END MOMENT - CONNECTIONS ENGINEER TO DESIGN ALL BEAM CONNECTIONS IN LINE WITH MOMENT FRAMES FOR A MINIMUM OF 5K END AXIAL REACTION. - (A=#K) INDICATES AXIAL END REACTIONS AT SERVICE LOAD LEVEL. CONNECTIONS ENGINEER TO DESIGN MEMBER CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFER AXIAL LOAD AS A COLLECTOR MEMBER - SEE 13/S5.3 FOR MASONRY CONTROL JOINTS.. - FOR TOILET PARTITIONS HUNG FROM STRUCTURE, SEE 7, 8, & 9/S5.5 - ALL EXPOSED STEEL AT CANOPIES TO BE PAINTED W/ 3-COAT EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEM. SEE SPEC 05 10 00 - " " INDICATES MOMENT CONNECTIONS. WHERE BEAM ENDS ARE MOMENT CONNECTED ON OPPOSING SIDES OF A MEMBER, THE BEAM SIZES ARE THE SAME UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SEE 6/S5.5 - REFER TO SECTIONS 6/S5.4, 7/S5.4 AND 16/S5.4 WHERE APPLICABLE - WHERE JOISTS RUN THROUGH NON-BEARING WALLS, PROVIDE POCKET IN MASONRY FOR JOIST CLEARANCE ON ALL SIDES. FILL WITH FIRESAFING IN FIRE RATED WALLS ONLY, BATT INSULATION EVERYWHERE ELSE. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR DETAILS AND 18/S5.3 . PROVIDE C6 x 13 BELOW R.T.U. CURB AT 1 1/2" DECK AND REINFORCE JOIST PER DETAIL 5/S5.4. SEE SECTION 2/S5.4 FOR FRAMING AROUND DUCTS AND MISCELLANEOUS OPENINGS SHOWN OR NOT SHOWN. COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION WITH HVAC AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. KEYED NOTES TYPICAL ROOF CONSTRUCTION: 1 1/2" x 22 GA WIDE RIB GALVANIZED METAL ROOF DECK, 3 SPAN MINIMUM. SEE DETAIL 1/S5.4 FOR ROOF DECK ATTACHMENT AND GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. L3 x 3 x 1/4 x CONT. FOR DECK SUPPORT. SEE SECTION 11/S5.4 TYPICAL ROOF CONSTRUCTION AT GYM: 3" x 20 GA GALVANIZED ACOUSTICAL DECK, 3 SPAN MINIMUM. SEE DETAIL 3/S5.4 FOR ROOF DECK ATTACHMENT AND GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PROVIDE MC8 x 21.4 BELOW R.T.U. CURB AT 3" DECK AND REINFORCE JOIST PER DETAIL 5/S5.4. SEE SECTION 4/S5.4 FOR FRAMING AROUND DUCTS AND MISCELLANEOUS OPENINGS SHOWN OR NOT SHOWN. COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION WITH HVAC AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. ROOF HATCH, SEE 2/S5.4. PROVIDE 5" SEATS AT K-SERIES JOISTS TO MATCH LH JOIST SEAT DEPTH RTU WITH WEIGHT (INCLUDING CURBS) AS INDICATED ON PLANS. VERIFY DUCT PENETRATIONS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. FRAME AROUND OPENINGS IN STEEL DECK PER 2/S5.4. PRECAST HEADERS BY PRECASTER ADDITIONAL X-BRACING BY STEEL SUPPLIER AT BASKETBALL BACKBOARD GRAVITY SUPPORT. ALIGN (4) BRACES W/ GRAVITY SUPPORTS AND (2) BRACES WITH BACKBOARD BRACE, AT MINIMUM. SEE 5/S5.5 W8 x 24 HOIST BEAM WITH 3" MINIMUM CLEARANCE ABOVE, SEE GENERAL NOTES ON S9.0. LOCATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH ELEVATOR SUPPLIER. SEE ARCH PLANS FOR RATED CEILINGS. 1 2 3 4 5 14 15 6 7 8 9 - PRECASTER SHALL CUT ALL OPENINGS 12'' OR LARGER IN ANY DIRECTION AND HEADER AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE ALL OTHER OPENINGS WITH DESIGN. OPENINGS LESS THAN 12'' IN SIZE AND NOT SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL PLANS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY RESPECTIVE TRADE. OPENINGS LESS THAN 12'' IN SIZE THAT ARE SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE BY GENERAL OR LEAD CONTRACTOR. - ALL OPENINGS ARE SAME SIZE AS DUCT PLUS 4'' EACH WAY. COORDINATE WITH TRADE CONTRACTORS. - GROUT ALL EXPOSED ENDS OF PRECAST PLANK SOLID - COMPOSITE WALL PANELS, INCLUDING CONNECTIONS, TO BE DESIGNED BY PRECASTER TO RESIST LATERAL FORCES INDICATED ON OVERALL FRAMING. PLAN FOR THE CORRESPONDING WALLS. PRECASTER TO ALSO DESIGN PANEL & CONNECTION FOR OUT OF PLANE WIND AND SEISMIC FORCES. XX KIPS INDICATES SHEAR FORCE,IN KIPS FOR WIND WIND SHEAR FORCES SHOWN ARE ULTIMATE PRECASTER TO PERFORM INDEPENDENT LATERAL ANALYSIS AND DESIGN FOR WORST CASE LOADS. PROVIDE LATERAL LOADS FOR ENGINEER TO REVIEW. - SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR ALL OPENINGS IN PRECAST WALL PANELS. - PRECASTER TO PERFORM LATERAL ANALYSIS AND DESIGN PRECAST FOR BOTH LATERAL AND GRAVITY LOADS. SEE S9.0 AND S9.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION - PRECASTER SHALL DEVELOP CONNECTIONS FROM DIAPHRAGM TO SHEAR WALL & COLLECTOR BEAMS AS REQUIRED 10'' PRECAST ROOF PLANK, NO TOPPING, W/ 1 HOUR FIRE RATING U.N.O. PRECAST BEARING EL. = 114' - 8". HEADERS BY PRECASTER. COORDINATE ADDITIONAL POINT LOADS WITH MEP SUPERIMPOSED LIVE LOAD SUPERIMPOSED DEAD LOAD = 125 PSF PLUS DRIFT PLUS WEIGHT OF HVAC EQUIPMENT = 20 PSF 10 96DLH JOIST, SINGLE PITCH, TOP CHORD PITCH 1/4"/FT, WITH DL = 30 PSF, LL = 30 PSF PLUS SNOW DRIFT (SEE S9.2) AND CONCENTRATED LOADS AS INDICATED ON PLAN. 11 60DLH JOIST, SINGLE PITCH, TOP CHORD PITCH 1/4"/FT, WITH DL = 30 PSF, LL = 30 PSF PLUS SNOW DRIFT (SEE S9.2) AND CONCENTRATED LOADS AS INDICATED ON PLAN. 12 DLH JOIST, SINGLE PITCH, HEIGHT AT A = 5' - 6"; HEIGHT AT F = 7' - 8" TOP CHORD PITCH 1/4"/FT, WITH DL = 30 PSF, LL = 30 PSF PLUS SNOW DRIFT (SEE S9.2) AND CONCENTRATED LOADS AS INDICATED ON PLAN. 13 IN ADDITION TO UNIFORM LOADS (DL = 25 PSF; LL = 40 PSF) ALREADY APPLIED TO THE JOISTS, JOIST SUPPLIER TO DESIGN FOR ADDITIONAL OF THE GREATER OF 8A: - 11 UNIFORMILY SPACED CONCENTRATED LOADS OF 2300 LBS - UNIFOM LOAD OF 230 LBS/LF SEE 13/S5.5 8B: - 11 UNIFORMILY SPACED CONCENTRATED LOADS OF 650 LBS - UNIFOM LOAD OF 200 LBS/LF SEE 12/S5.5 - JS-1 DESIGNATION IS FOR JOIST SUBSTITUTE, SEE 10/S5.5 - NEW FIGURE SKATING HARNESS AND PULLEY SYSTEM MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF JOISTS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION 4 NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: 3 12/13/2023 Addendum #4 HEC Project No. 22-0025.00 C2023-15 As indicated ROOF FRAMING PLAN - OVERALL WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER (WSCC) 2500 MILTON AVENUE JANESVILLE WI 53545 S2.1 10/04/2023 220025.00 1/16" = 1'-0"1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN - OVERALL BUILDING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE SWNW NE SEDBE = 130' - 11"2R.D. 8 R.D.60DLH1819 EQ SP @ 9' - 11" = 188' - 4" ROLL-UP GYM CURTAIN AND ATTACHMENT BY OTHERS 14 S5.4 RMAX = 27.3K127 4500# RTU-4 7500# 14 S5.4 14 S5.4RMAX = 24.3K7 RMAX = 25K2500#RMAX = 25K14 S5.4 922 EQ SP @ 9' - 11 1/2" 6 6 6 4 480DLH1713 RMAX = 39K1650110011001900190019001900190019001100110011001100110011004 5 6 7 8 A B D F H J 7.2 G.8G F.9 F.9 5.8 9 DBE = 134' - 7"DBE = 133' - 2 1/2"DBE = 130' - 11"DBE = 130' - 11"DBE = 128' - 5 1/2"2W16 x 31W30 x 90 W27 x 84 75' - 0" 22K4 @ 5' - 0" o/c W24 x 62W16 x 26W18 x 35 W24 x 76 W24 x 55W24 x 55W24 x 55W18 x 35W18 x 35W21 x 44 W21 x 44 W24 x 5544' - 0" 77' - 5 1/2"22KSP1 @ 5' - 0" o/c 1 24' - 0" 22K4 @ 6' - 0" o/c 30' - 0" 22KSP1 @ 5' - 0" o/c 18' - 0" 22K9 @ 6' - 0" LOW 1 1 1 1 1 R.D. R.D. R.D.R.D R.D.W16 x 262 S5.3 2 S5.3 15 S5.55 5 13 S5.4 2 S5.3 11 S5.4 5 11 S5.4 LOWHSS6 x 6 x 3/8HSS6 x 6 x 3/8HSS6 x 6 x 3/8HSS6 x 6 x 3/8W10 x 60HSS12 x 6 x 3/8 GIRT ( )W16 x 26W16 x 26HSS12 x 6 x 3/8 GIRT ( )HSS12 x 6 x 3/8 GIRT ( )HSS6 x 6 x 3/8HSS6 x 6 x 3/8W10 x 6013 S5.4 1' - 0"1' - 2" 15 S5.5 W12 x 72W12 x 26 W12 x 26W12 x 26F.4 F.6 13' - 10" 16' - 8" 13' - 10" 8' - 7 3/8"8' - 7 3/8"W8 x 10W8 x 10W8 x 1012' - 11"3 EQ SP1T/CANOPY STEEL = 111' - 5"HSS6 x 6 x 5/16HSS6 x 6 x 5/16HSS6 x 6 x 5/16HSS6 x 6 x 5/16W12 x 26HSS8 x 6 x 5/16 GIRT ( )( 110' - 6" )HSS6 x 6 x 3/8( 110' - 6" )( 110' - 6" )( 110' - 6" ) 6 14 S5.4 HSS6 x 6 x 3/8C 1 S5.5 1 S5.5 1 S5.5 2 S5.5 1 S5.5 F.3 F.3 8' - 7 3/8"12' - 11"W12 x 45W12 x 45W12 x 26W24 x 104 W24 x 55 HI V = 20K A = 3K M = 107.2 KFT V = 20K A = 3K M = 107.2 KFT HSS5 x 5HSS5 x 5A = V = M =FT 4K 5K 74K A = V = M =FT 4K 5K 74K V = 26K A = 7K M = 173KFT V = 26K A = 7K M = 173KFT 10 S5.4 10 S5.4 17 S5.4 E K 8 W16 x 262400#520520520W16 x 26 HOOP ATTACH 500# HOOP ATTACH 500# HOOP ATTACH 500# 2' - 7 7/8" 2' - 5 1/2" ( 119' - 1 1/2" )( 119' - 1 1/2" ) 3' - 4 7/8" 3' - 4 7/8" 7 7 ( 119' - 1 1/2" ) 6' - 2 3/8"6' - 2 3/8" 8 S5.4 3 S5.5 22KSP13' - 9 5/8" 3' - 9 5/8" R MAX = 20K DBE = 119' - 4" ( 118' - 9" ) ( 118' - 9" ) ( 111' - 5" )LO W24 x 55 W24 x 55HI LO ( 118' - 9" ) ( 111' - 5" ) HI LO ( 118' - 9" ) ( 111' - 5" )( 118' - 6" )3' - 2 3/8"3' - 2 3/8"5' - 0 1/8"5' - 0 1/8" 4 S5.5 19 S5.5 W12 x 26W12 x 26( 118' - 6" )( 118' - 6" )(14K) (14K) 4.9 12 S5.5 3 8 5.8 9 W24 x 55W24 x 55W24 x 55W24 x 55W24 x 55W24 x 55W24 x 55W24 x 5540' - 8 1/8"36LH09149' - 7"11 EQ SP49' - 7"1( 125' - 4" ) ( 125' - 4" )( 124' - 11" )( 124' - 11" )( 124' - 11" )( 124' - 11" )W24 x 55 5 11 S5.4 2 S5.3 W10 x 60W10 x 60W10 x 60W10 x 6049' - 7" 6HSS6 x 6 x 3/8HSS6 x 6 x 3/815 S5.5 15 S5.5 8100# 3 R.D. F.4 F.6 F.3 A = V = M =FT 11K 7K 71K A = V = M =FT 11K 7K 71K A = V = M =FT 8K 4K 59K A = V = M =FT 8K 4K 71K1000#1000#1000#1000#1000#1000#1000#1000#1000#1000#HSS4 x 4 x 1/4HSS4 x 4 x 1/4( 125' - 4" )HSS4x4x1/4HSS4x4x1/419 S5.5(19K)(20K) (20K)(19K)(22K)(28K)(22K)(20K)4.9 SEE SHEET S2.1 FOR PLAN NOTES & KEYED NOTES NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: HEC Project No. 22-0025.00 C2023-15 As indicated ROOF FRAMING PLAN -NW QUAD WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER (WSCC) 2500 MILTON AVENUE JANESVILLE WI 53545 S2.1c 10/04/2023 220025.00 1/8" = 1'-0"1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN - NW QUAD 1/8" = 1'-0"2 HIGH ROOF FRAMING 1 Date 1 Revision 1 3 12/13/2023 Addendum #4 BONDED TOPPING TYPICAL AT FLOORS, OMIT TOPPING AT ROOF PLANK, SEE PLANS PRECAST PLANK, SEE PLANS FOR THICKNESS AND LOADING WELD PLATES @ 4' - 0" o/c MAX. CONTINUOUS ANGLE DESIGNED, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY PRECASTER, 1/2" MIN. THICKNESS WELD PLATES SPACED AS REQUIRED. BY DESIGN BUT NOT TO EXCEED 4' - 0" o/c MAX. WITH SOLID BLOCKOUT AS REQUIRED. - IN ADDITION TO VERTICAL LOADS, CONNECTION SHALL BE DESIGNED TO TRANSFER WALL PANEL WIND LOADS PLUS SHEAR DIAPHRAGM LOADS = 300 PLF MINIMUM OR AS SPECIFIED ON PLAN. - ENTIRE CONNECTION DESIGN BY PRECASTER. FIREPROOF AND PROVIDE FIRESAFING AS REQUIRED FOR FIRE RATING. VERTICAL PRECAST PANEL - SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR REVEALS IN EXTERIOR FACE. PRECAST WALL PANEL EMBED PLATE BY PRECASTER 1/2" x 10" x DEPTH OF BEAM + 4" MIN - SEE PLANS FOR SHEAR REACTIONS AT CONNECTION. IF NO REACTION IS PROVIDED ON PLAN, DESIGN FOR MINIMUM 12K SHEAR LOAD L3 x 3 x 1/4 x CONT. ON TOP OF BEAM FOR DECK SUPPORT ERECTION ANGLE AS REQUIRED BY STEEL ERECTOR BONDED TOPPING TYPICAL AT FLOORS, OMIT TOPPING AT ROOF PLANK, SEE PLANS SLOTTED INSERT & STRAP @ 4' - 0" o/c, TWO PER VERTICAL PANEL MIN. PRECAST PLANK, SEE PLANS FOR THICKNESS AND LOADING PLATE CAST INTO PRECAST PLANK - CONNECTION SHALL BE DESIGNED TO TRANSFER WALL PANEL WIND LOADS PLUS SHEAR DIAPHRAGM LOADS = 300 PLF MINIMUM OR AS SPECIFIED ON PLAN. - ENTIRE CONNECTION DESIGN BY PRECASTER. FIREPROOF AND PROVIDE FIRESAFING AS REQUIRED FOR FIRE RATING. VERTICAL PRECAST WALL PANEL - SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR REVEALS IN EXTERIOR FACE. NOTES: 1. INSTALL JOINT REINFORCEMENT IN THE FIRST AND SECOND BED JOINT ABOVE LINTELS AND BELOW SILLS AT OPENINGS 2. EXTEND REINFORCEMENT IN THE SECOND BED JOINT BELOW OPENING 2' - 0" BELOW THE JAMBS 4. GROUT CELLS WITH REINFORCING SOLID. SEE 19/S5.3 1-#5 MINIMUM EXCEPT WHERE MASONRY PIERS ARE SPECIFIED AT EVERY OPENING MASONRY PIERS, SEE PLANS VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT - SEE PLANS OR SCHEDULE LINTEL: SEE PLANS AND SCHEDULE FOR SIZE, SEE MASONRY GENERAL NOTES FOR BEARING LENGTH NOTE 2 19 1/4"BAR LAP SEE SCHEDULERUN BAR TO UNDERSIDE OF STEEL BEAM BEARING, RUN BAR THRU MASONRY OR PRECAST LINTEL. EXTEND MP BARS PAST END OF LINTEL FOOTING 3. PROVIDE (1)-#5 MINIMUM AT END OF WALL AND EACH SIDE OF VERTICAL CONTROL JOINTS UNLESS MASONRY PIERS ARE SPECIFIED HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCING @ 16" o.c. U.N.O. SEE 8/S5.3 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 3 NOTE 3 S5.3 11 S5.3 17 1" MAX - SEE PLAN 5" #4 DOWEL AT 4' - 0" o/c (STAGGERED ON BOTH SIDES) POUND INTO HOLE BY PRECASTER. EMBED 5" MIN. INTO BOND BEAM. PC PLANK w/ GROUTED KEYWAYS AND BUTT JOINTS BEARING STRIPS BY PRECASTER BOND BEAM w/ 2 - #5 CONTINUOUS LAP 2' - 6" CUT BLOCK AS REQUIRED SEE PLAN FOR MASONRY WALL OR PIER REINFORCEMENT SEE PLAN FOR WALL OR PIER REINFORCING BOND BEAM w/(2) - #5 CONTINUOUS LAP 2' - 6" MIN. #4 DOWEL @ 4' - 0" o.c. POUND INTO HOLE BY PRECASTER - DRYPACK GROUT BELOW PLANK BY MASONRY CONTRACTOR FOR GAP OVER 1/2 INCH. CUT BLOCK AS REQUIRED DRILL 1/2" DIA HOLE THRU PLANK AND 5" MIN INTO BOND BEAM. DRYPACK GROUT BELOW PLANK BY MASONRY CONTRACTOR FOR GAP OVER 1/2 INCH 3" 5" SEE PLAN BOND BEAM W/(2) - #5 CONTINUOUS LAP 2' - 6" MIN. SEE PLAN FOR WALL OR PIER REINFORCING #4 DOWEL @ 4' - 0" o/c POUND INTO HOLE BY PRECASTER BEARING STRIPS BY PRECASTER CUT BLOCK AS REQUIRED.P.C.PLANKSEE PLAN DRILL 1/2"Ø HOLE THRU PLANK AND 5" MIN. INTO BOND BEAM 2 1/2" MIN. - LAP 6" MIN. AT OTHER WALL SPLICES. PREFAB CORNERS AT 16" o.c. VERTICAL, U.N.O. HORIZONTAL WALL REINF. AT 16" o.c. VERTICAL, U.N.O. PREFAB TEE AT 16" o.c. VERTICAL, U.N.O. LAP 2' - 4"2' - 8" 2' - 8"0"0"3' - 0"28" 32" 32" FOR 16" DEEP LINTELS OR DEEPER, 1/4" DIA. BENT WIRE ROD @ 24" o/c FOR MASONRY TRIANGULAR TIES.MASONRY COURSING SOLID GROUT AREA AND REINFORCING PER PLAN OR MASONRY GENERAL NOTES ELEVATION - BACKPATCH SOLID AT BEAM POCKET SEE GENERAL NOTES FOR BEARING REQUIREMENTS SOFT JOINT ABOVE BRICK OR BLOCK w/ SEALANT EXTEND STEEL BEAM BOTTOM PLATE FULL LENGTH FOR 12" DEEP BEAMS OR GREATER, PROVIDE 1/4" STIFFENER PLATE EACH SIDE SLOTTED HOLES AND FINGER TIGHT NUTS 3/8" DIA. STUDS. SEE LINTEL SCHEDULE. - WHERE BEAMS FRAME INTO STEEL COLUMNS FACED BY MASONRY, CAULK ABOVE BRICK OR BLOCK BELOW BEAM AS SHOWN ABOVE - SIMILAR FOR CONCRETE WALLS. - CONTRACTOR OPTION TO ANCHOR BOLTS: PROVIDE (2) - 1/2" DIA. x 4" HEADED STUDS WELDED TO BOTTOM OF PLATE. PROVIDE (2) - 3/4" DIA. THREADED STUDS TO TOP OF PLATE WITH NUT AND WASHER. 11 1/2" 19 1/2" BEARING PLATE 5/8" x 6" x 8" U.N.O. w/ (2) - 3/4" DIA. x 1' - 4" x 3" ANCHOR BOLTS WITH NUT & WASHER ON 3/4" GROUT. PROVIDE 3" LONG SLOTTED HOLES IN BEAM, FINGER TIGHTEN NUT. EXTEND VERTICAL REINFORCING (GROUTED SOLID) TO TOP COURSE OF WALL ABOVE TOP BARS PER SCHEDULE, LAP PER GENERAL NOTES BOND BEAM BLOCK AT TOP OF LINTEL VERTICAL BARS PER MASONRY LINTEL SCHEDULE w/ STANDARD HOOK INTO U-BLOCK BELOW. U-BLOCK ONLY AT HEAD OF OPENING BOTTOM BARS PER SCHEDULE, LAP PER GENERAL NOTES NOTE: BARS TO BE CONTINUOUS WITH MOMENT LAP SPLICE FOR MULTIPLE SPANS, DO NOT INTERRUPT BARS AT INTERMEDIATE BEARING POINTS. BEAR LINTELS 16" AT END OF SPANS.DEPTH PER MASONRY LINTELSCHEDULE GROUT COMPLETELY SOLIDWALL WIDTH SEE PLAN 4"BACKER ROD CAULK 2" LADDER OR TRUSS TYPE HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT DOES NOT GO THRU JOINT STANDARD FLUSH END SASH BLOCK COMPLETELY CLEAR AIRSPACE OR FILL WITH EXTENDED GASKET PREFORMED 80 DUROMETER PVC OR RUBBER GASKET - BOND BEAMS SHALL BE DISCONTINUOUS AT CONTROL JOINTS - SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR BRICK EXPANSION/CMU CONTROL JOINT LOCATIONS. UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE: MAXIMUM JOINT TO CORNER DISTANCE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 2 FEET OR EXCEED 10 FEET. MAXIMUM JOINT TO JOINT SPACING SHALL NOT EXCEED THE LESSER OF 25 FEET OR 2 TIMES THE WALL HEIGHT FOR SHORT HEIGHT WALLS BELOW OR BETWEEN WINDOWS AND AT PARAPETS. JOINTS SHOULD BE LOCATED AT CRITICAL LOCATIONS SUCH AS (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) CHANGES IN BUILDING HEIGHTS, CHANGES IN FRAMING SYSTEMS, COLUMNS BUILT INTO EXTERIOR WALLS, MAJOR WALL OPENINGS, AND CHANGES IN MATERIALS. 3/8" C.I.P. OR PRECAST CONCRETE SURFACE FIRESAFING OR INSULATION AS REQUIRED BY ARCHITECT. PROVIDE SEALANT AT EXTERIOR WALLS AND FOR WALLS EXPOSED TO VIEW - SIMILAR AT STEEL SUPPORTS. WELD ANGLES TO STRUCT. w/ 3/16" x 2" FILLETS. - GROUT SOLID (1) - #5 TO TOP OF WALL AT EACH SIDE OF ALL OPENINGS (HVAC), DOORS AND WINDOWS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. - ANGLE AND SCREWS SUPPLIED BY STEEL SUPPLIER INSTALLED BY MASON. L4" x 4" x 1/4" x 8" EACH SIDE @ 4' - 0" o/c w/ (2)-1/4"Ø x 1.75" TAPCON CONCRETE SCREWS, 5" GAGE, 1 1/4" MIN. EMBEDMENT (4) TOTAL 1" GAP MIN1 1/2" MAX1/2" MIN.3"2 "2 "1" MAX.BOTTOM OF STEEL DECK #10 x 16 SELF TAPPING SCREW FIELD BEND ONE SIDE FIRESAFING OR INSULATION AS REQUIRED BY ARCHITECT - GROUT SOLID (1) - #5 TO TOP OF WALL AT EACH SIDE OF ALL OPENINGS (HVAC), DOORS AND WINDOWS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12 GA. SPACING @ 4' - 0" o/c PRE-DRILLED HOLES CONTINUOUS L3" x 3" x 1/4" w/ 1/2" DIA. x 5 1/2" HILTI KWIK BOLTS AT 2' - 0" o/c (OR 1/2" x 5" HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR ATTACHMENT GROUT COURSE SOLID FULL LENGTH FOR ANCHOR ATTACHMENT BOND BEAM w/ (2) - #5 CONTINUOUS (LAP 2' - 6") 1 1/2" METAL ROOF DECK WELDED TO ANGLE AT 6" o/c SEE PLAN FOR WALL THICKNESS AND REINFORCING - EXPANSION BOLTS MUST BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 1 3/8 FROM ANY VERTICAL MORTAR JOINT. PLACE FIRST ANCHOR 12" FROM END OF WALL AT PARAPETS: BOND BEAM W/(2) - #5 CONTINUOUS LAP 2' - 6". EXTEND VERTICAL REINFORCING 4" INTO BOND BEAM - ATTACH ROOF DECK TO ANGLE IN EACH FLUTE: 6" o/c FOR 1 1/2" DECK, 8" o/c FOR 3" DECK - CONTINUOUS ANGLE SHALL BE BUTT WELDED AT JOINTS OR EQUIVALENT AREA SPLICE PLATES TO DEVELOP TENSION CAPACITY AS DECK DIAPHRAGM CHORD MEMBERS CMU WALL B/LINTEL SEE PLANS LINTEL AT STEEL LINTELS - STOP REINFORCING UNDER BEARING, ADJACENT BARS TO BE CONTINUOUS TO FLOOR OR ROOF ABOVE PROVIDE GAP ABOVE BRICK BELOW LINTEL (AND ANGLES ATTACHED TO LINTEL). FILL WITH BACKER ROD AND SEALANT AT BOND BEAM LINTELS - RUN VERTICAL REINFORCING THRU. ROOF DECK MASONRY WALL - VERIFY MINIMUM POCKET WIDTH REQUIRED WITH JOIST SUPPLIER. - FILL OPENING AS REQUIRED BY ARCHITECT WITH FIRESAFING INSULATION OR OTHER NON-BEARING MATERIAL. LOW-LIFT GROUTING HIGH-LIFT GROUTING HIGH-LIFT GROUTING HIGH-LIFT GROUTING MAX WALL HEIGHT 1ST POUR MAX WALL HEIGHT 2ND POUR 5'-0" POUR AND 5'-0" LIFTLAPLAP5'-0" POUR AND 5'-0" LIFTNEXT POUR AND LIFT- NO CLEANOUTS REQUIRED - WALL BUILT IN 3 STAGES - BARS SPLICED AT POUR HEIGHTS (10/SPLICES) - GROUT PER ASTM C476 - SLUMP 8"-11"5'-0" POUR AND 5'-0" LIFTLAP5'-0" POUR AND 5'-0" LIFT2'-8" POUR AND2'-8" LIFT- CLEANOUTS REQUIRED - WALL BUILT IN FULL HEIGHT - BARS INSTALLED FULL LENGTH (NO SPLICING) - GROUT PER ASTM C476 - THREE GROUT LIFTS REQUIRED IF: 1 SLUMP NOT 10"-11" 2 WALL NOT CURED FOR 4 HRS MAXIMUM 12'-8" POURLAP- CLEANOUTS REQUIRED - WALL BUILT IN FULL HEIGHT - BARS INSTALLED FULL LENGTH (NO SPLICING) - GROUT PER ASTM C476 - ONE GROUT LIFT IF: 1 SLUMP 10"-11" ONLY 2 WALL NOT CURE3 FOR 4 HRS MIN MAXIMUM 12'-8" POUR AND 12'-8" LIFTLAP- CLEANOUTS REQUIRED - WALL BUILT IN FULL HEIGHT - BARS INSTALLED FULL LENGTH (NO SPLICING) - ONE GROUT LIFT - SELF CONSOLIDATING GROUT (SCG)MAXIMUM 24'-0" POUR AND 24'-0" LIFT- SLUMP 21"-30" - GROUT DEMONSTATION PANEL REQUIRED31 1/4"60"31 3/4"63 5/8"36" 31 1/4" 60" 63 7/8" 35 3/4" 159 5/8"31 1/4"159 5/8" 31 1/4" 159 5/8" CONCRETE COLUMN OR WALL 3/16" DIA. GALVANIZED TRIANGULAR MASONRY TIE @ 16" o/c GROUT SOLID DOVETAIL ANCHOR SLOT L3 x 3 x 3/8 x CONT PLATE 3/8" x 5" x 8" w/ (2) - 3/8" DIA. x 4" HWS AT PARAPETS: BOND BEAM W/(2) - #5 CONTINUOUS LAP 2' - 6". EXTEND VERTICAL REINFORCING 4" INTO BOND BEAM SEE PLAN FOR WALL THICKNESS AND REINFORCING BOND BEAM w/ (2) - #5 CONTINUOUS (LAP 2' - 6") 1/2" 5" 1/8" x 1" FOR K SERIES 1/4" x 2" FOR OTHERS - ATTACH ROOF DECK TO ANGLE IN EACH FLUTE: 6" o/c FOR 1 1/2" DECK, 8" o/c FOR 3" DECK - CONTINUOUS ANGLE SHALL BE BUTT WELDED AT JOINTS OR EQUIVALENT AREA SPLICE PLATES TO DEVELOP TENSION CAPACITY AS DECK DIAPHRAGM CHORD MEMBER 3/16" - BACKPATCH JOIST POCKET SOLID - EXTEND PRECAST BEYOND EDGE AS REQUIRED FOR ARCHITECTURAL REQUIREMENTS. WELD ANCHOR AT 4' - 0" o.c. BY PRECASTER3/16 WELD ANCHOR AT 4' - 0" o.c. ± STAGGERED EACH SIDE NOTE: IN MULTIPLE BAYS, PLACE 2 ANCHORS IN ONE SLAB AND PLACE ANCHORS IN OPPOSITE ENDS OF ADJACENT SLABS GROUTED BUTT JOINT W.W.F. 1" MIN 3/16 #4 @ 12" o/c x 8' - 0", 3/4" COVER BY PRECASTER ANCHOR @ 16'' o/c BLOCK WALL CONTINUOUS DOVETAIL SLOTS REQUIRED IN CONCRETE COLUMNS FOR ALL MASONRY WALLS 1/8" x 5" x 5" x 0' - 6" BENT PLATE ANCHOR TO BOND BEAM W/ (2) - 3/16" KWIK ((2) - 1/4" TAPCON SCREWS) STEEL STUD BEYOND (4) - #10 TEK SCREWS BOND BEAM W/ (2) - #5 x CONT (LAP 2' - 6") 4" STEEL STUD 16 GA MIN. @ 4' - 0" o/c ALTERNATE DIRECTION - SIMILAR WHERE JOIST IS PERPENDICULAR - GROUT SOLID (1) - #5 TO TOP OF WALL AT EACH SIDE OF ALL OPENINGS (HVAC), DOORS AND WINDOWS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 45.00° > 30° > 60° T/PARTITION WALL = SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS ATTACH STEEL STUD TO JOIST AT PANEL POINT NN Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Plan North True North Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: HEC Project No. 22-0025.00 C2023-15 As indicated DETAILS WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER (WSCC) 2500 MILTON AVENUE JANESVILLE WI 53545 S5.3 10/04/2023 220025.00 1 PRECAST PLANK SUPPORT AT PRECAST PANELS (LOAD BEARING)2 STEEL BEAM CONNECTION AT PRECAST WALL PANEL 3 PRECAST PLANK SUPPORT AT PRECAST PANELS (NON-LOAD BEARING)4 TYPICAL CMU WALL ELEVATION 5 PRECAST PLANK BEARING 6 PRECAST PLANK SIDELAP 7 PRECAST PLANK BEARING 8 HORIZONTAL MASONRY WALL REINFORCEMENT 11 STEEL BEARING ON MASONRY 12 DEEP MASONRY LINTEL DETAIL 13 MASONRY BLOCK CONTROL JOINT 14 LATERAL SUPPORT AT TOP OF NON-BEARING MASONRY WALL 15 LATERAL SUPPORT AT TOP OF NON-BEARING WALL 16 DECK SUPPORT AT MASONRY WALL 17 PIER/WALL REINFORCING AT LINTEL BEARING 18 STEEL JOIST POCKET IN CMU WALL 19 COMPARISON OF GROUTING METHODS FOR CONCRETE MASONRY WALL 20 CMU WALL JOINT AT CONCRETE COLUMN OR WALL 21 JOIST BEARING ON MASONRY 9 PRECAST PLANK BEARING 10 PRECAST PLANK BEARING 3 12/13/2023 Addendum #4 22 TYPICAL PC PANEL/MASONRY INTERSECTION 23 MASONRY PARTITION BRACING 4 CL 6", 54 MIL MIN (50 KSI) GALVANIZED COLD-FORMED STUDS @16" o.c. MAX. DESIGNED BY COLD-FORMED STEEL SUPPLIER L3 x 3 x 3/8 x CONT. GALVANIZED METAL ROOF DECK STEEL JOIST STEEL BEAM, SEE PLAN - SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR ALL REQUIREMENTS REGARDING INSULATION, WEEP HOLES, VAPOR BARRIERS ETC. SEAL ALL GAPS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER - DESIGN OF LIGHTGAGE, ATTACHMENT, WELDMENT TO LIGHTGAGE ETC IS TO BE BY LIGHTGAGE CONTRACTOR SUBMIT STAMPED CALCULATIONS. - ANGLES SUPPORTING STUDS SHALL BE STRING LINE STRAIGHT AND PLUMB FLOR TO FLOOR. ERECTION TOLERANCE 1/4 INCH FROM PLAN DIMENSIONS. - BUTT WELD ROOF EDGE ANGLES AT ALL LOCATIONS TO FORM A CONTINUOUS MEMBER 1" GAP 1/8" 2" 1" 3/16" COLD-FORMED CONNECTION W/ VERTICAL SLIDE CLIP CL 6", 54 MIL MIN (50 KSI) GALVANIZED COLD-FORMED STUDS @16" o.c. MAX. DESIGNED BY COLD-FORMED STEEL SUPPLIER GALVANIZED METAL ROOF DECK STEEL BEAM - SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR ALL REQUIREMENTS REGARDING INSULATION, WEEP HOLES, VAPOR BARRIERS ETC. SEAL ALL GAPS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER - DESIGN OF LIGHTGAGE, ATTACHMENT, WELDMENT TO LIGHTGAGE ETC IS TO BE BY LIGHTGAGE CONTRACTOR SUBMIT STAMPED CALCULATIONS. - ANGLES SUPPORTING STUDS SHALL BE STRING LINE STRAIGHT AND PLUMB FLOR TO FLOOR. ERECTION TOLERANCE 1/4 INCH FROM PLAN DIMENSIONS. - BUTT WELD ROOF EDGE ANGLES AT ALL LOCATIONS TO FORM A CONTINUOUS MEMBER 3/16" 3"@12"o/c COLD-FORMED CONNECTION W/ VERTICAL SLIDE CLIP CONTINUOUS 3/8" BENT PLATE OR ANGLE TOP & BOTTOM. PROVIDE L3 x 3 x 1/4 BRACES FOR SPACE OR SPACES BETWEEN JOISTS FROM WHICH EQUIPMENT IS HUNG. COORDINATE LOCATION W/ EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. DLH JOIST BACKBOARD FRAMING ATTACHMENT OF BASKETBALL HOOP SUPPORTS TO JOIST TO OCCUR AT JOIST BOTTOM CHORD PANEL POINTS OR REINFORCE SIMILAR TO SECTION 3 SIDES TC-U4 TOP & BOTTOM. FLANGE TYP. SEE PLANS FOR COLUMN SIZE (GIRDER IN OTHER DIRECTION NOT SHOWN) - STIFFENER PLATES SHALL BE SAME GRADE OF MATERIAL AS COLUMN. - DETAIL APPLIES WHERE INDICATED BY ON PLAN ALL/WELDED DOUBLE ANGLE CONNECTION w/ ERECTION ANGLE BOLTS 4 PLATES: THICKNESS & WIDTH EQUAL TO SMALLER BEAM FLANGE WHERE RIGID FRAMES INTERSECT, LOCATE PLATES PER RIGID FRAME INTO COLUMN WEB DETAIL SEE PLANS FOR BEAM SIZE TC-U4 TYPICAL ALL AROUND - CONNECTION DESIGN BY FABRICATOR. SEE PLAN FOR LOADS AND SPEC 05 10 00 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. SHEAR CONNECTIONS WITH SNUG TIGHT BOLTS MY BE USED INSTEAD OF WELDS .. DOUBLER PLATE WHEN SPECIFIED SECTION4A CONNECTION TO CHANNEL BY SUPPLIER L2 X 2 x 3/16 DIAGONALS WELDED TO JOISTS & CHANNEL C4 x 5.4 SPANNING BETWEEN JOISTS TOILET PARTITION HANGER & CONNECTION TO CHANNEL BY SUPPLIER REINFORCE JOISTS AT CHANNEL BEARING PER X/SX.XX 5' - 9" MAX 9 S5.5 L3 x 3 x 3/16 x CONT., HORIZONTAL L3 x 3 x 3/16 DIAGONAL TO PARTITION STALL DOORS AT EACH HANGER HSS 4 x 4 x 3/16 w/ 1/4" CAP PLATTE EACH END PROVIDE FOR SUPPORT OF KICKERS IN BOTH DIRECTIONS ROOF DECK ROOF JOISTS L3 x 3 x 3/16 VERTICALS. LOCATE WITHIN 6" FROM PARTITION HANGER CENTERLINE L3 x 3 X 3/16 KICKER CEILING BY OTHERS SEE ARCH TYPICAL AT ALL ANGLES PARTITION HANGER & CONNECTION TO ANGLE IS BY SUPPLIER 1 1 3/16" 1" - ADD PANEL POINT REINFORCEMENT AT JOISTS PER X/SX.X ROOF JOISTS 1/4" STIFFENERS W10 x 12 ROOF DECK L3 x 3 x 3/16 DIAGONALS WELDED TO JOISTS & BEAM HSS8 x 8 x 1/4" (COORDINATE DIMENSIONS W/ JOIST SUPPLIER) HSS8 x 8 x 1/4" (COORDINATE DIMENSIONS W/ JOIST SUPPLIER) W10 x 15 @10' - 0" o/c BOTTOM OF STEEL 23' - 11" 1/2" TOP PLATE 22"WF W/ 1/4" STIFFENERS AT BRACES. PROVIDE HOLES AS REQUIRED FOR FOLDING PARTITION SUPPORT L3 x 3 1/4 BRACE AT ; 1/3 POINTS -- SEE PLAN LOCATE AT JOIST PANEL POINT - SIMILAR WHERE BEAM IS PARALLEL TO JOISTS PROVIDE DIAGONAL ANGLE BRACES IN PLANE OF BEAM AS REQUIRED FOR LONGITUDINAL STABILITY (2 MIN.) ELEVATION SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN .. 3/16"TYP 10" 4" 3/8" x 6" x 6" INSERT PLATES @ 4' - 0" o/c AT TOP & BOTTOM (BY PRECASTER) GROUT PLANK END CORE SOLID L3 x 2 x 3/8 (LLH) x CONTINUOUS HSS12 x 3 x 3/16 FOR RAIL ATTACHMENT RAILING 1/4" BENT PLATE 4" 3/16 3 @ 12 3/16 3/16 3/16 3 @ 12 TYP 10" PLANK + 3" TOPPING (2) - #5 x CONT., LAP 2' - 2", AROUND PERIMETER SEE ARCH T/STEEL = SEE PLAN C6 x 13 @ 5' - 0" o/c MAX SEATED IN DECK FLUTES. SPANNING BETWEEN SUPPORTS. REINFORCE JOIST PER 3/S5.4 HSS6 x 3 x 1/4 x CONT 54 MIL MIN (50 KSI) GALVANIZED COLD-FORMED STUDS BY COLD FORMED STEEL SUPPLIER 16" o/c MAX 3/16" EACH JOIST CONTINUOUS 5/16" BENT PLATE W/ 3" VERT LEG 0' - 5" T/STUD = SEE ARCH T/STEEL = SEE PLAN SEE ARCH T/STEEL = SEE PLAN C6 x 13 @ 5' - 0" o/c MAX SEATED IN DECK FLUTES. SPANNING BETWEEN SUPPORTS. REINFORCE JOIST PER 5/S5.4 HSS6 x 3 x 1/4 x CONT 54 MIL MIN (50 KSI) GALVANIZED COLD-FORMED STUDS BY COLD FORMED STEEL SUPPLIER 16" o/c MAX 3/16" EACH JOIST CONTINUOUS 5/16" BENT PLATE W/ 3" VERT LEG 0' - 5" T/STEEL = SEE PLAN __" CL GALVANIZED BENT PLATE 3/8" x 6" V x CONTINUOUS. STOP HORIZONTAL LEG 1/2" BACK FROM BRICK FACE. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL. ANGLE TO BE DISCONTINUOUS AT CONTROL JOINTS. DESIGNED BY COLD-FORMED STEEL SUPPLIER. 6", 54 MIL MIN (50 KSI) GALVANIZED COLD-FORMED STUDS @16" o.c. MAX. DESIGNED BY COLD-FORMED STEEL SUPPLIER L3 x 3 x 3/8 x CONT. AT EACH STUD DESIGNED BY COLD-FORMED STEEL SUPPLIER. JOIST PANEL POINT STEEL JOIST, WIDE FLANGE BEAM AT "SIM" L3 x 3 x 1/4 AT EACH JOIST COLD-FORMED CLIP AT EACH STUD DESIGNED BY COLD-FORMED SUPPLIER STIFFENER CHANNEL AT EACH STUD AT PUNCHOUTS - SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR ALL REQUIREMENTS REGARDING INSULATION, WEEP HOLES, VAPOR BARRIERS ETC. SEAL ALL GAPS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER - DESIGN OF LIGHTGAGE, ATTACHMENT, WELDMENT TO LIGHTGAGE ETC IS TO BE BY LIGHTGAGE CONTRACTOR SUBMIT STAMPED CALCULATIONS. - ANGLES SUPPORTING STUDS SHALL BE STRING LINE STRAIGHT AND PLUMB FLOR TO FLOOR. ERECTION TOLERANCE 1/4 INCH FROM PLAN DIMENSIONS. - BUTT WELD ROOF EDGE ANGLES AT ALL LOCATIONS TO FORM A CONTINUOUS MEMBER 1" GAP 4 1/2" 1/8" 2" 1" 3/16" t FULL 3/16" 3/16" CL GALVANIZED BENT PLATE 3/8" x 6" V x CONTINUOUS. STOP HORIZONTAL LEG 1/2" BACK FROM BRICK FACE. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL. ANGLE TO BE DISCONTINUOUS AT CONTROL JOINTS. DESIGNED BY COLD-FORMED STEEL SUPPLIER. 6", 54 MIL MIN (50 KSI) GALVANIZED COLD-FORMED STUDS @16" o.c. MAX. DESIGNED BY COLD-FORMED STEEL SUPPLIER CONTINUOUS 3/8" BENT PLATE OR ANGLE AT EACH STUD DESIGNED BY COLD-FORMED STEEL SUPPLIER. - SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR ALL REQUIREMENTS REGARDING INSULATION, WEEP HOLES, VAPOR BARRIERS ETC. SEAL ALL GAPS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER - DESIGN OF LIGHTGAGE, ATTACHMENT, WELDMENT TO LIGHTGAGE ETC IS TO BE BY LIGHTGAGE CONTRACTOR SUBMIT STAMPED CALCULATIONS. - ANGLES SUPPORTING STUDS SHALL BE STRING LINE STRAIGHT AND PLUMB FLOR TO FLOOR. ERECTION TOLERANCE 1/4 INCH FROM PLAN DIMENSIONS. - BUTT WELD ROOF EDGE ANGLES AT ALL LOCATIONS TO FORM A CONTINUOUS MEMBER 3/16" 3"@12"o/c t FULL L3 x 3 x 1/4 @ 4' - 0" o.c. MAX COLD-FORMED CLIP AT EACH STUD DESIGNED BY COLD-FORMED SUPPLIER STIFFENER CHANNEL AT EACH STUD AT PUNCHOUTS 3/16" 3/16" STEEL COLUMN, SEE PLAN PRECAST WALL PANEL (2) 3/4" DIA A325 SLIP CRITICAL BOLTS SPACED 9" APART PLATE 3/8" x 3" x 1/2" x 1' - 0" FIELD WELDED TO PRECAST EMBED PLATE REMOVE FLOOR DECK AS REQUIRED @ COLUMNS. PROVIDE L3 x 3 x 1/4 FIELD WELDED TO COLUMN FOR DECK SUPPORT 3/8" PARTIAL DEPTH STIFFENER EACH SIDE 5/16"3 SIDES 1/2" STIFFENER PLATE EACH SIDE TOP & BOTTOM PLATE 3/8" x 3" x 1/2" x 1' - 0" SHOP WELD TO STEEL FRAME 1/4TYP 1/4CJP CL 1' - 4" SEE PLAN STIFFENER PLATE RAILING, SEE ARCHITECTURAL 1/4 x 3 x 4 1/2 x CONT (LLV) BENT PLATE W/ 1/2" DIA H.S.A. @ 2' - 0" o/c 3" CONCRETE OVER 1 1/2" 20 GA GALVANIZED METAL DECK SHEAR TAB CONNECTION BEAM, SEE PLAN 1/4 3"@12" - SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR PARTITION LOCATIONS T/SLAB SEE PLAN SEE PLAN FOR BEAM SIZE HSS4 x 4 x 3/16 PARTITIONS & CONNECTION TO TUBE BY SUPPLIER TYP SEE PLAN MAX TUBE SIZE = 10'-0" LC LC .. 3/16 BOTTOM OF STEEL DECK FIRESAFING OR INSULATION AS REQUIRED BY ARCHITECT. PROVIDE SEALANT AT EXTERIOR WALLS AND FOR WALLS EXPOSED TO VIEW - ANGLE AND SCREWS SUPPLIED BY ROOF STEEL SUPPLIER. - ENTIRE CONNCECTION DESIGN BY PRECASTER. FIREPROOF AND PROVIDE FIRESAFING AS REQUIRED FOR FIRE RATING L6" x 4" x 1/4" x 8" EACH SIDE @ 4' - 0" o/c w/ #10 x 16 SELF TAPPING SCREW, 5" GAGE, 1 1/4" MIN. EMBEDMENT (4) TOTAL 0' - 1"1" GAP MIN1 1/2" MAXW24 x 55 W24 x 104 W12 x 45 118' -6" W24 x 55 HSS6 x 6 x 5/16 W24 x 55 HSS6 x 6 x 5/16 W8 x 10 W24 x 55 HSS5 x 5 x 1/4 BEYOND W24 x 55 HSS4 x 4 x 1/4 W12 x 72 110' -2" - PROVIDE SAME WELDMENT & BEARING AS JOISTS2 1/2"4" MINVARIES L 2 x 2 x 1/4 C5 x 6.7 BEARING FACE 1/2" CLEAR TO .. 3/16 3"3 1/2"2 1/2"Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: HEC Project No. 22-0025.00 C2023-15 As indicated DETAILS WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER (WSCC) 2500 MILTON AVENUE JANESVILLE WI 53545 S5.5 10/04/2023 220025.00 3 EXTERIOR WALL SECTION (STUDS BEAR AT FOUNDATION)4 EXTERIOR WALL SECTION (STUDS BEAR AT FOUNDATION) 5 BACKBOARD SUPPORT AT GYM 6 TYPICAL DETAIL AT RIGID FRAMES 7 TOILET PARTITION SUPPORT AT JOISTS 8 SECTION AT TOILET PARTITION 13 FOLDING PARTITION SECTION - PARALLEL12FOLDING PARTITION SUPPORT 14 RAILING ATTACHMENT 15 SECTION 16 SECTION 1 EXTERIOR WALL SECTION AT WINDOW (STUDS HUNG FROM ROOF)2 EXTERIOR WALL SECTION AT WINDOW (STUDS HUNG FROM ROOF) 17 SECTION AT FLOOR 18 SECTION AT FLOOR 9 TOILET PARTITION SUPPORT AT BEAMS 11 PRECAST WALL ATTACHMENT DETAIL 3 12/13/2023 Addendum #4 19 CANOPY DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"10 JOIST SUBSTITUTE JS-1 44 5 8 5.8 9 W24 x 55B.5 C.8 W16 x 26 51' - 3"60DLH1761' - 6 1/8"6 EQ SPW21 x 44W24 x 62 W24 x 62 W16 x 26W27 x 84 W16 x 26W16 x 261 54' - 0"28KSP2 @ 4' - 6" 21' - 11 7/8" 20KSP1 @ 5' - 0" 11 20' - 0"20KSP2 @ 5' - 0"2C C F.3 5 E WF FOLDING PARTITION WALL ATTACHMENT BY OTHERS 8A 4.9 HSS6 x 6 x 3/8HSS6 x 6 x 3/8HSS6 x 6 x 3/8HSS6 x 6 x 3 4 4 4 1 8" ROOF PLANK 1 8" ROOF PLANK Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: HEC Project No. 22-0025.00 C2023-15 1/8" = 1'-0" ROOF FRAMING PLAN AT ALTERNATE 1 & 2 WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER (WSCC) 2500 MILTON AVENUE JANESVILLE WI 53545 S2.1 ALT 10/04/2023 220025.00 1/8" = 1'-0"1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN - ALT 1 1/8" = 1'-0"2 ROOF FRAMING PLAN - ALT 2 3 12/13/2023 Addendum #4 4 LVLVLVLVMULTI-USECONVENTIONSPACE156MULTI-USECONVENTIONSPACE156ELECTRIC157STORAGE158WARMING ROOM159LOADING/RECEIVING/STORAGE160MEN'S166F.S. STORAGE175WOMEN'S165MULTI-PURPOSEAREA154FA4333FA4FA4FA4AAAA AAAAAAAAAAAA AA4FA4FA4FA4FA4FA4FA4FA4FA44FE4FF4FF4FF4FF4FF4FF4FF4FF4FF4FF4FF4FF4FF4FF4 FF4LOBBY / LINK155ABEFGHCD123F.3F.9G.8GENERALBUILDINGSTORAGE167TEMP STORAGE174HOCKEYSTORAGE173FE4FE4FF4FF4EEFA4IT/GEN STORAGE17633RCRCRBRCRBRCRCRBRBRBRBAV CLOSET157 (A)2E1.1bTYPICAL3E1.1bTYPICALAV CLOSET167 (B)3E1.1bTYPICALEAMALLCONNECTION164A4WFW8E1.1cRBRBWFW4E1.1bWFW4E1.1b5E1.1bWEFEAEA1,3E6.3WEF WEF5E1.1b5E1.1b5E1.1bRCFE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4WEF5E1.1bWEF1E6.3LA8ELA8ELA8LA8LA8LA8ELA8LA8LA8LA8ERBRBRBRBRBRB10E1.1bFA4FA4333EEFA4FA4FA4FA4FA4F.4F.6RARARANLWT2 WT2 WT2 WT2LE8ELE8LE8LE8LE8ELE8LE8LE8LE8LE8LE8EEALM201E1.1b1E1.1b1E1.1b2E1.1b2E1.1b2E1.1b2E1.1b2E1.1b2E1.1bTYP6E1.1bTYP6E1.1bTYPICAL1E6.3SB7E1.1bEAA5EB8E1.1b8E1.1bEBEBEBEBEBEB8E1.1b9E1.1b9E1.1c8E1.1b8E1.1bTO FIXTS. ABOVECcTO FIXTS. ABOVECbA11A12A13A14A15A16A17A20MdMeMfEB8E1.1bA21FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4A34EB8E1.1bCKT# HL4 -4CKT# LS4 -1LCP-2CKT# HL4 -2 CKT# LS4 -4CKT# HL4 -1CKT# LS4 -2LCPB-1CKT# HL4 -3 CKT# LS4 -3LCPC-4CKT# LS1 -6FA4FA42E1.1bRB RBRARARAPLFE49E1.1bRA RA RA RA RA RA RA RAWT2RARARA RA RAWT2WT2 WT2 WT2 WT2 WT2RARARARARARARARARARARA RAWT2NLNLNLNLSBSBSB SB SBTYPICALLM12 LM12LM6LM12 LM12 LM12NL NL NLLM121E6.311E1.1bEBNLNLNLEB4##E1.1b1. REFER TO SHEETS 1.2b FOR LIGHTING IN THIS SPACE.2.TOP OF FIXTURE(S) SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY 9'-0" AFF.3.TOP OF FIXTURES SHALL LINE UP WITH TOP OF OVERHEAD GARAGE DOOR OPENING AT APPROXIMATELY 12'-0" AFF.4.CENTER OF FIXTURE SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY 16'-10 1/2" AFF.5.BOTTOM OF FIXTURE SHALL BE APPROXIATELY 13'-2" AFF.6.BOTTOM OF FIXTURES SHALL BE 2" ABOVE TOP OF MIRROR.7.BOTTOM OF FIXTURES SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY 10'-2" AFF TO LINE UP WITH ADJACENT LIG CEILING.8.PROVIDE THIS EXIT SIGN WITH A WIREGUARD.9.BOTTOM OF FIXTURE, WHEN AIMED STRAIGHT TOWARDS WALL, SHALL LINE UP WITH BOTTOM OF CEILING AT 12'-0" AFF. AIM FIXTURE DOWNWARDS AS REQUIRED TO EVENLY ILLUMINATE MURAL.10.BOTTOM OF FIXTURE SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY 1'-0" ABOVE TOP OF DOOR.11.PROVIDE LOCKABLE ENCLOSURE FOR THESE SWITCHES AND VERIFY MOUNTING LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH IN.PLAN NOTES:1.EGRESS LIGHTING (SHADED FIXTURES ON THE PLANS)SHALL BE ACHIEVED VIA NORMAL LIGHTING FIXTURES WIRED TO INVERTERS AS REQUIRED TO EFFECTIVELY ILLUMINATE THE PATH OF EGRESS AS DESIGNATED BY THE ARCHITECT. EACH QUADRANT OF THIS PROJECT HAS AN INVERTER SERVING IT. PROVIDE UL924 TRANSFER RELAYS (BOTH DIMMING AND NON-DIMMING TYPES) AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN CONTROLLABILITY OF THE EGRESS FIXTURES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED AS AN "NL" 24HR NIGHTLIGHT; REFER TO DETAILS 3/E6.3 AND 5/E6.3. REFER ALSO TO THE RISER DIAGRAM AND DETAIL 5/E8.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INVERTER INFORMATION.2.EACH QUADRANT OF THIS PROJECT INCLUDES AN INVERTER; WIRE EXIT SIGNS TO THE NEAREST INVERTER SERVING THE AREA OF INSTALLATION.3. EGRESS LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED THROUGH EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUIT DESIGNATION "LV" AND PLACED NEAR TO THE NORMAL CIRCUIT. REFER TO PLAN FOR THE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION.GENERAL NOTES:NNConsultant:Project:Location:Sheet:Plan NorthTrueNorthKey Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale:Date:Project No.:Sheet No.:Revisions:(Owner) Project No.:No:Date:Description:SENENWSWBUILDING DIAGRAMNOT TO SCALEAs indicatedFIRST FLOOR LIGHTINGPLAN B -NE QUADWOODMAN'S SPORTS &CONVENTION CENTER(WSCC)2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545BID SETE1.1b10/04/2023220025.00C2023-151/8" = 1'-0"1FIRST FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN B -NE QUAD1 2023/11/17 ADDENDUM #14 12/11/2023 ADDENDUM #4 LVLVLVLVLVLVGEN STORAGE153ELEV152MAIN LOBBY101VESTIBULE100SKATE RENTAL108MENS106AMEETING ROOM(B)103STOR104FIRST AID105LOBBY / LINK155ACMAIN LOBBY101MAIN LOBBY101ACACACACACACACACACACACACACACACACACMEETING ROOM(A)102BREAKROOM109ADMIN112OFFICE111ACACOFFICE110ACACBC BC BCAAFA4FEH4FEH4FEH4MULTI-PURPOSEAREA154MULTI-USECONVENTIONSPACE156BC BCBC BCBEFGHCD4567F.3F.9G.89CONCESSIONS115 (B)RBCHECK-IN/RENTAL107EAEAAARCRCRCLD18ELD18LD8LD8EEABABAA1RB RBBC BCBC BCBCBCBCBCBCBC BCEA EAEASA SA SA SA SASASASASASA SASASAEAPA3PA4PA5PA3PA4PA54E1.1cLaLbPA5PA4PA3PA5PA4PA3SA SASA SASASA SASASA SASASA SASASA SASASA SASAEAEARCRB RBAAAAAAAAAASASAEALcEAA38E1.1c5E1.1c3E6.3LdLe5E1.1c3E6.3FEH46E1.1c7E1.1cRB RB RB RB RBWFWWFWWFW8E1.1c8E1.1cRBFE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4NL1E6.385.8RBLA8ELA83E6.3NLNL3E6.3AC ACF.4F.6LD18ELD18ELD18LD8E LD8ELD8LE8ELE8LE8ELE8LE8LE8LE8LA8ELA8LA8LA8ELM20EBEB9E1.1b9E1.1cTO FIXTS. ABOVECbA8TO FIXTS. ABOVEEB9E1.1cEBEB9E1.1c9E1.1c1E1.1c4E1.1c3E6.31E1.1cA9A10A11A14A18CaMaMbMcA19EBEB9E1.1c9E1.1cTO FIXTS.ABOVEEEFE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE41E6.3MULTIPURPOSEAREACIRCULATION154 (B)A28EEEAEALOCKER ALCOVE101 (A)LCPB-13CKT# HL4 -8CKT# LS4 -7CKT# HL1 -1CKT# LS1 -1TO SWITCH "Lc"LCPC-3CKT# HL1 -7CKT# LS1 -2TO SWITCH "Lb"LCPC-2CKT# HL1 -6TO SWITCH "La"LCPC-1CKT# HL1 -4CKT# LS1 -3TO SWITCH "Ld"LCPC-2CKT# HL1 -5CKT# HL1 -13LCPC-4CKT# LS1 -7CKT# HL1 -2CKT# LS1 -5TO SWITCH "Le"LCPC-3CKT# HL1 -3CKT# LS1 -4RA RA RARARARANLCACA CA CANLWOMENS106B3E1.1cEARB RBLW20RCSABABABAAA10E1.1cWT8RA RANLWT4NLWT2FAMILY RR10611E1.1c12E1.1cTYPICALNLEBEB41.EGRESS LIGHTING (SHADED FIXTURES ON THE PLANS)SHALL BE ACHIEVED VIA NORMAL LIGHTING FIXTURES WIRED TO INVERTERS AS REQUIRED TO EFFECTIVELY ILLUMINATE THE PATH OF EGRESS AS DESIGNATED BY THE ARCHITECT. EACH QUADRANT OF THIS PROJECT HAS AN INVERTER SERVING IT. PROVIDE UL924 TRANSFER RELAYS (BOTH DIMMING AND NON-DIMMING TYPES) AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN CONTROLLABILITY OF THE EGRESS FIXTURES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED AS AN "NL" 24HR NIGHTLIGHT; REFER TO DETAILS 3/E6.3 AND 5/E6.3. REFER ALSO TO THE RISER DIAGRAM AND DETAIL 5/E8.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INVERTER INFORMATION.2.EACH QUADRANT OF THIS PROJECT INCLUDES AN INVERTER; WIRE EXIT SIGNS TO THE NEAREST INVERTER SERVING THE AREA OF INSTALLATION.3. EGRESS LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED THROUGH EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUIT DESIGNATION "LV" AND PLACED NEAR TO THE NORMAL CIRCUIT. REFER TO PLAN FOR THE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION.GENERAL NOTES:##E1.1c1.REFER TO SHEET E1.2c FOR LIGHTING IN THIS SPACE.2.BOTTOM OF FIXTURE SHALL BE 3" ABOVE TOP OF MIRROR.3.PENDANT MOUNT SUCH THAT TOP OF EXIT SIGN LINES UP WITH BOTTOM OF CEILING AT 15'-0" AFF; ALL PENDANT MOUNTING HARDWARE SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH DECK.4.FIXTURES SHALL BE MOUNTED AT RANDOM HEIGHTS/LOCATIONS; EXACT CONFIGURATION SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.5.BOTTOM OF FIXTURES SHALL LINE UP WITH BOTTOM OF JOISTS AT APPROXIMATELY 17'-6" AFF; ALL LIKE FIXTURES SHALL BE MOUNTED AT THE SAME HEIGHT.6.TOP OF FIXTURE SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY 9'-0" AFF.7.WALL MOUNT APPROXIMATELY 3'-0" ABOVE PIT FLOOR. FOR BEST LIGHTING RESULTS AND TO COMPLY WITH THE ELEVATOR CODE, EXACT MOUNTING LOCATIONS/ORIENTATIONS SHALL BE FIELD COORDINATED AND VERIFIED BY THE A/E PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. WIRE TO FIXTURES AT THE TOP OF THE ELEVATOR SHAFT.8.CENTER OF FIXTURE SHALL BE 16'-10 1/2" AFF.9.PROVIDE THIS EXIT SIGN WITH A WIREGUARD.10.BOTTOM OF FIXTURE, WHEN AIMED STRAIGHT TOWARDS WALL, SHALL LINE UP WITH BOTTOM OF CEILING AT 12'-0" AFF. AIM FIXTURE DOWNWARDS AS REQUIRED TO EVENLY ILLUMINATE MURAL.11.PROVIDE LOCKABLE ENCLOSURE FOR THESE SWITCHES AND VERIFY MOUNTING LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH IN.12.TOP OF FIXTURES SHALL BE 9'-6" AFF TO LINE UP WITH GLASS DIVIDER BETWEEN PLAYER'S BENCH AND PUBLIC PASSAGE WAY.PLAN NOTES:NNConsultant:Project:Location:Sheet:Plan NorthTrueNorthKey Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale:Date:Project No.:Sheet No.:Revisions:(Owner) Project No.:No:Date:Description:SENENWSWBUILDING DIAGRAMNOT TO SCALEAs indicatedFIRST FLOOR LIGHTINGPLAN C -NW QUADWOODMAN'S SPORTS &CONVENTION CENTER(WSCC)2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545BID SETE1.1c10/04/2023220025.00C2023-151/8" = 1'-0"1FIRST FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN C -NW QUAD1 2023/11/17 ADDENDUM #14 12/11/2023 ADDENDUM #4 SLVLVLVLVLVLVLVLVJ.C.142REFEREE145REFEREE RR146TEAM ROOM 1147TEAM ROOM 2148TEAM ROOM 3149IT150PASSAGE144TRAINING129UNISEX TLT128TEAM ROOM 4127TEAM ROOM 5126WET TEAM ROOM3125WET TEAM RR124WET TEAM ROOM4123MEN'S121J.C.114PASSAGE144ICE RINKCIRCULATION151FE4FE4 FE4 FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4 FE4FE4FE4FE4 FE4 FE4FE4FE4FE4 FE4 FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4 FE4FE4FE4 FE4FE4FE4 FE4FE4FE4 FE4FE4FE4 FE4FE4FE4 FE4FE4FE4AABAFE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4 FE4 FE4 FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FA4FEH4FEH4FEH4MERCYHEALTHARENA136HJKMPQN567G.8L.6M.49CONCESSIONS115 (B)FE4FE4RB RBELECTRICAL113BAAA AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAABABABASA SA SA SA SA SA SASASASASASASASASA SA SA SA SA SA SASASASASASASASASA SASASASASASA SA SA SA SA SAPA3PA4PA5PA2PA3PA5PA3PA4PA4PA2PA5PA3EAEAICE ARENALOBBY117LgLfA21E1.1dTYPICAL2E1.1dTYPICALPA4PA2PA3FEH46E1.1c7E1.1cFE4 FE4 FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4NLEBEBAAFE4RB3E1.1dWEF8LM.35.812ICE ARENALOBBY117FE4AAFE4AAL.4L.8EE3E6.33E6.3FE4FE4FE41,3E6.31,3E6.3EBEBEBEB4E1.1dAaAbAcAdTO FIXTS.ABOVEA245E1.1d5E6.6FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE4FE41E6.3A38EECKT# HL2 -1CKT# LS2 -8TO SWITCH "Lg"LCPD-2CKT# HL2 -3CKT# LS2 -1CKT# HL2 -5CKT# LS2 -2TO SWITCH "Lf"LCPD-1CKT# HL2 -4/ LS2- 3CKT# HL2 -6CKT# LS2 -4CKT# HL2 -2 / LS2- 7LCPB-13CKT# HL4 -8CKT# LS4 -7LCPD-3CKT# LS1 -83E6.3CARBCA CA6E1.1dCACACACACA CA CA CA CA CA CA CA CACA CA CA CA CA CA CA CA CA CARBRBCA CACA CACARBRBRBNLRB RB RBNLNLNL NLNLBABAWT16NLRBRBRBNLWT6WT10RBNLRBWT2WT27E1.1d7E1.1dAACKT# HL2 -11CKT# LS2 -4RBRB8E1.1d9E1.1a9E1.1a9E1.1a9E1.1a5E1.1dEB12E1.1cTYPICALA37EBEB441.EGRESS LIGHTING (SHADED FIXTURES ON THE PLANS)SHALL BE ACHIEVED VIA NORMAL LIGHTING FIXTURES WIRED TO INVERTERS AS REQUIRED TO EFFECTIVELY ILLUMINATE THE PATH OF EGRESS AS DESIGNATED BY THE ARCHITECT. EACH QUADRANT OF THIS PROJECT HAS AN INVERTER SERVING IT. PROVIDE UL924 TRANSFER RELAYS (BOTH DIMMING AND NON-DIMMING TYPES) AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN CONTROLLABILITY OF THE EGRESS FIXTURES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED AS AN "NL" 24HR NIGHTLIGHT; REFER TO DETAILS 3/E6.3 AND 5/E6.3. REFER ALSO TO THE RISER DIAGRAM AND DETAIL 5/E8.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INVERTER INFORMATION.2.EACH QUADRANT OF THIS PROJECT INCLUDES AN INVERTER; WIRE EXIT SIGNS TO THE NEAREST INVERTER SERVING THE AREA OF INSTALLATION.3. EGRESS LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED THROUGH EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUIT DESIGNATION "LV" AND PLACED NEAR TO THE NORMAL CIRCUIT. REFER TO PLAN FOR THE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION.GENERAL NOTES:##E1.1d1.FIXTURES SHALL BE MOUNTED AT RANDOM HEIGHTS/LOCATIONS; EXACT CONFIGURATION SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.2.BOTTOM OF FIXTURES SHALL LINE UP WITH BOTTOM OF JOISTS AT APPROXIMATELY 17'-6" AFF; ALL LIKE FIXTURES SHALL BE MOUNTED AT THE SAME HEIGHT.3.TOP OF FIXTURES SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY 12'-0" AFF.4.REFER TO SHEETS 1.2a AND 1.2d FOR LIGHTING IN THIS SPACE. 5.PROVIDE THIS EXIT SIGN WITH A WIREGUARD.6.PENDANT MOUNT SUCH THAT BOTTOM OF EXIT SIGN IS 10'-6" AFF; ALL PENDANT MOUNTING HARDWARE SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH DECK.7.BOTTOM OF FIXTURE(S) SHALL BE 2" ABOVE TOP OF MIRROR.8.PROVIDE LOCKABLE ENCLOSURE FOR THESE SWITCHES AND VERIFY MOUNTING LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH IN.PLAN NOTES:NNConsultant:Project:Location:Sheet:Plan NorthTrueNorthKey Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale:Date:Project No.:Sheet No.:Revisions:(Owner) Project No.:No:Date:Description:SENENWSWBUILDING DIAGRAMNOT TO SCALEAs indicatedFIRST FLOOR LIGHTINGPLAN D -SW QUADWOODMAN'S SPORTS &CONVENTION CENTER(WSCC)2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545BID SETE1.1d10/04/2023220025.00C2023-151/8" = 1'-0"1FIRST FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN D -SW QUAD1 2023/11/17 ADDENDUM #14 12/11/2023 ADDENDUM #4 DNTV12TVSSSTVSSHSSSFSFSTSTS7HFSFSTSTSTSTSFSFSDF-3DF-2GWH-2CP-2CP-4GWH-4OFV-9OFV-8OFV-7OFCT-7OFCT-11OFCT-960""JT"15cdGFCI15cdZ1Z2D1W1MCC60"HD1GFCIEL1EL2EL3EL4EL5EL6EL8EL7CSB1CSB2CSB3CSB4HD4HD2HD3ESDCE60cd30cd15cd30cd30cd15cd30cd30cd15cdFACPEL19EL18EL17MSBDP3T-3HL3GL1SC1IR-1IR-2IR-3IR-4IR-9GFCI60""JT"D2D3GFCIW3CR60cd30cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd11'-0"60cd60cd15cd15cd60"IT30A1GBGBGB110cd110cdRESURFACER/SHOPTOOLS/LAUNDRY170REFRIGERATION172Y.H. STORAGE137WET TEAM ROOM#2140UNISEX TLT141YH COACH143ELEC134MAIN COACH133MAIN TEAMROOM132LAUNDRY131TRAINING129UNISEX TLT128J.C.142WET TEAM RR139ICE RINKCIRCULATION135PASSAGE130MECHANICAL168STORAGE135(A)METER/RISER179UH 1C-1C-2C-3P6P3P2P1GFCIGFCILP3(L)-6LP3(L)-3LP3(L)-3LP3(L)-4LP3(L)-4LP3(L)-5LP3(L)-9LP3(L)-9LP3(L)-23LP3(L)-24,26DP3-50,52,54DP3-55,57,59LP3(L)-6LP3(L)-9LP3(L)-6LP3(L)-11LP3(L)-12LP3(L)-11LP3(L)-12LP3(L)-12LP3(L)-13LP3(L)-14LP3(L)-15LP3(L)-12LP3(L)-11LP3(L)-12LP3(L)-18LP3(L)-16LP3(L)-17LP3(L)-18LP3(L)-18LP3(L)-18LP3(L)-22LP3(L)-56LP3(L)-55LP3(L)-55LP3(L)-55LP3(L)-57LP3(L)-58LP3(L)-59 LP3(L)-60LP3(L)-56LP3(L)-43LP3(L)-43LP3(L)-43LP3(L)-45LP3(L)-46LP3(L)-48LP3(L)-43LP3(L)-49LP3(L)-51,53LP3(L)-52,54LP3(L)-50LP3(L)-40LP3(L)-42LP3(L)-42LP3(L)-42LP3(L)-40LP3(L)-34LP3(L)-40LP3(L)-39LP3(L)-36LP3(L)-37LP3(L)-36LP3(L)-38LP3(L)-29LP3(L)-29LP3(L)-29LP3(L)-34LP3(L)-32LP3(L)-33LP3(L)-31LP3(L)-31LP3(L)-5LP3(L)-5LP3(L)-5LP3(L)-5LP3(L)-25LP3(L)-27LP3(L)-28LP3(L)-28LP3(L)-28LP4(L)-27LP4(L)-27LP4(L)-30LP4(L)-30LP4(L)-30LP3(L)-34LP3(L)-34LP2(L)-2LP3(L)-21HJKMPQN123G.8L.6M.4KYKYLP3(L)-1LP3(L)-2MP1-18GWH-5GWH-6CP-5TMV-3LP3(L)-19MP1-15LP3(L)-35WS-1BP-1MP1-19MP1-26LP3(L)-44DP3-20,22,24OFCT-8LP3(L)-47OFV-10LP3(L)-68LP3(L)-61LP3(L)-61LP3(L)-61W2WET TEAM ROOM#1138ELECTRICAL169AV CLOSET167 (B)SBP-3AV-4AV-3LP6-20,22,24LM.3P4P5P7MCC-11MCC-10MCC-9MCC-7MCC-6MCC-5MCC-4MCC-1 MCC-2 MCC-3LP3(L)LP4(L)-53LP4(L)-13LP3(L)-20FACPLS3MP1-27IR-1MP1-1IR-2MP1-2IR-3MP1-3MP1-9IR-9MP1-4IR-4MP1T-7L.4L.8"JT""JT""JT""JT""JT""JT""JT"E7.5101101201301401501902001801601748"+48"+48"+48"+48"WP/GFCILP3(L)-4WP/GFCI110cd(WP")+48"7E2.1bEVLP3(L)-78OD-1LP3(L)-79OD-2LP3(L)-80OD-7T-8LP3(L)-5HT-1LP3(L)-81,83LP3(R)CLOSET172(A)CLOSET133(A)MERCYHEALTHARENA136MULTIPURPOSEAREACIRCULATION154 (B)VESTIBULE171YH COACH14310E2.1A3E2.1A3E2.1A4E2.1A5E2.1AWP/GFCI3E2.1A3E2.1A1E2.1A1E2.1A1E2.1b4E2.1b3E2.1bLP3(L)-31LP3(L)-31GFCIGFCI1E2.1A1E2.1A9E2.1A3E2.1A2E2.1A11E2.1A11E2.1A6E2.1ALP3(L)-12CCCLP3(L)-9LP3(L)-9IPTLP3(L)-8LP3(L)-6LP3(L)-63E2.1DLP3(L)-3LP3(L)-3LP3(L)-7HD42LCPAMP1-32F-7MP1-34F-8MP1-36EUH-5MP1-58,60,62EUH-6MP1-61,63,65EUH-7MP1-64,66,68EUH-8GFCIGFCIGFCIGFCITRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRLP3(L)-304LP3(L)-414GFCI4LP3(L)-184##E2.1a1. PROVIDE NEW CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOXES AND A DEDICATED 120-VOLT, 20A CIRCUIT FOR NEW ELECTRICALLY CONTROLLED LOCKS ON THESE DOORS. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FOR FINAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS.2. PROVIDE 120V CONNECTION TO SCOREBOARD. MOUNT JBOX ON BAR JOIST FOR SCOREBOARD SUSPENDED FROM JOIST. VERIFY CONNECTION WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER AND FINAL LOCATION WITH OWNER.3. FUTURE INFRARED HEATING SYSTEM. PROVIDE WIRING, CONDUIT, AND JUNCTION BOXES. CAP AND LABEL FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION.4. LOCATION OF SCOREKEEPER'S BOX. VERIFY ALL CONDUIT RUNS TO THIS LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. FOR BIDDING PURPOSES, ASSUME (4) 2" CONDUIT RUNS FROM THIS LOCATION TO ADMINISTRATION A102 ROUTE (2) 2" CONDUITS FROM THIS LOCATION TO EACH SCOREBOARD FOR PA, MUSIC, ETC.5. POWER AND DATA CONNECTIONS SHALL BE RECESSED INTO THE BACKER BOARDS WITH THE ACCESS ON THE NON-ICE SIDE OF THE RINK.6. PROVIDE A 1" CONDUIT FROM THIS CENTER RINK SCOREBOARD LOCATION TO SCOREBOARD CONTROL LOCATION IN IT ROOM B115. CONFIRM ALL LOCATIONS AND ROUTING PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.7. FUTURE POWERED SIGNAGE. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT. COORDINATE POWER REQUIREMENTS WITH SIGN MANUFACTURER(S).8. WET TEAM ROOM 139. KEY LOCKS TO BE USED TO ENTER ROOM. VIA CARD ACCESS PROGRAMMING, FIRST KEY ENTRANCE TO ROOM WILL DIS-ENGAGE OPPOSITE TEAM ENTRANCE DOOR/KEY. ONCE KEY IS REMOVED AND SWITCH BACK TO NORMAL POSITION SYSTEM IS RESET.9. PROVIDE/INSTALL (1) WALL MOUNTED NETWORK EQUIPMENT CABINET IN ROOM 133. EQUAL TO CPI PART # 11901-724. CABINET TO HOUSE LOCAL JETS NETWORK EQUIPMENT. CABINET TO BE 24"H X 18"D X 19" W. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE/INSTALL (1) CAT.6 CABLE FROM CABINET IN ROOM 133 TO D-MARC ROOM #134 FOR NETWORK FEED.10. APROXIMATE LOCATION OF BDA HEAD END EQUIPMENT RACK. PROVIDE 4'X8', 3/4 INCH FIRE RATED PLYWOOD BACKING FOR WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE CONDUIT, CABLING AND CONNECTION FROM BDA SYSTEM TO FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FOR MONITORING OF (6) BDA ALARMS. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH SYSTEM INSTALLER AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS.11. PROVIDE A 480V, 3 PHASE POWER CORD REEL FOR RESURFACER CHARGING CONNECTION, HUBBELL HBL501032WM1 OR APPROVED EQUAL. FIELD LOCATE AND MOUNT CORD REEL ABOVE RESURFACER. PROVIDE ALL MOUNTING HARDWARE AND STRUT NECESSARY TO MOUNT CORD REEL.PROVIDE AND TERMINATE REQUIRED 30A PLUG AT END OF CABLE REEL, FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENT WITH SELECTED RESURFACER MACHINE MAKE AND MODEL PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PLAN NOTES:1. ALL NETWORK OUTLETS LABELED ON THIS SHEET WITH THE NOMENCLATURE "JT" TO BE WIRED FROM OUTLET TO JETS WALL MOUNTED CABINET IN ROOM 133. 2. COORDINATE LOCATION AND MOUNTING OF DEVICES WITH MILLWORK AND CASEWORK.3. COORDINATE DEVICE LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS AT ALL WORKSTATIONS WITH FINAL FURNITURE PLANS AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO DEVICE ROUGH-IN.4. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS AND ELEVATION DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES.5. CONDUIT AND WIRING MAY NOT BE SHOWN GRAPHICALLY ON THE PLANS. HOWEVER IT SHALL BE PROVIDED COMPLETE AS REQUIRED BASED ON IDENTIFICATION OF CIRCUIT NUMBERS, RELAY NUMBERS, SWITCHING IDENTIFICATION, MOTOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE, PANEL BOUNDARIES, SPECIFIED MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE, SPECIFIED MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZES, AND/OR SPECIFIED MINIMUM GROUNDING.6. REFER TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR FEEDERS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.7. PROVIDED 1-1/4" EMPTY CONDUITS WITH PULLSTRING FOR ALL TELECOMMUNICATION AND ACCESS CONTROL ROUGH-INS.8. FOR ALL TV LOCATIONS, PROVIDE 1-1/4" EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING ROUGH-IN TO SUPPORT COAX AND TELECOMMUNIATION CABLING.9. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH FURNITURE LAYOUT AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.10. PROVIDE ACCESS CONTROL ROUGH-IN PER DETAIL 4, SHEET E6.2. PROVIDE 20A, 120V CIRCUIT FOR POWER SUPPLY AS NECESSARY. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SECURITY VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.11. COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPER ACTUATORS SHALL BE BY THE MC. PROVIDE A 20A, 120V CIRCUIT. REFER TO THE MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH THE MC.12. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE DIV. 26 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL BACK BOXES, CONDUIT, AND CONDUIT SLEEVES FOR LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS SUCH AS TELECOMMUNICATIONS, CCTV, ACCESS CONTROLS, INTRUSION ALARM DETECTION, AND DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM (DAS). COORDINATE THE REQUIRED WORK AND FINAL DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH THE TELECOM, SECURITY, ACCESS CONTROLS, AND DAS VENDORS AS NECESSARY.13. RECEPTACLES LOCATED IN AREAS OF CHILDREN SHALL BE TAMPER RESISTANT TYPE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.14. ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES LOCATED IN MULTI-PURPOSE AREA SHALL HAVE WIRE GUARDS OR SHIELDING TO PROTECT THE DEVICES FROM DAMAGE.15. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL FINISH DEVICE PLATES THROUGHOUT MULTI-PURPOSE AND WARMING ROOM AREA AND TEAM ROOM'S. 16. REFER B32 FOR ANY DIRECTION OR RESTRICTION ON ROUTING ELECTRICAL UNDERNEATH ICE PROIOR TO ROUGH IN.GENERAL NOTES:NNConsultant:Project:Location:Sheet:Plan NorthTrueNorthKey Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale:Date:Project No.:Sheet No.:Revisions:(Owner) Project No.:No:Date:Description:SENENWSWBUILDING DIAGRAMNOT TO SCALEAs indicatedFIRST FLOOR POWER ANDSYSTEMS PLAN A -SEQUADWOODMAN'S SPORTS &CONVENTION CENTER(WSCC)2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545BID SETE2.1a10/04/2023220025.00C2023-151/8" = 1'-0"1FIRST FLOOR POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN A -SE QUAD1 2023/11/17 ADDENDUM #14 12/11/2023 ADDENDUM #44 TSFS2HSSSSSSS345SSSSSSSIHSSSS SSSSSSHHOFCT-1OFCT-3OFCT-2OFV-1OFV-2GWH-1CP-1OFV-5HD5GFCIEL9 EL10EL11 EL12 EL13EL14 EL15EL16CSB5CSB6CSB7CSB860cd15cd 15cd EL23EL25T-1HL1DP1DP4T-4HL4GL4IR-9IR-10IR-11SC315cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd 15cd 30cd 30cd 30cd30cd 15cd 110cdIT30A2 110cd110cd 110cd 110cd 110cd 110cdGBGBGB 110cd110cd110cd110cd 110cd 110cdLOBBY / LINK155STORAGE158ELECTRIC157WARMING ROOM159LOADING/RECEIVING/STORAGE160FAMILY TLT162J.C.163MEN'S166GENERALBUILDINGSTORAGE167WOMEN'S165F.S. STORAGE175MULTI-PURPOSEAREA154MULTI-USECONVENTIONSPACE156MALLCONNECTION164LP3(L)-6LP3(L)-6LP3(L)-11LP3(L)-11LP4(L)-27LP4(L)-27LP4(L)-27LP4(L)-27LP4(L)-27 LP4(L)-14 LP4(L)-27 LP4(L)-27LP4(L)-27LP4(L)-30LP4(L)-32 LP4(L)-34 LP4(L)-35 LP4(L)-30 LP4(L)-29 LP4(L)-31 LP4(L)-29 LP4(L)-35LP4(L)-35LP4(L)-39LP4(L)-39LP4(L)-39 LP4(L)-39 LP4(L)-37 LP4(L)-41 LP4(L)-41 LP4(L)-37LP4(L)-39LP1(L)-1 LP1(L)-1 LP1(L)-1 LP1(L)-1 LP1(L)-1 LP1(L)-1 LP1(L)-1 LP4(L)-1 LP4(L)-1 LP4(L)-1 LP4(L)-36 LP4(L)-36 LP4(L)-2 LP4(L)-36 LP4(L)-36 LP4(L)-14 LP4(L)-17 LP4(L)-15LP4(L)-16 LP4(L)-19 LP4(L)-24 LP4(L)-22LP4(L)-30LP4(L)-30LP4(L)-30LP4(L)-20 LP4(L)-25 LP1(L)-7 LP4(L)-42LP4(L)-42ABEFGHCD123F.3F.9G.8004 003 006 30cd 30cdHOCKEYSTORAGE173TEMP STORAGE17415cdCRDCELLP4(L)-5,7,9LP4(L)-3FS-17FS-23-3IT/GEN STORAGE17660"LP4(L)-6LP4(L)-4LP4(L)-11LP3(L)-1GWH-5MP1-17OFV-3LP4(L)-21LP4(L)-23OFV-4DF-1OFCT-4OFCT-5MULTIPURPOSEAREACIRCULATION154 (B)GFCILP4(L)-18LP4(L)-18LP4(L)-28LP4(L)-28 LP4(L)-28LP4(L)-29LP1(L)-41LP1(L)-41LP1(L)-41AV CLOSET167 (B)AV CLOSET157 (A)SC5SC6ST1KKPW-2KKPW-1KKSBP-2SBP-1RSP-1RSP-2SBP-3SBP-4PRS-1PRJ-4PRS-2PRJ-2ST2ST4AV-2AV-1AV-4AV-3STG-1-1STG-2-1STG-4-1LP6-26,28LP5-4,6,8LP1(L)-2LP6-19,21,23LP1(L)-3LP6-13,15,17LP1(L)-10LP6-8,10,12LP5-58,60LP1(L)-5LP5-16,18,20LP1(L)-8LP6-25,27,29LP6-20,22,24LP4(L)-72LP5-5,7,9LP6-14,16,18LP1(L)-6LP5-13,15,17LP5-10,12,14LP4(L)LP1(L)LP5LP4(L)-53LP4(L)-13LP1(L)-44LP1(L)-39LS1LS4MP1-11IR-11MP1-10IR-10MP1-9IR-9T-5LP4(L)-33FS-23-2LP4(L)-38FS-23-1FS-5LP4(L)-40F.4F.6E7.71001002007008009010005017+48"+48"6E2.1b+48"+48" +48"+48"+48"LP1(L)-49HD23HD24LP1(L)-51HD25LP1(L)-54LP1(L)-53GFCIGFCILP1(L)-53GFCIGFCILP1(L)-53LP1(L)-53HD29HD30HD31LP1(L)-58LP1(L)-55LP1(L)-56LP67E2.1b7E2.1b7E2.1b7E2.1bMBH-3LP5-56LP5-52MS2MBH-4LP5-576E2.1b6E2.1bMBH-5LP5-56MBH-6LP5-57MS3LP5-54MS4LP5-55LP5-3T-6LP5-21LP3(L)-79OD-2LP4(L)-74OD-3OD-4LP4(L)-76LP4(L)-78OD-530cdHD37LP1(L)-66HD38LP1(L)-64DSLP1(R)LP4(R)MULTIPURPOSEAREACIRCULATION154 (B)GFCI48"AFFLP4(L)-3648"AFF48"AFF48"AFF48"AFF8E2.1b1E2.1b2E2.1b1E2.1b4E2.1b3E2.1b5E2.1b1E2.1b2E2.1b7E2.1bLP3(L)-6LP3(L)-65E2.1cLP4(R)-2FS-21-1LP4(R)-4FS-21-2LP4(R)-5FS-21-3LP4(R)-6FS-21-4LP4(R)-7FS-21-5LP1(L)-82LP1(L)-81LP1(L)-80LP4(L)-69FS-22-4FS-22-1FS-22-2FS-22-3LP4(L)-2 LP4(L)-2FS-28LP4(R)-1,3 LP4(L)-10FS-27FS-9-118"A.F.F.LP4(L)-12 LP4(L)-73FS-9-248"A.F.F.LP4(L)-75FS-1048"A.F.F.LCPCLCPDMBH-7LP2(L)-68MBH-8LP2(L)-70LP2(R)-34MBH-9LP4(L)-79AVM-1LP4(L)-82,84PRJ-4LP2(R)-36,38PRJ-510E2.1bMP1-67VP-01TRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRC/GFCIC/GFCILP4(L)-8AVM-4TR30cd30cd444444444444##E2.1b1. FUTURE INFRARED HEATING SYSTEM. PROVIDE WIRING, CONDUIT, AND JUNCTION BOXES. CAP AND LABEL FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION.2. PROVIDE 120V CONNECTION TO SCOREBOARD. MOUNT JBOX ON BAR JOIST FOR SCOREBOARD SUSPENDED FROM JOIST. VERIFY CONNECTION WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER AND FINAL LOCATION WITH OWNER.3. LOCATION OF SCOREKEEPER'S BOX. VERIFY ALL CONDUIT RUNS TO THIS LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. FOR BIDDING PURPOSES, ASSUME (4) 2" CONDUIT RUNS FROM THIS LOCATION TO ADMINISTRATION A102 ROUTE (2) 2" CONDUITS FROM THIS LOCATION TO EACH SCOREBOARD FOR PA, MUSIC, ETC.4. POWER AND DATA CONNECTIONS SHALL BE RECESSED INTO THE BACKER BOARDS WITH THE ACCESS ON THE NON-ICE SIDE OF THE RINK.5. PROVIDE A 1" CONDUIT FROM THIS CENTER RINK SCOREBOARD LOCATION TO SCOREBOARD CONTROL LOCATION IN IT ROOM B115. CONFIRM ALL LOCATIONS AND ROUTING PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.6. LOCATION OF BACKBOARD, WINDOW SHADES AND ROOM DIVIDER SWITCHES. LOCATE SWITCHES IN A RECESSED ENCLOSURE WITH A KEYED HINGED DOOR. ALL SWITCHES TO BE LABELED WITH EQUIPMENT BEING SERVED AND CIRCUIT NUMBER. PROVIDE (4) SETS OF KEYS AND TURN OVER TO OWNER. COORDINATE ROUGH-IN LOCATIONS WITH VENDORS.7. PROVIDE A HEAVY DUTY 60A, 3PH DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH A COUPLED THREE PHASE RECEPTACLE INTERLOCKED TO HANDLE MECHANISM, EATON DH362UD5WRK OR APPROVED EQUAL.8. APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF BI-DIRECTIONAL ANTENNA (BDA) SYSTEM ROOF PENETRATION. PROVIDE A 2" ROOF PENETRATION WITH WEATHERHEAD SEAL AND CAP. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH BDA SYSTEM INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.9. FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT LOCATED IN WARMING ROOM SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REFER TO FOOD SERVICE ELECTRICAL PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR FINAL REQUIREMENTS. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, EC TO PROVIDE ALL LINE DISCONNECTS, CONDUIT, WIRING, BOXES, SWITCHES, FACEPLATES, BRACKETS, 208V CORDS, PLUGS AND RECEPTACLES AS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH THE FOOD SERVICE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.10. VACCUME PUMP IS LOCATED ON THE MEZZANINE FLOOR. EC SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL DRAWING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.PLAN NOTES:1. COORDINATE LOCATION AND MOUNTING OF DEVICES WITH MILLWORK AND CASEWORK.2. COORDINATE DEVICE LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS AT ALL WORKSTATIONS WITH FINAL FURNITURE PLANS AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO DEVICE ROUGH-IN.3. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS AND ELEVATION DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES.4. CONDUIT AND WIRING MAY NOT BE SHOWN GRAPHICALLY ON THE PLANS. HOWEVER IT SHALL BE PROVIDED COMPLETE AS REQUIRED BASED ON IDENTIFICATION OF CIRCUIT NUMBERS, RELAY NUMBERS, SWITCHING IDENTIFICATION, MOTOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE, PANEL BOUNDARIES, SPECIFIED MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE, SPECIFIED MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZES, AND/OR SPECIFIED MINIMUM GROUNDING.5. REFER TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR FEEDERS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.6. PROVIDED 1-1/4" EMPTY CONDUITS WITH PULLSTRING FOR ALL TELECOMMUNICATION AND ACCESS CONTROL ROUGH-INS.7. FOR ALL TV LOCATIONS, PROVIDE 1-1/4" EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING ROUGH-IN TO SUPPORT COAX AND TELECOMMUNIATION CABLING.8. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH FURNITURE LAYOUT AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.9. PROVIDE ACCESS CONTROL ROUGH-IN PER DETAIL 4, SHEET E6.2. PROVIDE 20A, 120V CIRCUIT FOR POWER SUPPLY AS NECESSARY. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SECURITY VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.10. COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPER ACTUATORS SHALL BE BY THE MC. PROVIDE A 20A, 120V CIRCUIT. REFER TO THE MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH THE MC.11. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE DIV. 26 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL BACK BOXES, CONDUIT, AND CONDUIT SLEEVES FOR LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS SUCH AS TELECOMMUNICATIONS, CCTV, ACCESS CONTROLS, INTRUSION ALARM DETECTION, AND DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM (DAS). COORDINATE THE REQUIRED WORK AND FINAL DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH THE TELECOM, SECURITY, ACCESS CONTROLS, AND DAS VENDORS AS NECESSARY.12. RECEPTACLES LOCATED IN AREAS OF CHILDREN SHALL BE TAMPER RESISTANT TYPE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.13. ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES LOCATED IN MULTI-PURPOSE AREA SHALL HAVE WIRE GUARDS OR SHIELDING TO PROTECT THE DEVICES FROM DAMAGE.14. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL FINISH DEVICE PLATES THROUGHOUT MULTI-PURPOSE AND WARMING ROOM AREA. GENERAL NOTES:NNConsultant:Project:Location:Sheet:Plan NorthTrueNorthKey Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale:Date:Project No.:Sheet No.:Revisions:(Owner) Project No.:No:Date:Description:SENENWSWBUILDING DIAGRAMNOT TO SCALEAs indicatedFIRST FLOOR POWER ANDSYSTEMS PLAN B -NEQUADWOODMAN'S SPORTS &CONVENTION CENTER(WSCC)2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545BID SETE2.1b10/04/2023220025.00C2023-151/8" = 1'-0"1FIRST FLOOR POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN B -NE QUAD21 2023/11/17 ADDENDUM #14 12/11/2023 ADDENDUM #4PROJECTION SCREEN AND SWITCH INCLUDED AS PART OF MULT-PURPOSE ARENA VIDEO ADD ALT, I/O BOX AV/MPA-N IS INCLUDED IN BASE BID.4 DNTVSSSSSSSSSSTVTVTVSHESESESE6S SSSSSTVTVTVTVTVIISTVTVSSSSSSHCHECK-IN/RENTAL107240 SFDF-4REF-1MW-1COF-2ELC-1OFV-6OFCT-6EL15EL16CSB7CSB8HD17EL23EL25EL26EL27EL28GL3IR-12IR-13IR-1460cd60cd110cd110cd110cd60cd30cd15cd75cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd45cd45cd44" 44"44"60"44"HD18SC444"SD1SD2110cd110cd110cd110cd110cd15cd15cd110cd110cd110cd110cd15cdPMS15cd5E2.1c6E2.1c7E2.1cCMMMCMCM4E2.1cCONCESSIONS115 (B)OFFICE111SKATE RENTAL108VESTIBULE100MAIN LOBBY101MEETING ROOM(A)102MEETING ROOM(B)103STOR104FIRST AID105LOBBY / LINK155GEN STORAGE153ELEV152BREAKROOM109OFFICE110ADMIN112CPY1LP4(L)-39LP4(L)-41 LP4(L)-41LP4(L)-39LP4(L)-30MULTI-USECONVENTIONSPACE156MULTI-PURPOSEAREA154MAIN LOBBY101LP1(L)-7LP1(L)-7LP1(L)-7LP4(L)-1LP1(L)-7LP1(L)-11LP1(L)-16LP1(L)-13LP4(L)-42LP4(L)-42LP4(L)-44LP4(L)-44LP4(L)-45LP4(L)-46LP4(L)-30LP4(L)-30LP4(L)-30LP4(L)-30LP4(L)-44LP1(L)-18LP1(L)-15LP4(L)-1LP1(L)-17LP1(L)-22LP1(L)-26LP1(L)-26LP1(L)-26LP1(L)-21LP1(L)-21LP1(L)-26LP1(L)-26LP1(L)-24LP1(L)-29LP1(L)-34LP1(L)-31LP1(L)-36LP1(L)-21LP1(L)-21LP1(L)-21LP1(L)-21LP1(L)-20LP1(L)-27LP1(L)-32LP4(L)-1LP1(L)-22LP1(L)-22LP1(L)-22LP1(L)-22LP1(L)-22LP1(L)-23LP1(L)-23LP1(L)-28LP1(L)-23LP1(L)-24LP1(L)-24LP1(L)-24LP1(L)-24LP1(L)-24LP1(L)-26LP1(L)-21LP1(L)-35LP1(L)-35LP1(L)-35LP1(L)-35LP1(L)-35LP1(L)-38LP1(L)-38LP1(L)-38LP1(L)-31LP1(L)-31LP2(L)-2LP2(L)-2LP2(L)-1LP1(L)-25LP1(L)-30LP1(L)-23LP4(L)-48LP2(L)-43LP2(L)-10LP2(L)-10LP2(L)-10LP2(L)-57LP2(L)-56LP2(L)-42ABEFGHCD4567F.3F.9G.89VAV1-8DP2-13,15,17021024DCELCRCRDCELFS-50-1LP1(L)-40LP1(L)-37ELC1ELC2FS-48-2FS-73FS-49-1LP2(L)-41LP2(L)-59,61LP2(L)-6560"LP5-37ESP-1LP4(L)-47OFCT-18LP2(L)-45IT30A3LP1(L)-26ELC3ELC4COPY AREA112 (A)LOCKER ALCOVE101 (A)SC7KKPW-3PW-4KKST2ST5ST3PRS-3PRJ-3STG-3-1LP1(L)-1085.8LP1(L)-14LP1(L)-42LP5-23,25,27LP5-22,24,26LP1(L)-9LP5-29,31,33LP1(L)-45,47CPY2LP1(L)-46LP4(L)-49ELL-1ELV-1LP4(L)-50,52,54VAV1-9DP1-19,21,23VAV1-10DP1-16VAV1-11DP1-18VAV1-12DP1-20VAV1-13DP1-8VAV1-14DP1-2,4,6VAV1-15DP1-1VAV1-16DP1-3VAV1-17DP1-5MP1-14IR-14IR-13MP1-13IR-12MP1-1242"42"LP5-30LP5-30LP5-32LP5-32LP5-39LP5-39LP2(L)-3FS-54LP2(L)-7C/GFCILP5-32LP5-30F.4F.6E7.810070080090100170220230250266E2.1b8E2.1cSBP-5LP6-1,3,59E2.1cMS-1LP1(L)-12MBH-1LP1(L)-52MBH-2LP1(L)-52LP5-1GFCIGFCILP1(L)-22LP1(L)-21SBP-6LP6-7,9,11SBP-7LP6-2,4,69E2.1c9E2.1cLP1(L)-50FAAPMS4LP5-55LP1(L)-57OD-615cdWOMENS106BMENS106AGFCIGFCILP1(L)-22OFCT-19LP1(L)-59HD36HD35LP1(L)-61LP1(L)-62LP1(L)-48LP1(L)-48HT-2LP5-59,61HT-3LP5-62,64MSMSFAMILY RR106LP1(L)-3844"44"LP5-39LP5-39LP5-39LP5-39LP5-39LP5-39DBC/GFCIC/GFCI15cdLP5-63LP5-63OFCT-20OFV-214E2.1b3E2.1b5E2.1b10E2.1c1E2.1c5E2.1c1E2.1c1E2.1c1E2.1cLCPBTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRMBH-7LP2(L)-68LP1(L)-69MS9MS8LP1(L)-70MS7LP1(L)-71MS6LP1(L)-72LP1(L)-73MS10EUH-2MP1-52,54,56MP1-55,57,59EUH-3FS-64TRTRLP4(L)-79AVM-1LP4(L)-80AVM-2AVM-3LP4(L)-81TRTRTRTRTRTRLP2(R)-33,35FS-66LP2(L)-66FS-674LP5-30LP1(L)-214LP1(L)-334LP1(L)-2360"460"LP1(L)-19LP1(L)-19LP1(L)-19LP1(L)-43LP1(L)-43LP1(L)-4344LP5-3260"444##E2.1c1. FUTURE INFRARED HEATING SYSTEM. PROVIDE WIRING, CONDUIT, AND JUNCTION BOXES. CAP AND LABEL FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION.2. PROVIDE 120V CONNECTION TO SCOREBOARD. MOUNT JBOX ON BAR JOIST FOR SCOREBOARD SUSPENDED FROM JOIST. VERIFY CONNECTION WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER AND FINAL LOCATION WITH OWNER.3. PROVIDE A 1" CONDUIT FROM THIS CENTER RINK SCOREBOARD LOCATION TO SCOREBOARD CONTROL LOCATION IN IT ROOM B115. CONFIRM ALL LOCATIONS AND ROUTING PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.4. ELEVATOR CONTROLLER. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH ELEVATOR INSTALLER.5. ELEVATOR FUSIBLE SHUNT TRIP DISCONNECT; BUSSMAN POWER MODULE (PMS) OR APPROVED EQUAL.6. PROVIDE CONTROL AND MONITOR MODULES FOR ELEVATOR RECALL AND TO SHUNT-TRIP POWER TO ELEVATOR AS NECESSARY. 7. PROVIDE MONITOR MODULE TO MONITOR ELEVATOR 120V SHUNT-TRIP POWER. 8. LOCATION OF BACKBOARD, WINDOW SHADES AND ROOM DIVIDER SWITCHES. LOCATE SWITCHES IN A RECESSED ENCLOSURE WITH A KEYED HINGED DOOR. ALL SWITCHES TO BE LABELED WITH EQUIPMENT BEING SERVED AND CIRCUIT NUMBER. PROVIDE (4) SETS OF KEYS AND TURN OVER TO OWNER. COORDINATE ROUGH-IN LOCATIONS WITH VENDORS.9. PROVIDE A HEAVY DUTY 60A, 3PH DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH A COUPLED THREE PHASE RECEPTACLE INTERLOCKED TO HANDLE MECHANISM, EATON DH362UD5WRK OR APPROVED EQUAL.10. PROVIDE A TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AT ELEVATOR LANDING COMPLYING WITH THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. REFER TO DETAIL 5, SHEET E6.1.PLAN NOTES:1. COORDINATE LOCATION AND MOUNTING OF DEVICES WITH MILLWORK AND CASEWORK.2. COORDINATE DEVICE LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS AT ALL WORKSTATIONS WITH FINAL FURNITURE PLANS AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO DEVICE ROUGH-IN.3. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS AND ELEVATION DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES.4. CONDUIT AND WIRING MAY NOT BE SHOWN GRAPHICALLY ON THE PLANS. HOWEVER IT SHALL BE PROVIDED COMPLETE AS REQUIRED BASED ON IDENTIFICATION OF CIRCUIT NUMBERS, RELAY NUMBERS, SWITCHING IDENTIFICATION, MOTOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE, PANEL BOUNDARIES, SPECIFIED MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE, SPECIFIED MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZES, AND/OR SPECIFIED MINIMUM GROUNDING.5. REFER TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR FEEDERS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.6. PROVIDED 1-1/4" EMPTY CONDUITS WITH PULLSTRING FOR ALL TELECOMMUNICATION AND ACCESS CONTROL ROUGH-INS.7. FOR ALL TV LOCATIONS, PROVIDE 1-1/4" EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING ROUGH-IN TO SUPPORT COAX AND TELECOMMUNIATION CABLING.8. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH FURNITURE LAYOUT AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.9. PROVIDE ACCESS CONTROL ROUGH-IN PER DETAIL 4, SHEET E6.2. PROVIDE 20A, 120V CIRCUIT FOR POWER SUPPLY AS NECESSARY. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SECURITY VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.10. COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPER ACTUATORS SHALL BE BY THE MC. PROVIDE A 20A, 120V CIRCUIT. REFER TO THE MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH THE MC.11. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE DIV. 26 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL BACK BOXES, CONDUIT, AND CONDUIT SLEEVES FOR LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS SUCH AS TELECOMMUNICATIONS, CCTV, ACCESS CONTROLS, INTRUSION ALARM DETECTION, AND DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM (DAS). COORDINATE THE REQUIRED WORK AND FINAL DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH THE TELECOM, SECURITY, ACCESS CONTROLS, AND DAS VENDORS AS NECESSARY.12. RECEPTACLES LOCATED IN AREAS OF CHILDREN SHALL BE TAMPER RESISTANT TYPE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.13. ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES LOCATED IN MULTI-PURPOSE AREA SHALL HAVE WIRE GUARDS OR SHIELDING TO PROTECT THE DEVICES FROM DAMAGE.14. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL FINISH DEVICE PLATES THROUGHOUT MULTI-PURPOSE AND WARMING ROOM AREA. GENERAL NOTES:NNConsultant:Project:Location:Sheet:Plan NorthTrueNorthKey Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale:Date:Project No.:Sheet No.:Revisions:(Owner) Project No.:No:Date:Description:SENENWSWBUILDING DIAGRAMNOT TO SCALEAs indicatedFIRST FLOOR POWER ANDSYSTEMS PLAN C -NWQUADWOODMAN'S SPORTS &CONVENTION CENTER(WSCC)2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545BID SETE2.1c10/04/2023220025.00C2023-151/8" = 1'-0"1FIRST FLOOR POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN C -NW QUAD1 2023/11/17 ADDENDUM #14 12/11/2023 ADDENDUM #44 DNTVSSSSSSSSHESESESESSSSSSSSSSSSSHHDF-5DF-3DF-2GWH-2CP-2GWH-3ELC-1OFV-16OFV-17OFV-11OFV-9OFV-19OFCT-17OFCT-16OFCT-14OFCT-15OFCT-13OFCT-1230cd 60" EL8EL7CSB3CSB4HD3CRESEDC 15cd 15cd 30cd 30cd 30cd30cd30cd30cd 15cd 15cd 15cd 15cd 75cd 75cd EL19 EL18 EL17GFCI HD10LP2(L)T-2DP2HL2EL21EL20 EL22 GL2IR-5IR-6IR-8IR-715cd15cd 15cd 15cd 15cd 15cd 15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd15cd 15cd15cd15cdSC2 11'-0"11'-0"SD3IT30A4IT30A560cd 110cd 110cd 110cdGBVAV1-3110cd 110cdELEVPMS 15cd5 E2.1c6 E2.1c7E2.1cCMMMCMCM4 E2.1cJ.C.114CONCESSIONS115 (B)BEER SALES116ICE ARENALOBBY117MEN'S121TRAINING129UNISEX TLT128TEAM ROOM 4127TEAM ROOM 5126WET TEAM ROOM3125WET TEAM RR124WET TEAM ROOM4123IT150TEAM ROOM 3149TEAM ROOM 1147TEAM ROOM 2148J.C.142REFEREE145REFEREE RR146ICE RINKCIRCULATION151PASSAGE144ELEV152CP-3GFCILP3(L)-18 LP3(L)-18 LP3(L)-22 LP3(L)-56 LP3(L)-59 LP3(L)-60 LP3(L)-56 LP3(L)-43LP3(L)-45LP3(L)-46LP3(L)-48LP3(L)-43LP3(L)-34LP4(L)-30 LP4(L)-30 LP2(L)-2 LP2(L)-2 LP2(L)-2 LP2(L)-2GFCIGFCIDIS-1DIS-2LP3(L)-10LP3(L)-62LP3(L)-63 LP3(L)-10 LP3(L)-64LP3(L)-65 LP3(L)-67 LP2(L)-39 LP2(L)-39 LP2(L)-39 LP2(L)-34 LP2(L)-31 LP2(L)-36 LP2(L)-32LP2(L)-33 LP2(L)-37 LP2(L)-38 LP2(L)-35 LP2(L)-1 LP2(L)-51 LP2(L)-52 LP2(L)-55 LP2(L)-55 LP2(L)-4 LP2(L)-4 LP2(L)-5 LP2(L)-4 LP2(L)-4 LP2(L)-4 LP2(L)-26 LP2(L)-27 LP2(L)-25 LP2(L)-14 LP2(L)-19 LP2(L)-20LP2(L)-25LP2(L)-13LP2(L)-6 LP2(L)-29 LP2(L)-30 LP2(L)-28 LP2(L)-6 LP2(L)-23 LP2(L)-72 LP2(L)-15LP2(L)-17LP2(L)-16 LP2(L)-18 LP2(L)-25 LP2(L)-24LP2(L)-6LP2(L)-9LP2(L)-11LP2(L)-12 LP2(L)-8 LP2(L)-9LP2(L)-9LP2(L)-6LP2(L)-9 LP2(L)-9 LP4(L)-48 LP2(L)-42 LP2(L)-43 LP2(L)-10 LP2(L)-10 LP2(L)-10 LP3(L)-21 LP2(L)-54 LP2(L)-47LP2(L)-49 LP2(L)-46 LP2(L)-57 LP2(L)-56 LP2(L)-56 LP2(L)-42HJKMPQN567G.8L.6M.49VAV1-1DP2-1DP2-3VAV1-4VAV1-6VAV1-7VAV1-8DP2-8,10,12DP2-14,16,18DP2-19,21,23DP2-13,15,17LP3(L)-66LP3(L)-66LP3(L)-66029027030CREELDCKYKYFOOD PREP115 (A)CRDCELLP2(L)-42FS-50-1FS-63-1FS-63-2FS-63-3FS-50-2LP2(L)-48LP1(L)-40LP1(L)-37ELC1ELC2FS-48-2FS-60FS-73FS-49-1FS-49-2LP2(L)-41LP2(L)-50FS-48-1FS-61LP2(L)-53LP2(L)-58LP2(L)-58LP2(L)-59,61LP2(L)-60,62LP2(L)-65LP3(L)-19MP1-15LP5-37ESP-1LP4(L)-47LP2(L)-67LP2(L)-69OFV-15OFV-13OFV-12OFV-18LP2(L)-40OFCT-10OFCT-8LP3(L)-47LP2(L)-44OFV-20OFV-14OFCT-18LP2(L)-45LP2(L)-71LP2(L)-22ELECTRICAL113LP2(L)-73MP1-16HD19ELC5ELC6LP3(L)-61LP3(L)-61LP3(L)-61LOCKER ALCOVE101 (A)HD11HD13HD12HD14LP2(L)-21HD15HD16GFCIHD208LM.35.812LP4(L)-49ELL-1ELV-1LP4(L)-50,52,54LS2VESTIBULE118VAV1-5DP2-43MP1-14IR-14MP1-8IR-8MP1-7IR-7MP1-6IR-6IR-5MP1-5LP2(L)-3FS-54LP2(L)-7LP2(L)-7C/GFCIC/GFCIHD21LP2(L)-74HD22LP2(L)-76L.4L.8E7.61019020018016017028SBP-7LP6-2,4,69E2.1cLP2(L)-75LP2(L)-75LP2(L)-75GFCIGFCIGFCI+48"+48"+48"LP2(L)-77LP2(L)-77GFCIGFCI+48"+48"LP1(L)-4LP1(L)-4LP1(L)-4LP1(L)-4LP1(L)-60LP1(L)-60LP3(L)-77LP3(L)-7715cdLP2(L)-78HD32LP2(L)-79HD33LP2(L)-82HD39HD34LP2(L)-80LP1(L)-48LP1(L)-48HT-4LP1(L)-63,65HT-5LP5-66,68WELLNESS ROOM119FAMILYRESTROOM120HD40LP2(L)-8115cdLP2(R)MERCYHEALTHARENA136HD41LP2(L)-83YH COACH143DRY STORAGE115 (C)WOMENS1227E2.1d4E2.1A5E2.1A4E2.1b3E2.1b6E2.1A10E2.1c1E2.1c3E2.1D1E2.1D1E2.1D2E2.1D4E2.1D4E2.1D1E2.1D1E2.1D6E2.1D6E2.1D5E2.1D5E2.1DLCPBGFCILP1(L)-74MS11LP1(L)-75MS12LP1(L)-76MS13MS-14LP1(L)-77MS15LP1(L)-78ADO-1LP1(L)-79MP1-49,51,53EUH-1MP1-23EUH-4FS-64LP2(L)-63GFCIGFCIGFCIGFCIGFCIGFCITRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTRTR8E2.1DLP2(L)-64LP2(L)-64LP2(L)-64LP2(L)-64LP2(R)-33,35FS-66LP2(L)-66FS-67GFCI4LP3(L)-1844444LP1(L)-79ADO-14##E2.1d1. FUTURE INFRARED HEATING SYSTEM. PROVIDE WIRING, CONDUIT, AND JUNCTION BOXES. CAP AND LABEL FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION.2. PROVIDE 120V CONNECTION TO SCOREBOARD. MOUNT JBOX ON BAR JOIST FOR SCOREBOARD SUSPENDED FROM JOIST. VERIFY CONNECTION WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER AND FINAL LOCATION WITH OWNER.3. PROVIDE A 1" CONDUIT FROM THIS CENTER RINK SCOREBOARD LOCATION TO SCOREBOARD CONTROL LOCATION IN IT ROOM B115. CONFIRM ALL LOCATIONS AND ROUTING PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.4. FUTURE POWERED SIGNAGE. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT. COORDINATE POWER REQUIREMENTS WITH SIGN MANUFACTURER(S).5. PROVIDE NEW CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOXES AND A DEDICATED 120-VOLT, 20A CIRCUIT FOR NEW ELECTRICALLY CONTROLLED LOCKS ON THESE DOORS. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FOR FINAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS.6. WET TEAM ROOM 124. KEY LOCKS TO BE USED TO ENTER ROOM. VIA CARD ACCESS PROGRAMMING, FIRST KEY ENTRANCE TO ROOM WILL DIS-ENGAGE OPPOSITE TEAM ENTRANCE DOOR/KEY. ONCE KEY IS REMOVED AND SWITCH BACK TO NORMAL POSITION SYSTEM IS RESET. 7. IF ALTERNATE IS TAKEN, ADJUST CAMERA LOCATION(S) ACCORDINGLY.8. EC SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE SITE CONDITIONS AND HANG THE TRANSFORMER FROM THE CEILING.PLAN NOTES:1. COORDINATE LOCATION AND MOUNTING OF DEVICES WITH MILLWORK AND CASEWORK.2. COORDINATE DEVICE LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS AT ALL WORKSTATIONS WITH FINAL FURNITURE PLANS AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO DEVICE ROUGH-IN.3. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS AND ELEVATION DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES.4. CONDUIT AND WIRING MAY NOT BE SHOWN GRAPHICALLY ON THE PLANS. HOWEVER IT SHALL BE PROVIDED COMPLETE AS REQUIRED BASED ON IDENTIFICATION OF CIRCUIT NUMBERS, RELAY NUMBERS, SWITCHING IDENTIFICATION, MOTOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE, PANEL BOUNDARIES, SPECIFIED MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE, SPECIFIED MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZES, AND/OR SPECIFIED MINIMUM GROUNDING.5. REFER TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR FEEDERS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.6. PROVIDED 1-1/4" EMPTY CONDUITS WITH PULLSTRING FOR ALL TELECOMMUNICATION AND ACCESS CONTROL ROUGH-INS.7. FOR ALL TV LOCATIONS, PROVIDE 1-1/4" EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING ROUGH-IN TO SUPPORT COAX AND TELECOMMUNIATION CABLING.8. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH FURNITURE LAYOUT AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.9. PROVIDE ACCESS CONTROL ROUGH-IN PER DETAIL 4, SHEET E6.2. PROVIDE 20A, 120V CIRCUIT FOR POWER SUPPLY AS NECESSARY. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SECURITY VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.10. COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPER ACTUATORS SHALL BE BY THE MC. PROVIDE A 20A, 120V CIRCUIT. REFER TO THE MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH THE MC.11. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE DIV. 26 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL BACK BOXES, CONDUIT, AND CONDUIT SLEEVES FOR LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS SUCH AS TELECOMMUNICATIONS, CCTV, ACCESS CONTROLS, INTRUSION ALARM DETECTION, AND DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM (DAS). COORDINATE THE REQUIRED WORK AND FINAL DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH THE TELECOM, SECURITY, ACCESS CONTROLS, AND DAS VENDORS AS NECESSARY.12. RECEPTACLES LOCATED IN AREAS OF CHILDREN SHALL BE TAMPER RESISTANT TYPE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.13. ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES LOCATED IN MULTI-PURPOSE AREA SHALL HAVE WIRE GUARDS OR SHIELDING TO PROTECT THE DEVICES FROM DAMAGE.14. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL FINISH DEVICE PLATES THROUGHOUT MULTI-PURPOSE AND WARMING ROOM AREA AND TEAM ROOM'S. GENERAL NOTES:NNConsultant:Project:Location:Sheet:Plan NorthTrueNorthKey Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale:Date:Project No.:Sheet No.:Revisions:(Owner) Project No.:No:Date:Description:SENENWSWBUILDING DIAGRAMNOT TO SCALEAs indicatedFIRST FLOOR POWER ANDSYSTEMS PLAN D -SWQUADWOODMAN'S SPORTS &CONVENTION CENTER(WSCC)2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545BID SETE2.1d10/04/2023220025.00C2023-151/8" = 1'-0"1FIRST FLOOR POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN D -SW QUAD1 2023/11/17 ADDENDUM #14 12/11/2023 ADDENDUM #44 TVSSSS##E2.2a1. COMBINATION RECEPTACLE AND USB POWER STRIP MOUNTED TO BASE OF DRINK RAIL. EC TO FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. REFER TO DETAIL 8/E6.2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.PLAN NOTES:HJKMPQN123G.8L.6M.4LM.3L.4L.8SPONSOR SUITE202PRESS BOX203MEZZANINE201MERCYHEALTHARENA SOUTHSEATING136 (B)MERCYHEALTHARENA NORTHSEATING136 (A)CORNER SUITE205ADA ANDCOMPANION206ADA ANDCOMPANION209AV CLOSET21092" AFF.(TYP.)1E2.2aCKT# LP4(L) -63LP2(R)-29LP2(R)-30U/CR-6LP2(R)-29LP2(R)-29LP2(R)-29LP2(R)-29CKT# LP4(L) -62CKT# LP4(L) -58CKT# LP4(L) -59CKT# LP4(L) -60CKT# LP4(L) -61CKT# LP4(L) -26CKT# LP4(L) -51CKT# LP4(L) -55CKT# LP4(L) -56CKT# LP4(L) -57CKT# LP3(L) -69CKT# LP3(L) -70CKT# LP3(L) -71CKT# LP3(L) -72CKT# LP3(L) -73CKT# LP3(L) -74CKT# LP3(L) -75CKT# LP3(L) -76CKT# LP4(L) -65CKT# LP4(L) -66CKT# LP4(L) -67CKT# LP4(L) -68LP2(R)-31LP2(R)-31CKT# LP3(R) -2CKT# LP3(R) -3CKT# LP3(R) -4CKT# LP3(R) -5CKT# LP3(R) -6CKT# LP3(R) -7CKT# LP3(R) -8CKT# LP3(R) -9CKT# LP3(R) -10CKT# LP3(R) -12CKT# LP3(R) -13CKT# LP3(R) -11CKT# LP2(R) -22AV-6LP2(R)-32CKT# LP4(L) -64CKT# LP3(R) -14CKT# LP3(R) -11E2.2a1E2.2a1E2.2a1E2.2a1E2.2a1E2.2a1E2.2a1E2.2a1E2.2aVP-03VP-02LP4(L)-71AV-5MP1-70MP1-691E2.2a1E2.2a1E2.2a44444NNConsultant:Project:Location:Sheet:Plan NorthTrueNorthKey Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale:Date:Project No.:Sheet No.:Revisions:(Owner) Project No.:No:Date:Description:SENENWSWBUILDING DIAGRAMNOT TO SCALEAs indicatedMEZZANINE POWER ANDSYSTEMS PLAN A -SEQUADWOODMAN'S SPORTS &CONVENTION CENTER(WSCC)2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545BID SETE2.2a10/04/2023220025.00C2023-151 2023/11/17 ADDENDUM #14 12/11/2023 ADDENDUM #41/8" = 1'-0"2MEZZANINE POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN A -SE QUAD TVSS##E2.2b1. COMBINATION RECEPTACLE AND USB POWER STRIP MOUNTED TO BASE OF DRINK RAIL. EC TO FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. REFER TO DETAIL 8/E6.2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.PLAN NOTES:HJKMPQN567G.8L.6M.498LM.35.812L.4L.8ELEV152ROOF ACCESS204ADA ANDCOMPANION207CORNER SUITE208AV CLOSET210CKT# LP2(R) -26CKT# LP2(R) -25CKT# LP2(R) -23CKT# LP2(R) -24CKT# LP2(R) -28CKT# LP2(R) -27LP2(R)-29LP2(R)-30U/CR-6LP2(R)-29LP2(R)-29CKT# LP4(L) -66CKT# LP4(L) -67CKT# LP4(L) -68LP2(R)-31CKT# LP2(R) -20CKT# LP2(L) -84CKT# LP2(R) -19CKT# LP2(R) -18CKT# LP2(R) -17CKT# LP2(R) -16CKT# LP2(R) -15CKT# LP2(R) -14CKT# LP2(R) -13CKT# LP2(R) -12CKT# LP2(R) -11CKT# LP2(R) -1CKT# LP2(R) -2CKT# LP2(R) -3CKT# LP2(R) -4CKT# LP2(R) -5CKT# LP2(R) -6CKT# LP2(R) -7CKT# LP2(R) -8CKT# LP2(R) -9CKT# LP2(R) -10CKT# LP2(R) -21CKT# LP2(R) -22AV-6LP2(R)-321E2.2a1E2.2b1E2.2b1E2.2b1E2.2b1E2.2b1E2.2b1E2.2b444NNConsultant:Project:Location:Sheet:Plan NorthTrueNorthKey Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale:Date:Project No.:Sheet No.:Revisions:(Owner) Project No.:No:Date:Description:SENENWSWBUILDING DIAGRAMNOT TO SCALEAs indicatedMEZZANINE POWER ANDSYSTEMS PLAN B -SWQUADWOODMAN'S SPORTS &CONVENTION CENTER(WSCC)2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545BID SETE2.2b10/04/2023220025.00C2023-151 2023/11/17 ADDENDUM #14 12/11/2023 ADDENDUM #41/8" = 1'-0"1MEZZANINE POWER AND SYSTEMS PLAN B -SW QUAD TV#2 WALKERDUCT PROSERIES, OR EQUAL. ONEFOR POWER, ONE FORCOMMUNICATIONS.NOTES:1. PROVIDE DUCT SUPPORTS FOR SLAB ON GRADEINSTALLATION (AS SHOWN ON DETAIL). WHEN DUCT ISMOUNTED ON STEEL METAL DECK, THEN SECURE DUCT TOMETAL DECK BY WELDING.2. PROVIDE 1/4" OF CONCRETE TOPPING OVER PRESET.3. PROVIDE FLUSH COVER CARPET PLATE OR BRASS DOUBLETRIM PLATE AS REQUIRED, WITH 3/4" CONDUIT FITTING.PROVIDE CARPET FOR PLAT AS REQUIRED.X2" PRESETSEE NOTE 12'-0" ON CENTERSEE NOTE 390° ELBOWSEE NOTE 2CONNECTIONSEALTIGHT FLEXCOMMUNICATION WIRING.INTERNAL POWER ANDSECTION FORDIVIDED RACEWAYMODULARFURNITUREWALL.WIREMOLD RFB4 SERIESOR EQUAL RECESSEDFLOOR BOXNOTES:1. PROVIDE FLOOR PORT "FP" SERIES OR EQUAL BRASS FURNITURE FEED ASSEMBLY, TILE CARPITFLANGE, WITH A 1" PLUG FOR POWER AND 2" PLUG FOR TELECOM.2. INSTALL A (2) 1" CONDUIT FROM COMMUNICATION/DATA FLOOR BOX TO AN ACCESSIBLECEILING SPACE.3. IN BOTH POWER AND COMMUNICATION/DATA FLOOR BOXES, LEAVE 6" OF EXTRA WIRE ORCABLE TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF COVER PLATE.4. FOR ELECTRICAL SERVICE PROVIDE (1) 20AMP 3-POLE AND (1) 1-POLE BREAKERS.5. THE FURNITURE WILL BE PRE-WIRED, USING AN 8-WIRE, FOUR CIRCUIT SYSTEM. SEALTITE FLEXFURNISHED WITH FURNITURE WIRED TO BUILDING BY E.C.6. SEE FURNITURE PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF ALL FURNITURE CONNECTIONS.21SEE NOTE 190° ELBOWCONNECTION1" SEALTIGHT FLEXCOMMUNICATION WIRING.INTERNAL POWER ANDSECTION FORDIVIDED RACEWAYMODULARFURNITUREWALL.(TELECOM).2" SEALTITE FLEX.(POWER)120/208V, 3PH, 4WPANEL 1/AFED FROM MSB, BKR. 4NAMEPLATE COLOR: NORMAL = BLACKLETTER (FILL) COLOR:NORMAL = WHITEEQUIPMENT DESIGNATIONINDICATE VOLTAGE, NO. OF PHASES, NO. OF WIRESATTACH NAMEPLATE WITH 2 SCREWSINDICATE WHERE THIS EQUIPMENT IS FED FROMLETTERINGSHALL BE 1/4"HIGH65 KAICAIC RATING PER SHORT CIRCUITSTUDY1" CONDUIT STUBBED INTO NEARESTACCESSIBLE CEILING CAVITYSINGLE GANG TRIM RING4" SQUARE, 2 1/8" DEEP BOX WITHAND BUSHINGS AT BOTH ENDSINSTALL PULL STRING IN CONDUIT1. IF THE CONTRACTOR IS NOT PROVIDING TERMINATIONJACKS, PROVIDE A BLANK COVERPLATE. COVERPLATE SHALLMATCH COLOR OF RECEPTACLE COVERPLATE.NOTES:PROVIDE120-VOLT,20-AMP GFIOUTLET IN WALLBEHIND VENDINGMACHINE1. PROVIDE PRODUCT BY USA TECHNOLOGIES. (888)561-4748WWW.USATECH.COM2. PROVIDE A "VEND MISER" CONTROLLER IF THE MACHINE ISREFRIGERATED AND A "SNACK MISER" CONTROLLER IF THE MACHINE IS NOT REFRIGERATED.3. INSTALL ALL COMPONENTS AND CABLE AS DIRECTED INMANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.NOTES:INFRA-RED MOTIONSENSOR MOUNTEDABOVE VENDINGMACHINEPLUG-INENERGYCONTROLLERCORD & PLUGFROM VENDINGMACHINELOW VOLT CABLENOTES:1. USE CHANNEL THAT IS AT LEAST 1 5/8" SLOTTED. UNISTRUT OR ACCEPTED EQUAL. 2. BOTTOM OF MOUNTING RACK SHALL BE AT 7'-0" MINIMUM.3. MOUNT TRANSFORMER 6" MINIMUM FROM WALL.4. EMBED PLATES IN PRECAST CEILING ABOVE ON 4' CENTERS. CONTRACTOR SHALL WELD UNI-STRUT TO PLATES. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION (TYPICAL).5. ALL STRUT AND HARDWARE BELOW 8' AFF SHALL BE TAPED YELLOW AND BLACK. ALSO COVER ROD AND STRUT ENDS WITH SOLID FOAM.LOCATION AS DIRECTED BY LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. COORDINATE PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.NOTE: PROVIDE ALL CABLING AND CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED PER MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.PROVIDE HOMERUN FOR EACH AREA STATION.AT EACH AREA STATION SEE PLANS FOR QUANTITY120VOLT - SEE FLOOR PLANSPROVIDE TELEPHONE CONNECTION AS REQUIREDTWO WAY COMMUNCATION RISER DIAGRAMDIAGRAMMATICASARIMSARIRCCVPDBCCDEVICE LEGENDMSRCCBCCASARIVPDMASTER STATION , HOUSING DEVICES INC #HDI-ADAMS-XX SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL. PROVIDE WITH QUANTITY OF ZONES AS REQUIRED.RELAY CARD CABINET , HOUSING DEVICES INC #HDI-ADARCC-XX SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL. PROVIDE WITH CONTROL BOARD AND QUANTITY OF RELAY CARDS AS REQUIRED.BATTERY BACKUP CABINET , HOUSING DEVICES INC #HDI-ADA-BBU SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL. BATTERY BACKUP SYSTEM SHALL PROVIDE 2 HOUR SUPPORT FOR FULL ALARM CAPABILITY. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL AUDIO AMPLIFIER SYSTEM. PROVIDE WITH TRANSFORMER AS REQUIRED.AREA STATION , HOUSING DEVICES INC #HDI-ADA-100A SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL.TWO WAY COMMUNICATION INSTRUCTION SIGN , HOUSING DEVICES HDI-ADA-BS PROVIDE DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE AND INSTRUCTIONS AT 2ND FLOOR ELEVATOR AND WHERE REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING CODE. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LOCAL AHJ.AUTO VOICE PHONE DIALER , PROVIDE TIMED-AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE DIAL OUT ACCESSORY FOR CONNECTION TO REMOTE MONITORING LOCATION OR 911.ALL MASTER AND AREA STATIONS ARE TO BE FLUSH MOUNTED WITH BACKBOXES PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS.NOTES1. WIRE ALL DEVICES PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. COORDINATE ALL DEVICES PER REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.3. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED BACK BOXES AND SURFACE MOUNTED COLLARS FOR AREA STATIONS AND MASTER STATIONS. SIZE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.4. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF RELAY CARD CABINET AND BATTERY BACKUP WITH INSTALLER, PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.5. CORNELL, TALKAPHONE, AND JERRON ARE APPROVED EQUIVALENTS. OTHER EQUIVALENTS WILL BE CONSIDERED BUT MUST BE SUBMITTED 10 DAYS PRIOR TO BID.6. WHEN PROVIDING AN TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (CALL-BOXES), PER INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 1007.8 IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL/LOW VOLTAGE CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE IN THEIR BID ALL COST ASSOCIATED TO HAVE AN AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION APPROVED LICENSED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL (ELECTRICAL ENGINEER) TO EVALUATE THE TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (CALL-BOXES) AND DETERMINE COMPLIANCE WITH THIRD PARTY LISTING STANDARDS, SUCH AS UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY (UL) OR AN APPROVED EQUIVALENT BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 7. ALL WIRING TO BE IN CONDUIT.NOTES:QUADPLEX RECEPTACLE3/4" CONDUIT INTOACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACETO PANEL(REFER TO TELECOM DETAILS)1. VERIFY CHALK AND TACK LOCATIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. DO NOT ROUGH-IN BEHIND BOARDS.2. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT/OWNER.3. TV WALL BOX SHALL BE ARLINGTON INDUSTRIES DVFR4W, OR APPROVED EQUAL. POWER OUTLET SHALL BE SURGE PROTECTIVE AND HOSPITAL GRADE, HUBBELL HBL8262 OR APPROVED EQUAL.4. REFER TO TELECOM OUTLET DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. (SHEET E7.2)TV WALL BOXConsultant:Project:Location:Sheet:Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale:Date:Project No.:Sheet No.:Revisions:(Owner) Project No.:No:Date:Description:1/8" = 1'-0"POWER DETAILS WOODMAN'S SPORTS &CONVENTION CENTER(WSCC)2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545BID SETE6.110/04/2023220025.00C2023-151/8" = 1'-0"3MODULAR FURNITURE WALL CONNECTION DETAIL1/8" = 1'-0"4MODULAR FURNITURE FLOOR BOX CONNECTION DETAILS1/8" = 1'-0"7PANELBOARD NAMEPLATE DETAIL1/8" = 1'-0"2TYPICAL DATA TELEPHONE OUTLET1/8" = 1'-0"1VENDING MACHINE ENERGY CONTROL1 2023/11/17 ADDENDUM #14 12/11/2023 ADDENDUM #4NTS8TYPICAL WALL OR COLUMN-MOUNTED TRANSFORMER DETAILNTS5TWO WAY COMMUNICATION DETAIL1/8" = 1'-0"6RECEPTACLE TV OUTLET DETAIL4 12345SIZE GROUND WIRE PER GROUNDING CHART - BY E.C. (CFCI)PROVIDER FIBER/COPPER DIRECT TO MER ROOM 150 (NFNI)12-STRAND SINGLE MODE FIBER - ARMORED PLENUM (CFCI)WALL FIELD TERMINATION (NFNI)RACK TERMINATION (CFCI)GENERAL NOTES: 1. OWNER RESONSIBLE FOR CUTOVER OF ALL NETWORK CONNECTIONS THAT WILL BE REQUIRED POST CONSTRUCTION.2. OWNER TO PROVIDE/INSTALL ALL NETWORK SWITCHES FOR THE PROJECT.3. MER = MAIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOM = 150NOTES:C = CONTRACTORO = OWNERN = NETWORK PROVIDERF = FURNISHEDI = INSTALLEDELECTRICAL SERVICE ENTRANCETEFTMGBTBC TBBBUILDING STEELPANELBOARDTRAYOTHEREBCTGBICCICCTYPICAL (TR)(ER) or (MER)TO OTHER (TR)TELECOM ROOM GROUNDING DETAIL - TYPICAL NOTES:1. TMGB, TGB, TBC, TBB & GE BY E.C. QUANTITY OF TELECOMMUNICATION ROOMS PER PLANS.2. TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR SHALL BOND ALL METAL RACKS, LADDER, BASKET TRAY, CABINETS AND ALL EQUIPMENT IN ALL TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS TO THE TGB WITH #6 OR AS LISTED PER THE CONDUCTOR SIZE MATRIXTBB = TELECOMMUNICATIONS BONDING BACKBONEGE = GROUNDING EQUALIZER TBC = TELECOMMUNICATIONS BONDING CONDUCTOREBC = EQUIPMENT BONDING CONDUCTORICC = IRREVERSIBLE CRIMP CONNECTORNOTE:1. SIZE OF TBC & GE SHOULD MATCH SIZE OF TBB.2. TBB SHOULD NOT BE SPLICED.TIA-607-B (TBB), (GE), (TBC) & (EBC) BONDING CONDUCTOR SIZETBB/GE LINEAR LENGTH IN FEETTBB/GESIZE - AWGLESS THAN 13 FEET614' - 20' 421' - 26' 327' - 33' 234' - 41' 142' - 52' 1/053' - 66' 2/067' - 84' 3/085' - 105' 4/0106' - 125' 250 kcmil126' - 150' 300 kcmil151' - 175' 350 kcmil176' - 250' 500 kcmil251' - 300' 600 kcmilGREATER THAN 301' 750 kcmilTMGB = TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUNDING BUSBARTGB = TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING BUSBAR ER = EQUIPMENT ROOM TR = TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM MER = MAIN EQUIPMENT ROOM TEF = TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENTRANCE FACILITYTMGB AND TGB MUST BE PRE DRILLED COPPER BUSBARWITH HOLES FOR USE WITH STANDARD SIZED LUGS.BARS MUST BE NRTL RATED.BARS TO ACCOMODATE BONDING CONDUCTORS THATORIGINATE AT VARIOUS EQUIPMENT AND METALLICSURFACES AND ALLOW FOR FUTURE GROWTH.TIA-607-B (TGB) & (TMGB) SIZINGROOMBAR TYPE THICKNESSWIDTH LENGTHER TGB 0.25" 2.00" MIN 12.00"TR TGB 0.25" 2.00" MIN 12.00"MER TGB 0.25" 2.00" MIN 12.00"TEF TMGB 0.25" 4.00" MIN 20.00"COPPER BUS BARSIZE PER MATRIXSET SCREWGROUNDING BLOCKBOLTED TO GROUND BUSFOR USE WITH #6 AND SMALLER GROUNDINGCONDUCTORSINSULATORPLYWOOD5/16" DIA. HOLE FOR EQUIPMENTGROUNDING CONDUCTOR LUGSOF #8 AND LARGERTWO-HOLE COPPER COMPRESSIONLUG BOLTED TO GROUND BUS#3/0 BARE COPPER TO INTERSYSTEMGROUND BAR67PROVIDE FIBER/COPPER DIRECT TO ROOM #134 - JETS & OTHER D-MARC (NFNI)PROVIDE CAT.6 COPPER CONNECTION TO JETS CABINET (CFCI)8CABINET TERMINATION (CFCI)9WALL FIELD TERMINATION - SURFACE BOX (CFCI)42MAIN EQUIPMENT ROOM - # 150TELECOM GROUND BARMAIN ELECTRICALROOM - # 134STORAGEROOM #104PUBLIC WORKSEQUIPMENT CABINETSTORAGEROOM #164PUBLIC WORKSEQUIPMENT CABINETNEW FIBER / COPPER SERVICE - PUBLIC WORKS NETWORKFIRST FLOORNEW FIBER / COPPER SERVICE - JET'S NETWORK & OTHER6888531JET'S OFFICE ROOM #133EQUIPMENT CABINET8PUBLIC WORKS EQUIP.CABINETPUBLIC WORKS EQUIP.CABINET497Consultant:Project:Location:Sheet:Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale:Date:Project No.:Sheet No.:Revisions:(Owner) Project No.:No:Date:Description:1/8" = 1'-0"TELECOMMUNICATIONSRISER DIAGRAMWOODMAN'S SPORTS &CONVENTION CENTER(WSCC)2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545BID SETE7.110/04/2023220025.00C2023-15NTS:1TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING DETAILS1/8" = 1'-0"2TELECOMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE & GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS4 12/11/2023 ADDENDUM #444 EQUIPMENT RACK ER/MHA AV CLOSET 210 VD/SS (SPONSOR SUITE 202) CUSTOM RACK PANEL RP/MHA-CS STP STP STPWIRELESS MIC RECEIVER #1 AV7.2b STPWIRELESS MIC RECEIVER #2 AV7.2b STPWIRELESS MIC RECEIVER #3 AV7.2b STPWIRELESS MIC RECEIVER #4 AV7.2b STPWIRELESS MIC RECEIVER #5 AV7.2b STPWIRELESS MIC RECEIVER #6 AV7.2b STPAUDIO DSP LAN A AV7.2a STPAMPLIFIER #1 AV7.2c STPAMPLIFIER #2 AV7.2c STPAMPLIFIER #3 AV7.2c STP STP MERCYHEALTH ARENA AUD VLAN CTRL VLAN UPS P POWER PACK UPS P STPAUDIO DSP LAN B AV7.2a SMFER/LOB (NETWORK SWITCH)AV7.1c HDMI STP P STP ICOM MAIN STATION ICOM ICOM ICOM ICOM AV/MHA-2AV7.2a AV/MHA-2AV7.2a AV/MHA-1AV7.2a AV/MHA-1AV7.2a P 10.1" TOUCH SCREEN VIDoIP MEDIA DECODER SFP ID COM 55" FLAT PANEL - LANDSCAPE PROVIDE NETGEAR AXM762 SINGLEMODE SFP+ MODULES AS REQUIRED CONTROL MASTER USB TO ETHERNET USBBUILDING LAN STP INCLUDE USB - ETHERNET LICENSE COORDINATE INTERFACE WITH OWNER'S LAN SO THAT CRESTRON IPAD APP CAN CONTROL THE SYSTEM VIA THE OWNER'S WI-FI NETWORK BUTTON PANEL STP (PoE)ER/LOB (NETWORK SWITCH)AV7.2a NETWORK SWITCH 26+4 INCLUDE: (4) CLEAR-COM RS-701 BELT-PACKS (4) CLEARCOM CC-300 HEADSETS (4) 25' XLR3 CABLES STPAV/MHA-2 AV7.2a DC 24V . AC 120V . CRESTRON PW-2420RU HOT MIC/IFB PANEL MIC AUX PRGM IN AC 120V CHAN A CHAN B CHAN A CHAN B ANNOUNCE HEADSET CHAN A CHAN B RELAY OUT CLEAR-COM MS-702 LAN (POE+). USB USB CRESTRON TSW-1070-x-S HDMI USB A (HOST) USB B (DEVICE) USB C HDMI . . AUD L AUD R COM IR 2 IR 1 LAN 1 (PoE+) LAN 2 24V DC . LAN 3 CRESTRON DM-NVX-360 HDMI 1 HDMI 2 AUD L/R IN DVI-D . . . . . AUD L/R OUT . IR IN RS232 OUT RS232 IN USB 1 USB 2 LAN AC 120V . . . . SAMSUNG QB55R-B IO 1 IO 2 IO 3 IO 5 IO 4 IO 6 IO 7 IO 8 COM 1 COM 3 IR 1 IR 2 COM 2 IR 3 IR 4 IR 6 IR 5 IR 7 USB LAN NET IR 8 RLY 2 RLY 3 RLY 4 RLY 1 RLY 5 RLY 6 RLY 8 RLY 7 DC 24V COMPUTER CRESTRON CP4 LAN USB-B PORTSMITH PSA1U1E . . NET COM RELAY . . . IR LAN (POE) CRESTRON MPC3-102-B 8 10/100/1000 POE+ 7 10/100/1000 POE+ 6 10/100/1000 POE+ 5 10/100/1000 POE+ 4 10/100/1000 POE+ 3 10/100/1000 POE+ 2 10/100/1000 POE+ 1 10/100/1000 POE+ 27 1G/10G BASE-X SFP PSU AC 120V 16 10/100/1000 POE+ 15 10/100/1000 POE+ 14 10/100/1000 POE+ 13 10/100/1000 POE+ 12 10/100/1000 POE+ 11 10/100/1000 POE+ 10 10/100/1000 POE+ 9 10/100/1000 POE+ 24 10/100/1000 POE+ 23 10/100/1000 POE+ 22 10/100/1000 POE+ 21 10/100/1000 POE+ 20 10/100/1000 POE+ 19 10/100/1000 POE+ 18 10/100/1000 POE+ 17 10/100/1000 POE+ 25 10/100/1000BASE-T 26 10/100/1000BASE-T CONSOLE (USB-C) STORAGE (USB) CONSOLE (RJ45) OOB (RJ45) 28 1G/10G BASE-X SFP 29 1G/10G BASE-X SFP 30 1G/10G BASE-X SFP NETGEAR M4250-26G4XF-POE+ (GSM4230PX-100NAS) Consultant: Project: Location: Sheet: Key Plan:2122 W. Mount Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | zastudios.comTELEPHONE [414] 4 7 6 . 9 5 0 0FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2Scale: Date: Project No.: Sheet No.: Revisions: (Owner) Project No.: No:Date:Description: 12" = 1'-0" MERCYHEALTH ARENA SCHEMATICS WOODMAN'S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER (WSCC) 2500 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 PLAN REVIEW RESUBMITTAL AV7.2d 10/13/2023 220025.00 Location: 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 Location: 2510 Milton Avenue Janesville, WI 53545 10/04/2023 BID DOCUMENT SET